ML17332A992: Difference between revisions

From kanterella
Jump to navigation Jump to search
(Created page by program invented by StriderTol)
(Created page by program invented by StriderTol)
Line 17: Line 17:


=Text=
=Text=
{{#Wiki_filter:Westinghouse Non-Proprietary Class3WCAP-14447 RepairBoundaryforParentTubeIndications WithintheUpperJointZoneofHybridExpansion Joint(HEJ)SleevedTubesSeptember 1995R.F.KeatingW.K.CullenP.J.KuchirkaWESTINGHOUSE ELECTRICCORPORATION NUCLEARSERVICESDIVISIONP.O.BOX158MADISON,PENNSYLVANIA 15663-0158@1995WESTINGHOUSE ELECTRICCORPORATION AllRightsReserved9510270085 951020PDRADOCK05000315PDR'  
{{#Wiki_filter:Westinghouse Non-Proprietary Class 3 WCAP-14447 Repair Boundary for Parent Tube Indications Within the Upper Joint Zone of Hybrid Expansion Joint (HEJ)Sleeved Tubes September 1995 R.F.Keating W.K.Cullen P.J.Kuchirka WESTINGHOUSE ELECTRIC CORPORATION NUCLEAR SERVICES DIVISION P.O.BOX 158 MADISON, PENNSYLVANIA 15663-01 58@1995 WESTINGHOUSE ELECTRIC CORPORATION All Rights Reserved 9510270085 951020 PDR ADOCK 05000315 PDR'  


Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class3~RepairBoundaryforParentTubeIndications WithintheUpperJointZoneofHybridExpansion Joint(HEJ)SleevedTubesSECTIONTABLEOFCON'IENTS PAGE1.0Introduction 1.1Description oftheSleevingProcess1.2SummaryofHEJSleeveInstallations 1.3SummaryofHEJRepairBoundaryQualified inthisReport1-11-11-21-22.0Discussion andConclusions 2.1Discussion 2.2Conclusions 2.2.1Indication Locations 2.2.2Allowable Indication ArcLength2.2.3AxialIndications 2.2.4Primary-to-Secondary Leakage2-12-12-22-22-22-22-23.0Regulatory Requirements 3.1Regulatory Guidel.1213.2AccidentCondition Allowable LeakRate3-13-13-24.0FieldExperience 4.1HEJSleevedTubeIndications 4.1.1KewauneeNuclearPowerPlant4.1.2PointBeachUnit2NuclearPowerPlant4.1.3Kerncentrale Doel4NuclearPowerPlant4.2SummaryofFieldExperiences 4-14-14-14-14-2435.0SummaryofExaminations Conducted onKewauneeSteamGenerator TubeswithHybridExpansion Joints5.1Introduction 5.2NDEResults5.3LeakTesting5.4TensileTesting5.5Destructive Examination Results5.6SurfaceChemistry 5.7Conclusions 5-15-15-15-25-25-35-55-609/2$/9$
Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class 3~Repair Boundary for Parent Tube Indications Within the Upper Joint Zone of Hybrid Expansion Joint (HEJ)Sleeved Tubes SECTION TABLE OF CON'IENTS PAGE 1.0 Introduction


Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class3RepairBoundaryforParentTubeIndications WithintheUpperJointZoneofHybridExpansion Joint(HEJ)SleevedTubesSECTIONTABLEOFCOÃZP24TS (Continued)
===1.1 Description===
PAGE6.0Structural Integrity andLeakRateEvaluations 6.1Structural Integrity Tests6.2PulledTubeStructural Tests6.3Structural Integrity Analyses6.4LeakRateTestsandAnalyses6.5CrackGrowthRateConsiderations 6.6Additional TubeIntegrity Considerations andObservations 6.7Conclusions 6-16-16-26-26-36-36-36-47.0LeakRateBasedRepairBoundary7.1Introduction 7.2SleevedTubeDimensions 7.3U-BendClearance 7.4LeakagePotential 7.4.1NormalOperation 7.4.2SteamLineBreak7.5TubesInteriortoStayrodLocations 7.6Distribution ofIndications intheKewauneeSGsSleevedTubes7.7PlantOperation Considerations 7.8SummaryandConclusions 7-17-17-27-37-57-67-67-77-77-87-88.0RepairBoundaryforParentTubeIndications 8.1Compliance withdraftRG1.121TubeIntegrity Criteria8.2OffsiteDoseEvaluation ForaPostulated MainSteamLineBreakEventOutsideofContainment butUpstreamoftheMainSteamline Isolation Valve8.3Evaluation ofOtherSteamLossAccidents 8.4HEIInspection Requirements 8-18-18-28-28-3HEllNDEX.SEC
of the Sleeving Process 1.2 Summary of HEJ Sleeve Installations 1.3 Summary of HEJ Repair Boundary Qualified in this Report 1-1 1-1 1-2 1-2 2.0 Discussion and Conclusions


Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class3RepairBoundaryforParentTubeIndications WithintheUpperJointZoneofHybridExpansion Joint(HEW)SleevedTubesSECTIONTABLEOFCONHMTS(Continued)
===2.1 Discussion===
PAGE9.0SummaryofSleeveDegradation LimitAcceptance Criteria9.1Stxuctural Considerations 9.1.1CrackIndications BelowtheUpperHardrollLowerTransition 9.1.2SleevedTubewithDegradation Indications withNon-Dented TubeSupportPlateIntersections 9.1.3DentedTubes9.2LeakageAssessment 9.3DefenseInDepthandPrimarytoSecondaxy LeakageLimits9-19-19-19-19-19-19-210.0References 10-1AppendixA,ReviewofPriorAmendment RequestsforHEISleevedTubes1.02.03.0Discussion/Chronology ofPxiorAmendment RequestsSummaxyofStxuctural Integrity andLeakRateEvaluations 2.1Structural Integrity Tests2.2Structural Integrity Analyses2.3LeakRateTestsandAnalyses2.4CrackGrowthRateEvaluations Summary$-1A-2A-3A-.4A-5A-5A-6HEJINDEX.SEC
2.2 Conclusions


Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class3RepairBoundaryforParentTubeIndications WithintheUpperJointZoneofHybridExpansion Joint(HED)SleevedTubes1.0Introduction IntheSpringandFaHof1994,andtheSpringof1995,indications werefoundinthehybridexpansion joint(HEJ)regionofSteamGenerator (SG)tubeswhichhadbeensleevedusingWestinghouse HEJsleeves.Asaresultofthesefindings, analyticandtestevaluations wereperformed'o assesstheeffectofthedegradation onthestructural, andleakage,integrity ofthesleeve/tube jointrelativetotherequirements oftheUnitedStatesNuclearRegulatory Commission's (NRC)draftRegulatory Guide(RG)1.121,Reference 10.Theresultsoftheseevaluations demonstrated thattubeswithimpliedorknowncrack-like circumferential parenttubeindications (PIIs)located1.1"or,fartherbelowthebottomofthehardrolluppertransi-tion,havesufficient, andsignificant, integrity relativetotherequirements oftheRG.Thus,thepurposeofthisreportistoprovidejustification forarepairboundarythatsupersedes thatspecified intheoriginalWestinghouse WCAP'ualification documents.
====2.2.1 Indication====
AlistingofUnitedStatesplantswithinstalled HEJsisprovidedinTable1-1.1.1Description oftheSleevingProcessInaccordance withPlantTechnical Specification requirements, steamgenerator tubesareperiodically inspected fordegradation usingnondestructive examination (NDE)techniques.
Locations 2.2.2 Allowable Indication Arc Length 2.2.3 Axial Indications 2.2.4 Primary-to-Secondary Leakage 2-1 2-1 2-2 2-2 2-2 2-2 2-2 3.0 Regulatory Requirements
Ifestablished degradation acceptance criteriaareexceeded, theindication mustberemovedfromservicebypluggingorrepairing thetube.Tubesleevingisonerepairtechnique usedtoreturnatubetoanoperablecondition.
Inthesleevingtechnique, asmallerdiametertube,orsleeve,ispositioned withintheparenttubesoastospanthedegradedregion.Theendsofthesleevearethensecuredtotheparenttubeforminganewpressureboundaryandstructural elementbetweentheattachment points.Sleevesmaybepositioned atanylocationalongthestraightlengthofatube,butaretypically placedtorepairtubedegradation atthetopof,orwithinthetubesheet, orattubesupportplate(TSP)intersections.
Sleevesmaybeofvariouslengthsandmaybeattachedtotheparenttubeinavarietyofways.InthecaseofWestinghouse sleevedesigns,themethodofattachment isgenerally restricted toeitheraleaklimitingmechanical HEJorahermeticLaserWeldedSleeve(LWS)joint.Thetypeoftheparticular jointconfiguration isafunctionofthedateofinstallation and/orthecustomer's needsandthecurrentplantoperating conditions.
Figure1-1showsaschematic ofatypicalHEJtubesheet sleeveinstallation.
Figure1-2illustrates thedetailsoftheupperjointalongwithterminology usedinthisreport.Typicaldimensions ofthejointareillustrated onFigure1-3.Notethatonlythesleeve/tube upperjointisreferredtoasaHEJ,andthesleeveisreferredtoasanHEJsleeve.References 8and9,supplemented byReferences 11and12.Westinghouse Commercial AtomicPowerDAPLANTSV EPQKllNTRO.SEC 09/26/9S Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class31.2SummaryofHEJSleeveInstallations
~~howninT-2sinceitsintioAssable1cepnin1980,theHEJsleevehasbeensuccessfully usedtorestoreover28,000steamgenerator tubestooperational status.Duetodecommissioning ofplantsandreplacement ofsteamgenerators, onlyabout12,000HEJsleevesremaininservice.AsshowninTable1-3,HEJsleevesarecurrently inserviceintheUnitedStatesattheD.C.CookUnit1,PointBeachUnit2,Kewaunee, andZionUnit1nuclearpowerplants.TheHEJsleeveslistedinTable1-2wereinstalled betweenApril1983andMay1993,andhaveoperatedintheUnitedStateswithoutincidence ofsignificant leakagethroughtheupperjoint;Doel4(Belgium) experienced leakagethroughanupperjointcrackinaparenttubeinAprilof1994.belowthehardrolluppertransition (HRUT),andlower,isthesub~ec1.3SummaryoftheHEJRepairBoundaryQualified inthisReportUntilMarchof1994therehadbeennoreportsofdegradation oftheparenttubesorthesleeves.In1994,degradation ofthepan.nttubeofHEJsleevedtubeswasdetectedattheKewaunee, PointBeach2,andDoel4powerplants.AtKewauneetheindications werepredominantly locatedinthehardrolllowertransition (HRLT),whileatPointBeach2theindications werepredominately inthehydraulic expansion lowertransition (HELT),andatDoel4thetwoconfirmed indications werelocatedatthehydraulic expansion uppertransition (HEUT).Additional degradation wasreportedatKewauneeintheSpringof1995,andthreesleeve/tube jointswereremovedfromthe"B"SGforlaboratory examination.
Thestructural andleakageintegrity ofHEJsin7/8"nominaldiametertubeswithindications located1.1"tofthisreport.ITherepairboundaryisbasedonanalyticevaluations, theresultsofprototypic testing,andtheresultsofthedestructive examinations andtestsoftheHEJspecimens removedfromKewaunee.
Thereference
: location, i.e.,thebottomoftheHRUT,forreckoning therepairboundarywasselectedbasedontheeaseofmeasuring theelevation ofindications relativetothethatlocationusingexisting, e.g.,theWestinghouse CECCOandtheZetec+Pointeddycurrentprobes,nondestructive examination (NDE)technology.
Theactuallocationoftherepairboundaryissupported bythestructural andleakageevaluations performed usingthedatafromthedestructive examinations ofthefieldspecimens andtheprototypic testingreportedinWCAP-14157 anditsaddendum.
DAPLANTSUEEPQKJINTRO.SEC 1-2  


Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class3Table1-1:SleevingDesignDocuments forUnitedStatesPlantswithHETsDesignDocumentSubjectReference(s)
===3.1 Regulatory===
WCAP-9960WCAP-11573 WCAP-11643 WCAP-11669 WCAP-12623 PointBeachUnit2,Alloy600sleevesPointBeachUnit2,Alloy690SleevesKewaunee, Alloy690SleevesZionUnits1&2,Alloy690SleevesD.C.CookUnit1,AHoy690Sleeves1,2I34,5DM'LANTSVLEPQKBJINTRO.TBL 1-3  
Guide l.121 3.2 Accident Condition Allowable Leak Rate 3-1 3-1 3-2 4.0 Field Experience 4.1 HEJ Sleeved Tube Indications 4.1.1 Kewaunee Nuclear Power Plant 4.1.2 Point Beach Unit 2 Nuclear Power Plant 4.1.3 Kerncentrale Doel 4 Nuclear Power Plant 4.2 Summary of Field Experiences 4-1 4-1 4-1 4-1 4-2 43 5.0 Summary of Examinations Conducted on Kewaunee Steam Generator Tubes with Hybrid Expansion Joints 5.1 Introduction 5.2 NDE Results 5.3 Leak Testing 5.4 Tensile Testing 5.5 Destructive Examination Results 5.6 Surface Chemistry 5.7 Conclusions 5-1 5-1 5-1 5-2 5-2 5-3 5-5 5-6 09/2$/9$


Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class3Table1-2:Westinghouse SleevingExperience Chronology PlantDateInstalled S/GTypeNumberSleevee(1)0SleevesMaterialLength(in)SleeveCharacteristics SanOnofre210/80-6/81 W-27TS6929600TT27,30,36HEJPointBeach111/81W-44TS1336HEJQ)IndianPoint3PointBeach2Millstone 210/82-1/83 4-6/837-9/83W-44W-44CE-67TS2971600TI'S3000600TI'S2036625/690TT 36,40,44HEJ3640Ringhals205/84W-51TS6902130BrazeMillstone 2IndianPoint3Millstone 203/8507/8511/86CE-67W-44CE-67TSTS635225625/690TT TS2926625/690TI'0 36,40,44HEJ40PointBeach210/87W-44TS690TT36KewauneeZion1Doel3PointBeach2Kewaunee03/8803/8806/8810/8803/89W-51W-51W-51W-44W-51TSTS5854690TT690TTTS509TS16986901T690TTTS1940690TT3030Laser"'0,36 HEJ30,36HEJ30PointBeach210/89W-44TS298690TI'6Kewaunee03/91W-51TS691690TT27,30,36Parley23/92W-51TSP69690TI'0Laser)Parley2D.C.Cook13/927/92W-51W-51690Tl'0TSTS1840690TI'2Laser8)30,27HEJParley1Parley19/929/92W-51W-51TSP148TS690TT690Tl3012Laser8)Laser)Doel4Doel45/931994W-E1W-E1TS1752690TTTS)11000690TTTotal>39000Lasere)1230,36HEJNotes:(1)TS=tubesheet sleeve&TSP=tubesupportplatesleeve.(2)Brazedsleevesalsoinstalled.
Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class 3 Repair Boundary for Parent Tube Indications Within the Upper Joint Zone of Hybrid Expansion Joint (HEJ)Sleeved Tubes SECTION TABLE OF COÃZP24TS (Continued)
(3)CO,laserusedfortheweldingprocess.(4)YAGlaserusedfortheweldingprocess.DAPLANTSU.EPQKJINTRO.TBL 1-4 Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class3Table1-3:HEJSleevesOperational Statusasof1994PlantDateInstalled S/GTypeNumberofSleeves<'>
PAGE 6.0 Structural Integrity and Leak Rate Evaluations
MaterialLength(in)SleeveCharacteristics PointBeach2PointBeach2KewauneeZion1PointBeach2KewauneePointBeach23/883/88W-51W-5110/88W-443/89W-5110/89W-444-6/83W-4410/87W-44871940475091698298690TT690TI'90TT 690TT690TT690TT363630,36303030,3636KewauneeD.C.Cook1Doel4"'/917/925/93W-51W-51W-E1Total1840175211862690TT690TT691690TI'7,30,36 30,2730,36Notes;(1)Numberisapproximate.
(2)HEJmodifiedbyYAGlaserweldingin1994,D:1PLANTS~HEJINTRO.TBL 1-509/26/95


('UpperHydraulic:
===6.1 Structural===
Expansion UpperHardrollParentTube~,~Sleeve.Tubesheet LowerHydraulic Expansion
Integrity Tests 6.2 Pulled Tube Structural Tests 6.3 Structural Integrity Analyses 6.4 Leak Rate Tests and Analyses 6.5 Crack Growth Rate Considerations
!/LowerHardrollCladdingFigure1-1:TypicalHEJSleeveInstallation SAAPC~P95~P HEJF.0011-67/30/95


TubeHydraulic Expansion UpperTransition (HEUT)SleeveHardrollUpperTransition (HRUT)HardrollHardrollLowerTransition (HRLT)Bottomofthetransition.
===6.6 Additional===
Hydraulic Expansion LowerTransition (HELT)Figure1-2:HybridExpansion JointConQguration S:EAPCEAEP954AEP HEJF.0011-7
Tube Integrity Considerations and Observations


Figure1-3:TypicalDimensions oftheHEJSAAPC~P9SULEP HEJF.0011-87/30/95
===6.7 Conclusions===
6-1 6-1 6-2 6-2 6-3 6-3 6-3 6-47.0 Leak Rate Based Repair Boundary 7.1 Introduction 7.2 Sleeved Tube Dimensions 7.3 U-Bend Clearance 7.4 Leakage Potential 7.4.1 Normal Operation 7.4.2 Steam Line Break 7.5 Tubes Interior to Stayrod Locations 7.6 Distribution of Indications in the Kewaunee SGs Sleeved Tubes 7.7 Plant Operation Considerations 7.8 Summary and Conclusions 7-1 7-1 7-2 7-3 7-5 7-6 7-6 7-7 7-7 7-8 7-8 8.0 Repair Boundary for Parent Tube Indications


Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class32.0Discussion andConclusions TheburstcriteriaofdraftRG1.121wereusedtoestablish arepairboundaryforHEJswithPTIs.Thecontinued safeoperation oftheSGsisnotcompromised ifthePTlsarelocatedbelowtherepairboundary, i.e.,1.1"downwardfromthebottomoftheHRUTorlower,asillustrated onFigure2-1.Ageometrybasedargumenthasbeendeveloped, Section7.0,tosupporttherepairboundaryasestablished bystructural considerations forPTIsinHEJsleevedtubes.'summaryoftheconclusions relativetotheestablishment andimplementation oftherepairboundaryforHEJsleevedtubesinWestinghouse Model44and51SGsisprovidedinSection2.2.Additional sectionsofthisreportprovideadiscussion offieldexperiences throughthedateofpublication ofthisreport,thedetailsofthedestructive examinations ofsleevedtubesectionsremovedfromanoperating SG,andstructural integrity andpotential leakrateconsiderations madetoestablish therepairboundary.
===8.1 Compliance===
2.1Discussion DuringtheSpring,1995,outageatKewaunee, three(3)HEJsleevedtubesectionswereremovedintactfromSG"B"forlaboratory examination.
with draft RG 1.121 Tube Integrity Criteria 8.2 Offsite Dose Evaluation For a Postulated Main Steam Line Break Event Outside of Containment but Upstream of the Main Steamline Isolation Valve 8.3 Evaluation of Other Steam Loss Accidents 8.4 HEI Inspection Requirements 8-1 8-1 8-2 8-2 8-3 HEllNDEX.SEC  
Oneofthesectionswasdesignated forarchiveretention andtheremaining twosectionshavebeendestructively examined.
Eachofthespecimens exhibited fieldcalledPTIsinthehardrolllowertransition usingthb+Pointprobe.Theindications wereconfirmed tobeextensive, circumferentially
: oriented, stresscorrosion crackarrays(SCC)originating ontheinsidesurfaceofthetube,confirming theaccuracyofthedetection andsizingoftheNDE.Nocrackingofthesleeves,andnocrackingintheuppertransitions ofthetubeswasfound.Adetaileddiscussion oftheresultsoftheexaminations areprovidedinSection5.0ofthisreport.Structural testsdoneontwooftheremovedHEJtubesectionsstronglysupportstheestablishment oftherepairboundaryasstatedinthisreport.AsreportedinReferences 8and9,structural analysesandtestswereperformed whichdemon-stratedthatdegradation ofanyextentbelowthemiddleoftheHRLTcouldbetolerated withoutviolating draftRG1.121requirements forprotection againstburstfortubessubjecttodegradation.
References 8and9alsopresented structural integrity andleakrateinformation relativetofailureofthetube/sleeve jointforcracksabovethemiddleofthehardrollifthecircumferential extentdidnotexceedaspecified limit.Theselatterevaluations arenotdirectlygermanetotherepairboundaryestablished herein;however,achronological discus-sionofthoseevaluations, andactivities proposing licenseamendments, isprovidedinAppendixAtothisreport.Thethirdsectionsampleisbeingretainedasanarchivespecimenforfuturetestingifnecessary.
DAPLANTSLAEPQKJINTRO.SEC 2-109/26/9$


2.2Conclusions Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class3Thisdocumentisapplicable totheHEJsinserviceinSGsatD.C.CookUnit1,Kewaunee, PointBeachUnit2,andZionUnit1.Specificconclusions relativetothelocationoftherepairboundary, axiallyorientedPTIs,primary-to-secondary leakage,andthesusceptibility oftheuppertransitions toconcurrent degradation areprovidedinthefollowing subsections.
Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class 3 Repair Boundary for Parent Tube Indications Within the Upper Joint Zone of Hybrid Expansion Joint (HEW)Sleeved Tubes SECTION TABLE OF CONHMTS (Continued)
2.2.1Indication Locations Testsconducted injointsdesignedtosimulatea360'hroughwall crackhaveshownthattheupperhardrollmusthaveadditional axialloadcarryingcapability tosupplement theradialcontactpressureofthesleeve-to-tube interface.
PAGE 9.0 Summary of Sleeve Degradation Limit Acceptance Criteria 9.1 Stxuctural Considerations 9.1.1 Crack Indications Below the Upper Hardroll Lower Transition 9.1.2 Sleeved Tube with Degradation Indications with Non-Dented Tube Support Plate Intersections 9.1.3 Dented Tubes 9.2 Leakage Assessment 9.3 Defense In Depth and Primary to Secondaxy Leakage Limits 9-1 9-1 9-1 9-1 9-1 9-1 9-2 10.0 References 10-1 Appendix A, Review of Prior Amendment Requests for HEI Sleeved Tubes 1.0 2.0 3.0 Discussion/Chronology of Pxior Amendment Requests Summaxy of Stxuctural Integrity and Leak Rate Evaluations
Tocomplywiththiscondition, PTlsinthesleeve/tube joint,i.e.,theHEJ,mustbelimitedto1.1"andlowerasreckoneddownwardfromthebottomoftheHRUT.Itistobenotedthatasignificant databaseoffieldNDEinformation hasbeenaccumulated thatdemonstrates thattheappearance ofPTIsinthelowertransitions ofanHEJdoesnotimplyasusceptibility ofthetubestouppertransition PIIs.Thisissupported bythefindingsfromthedestructive examination ofseveralHEJsremovedfromoperating SGsintheUnitedStatesandEurope.2.2.2Allowable Indication ArcLengthTestingofsurrogate andfieldspecimens hasdemonstrated thatanHEJwitha360'hrough-wallPTlindication at/belowthemiddleoftheHRLTwillsuccessfully withstand theloadsresulting fromthreetimesthenormaloperating pressuredifferential and1.43timesthepostulated SLBpressuredifferential.
Therefore, thereisnoBOClimitation onthecircumferential extentofPTlslocatedbelowtherepairboundaryasdescribeinthisreport.2.2.3Ax%Indications Axialindications donotindependently resultinasignificant reduction oftheaxialloadcarryingcapacityofthejoint.However,withoutadditional information, itmaybesupposedthatthepresenceofaxialindications maydegradetheaxialloadcarryingcapability ifcircumferential crackingisconcurxently present.Inaddition, axialcrackscouldhaveaneffectonleakagethroughthesleeve-to-tube joint.Untiladditional information isdeveloped, itisrecommended thatHEJsexhibiting axialPTIsabovethebottomoftheHRLTberemovedfromservice.2.2.4Primary-to-Secondary LeakageTheuseofthespecified repairboundaryforPTIsshouldbeimplemented inconcertwithanoperational leakagelimitof150gpdandenhancedinspection criteriadesignedtoquantifytheorientation andlocationofpotentially crack-like PTIs.Analyseshaveshownthatthetubesheet sleevelowerhardrolljoint,locatedatthetubeentry,posesnostructural orleakageDAPLANTSVLEPQlHKTRO.SEC 2-2  


Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class3integrity concerns.
===2.1 Structural===
Thedemonstration oftheupperjointintegrity hasbeendemonstrated
Integrity Tests 2.2 Structural Integrity Analyses 2.3 Leak Rate Tests and Analyses 2.4 Crack Growth Rate Evaluations Summary$-1 A-2 A-3 A-.4 A-5 A-5 A-6 HEJ INDEX.SEC
~~~~basedonmechanical testprogramssupplemented byanalyticevaluations.
 
0Potential primary-to-secondary steamgenerator tubeleakageshouldbecalculated forindications remaining in-service withintheidentified repairboundaryzone.Thetotalpredicted leakagefromtheSGduringapostulated SLBeventshouldbecomparedagainsttheallowable leakageasdetermined usingNUTMEG-0800 calculation guidelines.
Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class 3Repair Boundary for Parent Tube Indications Within the Upper Joint Zone of Hybrid Expansion Joint (HED)Sleeved Tubes 1.0 Introduction In the Spring and FaH of 1994, and the Spring of 1995, indications were found in the hybrid expansion joint (HEJ)region of Steam Generator (SG)tubes which had been sleeved using Westinghouse HEJ sleeves.As a result of these findings, analytic and test evaluations were performed'o assess the effect of the degradation on the structural, and leakage, integrity of the sleeve/tube joint relative to the requirements of the United States Nuclear Regulatory Commission's (NRC)draft Regulatory Guide (RG)1.121, Reference 10.The results of these evaluations demonstrated that tubes with implied or known crack-like circumferential parent tube indications (PIIs)located 1.1" or, farther below the bottom of the hardroll upper transi-tion, have sufficient, and significant, integrity relative to the requirements of the RG.Thus, the purpose of this report is to provide justification for a repair boundary that supersedes that specified in the original Westinghouse WCAP'ualification documents.
DAPLANTSMEPU6 JINTRO.SEC 2-309/26/95 RepairBoundaryforHEJSleevedTubesHRUTIIExistingrepairlimitsapplytotheparenttubeandthesleeve.1.1"belowthebottomoftheHRUT.RollExpansion:.
A listing of United States plants with installed HEJs is provided in Table 1-1.1.1 Description of the Sleeving Process In accordance with Plant Technical Specification requirements, steam generator tubes are periodically inspected for degradation using nondestructive examination (NDE)techniques.
IIIIIIIIRevisedrepairlimitboundaryappliestosleeveonly.:Repairlimits'.:.applytothe:::sleeve&tube.Figure2-1:RevisedPressureBoundaryDe6nition forHEJSleevedTubesD:KPLAYISEAEP4HEJSUMRY.FIG 2-4  
If established degradation acceptance criteria are exceeded, the indication must be removed from service by plugging or repairing the tube.Tube sleeving is one repair technique used to return a tube to an operable condition.
In the sleeving technique, a smaller diameter tube, or sleeve, is positioned within the parent tube so as to span the degraded region.The ends of the sleeve are then secured to the parent tube forming a new pressure boundary and structural element between the attachment points.Sleeves may be positioned at any location along the straight length of a tube, but are typically placed to repair tube degradation at the top of, or within the tubesheet, or at tube support plate (TSP)intersections.
Sleeves may be of various lengths and may be attached to the parent tube in a variety of ways.In the case of Westinghouse sleeve designs, the method of attachment is generally restricted to either a leak limiting mechanical HEJ or a hermetic Laser Welded Sleeve (LWS)joint.The type of the particular joint configuration is a function of the date of installation and/or the customer's needs and the current plant operating conditions.
Figure 1-1 shows a schematic of a typical HEJ tubesheet sleeve installation.
Figure 1-2 illustrates the details of the upper joint along with terminology used in this report.Typical dimensions of the joint are illustrated on Figure 1-3.Note that only the sleeve/tube upper joint is referred to as a HEJ, and the sleeve is referred to as an HEJ sleeve.References 8 and 9, supplemented by References 11 and 12.Westinghouse Commercial Atomic Power DAPLANTSV EPQKllNTRO.SEC 09/26/9S Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class 3 1.2 Summary of HEJ Sleeve Installations
~~hown in T-2 since its in tio As s able 1 cep n in 1980, the HEJ sleeve has been successfully used to restore over 28,000 steam generator tubes to operational status.Due to decommissioning of plants and replacement of steam generators, only about 12,000 HEJ sleeves remain in service.As shown in Table 1-3, HEJ sleeves are currently in service in the United States at the D.C.Cook Unit 1, Point Beach Unit 2, Kewaunee, and Zion Unit 1 nuclear power plants.The HEJ sleeves listed in Table 1-2 were installed between April 1983 and May 1993, and have operated in the United States without incidence of significant leakage through the upper joint;Doel 4 (Belgium)experienced leakage through an upper joint crack in a parent tube in April of 1994.below the hardroll upper transition (HRUT), and lower, is the sub~ec 1.3 Summary of the HEJ Repair Boundary Qualified in this Report Until March of 1994 there had been no reports of degradation of the parent tubes or the sleeves.In 1994, degradation of the pan.nt tube of HEJ sleeved tubes was detected at the Kewaunee, Point Beach 2, and Doel 4 power plants.At Kewaunee the indications were predominantly located in the hardroll lower transition (HRLT), while at Point Beach 2 the indications were predominately in the hydraulic expansion lower transition (HELT), and at Doel 4 the two confirmed indications were located at the hydraulic expansion upper transition (HEUT).Additional degradation was reported at Kewaunee in the Spring of 1995, and three sleeve/tube joints were removed from the"B" SG for laboratory examination.
The structural and leakage integrity of HEJs in 7/8" nominal diameter tubes with indications located 1.1" t of this report.I The repair boundary is based on analytic evaluations, the results of prototypic testing, and the results of the destructive examinations and tests of the HEJ specimens removed from Kewaunee.The reference location, i.e., the bottom of the HRUT, for reckoning the repair boundary was selected based on the ease of measuring the elevation of indications relative to the that location using existing, e.g., the Westinghouse CECCO and the Zetec+Point eddy current probes, nondestructive examination (NDE)technology.
The actual location of the repair boundary is supported by the structural and leakage evaluations performed using the data from the destructive examinations of the field specimens and the prototypic testing reported in WCAP-14157 and its addendum.DAPLANTSUEEPQKJINTRO.SEC 1-2
 
Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class 3 Table 1-1: Sleeving Design Documents for United States Plants with HETs Design Document Subject Reference(s)
W CAP-9960 W CAP-11573 W CAP-11643 W CAP-11669 WCAP-12623 Point Beach Unit 2, Alloy 600 sleeves Point Beach Unit 2, Alloy 690 Sleeves Kewaunee, Alloy 690 Sleeves Zion Units 1&2, Alloy 690 Sleeves D.C.Cook Unit 1, AHoy 690 Sleeves 1,2 I 3 4,5 DM'LANTSVLEPQKBJINTRO.TBL 1-3
 
Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class 3 Table 1-2: Westinghouse Sleeving Experience Chronology Plant Date Installed S/G Type Number Sleeve e(1)0 Sleeves Material Length (in)Sleeve Characteristics San Onofre 2 10/80-6/81 W-27 TS 6929 600TT 27,30,36 HEJ Point Beach 1 11/81 W-44 TS 13 36 HEJQ)Indian Point 3 Point Beach 2 Millstone 2 10/82-1/83 4-6/83 7-9/83 W-44 W-44 CE-67 TS 2971 600TI'S 3000 600TI'S 2036 625/690TT 36,40,44 HEJ 36 40 Ringhals 2 05/84 W-51 TS 69021 30 Braze Millstone 2 Indian Point 3 Millstone 2 03/85 07/85 11/86 CE-67 W-44 CE-67 TS TS 635 225 625/690TT TS 2926 625/690TI'0 36,40,44 HEJ 40 Point Beach 2 10/87 W-44 TS 690TT 36 Kewaunee Zion 1 Doel 3 Point Beach 2 Kewaunee 03/88 03/88 06/88 10/88 03/89 W-51 W-51 W-51 W-44 W-51 TS TS 58 54 690TT 690TT TS 509 TS 1698 6901T 690TT TS 1940 690TT 30 30 Laser"'0,36 HEJ 30,36 HEJ 30 Point Beach 2 10/89 W-44 TS 298 690TI'6 Kewaunee 03/91 W-51 TS 691 690TT 27,30,36 Parley 2 3/92 W-51 TSP 69 690TI'0 Laser)Parley 2 D.C.Cook 1 3/92 7/92 W-51 W-51 690Tl'0 TS TS 1840 690TI'2 Laser8)30,27 HEJ Parley 1 Parley 1 9/92 9/92 W-51 W-51 TSP 148 TS 690TT 690Tl 30 12 Laser8)Laser)Doel 4 Doel 4 5/93 1994 W-E1 W-E1 TS 1752 690TT TS)11000 690TT Total>39000 Las ere)12 30,36 HEJ Notes: (1)TS=tubesheet sleeve&TSP=tube support plate sleeve.(2)Brazed sleeves also installed.
(3)CO, laser used for the welding process.(4)YAG laser used for the welding process.DAPLANTSU.EPQKJINTRO.TBL 1-4 Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class 3Table 1-3: HEJ Sleeves Operational Status as of 1994 Plant Date Installed S/G Type Number of Sleeves<'>
Material Length (in)Sleeve Characteristics Point Beach 2 Point Beach 2 Kewaunee Zion 1 Point Beach 2 Kewaunee Point Beach 2 3/88 3/88 W-51 W-51 10/88 W-44 3/89 W-51 10/89 W-44 4-6/83 W-44 10/87 W-44 87 1940 47 509 1698 298 690TT 690TI'90TT 690TT 690TT 690TT 36 36 30,36 30 30 30,36 36 Kewaunee D.C.Cook1 Doel 4"'/91 7/92 5/93 W-51 W-51 W-E1 Total 1840 1752 11862 690TT 690TT 691 690TI'7,30,36 30,27 30,36 Notes;(1)Number is approximate.
(2)HEJ modified by YAG laser welding in 1994, D:1PLANTS~HEJINTRO.TBL 1-5 09/26/95
 
('Upper Hydraulic:
Expansion Upper Hardroll Parent Tube~,~Sleeve.Tubesheet Lower Hydraulic Expansion!/Lower Hardroll Cladding Figure 1-1: Typical HEJ Sleeve Installation SAAPC~P95~P HEJF.001 1-6 7/30/95
 
Tube Hydraulic Expansion Upper Transition (HEUT)Sleeve Hardroll Upper Transition (HRUT)Hardroll Hardroll Lower Transition (HRLT)Bottom of the transition.
Hydraulic Expansion Lower Transition (HELT)Figure 1-2: Hybrid Expansion Joint ConQguration S:EAPCEAEP954AEP HEJF.001 1-7
 
Figure 1-3: Typical Dimensions of the HEJ SAAPC~P9SULEP HEJF.001 1-8 7/30/95
 
Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class 3 2.0 Discussion and Conclusions The burst criteria of draft RG 1.121 were used to establish a repair boundary for HEJs with PTIs.The continued safe operation of the SGs is not compromised if the PTls are located below the repair boundary, i.e., 1.1" downward from the bottom of the HRUT or lower, as illustrated on Figure 2-1.A geometry based argument has been developed, Section 7.0, to support the repair boundary as established by structural considerations for PTIs in HEJ sleeved tubes.'summary of the conclusions relative to the establishment and implementation of the repair boundary for HEJ sleeved tubes in Westinghouse Model 44 and 51 SGs is provided in Section 2.2.Additional sections of this report provide a discussion of field experiences through the date of publication of this report, the details of the destructive examinations of sleeved tube sections removed from an operating SG, and structural integrity and potential leak rate considerations made to establish the repair boundary.2.1 Discussion During the Spring, 1995, outage at Kewaunee, three (3)HEJ sleeved tube sections were removed intact from SG"B" for laboratory examination.
One of the sections was designated for archive retention and the remaining two sections have been destructively examined.Each of the specimens exhibited field called PTIs in the hardroll lower transition using thb+Point probe.The indications were confirmed to be extensive, circumferentially oriented, stress corrosion crack arrays (SCC)originating on the inside surface of the tube, confirming the accuracy of the detection and sizing of the NDE.No cracking of the sleeves, and no cracking in the upper transitions of the tubes was found.A detailed discussion of the results of the examinations are provided in Section 5.0 of this report.Structural tests done on two of the removed HEJ tube sections strongly supports the establishment of the repair boundary as stated in this report.As reported in References 8 and 9, structural analyses and tests were performed which demon-strated that degradation of any extent below the middle of the HRLT could be tolerated without violating draft RG 1.121 requirements for protection against burst for tubes subject to degradation.
References 8 and 9 also presented structural integrity and leak rate information relative to failure of the tube/sleeve joint for cracks above the middle of the hardroll if the circumferential extent did not exceed a specified limit.These latter evaluations are not directly germane to the repair boundary established herein;however, a chronological discus-sion of those evaluations, and activities proposing license amendments, is provided in Appendix A to this report.The third section sample is being retained as an archive specimen for future testing if necessary.
DAPLANTSLAEPQKJINTRO.SEC 2-1 09/26/9$
 
===2.2 Conclusions===
Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class 3 This document is applicable to the HEJs in service in SGs at D.C.Cook Unit 1, Kewaunee, Point Beach Unit 2, and Zion Unit 1.Specific conclusions relative to the location of the repair boundary, axially oriented PTIs, primary-to-secondary leakage, and the susceptibility of the upper transitions to concurrent degradation are provided in the following subsections.
 
====2.2.1 Indication====
Locations Tests conducted in joints designed to simulate a 360'hroughwall crack have shown that the upper hardroll must have additional axial load carrying capability to supplement the radial contact pressure of the sleeve-to-tube interface.
To comply with this condition, PTls in the sleeve/tube joint, i.e., the HEJ, must be limited to 1.1" and lower as reckoned downward from the bottom of the HRUT.It is to be noted that a significant database of field NDE information has been accumulated that demonstrates that the appearance of PTIs in the lower transitions of an HEJ does not imply a susceptibility of the tubes to upper transition PIIs.This is supported by the findings from the destructive examination of several HEJs removed from operating SGs in the United States and Europe.2.2.2 Allowable Indication Arc Length Testing of surrogate and field specimens has demonstrated that an HEJ with a 360'hrough-wall PTl indication at/below the middle of the HRLT will successfully withstand the loads resulting from three times the normal operating pressure differential and 1.43 times the postulated SLB pressure differential.
Therefore, there is no BOC limitation on the circumferential extent of PTls located below the repair boundary as describe in this report.2.2.3 Ax%Indications Axial indications do not independently result in a significant reduction of the axial load carrying capacity of the joint.However, without additional information, it may be supposed that the presence of axial indications may degrade the axial load carrying capability if circumferential cracking is concurxently present.In addition, axial cracks could have an effect on leakage through the sleeve-to-tube joint.Until additional information is developed, it is recommended that HEJs exhibiting axial PTIs above the bottom of the HRLT be removed from service.2.2.4 Primary-to-Secondary LeakageThe use of the specified repair boundary for PTIs should be implemented in concert with an operational leakage limit of 150 gpd and enhanced inspection criteria designed to quantify the orientation and location of potentially crack-like PTIs.Analyses have shown that the tubesheet sleeve lower hardroll joint, located at the tube entry, poses no structural or leakage DAPLANTSVLEPQlHKTRO.SEC 2-2
 
Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class 3 integrity concerns.The demonstration of the upper joint integrity has been demonstrated
~~~~based on mechanical test programs supplemented by analytic evaluations.
0 Potential primary-to-secondary steam generator tube leakage should be calculated for indications remaining in-service within the identified repair boundary zone.The total predicted leakage from the SG during a postulated SLB event should be compared against the allowable leakage as determined using NUTMEG-0800 calculation guidelines.
DAPLANTSMEPU6 JINTRO.SEC 2-3 09/26/95 Repair Boundary for HEJ Sleeved Tubes HRUT I I Existing repair limits apply to the parent tube and the sleeve.1.1" below the bottom of the HRUT.Roll Expansion:.
I I I I I I I I Revised repair limit boundary applies to sleeve only.: Repair limits'.:.apply to the::: sleeve&tube.Figure 2-1: Revised Pressure Boundary De6nition for HEJ Sleeved Tubes D:K PLAYIS EAE P 4 HEJSUMRY.FIG 2-4  
'
'
Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class33.0Regulatory Requirements InordertorepairSGtubes,anintegrated qualification planwasdeveloped todemonstrate theacceptability oftheHEJsleeve/tube joint.Documentation ofthesleevedesignandattendant analysesofAlloy600and690thermally treatedHEJsleevesfortherepairofSGtubesarecontained inWestinghouse technical reportsreferredtoasWCAPs.Thesereportsdescribethedesignbasisforsleevingasarepair,thetestingandanalysisusedtosupporttheacceptability oftherepairtechnique, andthemethodusedtodemonstrate acceptability oftherepairfollowing itsapplication.
Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class 3 3.0 Regulatory Requirements In order to repair SG tubes, an integrated qualification plan was developed to demonstrate the acceptability of the HEJ sleeve/tube joint.Documentation of the sleeve design and attendant analyses of Alloy 600 and 690 thermally treated HEJ sleeves for the repair of SG tubes are contained in Westinghouse technical reports referred to as WCAPs.These reports describe the design basis for sleeving as a repair, the testing and analysis used to support the acceptability of the repair technique, and the method used to demonstrate acceptability of the repair following its application.
Asimilarapproachistakeninthisreport.TherepairboundaryfortheparenttubeintheHEJHBLTisestablished suchthatthedesignbasisofthesleeve/tube meetstherequirements ofRG1.121.AlistingoftheWCAPreportsapplicable totheplantsinquestionwasprovidedinSection1ofthisreport.CurrentWCAPsdefinethesleevingapplication andrepairlimits.Theydefinethezonesofin-service-inspection forthesleeve,andthelimitofacceptable sleeveandsleevejointdegradation.
A similar approach is taken in this report.The repair boundary for the parent tube in the HEJ HBLT is established such that the design basis of the sleeve/tube meets the requirements of RG 1.121.A listing of the WCAP reports applicable to the plants in question was provided in Section 1 of this report.Current WCAPs define the sleeving application and repair limits.They define the zones of in-service-inspection for the sleeve, and the limit of acceptable sleeve and sleeve joint degradation.
Thesleevedtubeinspection requirements andrepairboundaryfortheHEJaresumm~inFigure2-1.Basedupontheexperiences atKewaunee, PointBeach2,andDoel4,itisevidentthattheparenttubematerialinthevicinityoftheHEJtransitions canbesubjecttothedevelopment ofPTls.Inordertopreventtheunnecessary pluggingofpotentially degradedsleevedtubes,thestructural integrity ofthedegradedjointsmaybeevaluated againsttheburstcriteriaofdraftRG1~121.Inaddition, theleakageintegrity ofthesleevedtubeswithPTIsshouldnotrepre-sentapotential foroffsitedosestoexceedthelimitsdefinedinTitle10oftheCodeofFederalRegulations Part100(10CFR100).RG1.121describes amethodacceptable totheNRCstaffformeetingGeneralDesignCriteria14,15,31and32byreducingtheprobability andconsequences ofsteamgenerator tuberupture.Thisisaccomplished bydetermining thelimitingsafeconditions ofdegradation ofsteamgenerator tubing,beyondwhichtubeswithunacceptable
The sleeved tube inspection requirements and repair boundary for the HEJ are summ~in Figure 2-1.Based upon the experiences at Kewaunee, Point Beach 2, and Doel 4, it is evident that the parent tube material in the vicinity of the HEJ transitions can be subject to the development of PTls.In order to prevent the unnecessary plugging of potentially degraded sleeved tubes, the structural integrity of the degraded joints may be evaluated against the burst criteria of draft RG 1~121.In addition, the leakage integrity of the sleeved tubes with PTIs should not repre-sent a potential for offsite doses to exceed the limits defined in Title 10 of the Code of Federal Regulations Part 100 (10 CFR 100).RG 1.121 describes a method acceptable to the NRC staff for meeting General Design Criteria 14, 15, 31 and 32 by reducing the probability and consequences of steam generator tube rupture.This is accomplished by determining the limiting safe conditions of degradation of steam generator tubing, beyond which tubes with unacceptable cracking, as established by in-service inspection, should be removed from service or repaired.The repair boundary is established such that the primary-to-secondary pressure boundary will not result in tubes with partial and/or complete throughwall PIIs outside of the boundary being returned to service.The regulatory basis for leaving the indications within the boundary limits in service is dis-cussed below.3.1 Regulatory Guide 1.121 In establishing the HEJ parent tube repair boundary, the elevation of PTls in the tube span between the tubesheet and HEJ transitions must be considered.
: cracking, asestablished byin-serviceinspection, shouldberemovedfromserviceorrepaired.
The main purpose of a sleeve is to bridge PTIs with a new pressure boundary.The parent tube repair boundary established by References 1 through 7 documented the potential for PTIs to exist up to 1" below the hardroll.The HEJ joint inherently provides protection to tube burst and significant leakage.The NRC staff has defined tube rupture in NVREG-0844 as an uncontrollable release of reactor coolant in excess of the normal makeup capacity.Examining the upper HEJ, tube DAPLANTSV,EPQKJINTRO.SEC 3-1 09/26/9S  
Therepairboundaryisestablished suchthattheprimary-to-secondary pressureboundarywillnotresultintubeswithpartialand/orcompletethroughwall PIIsoutsideoftheboundarybeingreturnedtoservice.Theregulatory basisforleavingtheindications withintheboundarylimitsinserviceisdis-cussedbelow.3.1Regulatory Guide1.121Inestablishing theHEJparenttuberepairboundary, theelevation ofPTlsinthetubespanbetweenthetubesheet andHEJtransitions mustbeconsidered.
 
ThemainpurposeofasleeveistobridgePTIswithanewpressureboundary.
Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class 3burst gould only be expected if a circumferential separation of the parent tube is postulated, and the parent tube was then pushed out of intimate contact with the sleeve due to normal operating or faulted loads.These loads are generated by the pressure differential across the tube wall, represented by the tube end cap loads.Draft RG 1.121 uses factors of safety consistent with Section III of the ASME Code.The HEJ, and areas within the HEJ where degradation has been indicated by NDE, provides an overlap of the tube and the sleeve for a length of approximately 3 inches in the free-span region above the top of the tubesheet.
Theparenttuberepairboundaryestablished byReferences 1through7documented thepotential forPTIstoexistupto1"belowthehardroll.
This overlap must be considered in the overall evaluation of the proposed degradation acceptance limits.3.2 Accident Condition Allowable Leak Rate The accidents that are affected by primary-to-secondary leakage are those that include, in the activity release and offsite dose calculation, modeling of leakage and secondary steam release to the environment.
TheHEJjointinherently providesprotection totubeburstandsignificant leakage.TheNRCstaffhasdefinedtuberuptureinNVREG-0844 asanuncontrollable releaseofreactorcoolantinexcessofthenormalmakeupcapacity.
The postulated steam line break (SLB)accident represents the most limiting case due to the potential for increasing leakage due to the steadily increasing primaTy-to-secondary pressure differential during recovery from the accident and the direct release path to the environment provided by the break in the steam pipe.Establishment of the repair boundary includes calculation of the maximum permissible steam generator primary-to-secondary leak rate during a steam line break outside of the containment building.Standard Review Plan (NUREG-0800) methodology is used to establish the maximum permissible leak rate.This methodology has been used to justify primary.to-secondary leak rates greater than the value of 1.0 gpm normally assumed in the plants'SAR.
Examining theupperHEJ,tubeDAPLANTSV,EPQKJINTRO.SEC 3-109/26/9S  
This methodology ha's been utilized previously by the NRC for the licensing of the steam generator tube support plate voltage based plugging criteria, described in Generic Letter 95-05.NUTMEG-0800 limits the thyroid dose to 10%of the 10 CFR 100 limit of 300 Rem for the accident initiated iodine spike case.The repair boundary established in this report considers a conservative SLB per tube leakage aHowance based on test data to account for potential leakage from PTIs left in service.The total SG SLB leak rate from all sources (including calculated leakage from TSP intersections which are addressed by Generic Letter 95-05)is summed when comparing the estimated leak rate against the value established using the methodology of NU~REG 0800.D:LPLANTSMEPQlHINTRO.SEC 3-2 10/03/95 Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class 3~~~s~)4.0 Field",Experience


Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class3burstgouldonlybeexpectedifacircumferential separation oftheparenttubeispostulated, andtheparenttubewasthenpushedoutofintimatecontactwiththesleeveduetonormaloperating orfaultedloads.Theseloadsaregenerated bythepressuredifferential acrossthetubewall,represented bythetubeendcaploads.DraftRG1.121usesfactorsofsafetyconsistent withSectionIIIoftheASMECode.TheHEJ,andareaswithintheHEJwheredegradation hasbeenindicated byNDE,providesanoverlapofthetubeandthesleeveforalengthofapproximately 3inchesinthefree-span regionabovethetopofthetubesheet.
===4.1 HEJ'Sleeved===
Thisoverlapmustbeconsidered intheoverallevaluation oftheproposeddegradation acceptance limits.3.2AccidentCondition Allowable LeakRateTheaccidents thatareaffectedbyprimary-to-secondary leakagearethosethatinclude,intheactivityreleaseandoffsitedosecalculation, modelingofleakageandsecondary steamreleasetotheenvironment.
Tube Indications s4 4.1.1 Kewaunee Nuclear Power Plant In April~of 1994, seventy-seven (77)PTIs were detected in the HEJ of sleeved tubes (based on a 100,%'inspection) in the SGs at the Kewaunee Nuclear Power Plant using the Zetec I-coil eddy current inspection probe.A detailed description of the indications and their locations is provided in Reference 8.One (1)circumferential PTI (about 34)was found at the HEUT, see Figure 1-2 for the joint designations.
Thepostulated steamlinebreak(SLB)accidentrepresents themostlimitingcaseduetothepotential forincreasing leakageduetothesteadilyincreasing primaTy-to-secondary pressuredifferential duringrecoveryfromtheaccidentandthedirectreleasepathtotheenvironment providedbythebreakinthesteampipe.Establishment oftherepairboundaryincludescalculation ofthemaximumpermissible steamgenerator primary-to-secondary leakrateduringasteamlinebreakoutsideofthecontainment building.
There was no operating leakage attributable to the presence of this indication.
StandardReviewPlan(NUREG-0800) methodology isusedtoestablish themaximumpermissible leakrate.Thismethodology hasbeenusedtojustifyprimary.to-secondary leakratesgreaterthanthevalueof1.0gpmnormallyassumedintheplants'SAR.
One (1)indication was found to be axial and contained within the.hardroll (HR)expansion.
Thismethodology ha'sbeenutilizedpreviously bytheNRCforthelicensing ofthesteamgenerator tubesupportplatevoltagebasedpluggingcriteria, described inGenericLetter95-05.NUTMEG-0800 limitsthethyroiddoseto10%ofthe10CFR100limitof300Remfortheaccidentinitiated iodinespikecase.Therepairboundaryestablished inthisreportconsiders aconservative SLBpertubeleakageaHowancebasedontestdatatoaccountforpotential leakagefromPTIsleftinservice.ThetotalSGSLBleakratefromallsources(including calculated leakagefromTSPintersections whichareaddressed byGenericLetter95-05)issummedwhencomparing theestimated leakrateagainstthevalueestablished usingthemethodology ofNU~REG0800.D:LPLANTSMEPQlHINTRO.SEC 3-210/03/95 Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class3~~~s~)4.0Field",Experience 4.1HEJ'Sleeved TubeIndications s44.1.1KewauneeNuclearPowerPlantInApril~of1994,seventy-seven (77)PTIsweredetectedintheHEJofsleevedtubes(basedona100,%'inspection) intheSGsattheKewauneeNuclearPowerPlantusingtheZetecI-coileddycurrentinspection probe.Adetaileddescription oftheindications andtheirlocations isprovidedinReference 8.One(1)circumferential PTI(about34)wasfoundattheHEUT,seeFigure1-2forthejointdesignations.
No axial indications were identified above or below the HR.Two (2)indications were identified as volumetric within the hydraulic expansion below the HRLT.Sixty-two (62)indications were identified as circumferential and located at the HRLT.The xemaining eleven (11)indications were located at/below the bottom of the HELT.There wexe no instances of multiple indications in a single HEJ.The circumferential extent of the indica-tions ranged from 45'o 285, with nine (9)being judged to be greater than 200 in extent.The average elevation of the sixty-two indications was found to be 1.42" below the top of the HRUT with a standard deviation of 0.08".The calendar time of operation for the tubes following sleeving ranged from five to six years.The distribution of the indications as a~~~~~~~~~~~function of installation year is provided in Table 4-1.I In April of 1995, seven-hundred and thirty-eight (738)HEJ PTIs were detected using the Zetec+Point eddy current inspection probe.Again, a 100%inspection of the HEJs in the SGs was performed:
Therewasnooperating leakageattributable tothepresenceofthisindication.
Five (5)circumferentially oriented PTIs were reported at the HE uppex transition.
One(1)indication wasfoundtobeaxialandcontained withinthe.hardroll(HR)expansion.
Again, there was no leakage reported from any of the indications.
Noaxialindications wereidentified aboveorbelowtheHR.Two(2)indications wereidentified asvolumetric withinthehydraulic expansion belowtheHRLT.Sixty-two (62)indications wereidentified ascircumferential andlocatedattheHRLT.Thexemaining eleven(11)indications werelocatedat/belowthebottomoftheHELT.Therewexenoinstances ofmultipleindications inasingleHEJ.Thecircumferential extentoftheindica-tionsrangedfrom45'o285,withnine(9)beingjudgedtobegreaterthan200inextent.Theaverageelevation ofthesixty-two indications wasfoundtobe1.42"belowthetopoftheHRUTwithastandarddeviation of0.08".Thecalendartimeofoperation forthetubesfollowing sleevingrangedfromfivetosixyears.Thedistribution oftheindications asa~~~~~~~~~~~functionofinstallation yearisprovidedinTable4-1.IInAprilof1995,seven-hundred andthirty-eight (738)HEJPTIsweredetectedusingtheZetec+Pointeddycurrentinspection probe.Again,a100%inspection oftheHEJsintheSGswasperformed:
Nine (9)axially oriented PTIs were reported in the hardroll region.Six-hundred and forty-three (643)circumferential PTIs were reported at elevations ranging fmm 1.00" to 1.75" below the bottom of the HRUT.This corresponds to 0.00" to 0.75" below the nominal top of the HBLT.The remaining eighty-one (81)indictions were located at/below the HELT.One tube was reported as having multiple, i.e., two, PTIs, both of which were below the top of the HBLT.The circumferential extent of the indications ranged from 45'o 360'ased on the NDE.The average elevation of the HBLT PTIs was found to be'1.32" below the bottom of the HRUT with a standard deviation of 0.10".The sleeves had been installed in 1988, 1989, and 1991, and were fabricated from thermally treated Alloy 690 material.The distribution of'he indications as a function of installation year is provided in Table 4-2.P 4.1.2 Point Beach.Unit 2 Nuclear Power Plant In October of 1994, two-hundred and thirty (230)circumferentially oriented HEJ PTIs were detected using the Westinghouse/Ontario Hydro CECCO 3 eddy current inspection probe.All~~~~~~~~~~~~~~of the HEJs were examined on the hot leg of the SGs.A 20%sample of the HEJs examine on the cold leg side of the SGs revealed no indications.
Five(5)circumferentially orientedPTIswerereportedattheHEuppextransition.
One (1)indication was de/ected in the HEUT, seven (7)in the HRUT, eighty-eight (88)in the HBLT, and one-hundxcdsand tliirty-D:LPLANTSV,PKHEIFIELD.SEC 4-1 Westinghouse'non-Proprietary Class 3 N four (134)in the HELT.'he minimum PTI angle reported was 23 and the maximum was~~~360'.'fhe sleeves had been installed in the tubes in 1983, and were fabricated from thermally, treated Alloy 600 material.4.1.3 Kerncentrale Doel 4 Nuclear Power Plant Significant in-service leakage was detected from a PTI in SG"G" at Doel 4 in April of 1994 one week before a scheduled outage.The leak was attributed to a throughwall PTI at the HEUT.The tube/HEJ was removed from the SG along with a joint from a randomly selected tube.The indication in the leaking tube had an ID extent of-180 and an OD extent of-160'.A PTI was'ound in the other tube at the same elevation.
Again,therewasnoleakagereportedfromanyoftheindications.
It consisted of three (3)separate, circumferentially adjacent cracks with an aggregate length of-5 mm (34).The deepest crack has been reported as being 90 to 100%throughwall, Reference 16.The PTfs in both tubes weie attributed to primary water stress corrosion cracking (PWSCC).A total of 1740 tubes had thermally treated Alloy 690 HEJ sleeves installed in 1993.The tubes at Doel 4 are considered to be particularly susceptible to PWSCC.During the outage the detection of significant numbers of tubes cracked at the tube/tubesheet hardroll transitions led to the decision to sleeve all of the tubes in the three SGs at that site using laser welded sleeves (LWSs), and to add a laser welded joint to each of the HEJ sleeves at an elevation above the HEUT..During the LWS campaign, fifty (50)additional HEJs were examined using the CECCO 3 probe.Nine (9)of the tubes were indicated to contain PTls.Six (6)of these were at the HEUT and the remaining three were at the HELT.None of the tubes were indicated to have multiple PTIs'.In the Summer of 1995, a CECCO 3 probe was used to inspect all of the sleeve joints in the three SGs.A+Point probe was also used to inspect 184 of the welded HEJ sleeves.A summary of all findings was not available at the time of preparation of this report.Six (6)of the weld repaired HEJ sleeved tubes were removed for destructive examination.
Nine(9)axiallyorientedPTIswerereportedinthehardrollregion.Six-hundred andforty-three (643)circumferential PTIswerereportedatelevations rangingfmm1.00"to1.75"belowthebottomoftheHRUT.Thiscorresponds to0.00"to0.75"belowthenominaltopoftheHBLT.Theremaining eighty-one (81)indictions werelocatedat/belowtheHELT.Onetubewasreportedashavingmultiple, i.e.,two,PTIs,bothofwhichwerebelowthetopoftheHBLT.Thecircumferential extentoftheindications rangedfrom45'o360'asedontheNDE.Theaverageelevation oftheHBLTPTIswasfoundtobe'1.32"belowthebottomoftheHRUTwithastandarddeviation of0.10".Thesleeveshadbeeninstalled in1988,1989,and1991,andwerefabricated fromthermally treatedAlloy690material.
Two of these had been identified as having no detectable degradation (NDD)at the HEUT by the field NDE.These were confiimed to be NDD in the laboratory.
Thedistribution of'heindications asafunctionofinstallation yearisprovidedinTable4-2.P4.1.2PointBeach.Unit2NuclearPowerPlantInOctoberof1994,two-hundred andthirty(230)circumferentially orientedHEJPTIsweredetectedusingtheWestinghouse/Ontario HydroCECCO3eddycurrentinspection probe.All~~~~~~~~~~~~~~oftheHEJswereexaminedonthehotlegoftheSGs.A20%sampleoftheHEJsexamineonthecoldlegsideoftheSGsrevealednoindications.
The other four HEJs exhibited PTIs by the field NDE.One of these was found to have an ID initiated throughwall crack (-0.5" on the ID and-0.25" on the OD)at the elevation of the HEUT.This tube broke during the removal operation at a tensile load of-9700 lb,.The other specimens had experienced wastage of the parent tube and the Alloy 690 sleeve at the bottom of the closed crevice, i.e., the HEUT, formed when the laser welding was effected.The wastage may likely be due to a concentration of an acidic environment in the-6" long closed crevice between the HEJ and the repair weld.Note that this information is an update of information previously presented, e.g., Refer-ence 15, where it was stated that no indications had been reported in the HRUT, An expert review of the NDE data revealed that the location information was distorted as a result of pulling the probe down into the sleeve from the tube.A reevaluation of all of the PTI elevations was performed only to identify the location of the PTIs by transition, thus average dimensional information was not available at the time of preparation of this report.DM'LANTSVLEPQKJ FIB.D.SEC 4-2 09/25/95 Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class 3 4.2 Summary of Field Experiences
One(1)indication wasde/ectedintheHEUT,seven(7)intheHRUT,eighty-eight (88)intheHBLT,andone-hundxcdsand tliirty-D:LPLANTSV,PKHEIFIELD.SEC 4-1 Westinghouse'non-Proprietary Class3Nfour(134)intheHELT.'heminimumPTIanglereportedwas23andthemaximumwas~~~360'.'fhesleeveshadbeeninstalled inthetubesin1983,andwerefabricated fromthermally, treatedAlloy600material.
~~~~~~~~~~~In summary, FIIs have been detected in HEJ sleeved tubes at three plants during a total of'our inspection outages, two at Kewaunee, one at Point Beach 2, and the initial inspection outage at Doel 4.A summary of approximately all known PTIs is provided in Table 4-3.In total, about 60.5%occur at the HRLT and 37.2%at the HELT.About 0.7%have been found at the HRUT, and the remaining 1.6%at the HEUT.These distributions are illustrated in histogram form on Figure 4-1 and in"pie" chart form on Figure 4-2.The incidence of indications at the upper transitions in plants in the United States (VS)comprises about 1.5%of the reported indications.
4.1.3Kerncentrale Doel4NuclearPowerPlantSignificant in-service leakagewasdetectedfromaPTIinSG"G"atDoel4inAprilof1994oneweekbeforeascheduled outage.Theleakwasattributed toathroughwall PTIattheHEUT.Thetube/HEJwasremovedfromtheSGalongwithajointfromarandomlyselectedtube.Theindication intheleakingtubehadanIDextentof-180andanODextentof-160'.APTIwas'oundintheothertubeatthesameelevation.
Thus, the distribution at Doel 4 is atypical of the occurrences in the VS.In no instances have indications been detected in the same tube at upper and lower transitions.
Itconsisted ofthree(3)separate, circumferentially adjacentcrackswithanaggregate lengthof-5mm(34).Thedeepestcrackhasbeenreportedasbeing90to100%throughwall, Reference 16.ThePTfsinbothtubesweieattributed toprimarywaterstresscorrosion cracking(PWSCC).Atotalof1740tubeshadthermally treatedAlloy690HEJsleevesinstalled in1993.ThetubesatDoel4areconsidered tobeparticularly susceptible toPWSCC.Duringtheoutagethedetection ofsignificant numbersoftubescrackedatthetube/tubesheet hardrolltransitions ledtothedecisiontosleeveallofthetubesinthethreeSGsatthatsiteusinglaserweldedsleeves(LWSs),andtoaddalaserweldedjointtoeachoftheHEJsleevesatanelevation abovetheHEUT..DuringtheLWScampaign, fifty(50)additional HEJswereexaminedusingtheCECCO3probe.Nine(9)ofthetubeswereindicated tocontainPTls.Six(6)ofthesewereattheHEUTandtheremaining threewereattheHELT.Noneofthetubeswereindicated tohavemultiplePTIs'.IntheSummerof1995,aCECCO3probewasusedtoinspectallofthesleevejointsinthethreeSGs.A+Pointprobewasalsousedtoinspect184oftheweldedHEJsleeves.Asummaryofallfindingswasnotavailable atthetimeofpreparation ofthisreport.Six(6)oftheweldrepairedHEJsleevedtubeswereremovedfordestructive examination.
Approximately 75%of the known PIIs have been found in tubes in the Kewaunee SGs.Hence, it would be expected that the distribution of indications relative to elevation can be characterized by the distribution found at Kewaunee.Figure 4-3 illustrates the distributions of PTls at the last inspection outage at Kewaunee.'pproximately 1%of the indications were judged to be located within 1.1" of the bottom of the HRUT.If an eddy current positioning error of 1/16" is assumed, the number of indications above the repair boundary would be on the order of 4%.The elevation information is based on an"expert" review of 630 PTIs, or 98%of population of circumferential indications.
Twoofthesehadbeenidentified ashavingnodetectable degradation (NDD)attheHEUTbythefieldNDE.Thesewereconfiimed tobeNDDinthelaboratory.
DAPLANTS'REP6iEJFIELD.SEC 4-3 09/25/95 Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class 3 Table 4-1: Distribution of Kewaunee 1994 HEJ Indications Removed from Service by Installation Year Installation Year 1988 1989 1991 Totals SG I I A II 46 48 SG I IB ll 17 18 Both SGs 63 66 Table 4-2: Distribution of Kewaunee 1995 HEJ Indications Removed from Service by Installation Year Installation Year 1988 1989 1991 Totals SG I I All 283 147 431 SG IIBII 152 69 226 Both SGs 435 216 657 DAPLANTSM.EPQKJ FIELD.SEC 4-4  
TheotherfourHEJsexhibited PTIsbythefieldNDE.OneofthesewasfoundtohaveanIDinitiated throughwall crack(-0.5"ontheIDand-0.25"ontheOD)attheelevation oftheHEUT.Thistubebrokeduringtheremovaloperation atatensileloadof-9700lb,.Theotherspecimens hadexperienced wastageoftheparenttubeandtheAlloy690sleeveatthebottomoftheclosedcrevice,i.e.,theHEUT,formedwhenthelaserweldingwaseffected.
Thewastagemaylikelybeduetoaconcentration ofanacidicenvironment inthe-6"longclosedcrevicebetweentheHEJandtherepairweld.Notethatthisinformation isanupdateofinformation previously presented, e.g.,Refer-ence15,whereitwasstatedthatnoindications hadbeenreportedintheHRUT,AnexpertreviewoftheNDEdatarevealedthatthelocationinformation wasdistorted asaresultofpullingtheprobedownintothesleevefromthetube.Areevaluation ofallofthePTIelevations wasperformed onlytoidentifythelocationofthePTIsbytransition, thusaveragedimensional information wasnotavailable atthetimeofpreparation ofthisreport.DM'LANTSVLEPQKJ FIB.D.SEC 4-209/25/95 Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class34.2SummaryofFieldExperiences
~~~~~~~~~~~Insummary,FIIshavebeendetectedinHEJsleevedtubesatthreeplantsduringatotalof'ourinspection outages,twoatKewaunee, oneatPointBeach2,andtheinitialinspection outageatDoel4.Asummaryofapproximately allknownPTIsisprovidedinTable4-3.Intotal,about60.5%occurattheHRLTand37.2%attheHELT.About0.7%havebeenfoundattheHRUT,andtheremaining 1.6%attheHEUT.Thesedistributions areillustrated inhistogram formonFigure4-1andin"pie"chartformonFigure4-2.Theincidence ofindications attheuppertransitions inplantsintheUnitedStates(VS)comprises about1.5%ofthereportedindications.
Thus,thedistribution atDoel4isatypicaloftheoccurrences intheVS.Innoinstances haveindications beendetectedinthesametubeatupperandlowertransitions.
Approximately 75%oftheknownPIIshavebeenfoundintubesintheKewauneeSGs.Hence,itwouldbeexpectedthatthedistribution ofindications relativetoelevation canbecharacterized bythedistribution foundatKewaunee.
Figure4-3illustrates thedistributions ofPTlsatthelastinspection outageatKewaunee.'pproximately 1%oftheindications werejudgedtobelocatedwithin1.1"ofthebottomoftheHRUT.Ifaneddycurrentpositioning errorof1/16"isassumed,thenumberofindications abovetherepairboundarywouldbeontheorderof4%.Theelevation information isbasedonan"expert"reviewof630PTIs,or98%ofpopulation ofcircumferential indications.
DAPLANTS'REP6iEJFIELD.SEC 4-309/25/95 Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class3Table4-1:Distribution ofKewaunee1994HEJIndications RemovedfromServicebyInstallation YearInstallation Year198819891991TotalsSGIIAII4648SGIIBll1718BothSGs6366Table4-2:Distribution ofKewaunee1995HEJIndications RemovedfromServicebyInstallation YearInstallation Year198819891991TotalsSGIIAll283147431SGIIBII15269226BothSGs435216657DAPLANTSM.EPQKJ FIELD.SEC 4-4  


Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class3TabIe4-3:Distribution ofHEJPTIsbyTransition Transition HELTTotalsVolumetric TotalsKewaunee'12 48069810710PointBeach213488230230Doel4Totals3495681593910951Percent37.260.50.71.6100Notes;1.1995numbersbasedonthefindingsofan"expert"reviewoftheelevations relativetothebottomoftheHRUTpriortothefinaldatabecomingavailable.
Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class 3 TabIe 4-3: Distribution of HEJ PTIs by Transition Transition HELT Totals Volumetric Totals Kewaunee'12 480 698 10 710 Point Beach 2 134 88 230 230 Doel 4 Totals 349 568 15 939 10 951 Percent 37.2 60.5 0.7 1.6 100 Notes;1.1995 numbers based on the findings of an"expert" review of the elevations relative to the bottom of the HRUT prior to the final data becoming available.
DN'LANT',ECHE/I'IELD.SEC 4-509/25/95  
DN'LANT',ECHE/I'IELD.SEC 4-5 09/25/95  


Figure4-1600Distribution ofCircumferential PTIsbyHEJTransition 600SDoel4,1994QPointBeach2,19948Kevraunee, 19948c1995O~300K20010Q0HELTHRLTHEJTransition HEUTD.PLAlCTSEAEP'LHEJFIELD.F1G Figure4-2Distribution ofAllCircumferential PTIsbyTransition HardrollUpperTransition Hydraulic Expansion UpperTransition Hydraulic Expansion LowerTransition HardrollLowerTransition EIHELT=37.2%HHRLT=60.5%OHRUT=0.7%~HEUT=1.6%D:5PLANYSKAEP THEJFIELD.FIG 4-7,08/01/95 130120110KemauneeSGs"A"4"8"HEJPTIsvs.DistanceBelow'heBottomoftheHRUpperTra.position happ90%1009080pg70o6050403020100RG1.121RepairLimitEK3BothSGIndications
Figure 4-1 600 Distribution of Circumferential PTIs by HE J Transition 600 SDoel 4, 1994 Q Point Beach 2, 1994 8Kevraunee, 1994 8c 1995 O~300 K 200 10Q 0 HELT HRLT HE J Transition HEUT D.PLAlCTSEAEP'LHEJFIELD.F1G Figure 4-2 Distribution of All Circumferential PTIs by Transition Hardroll Upper Transition Hydraulic Expansion Upper Transition Hydraulic Expansion Lower Transition Hardroll Lower Transition EIHELT=37.2%HHRLT=60.5%OHRUT=0.7%~HEUT=1.6%D: 5 PLANYSKAEP T HEJFIELD.FIG 4-7 , 08/01/95 130 120 110 Kemaunee SGs"A" 4"8" HE J PTIs vs.Distance Below'he Bottom of the HR Upper Tra.position happ 90%100 90 80 pg 70 o 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 RG 1.121 Repair Limit EK3 Both SG Indications
-BothSGCumulative
-Both SG Cumulative
-----.---95%RankCumulative 80%O70%caO'a60%0~r0%lC40%o30%820%10%0%eooeoeoeoeoec4McocowweecDcooCeUpperBinDistanceBelowBottomofHRUpperTransition
-----.---95%Rank Cumulative 80%O 70%ca O'a 60%0~r 0%lC 40%o 30%8 20%10%0%e o o e o e o e o e o e c4 M co co w w e e cD co o C e Upper Bin Distance Below Bottom of HR Upper Transition


Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class35.0SummaryofExaminations Conducted onKewauneeSteamGenerator TubeswithHybridExpansion Joints5.1Introduction SectionsofSGtubesR2C32,R2C54andR2C61wereremovedfromthehotlegsideofSG"B"atKewauneein1995tocharacterize theoperating condition oftheHEJswhichhadbeeninstalled inthesetubesin1988.TheHEJshadbeeninstalled topreventleakagethroughtubecorrosion attopoftubesheet (TTS)andtubesheet crevicelocations.
Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class 3 5.0 Summary of Examinations Conducted on Kewaunee Steam Generator Tubes with Hybrid Expansion Joints 5.1 Introduction Sections of SG tubes R2C32, R2C54 and R2C61 were removed from the hot leg side of SG"B" at Kewaunee in 1995 to characterize the operating condition of the HEJs which had been installed in these tubes in 1988.The HEJs had been installed to prevent leakage through tube corrosion at top of tubesheet (TTS)and tubesheet crevice locations.
Thetubes/HEJs werecut3"abovetheTTSand3"belowthefirsttubesupportplate(TSPs)andwerethenremovedfromthesecondary sideofthesteamgenerator toavoiddeformation thatwouldhaveprobablyoccurredfromaprimarysidetubepull.Consequently, onlytheuppermechanical jointsoftheHEJswereavailable forexamination.
The tubes/HEJs were cut 3" above the TTS and 3" below the first tube support plate (TSPs)and were then removed from the secondary side of the steam generator to avoid deformation that would have probably occurred from a primary side tube pull.Consequently, only the upper mechanical joints of the HEJs were available for examination.
Theuppermechanical jointisdescribed inSection1ofthisreport.ThetubematerialwasmillannealedAlloy600,andthesleevematerialwasthermally treatedAlloy690.Theexamination wasconducted attheWestinghouse ScienceandTechnology Centertocharacterize anytube/sleeve corrosion.
The upper mechanical joint is described in Section 1 of this report.The tube material was mill annealed Alloy 600, and the sleeve material was thermally treated Alloy 690.The examination was conducted at the Westinghouse Science and Technology Center to characterize any tube/sleeve corrosion.
Fieldeddycurrentsuggested thepresenceofsignificant circumferential corrosion atthehardrolllowertransition (HRLT)intheuppermechanical expansion oftheHEJs.Afternondestructive laboratory examination byeddycurrent,radiography, dimensional characterization, andvisualexamination, oneHEJregionwasleaktestedatelevatedtemperature.
Field eddy current suggested the presence of significant circumferential corrosion at the hard roll lower transition (HRLT)in the upper mechanical expansion of the HEJs.After nondestructive laboratory examination by eddy current, radiography, dimensional characterization, and visual examination, one HEJ region was leak tested at elevated temperature.
Subsequently, roomtemperature tensiletestingwasconducted ontwo,oftheHEJs,aswellasonthreefreespansections, onefromeachremovedtube.Thethirdtube/HEJsectionwasretainedintactasanarchivespecimen.
Subsequently, room temperature tensile testing was conducted on two,of the HEJs, as well as on three free span sections, one from each removed tube.The third tube/HEJ section was retained intact as an archive specimen.The two HEJs which were tensile tested were then destructively examined using metallographic and SEM fractography techniques to characterize any corrosion.
ThetwoHEJswhichweretensiletestedwerethendestructively examinedusingmetallographic andSEMfractography techniques tocharacterize anycorrosion.
In addition, an analysis of the OD and ID deposits, ID oxide films, and fracture face oxide films was performed using EDS, ESCA and AES tech-niques.In addition, ion chromatography and capillary electrophoresis were performed on soluble ID deposits obtained by water leaching.5.2 NDE Results Table 5-1 presents a summary of the more important field and laboratory NDE results.The field eddy current data were conducted using+Point and I coil probes, while the laboratory inspections used+Point, CECCO and RPC probes.Field and laboratory eddy current inspections produced similar data.For the+Point probe, common to both the field and lab exams, the data produced the same signals, suggesting a 360'ircumferential indication in the HRLT of tubes R2C54 and R2C61, and a 300 to 360'ircumferential indication in the HRLT of tube R2C32.These signals were suggestive of deep, even throughwall degradation.
Inaddition, ananalysisoftheODandIDdeposits, IDoxidefilms,andfracturefaceoxidefilmswasperformed usingEDS,ESCAandAEStech-niques.Inaddition, ionchromatography andcapillary electrophoresis wereperformed onsolubleIDdepositsobtainedbywaterleaching.
The laboratory CECCO probe data produced similar conclusions with the exception that the circumferential indication in tube R2C32 appeared to be 360'ide, rather than 300 to 360 wide.In addition, the laboratory
5.2NDEResultsTable5-1presentsasummaryofthemoreimportant fieldandlaboratory NDEresults.Thefieldeddycurrentdatawereconducted using+PointandIcoilprobes,whilethelaboratory inspections used+Point,CECCOandRPCprobes.Fieldandlaboratory eddycurrentinspections producedsimilardata.Forthe+Pointprobe,commontoboththefieldandlabexams,thedataproducedthesamesignals,suggesting a360'ircumferential indication intheHRLToftubesR2C54andR2C61,anda300to360'ircumferential indication intheHRLToftubeR2C32.Thesesignalsweresuggestive ofdeep,eventhroughwall degradation.
+Point and CECCO probes suggested the presence of a small indication in the hydraulic expansion lower transition (HELT)of tube R2C61 (the archive specimen).
Thelaboratory CECCOprobedataproducedsimilarconclusions withtheexception thatthecircumferential indication intubeR2C32appearedtobe360'ide,ratherthan300to360wide.Inaddition, thelaboratory
There was no suggestion by field or laboratory NDE of any corrosion degradation being present in the Alloy 690 sleeve.DAPLARKVLERHE/EXAh(S.SEC 5-1 09/25/95 Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class 3 The radiographic laboratory examination detected a 270 to 360 circumferential band of short semi-continuous circumferential indications in the upper portion of the HRLT of the tube, just below the HR region in tube R2C32.These cracks were confined to a very narrow zone, less than 0.05" high, such that the individual cracks appeared to occur head-to-toe.
+PointandCECCOprobessuggested thepresenceofasmallindication inthehydraulic expansion lowertransition (HELT)oftubeR2C61(thearchivespecimen).
In addition, a shorter (approximately 300 long)band of cracks was observed approximately 0.1" below the main band of cracks.tube R2C54 had two to three similar bands of short semi-continuous circumferential cracks that occurred over 350'rom the mid-to upper portion of the HRLT.Tube R2C61 had one band of short semi-continuous circumferential cracks that occurred over 360'n the mid-portion of the HRLT.The HRLT was approximately 0.25" long in the case of tube R2C32, and was approximately 0.5" long in the cases of tube R2C54 and R2C61.The HRLT apparently experienced noticeable rolldown'uring installation, especially for tubes R2C34 and R2C61.In contrast, the HRUTs for all three tubes were approximately 0.1 to 0.2" high.Dimensional characterization of the HE's showed that all three had similar hydraulic and hard roll expansion dimensions that were typical for qualified HEJ instaHations, e.g., see Figure 1-3.The hardroll regions were expanded 0.009, 0.012 and 0.009" radially above the negligibly expanded hydraulic regions for tubes R2C32, R2C54, and R2C61, respectively.
Therewasnosuggestion byfieldorlaboratory NDEofanycorrosion degradation beingpresentintheAlloy690sleeve.DAPLARKVLERHE/EXAh(S.SEC 5-109/25/95 Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class3Theradiographic laboratory examination detecteda270to360circumferential bandofshortsemi-continuous circumferential indications intheupperportionoftheHRLTofthetube,justbelowtheHRregionintubeR2C32.Thesecrackswereconfinedtoaverynarrowzone,lessthan0.05"high,suchthattheindividual cracksappearedtooccurhead-to-toe.
5.3 Leak Testing The R2C54 HEJ was cut to 11" long with the hardroll region centered in the specimen.The bottom 1" of the specimen was then expanded to contact with the tube and the sleeve was then welded to the tube.This seal causes any leak through the hardroll region to occur bnly through the tube HRLT cracks.Elevated temperature leak testing was then performed on tube R2C54 at a variety of conditions that ranged from nominal operating conditions to simulated SLB conditions.
Inaddition, ashorter(approximately 300long)bandofcrackswasobservedapproximately 0.1"belowthemainbandofcracks.tubeR2C54hadtwotothreesimilarbandsofshortsemi-continuous circumferential cracksthatoccurredover350'romthemid-toupperportionoftheHRLT.TubeR2C61hadonebandofshortsemi-continuous circumferential cracksthatoccurredover360'nthemid-portion oftheHRLT.TheHRLTwasapproximately 0.25"longinthecaseoftubeR2C32,andwasapproximately 0.5"longinthecasesoftubeR2C54andR2C61.TheHRLTapparently experienced noticeable rolldown'uring installation, especially fortubesR2C34andR2C61.Incontrast, theHRUTsforallthreetubeswereapproximately 0.1to0.2"high.Dimensional characterization oftheHE'sshowedthatallthreehadsimilarhydraulic andhardrollexpansion dimensions thatweretypicalforqualified HEJinstaHations, e.g.,seeFigure1-3.Thehardrollregionswereexpanded0.009,0.012and0.009"radiallyabovethenegligibly expandedhydraulic regionsfortubesR2C32,R2C54,andR2C61,respectively.
No leaks were observed through the tube HRLT cracks at any of the test conditions.
5.3LeakTestingTheR2C54HEJwascutto11"longwiththehardrollregioncenteredinthespecimen.
The maximum test differential pressure was 2534 psi with corresponding primary and secondary side temperatures of 618 and 611'F.5.4 Tensile Testing Table 5-2 provides room temperature tensile properties obtained from a free span (FS)section of each tube.The tensile strengths for the FS section of tubes R2C34 and R2C61 are typical for Westinghouse tubing of this vintage.The tensile strength for tube R2C32 is noticeably higher than typical.Table 5-2 also provides tensile load separation data for the HEJs from tubes R2C32 and R2C54.The 11" long HEJ specimens, with their HR regions centered within the specimens, had the bottom 1" of their sleeves expanded into contact with the tubes.The bottom end was then welded such that the sleeve and the tubing below the cracking in the HRLT would not move relative to each other during the tensile test.The top portion of the.11" long specimens consisted only of tubing because the top of the sleeve ended approximately 3.3" below the top of the tubing.The HEJs were then pulled apart at 0.05" per minute with'n order to remove the rolling tool from the installed sleeve, the direction of rolling is reversed to release the rollers from contact with the ID surface of the sleeve.If the rollers do not immediately retract, additional rolling in the downward direction occurs, resulting in an elongation of the HRLT referred to as rolldown.DM'LANT',EPLHEJEXAMS.SEC 5-2 N/25/9S Westinghouse non-Proprietaxy Class 3 the separation load of the HRLT crack network being recorded.In additi th lidin of the HR region of the upper portion of the tubing being pulled over the HR region of the sleeve was also recorded.Both HEJs had high separation loads, 10,300 and 10,700 lb, respectively.
Thebottom1"ofthespecimenwasthenexpandedtocontactwiththetubeandthesleevewasthenweldedtothetube.ThissealcausesanyleakthroughthehardrollregiontooccurbnlythroughthetubeHRLTcracks.Elevatedtemperature leaktestingwasthenperformed ontubeR2C54atavarietyofconditions thatrangedfromnominaloperating conditions tosimulated SLBconditions.
The HR sliding loads decreased continuously over the remainin HR g region.be R2C32, with the HRLT cracking located at the upper portion of the HRLT (at the bottom portion of the HR), had its sliding load start at 2800 lbs and decxease to 50 lbs at the toy portion of the sleeve HR.Tube R2C54, with the HRLT cracking located near the center of the HRLT, had a smaller diameter fracture opening that was required to pass over the s eeve HR region.Consequently, the initial sliding load was higher, 4000 lbs.The sliding oad continuously decreased to 200 lbs at the top portion of the sleeve HR.5.5 Destructive Examination Results Post-tensile test visual inspection data showed that ID origin, circumferentially oriented, corrosion cracks were present continuously around the circumference of the tube fracture faces of both HEJs that were separated by tensile testing, Figure 5-1.The two HEJ specimens were subsequently given destructive examinations which included SEM fracto h f th ace openings, visual and SEM inspection of surface features and metallography of secondaxy corrosion within the HEJ region of the tubing.The tensile fracture faces of the tubes from the two HEJ tensile specimens wexe examined by SEM.Table 5-3 presents the results of the fractographic data in the form of macrocrack length versus depth, microcrack length/average and maximum depth, and the number/location/
NoleakswereobservedthroughthetubeHRLTcracksatanyofthetestconditions.
width of ductile or non-corroded ligaments found on the fracture face.The tube tensile separations occurred in circumferentia1 macrocracks that were composed of numerous circumferentially oriented intergranular microcracks of ID o'h t ali ed rigm a wexe gned in a single tight and narrow (<0.05" high)band in the case of tube R2C32 and in a li an m a s ghtly less tight narrow (.g)band in the case of tube R2C54 where the fracture face jumped from one circumferential crack network to a parallel one.(See radiogra hic data In S..)arge raction of the many ligaments separating the microcracks on both had ductile features.features.There were 21 ductile ligaments pxcsent in the case of tube R2C32 and*on o specimens 19 ductile ligaments present on the fracture face from tube RZC34.Many other li aments had only intergranular features.any o er ligaments had All intergranular corrosion was confined to and located in the HRLT'n in e regions.In the case of e e cracking was at the upper portion of the HRLT and in the case of tube R2C54 the cracking was located from the mid-portion of the HRLT to the upper portion of the HRLT.The fracture faces both had a maximum depth of 92%throu hwall ep s ranging rom 61%(tube R2C32)to 60%(R2C34)throughwall and with microcrack lengths that were 360 long.At some ID locations adjacent to the fracture faces, a few short circumferential microcracks were observed parallel to the fracture face.These microcracks appeared to be simple cracks, morphologically syeaking, in that the near absence f bli o o'que~~~~~g racks and bluntmg was noted.This morphology is more typical of PWSCC than of secondary side corrosion that typically occurs in caustic crevices.SEM examinations were conducted on the OD and ID surfaces of the balance of the tubing from, both tubes in the HEJ regions with the examination co tratin f din ncen g on m g cracks at DAPLAPISV,EPQKJEXAMS.SEC 5-3 Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class 3 other, locations and on characterizing deposits.No cracks were observed.ID surface deposits were thin at all HEJ locations.
Themaximumtestdifferential pressurewas2534psiwithcorresponding primaryandsecondary sidetemperatures of618and611'F.5.4TensileTestingTable5-2providesroomtemperature tensileproperties obtainedfromafreespan(FS)sectionofeachtube.Thetensilestrengths fortheFSsectionoftubesR2C34andR2C61aretypicalforWestinghouse tubingofthisvintage.ThetensilestrengthfortubeR2C32isnoticeably higherthantypical.Table5-2alsoprovidestensileloadseparation datafortheHEJsfromtubesR2C32andR2C54.The11"longHEJspecimens, withtheirHRregionscenteredwithinthespecimens, hadthebottom1"oftheirsleevesexpandedintocontactwiththetubes.ThebottomendwasthenweldedsuchthatthesleeveandthetubingbelowthecrackingintheHRLTwouldnotmoverelativetoeachotherduringthetensiletest.Thetopportionofthe.11"longspecimens consisted onlyoftubingbecausethetopofthesleeveendedapproximately 3.3"belowthetopofthetubing.TheHEJswerethenpulledapartat0.05"perminutewith'nordertoremovetherollingtoolfromtheinstalled sleeve,thedirection ofrollingisreversedtoreleasetherollersfromcontactwiththeIDsurfaceofthesleeve.Iftherollersdonotimmediately retract,additional rollinginthedownwarddirection occurs,resulting inanelongation oftheHRLTreferredtoasrolldown.
Circumferential and oblique angled ID surface scratches from the honing operation used yrior to HEJ installation were clearly present below the HR.Above the HR, similar scratches were observed, but they were frequently obscured by slightly thicker, but still thin deposits.The ID deyosits on the tubes in the HR region, including those below the HR region, had the typical appearance of ID surface deposits that were located immediately above the HEJ sleeve.In the case of tube R2C32, local areas with unusual whisker-like deposits were observed just below the fracture face at the top of the HRLT and also at HRUT (hard roll upper transition).
DM'LANT',EPLHEJEXAMS.SEC 5-2N/25/9S Westinghouse non-Proprietaxy Class3theseparation loadoftheHRLTcracknetworkbeingrecorded.
At no local crevice location (HR or HE transitions) were thicker or diffexently colored deposits observed, such as those typically concentrated by boiling.No corrosion degradation was observed on the OD of the sleeves from both tubes when visual (30X)and SEM examinations were conducted.
InadditithlidinoftheHRregionoftheupperportionofthetubingbeingpulledovertheHRregionofthesleevewasalsorecorded.
In comparison, similar examinations conducted on recent Doel 4 HEJs, that had been repaired by laser welding following a cycle of operation, showed some IGA type corrosion in the sleeve and tube.The IGA grain boundaries had very thick oxide layers in both the sleeve and tube at the bottom of a local crevice region.Following SEM examination (and EDS analysis of deposits which will be presented shortly), a narrow axial metallographic section was cut from each tube through the HEJ region, primarily to obtain microhaxdness measurements from selected locations.
BothHEJshadhighseparation loads,10,300and10,700lb,respectively.
Table 5-4 presents this data.The microhardness at the fracture face location (HRLT)was similar to or slightly higher than other HE and HR transition locations; however, the ID-most microhardness next to'the fracture face of both tubes did include two of the three highest hardness values, when appropriately ignoring hardness values taken next to tensile shear surfaces.In addition, no cracks were observed by metallography at locations other than the fracture face location in the HRLT.After smaH ESCA-AES specimens were cut from just below the lower fracture face of tube R2C32, the remaining portions of the tubes from both HEJ specimens were deformed to open any ID origin cracks such that they could be readily observed by visual inspection (30X).The tube sections were cut axially into to two 180'ide halves.The halves were flattened to open axial cracks.None were observed at any of the hydraulically or hard roll expanded regions.The halves were then bent to open any ID surface cixcumferential cracks.Again, none were observed at any of the hydraulically or hard roll expanded regions.Finally, metallographic axial sections were made through the HRLT to the fracture face to characterize the 1GSCC that was present in the HRLT.The cracks observed were simple appearing, more similar to that expected from PWSCC than from secondary side corrosion where caustic environments are typically concentrated.
TheHRslidingloadsdecreased continuously overtheremaininHRgregion.beR2C32,withtheHRLTcrackinglocatedattheupperportionoftheHRLT(atthebottomportionoftheHR),haditsslidingloadstartat2800lbsanddecxeaseto50lbsatthetoyportionofthesleeveHR.TubeR2C54,withtheHRLTcrackinglocatednearthecenteroftheHRLT,hadasmallerdiameterfractureopeningthatwasrequiredtopassovertheseeveHRregion.Consequently, theinitialslidingloadwashigher,4000lbs.Theslidingoadcontinuously decreased to200lbsatthetopportionofthesleeveHR.5.5Destructive Examination ResultsPost-tensile testvisualinspection datashowedthatIDorigin,circumferentially
From the metallographic and SEM surface examinations conducted on the HRLT corrosion, it was concluded that the only corrosion morphology was ID origin, circumferentiaHy oriented intergranular stress corxosion cracking.The cracks were simple in morphology with only minor D/W ratios measuxed.(IGSCC morphology can be characterized by D/W ratios where the extent of IGA associated with a given crack is measured by the ratio of the crack depth, D, to the width, W, of the crack at its mid-depth.
: oriented, corrosion crackswerepresentcontinuously aroundthecircumference ofthetubefracturefacesofbothHEJsthatwereseparated bytensiletesting,Figure5-1.ThetwoHEJspecimens weresubsequently givendestructive examinations whichincludedSEMfractohfthaceopenings, visualandSEMinspection ofsurfacefeaturesandmetallography ofsecondaxy corrosion withintheHEJregionofthetubing.ThetensilefracturefacesofthetubesfromthetwoHEJtensilespecimens wexeexaminedbySEM.Table5-3presentstheresultsofthefractographic dataintheformofmacrocrack lengthversusdepth,microcrack length/average andmaximumdepth,andthenumber/location/
D/W ratios greater the 20 are defined as minor.)DAPLANTSV.ERHEJEXAh(S.SEC 5-4 09/2S/95 Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class 3 The microstructures of the removed tubes varied.Tube R2C32 had a moderate to high number of carbides while tubes R2C54 and R2C61 had few carbides.For all three tubes, most carbides were distributed transgranularly rather than intergranularly, the preferxcd microstructure for PWSCC resistance.
widthofductileornon-corroded ligaments foundonthefractureface.Thetubetensileseparations occurredincircumferentia1 macrocracks thatwerecomposedofnumerouscircumferentially orientedintergranular microcracks ofIDo'htaliedrigmawexegnedinasingletightandnarrow(<0.05"high)bandinthecaseoftubeR2C32andinalianmasghtlylesstightnarrow(.g)bandinthecaseoftubeR2C54wherethefracturefacejumpedfromonecircumferential cracknetworktoaparallelone.(SeeradiograhicdataInS..)argeractionofthemanyligaments separating themicrocracks onbothhadductilefeatures.
The grain size for tube R2C54 was ASTM 8.5, typical of Westinghouse tubing of similar vintage.The grain sizes for tubes R2C32 and R2C61 were somewhat smaller, approximately ASTM 10 and 9.5, respectively, Based on laboratory testing data, these microstructures may have relatively low resistance to PWSCC.5.6 Surface Chemistry ID and OD deposit data were obtained from the two destructively examined specimens using energy dispersive spectrometry (EDS).In addition, ID and OD deposit/oxide film and fracture face oxide film data from the fracture face of tube R2C32 was obtained using ABS and ESCA techniques.
features.
The following observations are considered the more important from the data obtained.EDS data conducted on the ID surfaces of the both tubes in the HEI regions provided minimal information since the deposits were thin and most of the EDS signal came from the base metal/oxide layer beneath the deposits.Other than the base metal elements of Ni, Cr, Fe and Tl, the only elements detected were 0, Al, S, and Si.On the OD, where deposits were thick, the deposits were rich, in Fe and 0 with some observations of Ni, Cu and Zn.The pH of many ID and OD surfaces was determined using deionized water moistened wide-range pH paper.At all locations, the pH readings were neutral.From the ESCA mid ABS data obtained on tube R2C32: 1)high concentrations of B were observed on the ID surface below the fracture face below the HR region;2)Cr was not significantly enriched or depleted on either the crack fracture face in the ID surface below the fracture face;3)low levels of Zn, Na, Mg, SI and S were also detected in addition to the expected C, 0, Ni, Cr, and Fe.Capillary electrophoresis and ion chromatography of water leached soluble ID deposits from a location just below the fracture face of tube R2C32 showed: 1)soluble cations at the following concentrations
Therewere21ductileligaments pxcsentinthecaseoftubeR2C32and*onospecimens 19ductileligaments presentonthefracturefacefromtubeRZC34.Manyotherliamentshadonlyintergranular features.
-Na (0.97 mg/1), Mg (0.25 mg/1), K (0.21 mg/1), Ca (0.21 mg/1), and Li (0.10 mg/1);2)soluble anions at the following concentrations
anyoerligaments hadAllintergranular corrosion wasconfinedtoandlocatedintheHRLT'nineregions.InthecaseofeecrackingwasattheupperportionoftheHRLTandinthecaseoftubeR2C54thecrackingwaslocatedfromthemid-portion oftheHRLTtotheupperportionoftheHRLT.Thefracturefacesbothhadamaximumdepthof92%throuhwallepsrangingrom61%(tubeR2C32)to60%(R2C34)throughwall andwithmicrocrack lengthsthatwere360long.AtsomeIDlocations adjacenttothefracturefaces,afewshortcircumferential microcracks wereobservedparalleltothefractureface.Thesemicrocracks appearedtobesimplecracks,morphologically
-SO4 (1.71 mg/1), Cl (0.28 mg/1), and at least 7 other anions, including organic acid anions.If it is assumed that the sleeve-tube gap is locally t'4>0 then the measured concentrations obtained from the 0.15 ml of water are a factor of 100 lower than the actual crevice solution concentrations.
: syeaking, inthatthenearabsencefblioo'que~~~~~gracksandbluntmgwasnoted.Thismorphology ismoretypicalofPWSCCthanofsecondary sidecorrosion thattypically occursincausticcrevices.
That would make the Li concentration in the ERLT crevice 10 mg/l, higher than found in non-concentrated primary water.D:LPLANTSiAEP6iEJEXAMS.SEC 5-5 09/25/95  
SEMexaminations wereconducted ontheODandIDsurfacesofthebalanceofthetubingfrom,bothtubesintheHEJregionswiththeexamination cotratinfdinncengonmgcracksatDAPLAPISV,EPQKJEXAMS.SEC 5-3 Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class3other,locations andoncharacterizing deposits.
Nocrackswereobserved.
IDsurfacedepositswerethinatallHEJlocations.
Circumferential andobliqueangledIDsurfacescratches fromthehoningoperation usedyriortoHEJinstallation wereclearlypresentbelowtheHR.AbovetheHR,similarscratches wereobserved, buttheywerefrequently obscuredbyslightlythicker,butstillthindeposits.
TheIDdeyositsonthetubesintheHRregion,including thosebelowtheHRregion,hadthetypicalappearance ofIDsurfacedepositsthatwerelocatedimmediately abovetheHEJsleeve.InthecaseoftubeR2C32,localareaswithunusualwhisker-like depositswereobservedjustbelowthefracturefaceatthetopoftheHRLTandalsoatHRUT(hardrolluppertransition).
Atnolocalcrevicelocation(HRorHEtransitions) werethickerordiffexently coloreddepositsobserved, suchasthosetypically concentrated byboiling.Nocorrosion degradation wasobservedontheODofthesleevesfrombothtubeswhenvisual(30X)andSEMexaminations wereconducted.
Incomparison, similarexaminations conducted onrecentDoel4HEJs,thathadbeenrepairedbylaserweldingfollowing acycleofoperation, showedsomeIGAtypecorrosion inthesleeveandtube.TheIGAgrainboundaries hadverythickoxidelayersinboththesleeveandtubeatthebottomofalocalcreviceregion.Following SEMexamination (andEDSanalysisofdepositswhichwillbepresented shortly),
anarrowaxialmetallographic sectionwascutfromeachtubethroughtheHEJregion,primarily toobtainmicrohaxdness measurements fromselectedlocations.
Table5-4presentsthisdata.Themicrohardness atthefracturefacelocation(HRLT)wassimilartoorslightlyhigherthanotherHEandHRtransition locations; however,theID-mostmicrohardness nextto'thefracturefaceofbothtubesdidincludetwoofthethreehighesthardnessvalues,whenappropriately ignoringhardnessvaluestakennexttotensileshearsurfaces.
Inaddition, nocrackswereobservedbymetallography atlocations otherthanthefracturefacelocationintheHRLT.AftersmaHESCA-AESspecimens werecutfromjustbelowthelowerfracturefaceoftubeR2C32,theremaining portionsofthetubesfrombothHEJspecimens weredeformedtoopenanyIDorigincrackssuchthattheycouldbereadilyobservedbyvisualinspection (30X).Thetubesectionswerecutaxiallyintototwo180'idehalves.Thehalveswereflattened toopenaxialcracks.Nonewereobservedatanyofthehydraulically orhardrollexpandedregions.ThehalveswerethenbenttoopenanyIDsurfacecixcumferential cracks.Again,nonewereobservedatanyofthehydraulically orhardrollexpandedregions.Finally,metallographic axialsectionsweremadethroughtheHRLTtothefracturefacetocharacterize the1GSCCthatwaspresentintheHRLT.Thecracksobservedweresimpleappearing, moresimilartothatexpectedfromPWSCCthanfromsecondary sidecorrosion wherecausticenvironments aretypically concentrated.
Fromthemetallographic andSEMsurfaceexaminations conducted ontheHRLTcorrosion, itwasconcluded thattheonlycorrosion morphology wasIDorigin,circumferentiaHy orientedintergranular stresscorxosion cracking.
Thecracksweresimpleinmorphology withonlyminorD/Wratiosmeasuxed.
(IGSCCmorphology canbecharacterized byD/WratioswheretheextentofIGAassociated withagivencrackismeasuredbytheratioofthecrackdepth,D,tothewidth,W,ofthecrackatitsmid-depth.
D/Wratiosgreaterthe20aredefinedasminor.)DAPLANTSV.ERHEJEXAh(S.SEC 5-409/2S/95 Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class3Themicrostructures oftheremovedtubesvaried.TubeR2C32hadamoderatetohighnumberofcarbideswhiletubesR2C54andR2C61hadfewcarbides.
Forallthreetubes,mostcarbidesweredistributed transgranularly ratherthanintergranularly, thepreferxcd microstructure forPWSCCresistance.
ThegrainsizefortubeR2C54wasASTM8.5,typicalofWestinghouse tubingofsimilarvintage.ThegrainsizesfortubesR2C32andR2C61weresomewhatsmaller,approximately ASTM10and9.5,respectively, Basedonlaboratory testingdata,thesemicrostructures mayhaverelatively lowresistance toPWSCC.5.6SurfaceChemistry IDandODdepositdatawereobtainedfromthetwodestructively examinedspecimens usingenergydispersive spectrometry (EDS).Inaddition, IDandODdeposit/oxide filmandfracturefaceoxidefilmdatafromthefracturefaceoftubeR2C32wasobtainedusingABSandESCAtechniques.
Thefollowing observations areconsidered themoreimportant fromthedataobtained.
EDSdataconducted ontheIDsurfacesofthebothtubesintheHEIregionsprovidedminimalinformation sincethedepositswerethinandmostoftheEDSsignalcamefromthebasemetal/oxide layerbeneaththedeposits.
OtherthanthebasemetalelementsofNi,Cr,FeandTl,theonlyelementsdetectedwere0,Al,S,andSi.OntheOD,wheredepositswerethick,thedepositswererich,inFeand0withsomeobservations ofNi,CuandZn.ThepHofmanyIDandODsurfaceswasdetermined usingdeionized watermoistened wide-range pHpaper.Atalllocations, thepHreadingswereneutral.FromtheESCAmidABSdataobtainedontubeR2C32:1)highconcentrations ofBwereobservedontheIDsurfacebelowthefracturefacebelowtheHRregion;2)Crwasnotsignificantly enrichedordepletedoneitherthecrackfracturefaceintheIDsurfacebelowthefractureface;3)lowlevelsofZn,Na,Mg,SIandSwerealsodetectedinadditiontotheexpectedC,0,Ni,Cr,andFe.Capillary electrophoresis andionchromatography ofwaterleachedsolubleIDdepositsfromalocationjustbelowthefracturefaceoftubeR2C32showed:1)solublecationsatthefollowing concentrations
-Na(0.97mg/1),Mg(0.25mg/1),K(0.21mg/1),Ca(0.21mg/1),andLi(0.10mg/1);2)solubleanionsatthefollowing concentrations
-SO4(1.71mg/1),Cl(0.28mg/1),andatleast7otheranions,including organicacidanions.Ifitisassumedthatthesleeve-tube gapislocallyt'4>0thenthemeasuredconcentrations obtainedfromthe0.15mlofwaterareafactorof100lowerthantheactualcrevicesolutionconcentrations.
ThatwouldmaketheLiconcentration intheERLTcrevice10mg/l,higherthanfoundinnon-concentrated primarywater.D:LPLANTSiAEP6iEJEXAMS.SEC 5-509/25/95  


Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class3Capillary electrophoresis andionchromatography ofwaterleachedsolubleIDdepositswerealsoobtainedforthehardrolluppertransition region.Thissupplemental leachatetestwasperformed subsequent toanNRC/AEP/W meetingatOneWhiteFlintNorthonAugust10,1995.Theleachatetestforthehardrolluppertransition wasperformed identically totheleachatetestforthehardrolllowertransition region.Theresultsofthetestindicated thatthesamesolublecationsweredetectedasforthehardrolllowertransition, excepttheywerefoundinsignificantly lowerconcentrations.
Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class 3 Capillary electrophoresis and ion chromatography of water leached soluble ID deposits were also obtained for the hardroll upper transition region.This supplemental leachate test was performed subsequent to an NRC/AEP/W meeting at One White Flint North on August 10, 1995.The leachate test for the hardroll upper transition was performed identically to the leachate test for the hardroll lower transition region.The results of the test indicated that the same soluble cations were detected as for the hardroll lower transition, except they were found in significantly lower concentrations.
Potassium, however,wasnotdetectedinthehardrolluppertransition.
Potassium, however, was not detected in the hardroll upper transition.
CrevicepHatoperating temperature wasestimated fromtheleachatesolutions usingEPRI'sMULTEQ~program.Theresultsindicatethattheoperating temperature pHofthehardrolluppertransition was6.0whiletheoperating temperature pHofthehardrolllowertransition was8.3.ForPWSCC,itisbelievedthatahigherpHcondition shouldbeslightlymoreaggressive.
Crevice pH at operating temperature was estimated from the leachate solutions using EPRI's MULTEQ~program.The results indicate that the operating temperature pH of the hardroll upper transition was 6.0 while the operating temperature pH of the hardroll lower transition was 8.3.For PWSCC, it is believed that a higher pH condition should be slightly more aggressive.
However,inthepHrangeofinterest(6to9)theimpactofpHisconsidered tobenegligible.
However, in the pH range of interest (6 to 9)the impact of pH is considered to be negligible.
5.7Conclusions ThetubesintheHRLTofallthreeHEJshadcorrosion present.Metallographic andSEMfractographic datashowedthattheHRLTregionofthetubeshadcircumferentially orientedIDoriginIGSCC.Theindividual circumferential microcracks associated withthemacrocracks weresimplecracks,thatlackedthecomplexity usuallyassociated withsecondary sidecorrosion.
Whilemanyofthemicrocracks wereconnected byligaments withonlyintergranular
: features, alargenumberofligaments hadductilefeaturespresent.Themaximumdepthofcorrosion forthe360longmacrocracks was92%forbothtubesR2C32andR2C54(tubeR2C61wassetasideasanarchivespecimen) withaveragedepthsof61%and60%,respectively.
Dimensional datasuggested thatthetubeshadexperienced typicalexpansions radially.
Twoofthetubes(R2C54andR2C61)didexperience significant rolldownduringthehardrollprocedure, astheHRLTwas0.5"long.Microhardness tracesconducted intheHEJtransition locations showedlittlevariation inhardnessandvaluesthatweresimilartofreespanlocations.
Onelocationwithsomewhathighermicrohardness valueswasneartheIDsurfaceofthefracturefacesofthetwotubesandeventheretheincreasewasnotgreat.Thecorrosion morphology observedwassimple,typicalofPWSCCenvironments ratherthanofsecondary sidecreviceenvironments withaconcentrated causticenvironment.
Theobservedcorrosion mostlikelyresultedfromanenvironment primarily derivedfromprimarysidewater.ThepresenceofLiandBonthetubeIDsurfacebelowtheHRregionsupportsthishypothesis.
Thelackofsignificant Crenrichment ordepletion onIDsurfacesbelowtheHRandonthecrackfractureface,andtherelativebalanceofcationsandanionsindicateasomewhatneutralcreviceenvironment.
Thefactthatmanycationsandanionswerefoundandthattheestimated Licreviceconcentration washigherthanfoundinprimarywateralsosuggestthattherewascommunication withthesecondary sideviaacrackelsewhere inthetube.Itisconcluded thattheobservedcorrosion couldhavebeenandprobablywascausedbyaPWSCCtypeenvironment.
Theresultsofthechemistry evaluations oftheIDsurfacesforthehardrolllowerandhardrolluppertransition regionssuggesttheuppertransition reqionwassubjected toaslightlylessaggressive solutionthanthehardrolllowertransition, butitisnotbelievedthatthissolutionchemistry wasthedrivingforcefortheDAPLANTS'NERHEJEXAMS.SEC 5-6l0/OS/95


Westinghouse non-Pxoprietary Class3cracking.
===5.7 Conclusions===
Thedrivingforcefoxthecrackingisbelievedtobeattributed toapurePWSCCeffect,withthecrevicechemistry representing asecondary effect.Laboratory andfieldeddycurrentprobedatacorrelated wellwiththecorrosion thatwasdestructively found.The+PointandCECCOprobesproducedverysimilarandaccurateresults.EventheRPClaboratory datashowedthepresenceofthecorrosion inthetubesdespitethepresenceofthesleevebetweentheprobeandthetube.Thedestructive examinations verifiedthattherewerenocracksineithertubeattheHRUTortheHEUT.Leakratetestingperformed atelevatedtemperatures andpressures simulating normaloperating andsteamlinebreakconditions pxoducednoleakagefortheR2C54specimen.
The tubes in the HRLT of all three HEJs had corrosion present.Metallographic and SEM fractographic data showed that the HRLT region of the tubes had circumferentially oriented ID origin IGSCC.The individual circumferential microcracks associated with the macrocracks were simple cracks, that lacked the complexity usually associated with secondary side corrosion.
Thetensileseparation loadsfortubesR2C32andR2C54were10,300and10,700pounds,xespectively, andtheslidingloadsoverthehardrollregionstartedat2800and4000pounds,respectively.
While many of the microcracks were connected by ligaments with only intergranular features, a large number of ligaments had ductile features present.The maximum depth of corrosion for the 360 long macrocracks was 92%for both tubes R2C32 and R2C54 (tube R2C61 was set aside as an archive specimen)with average depths of 61%and 60%, respectively.
Thetensileloadswerewellaboveanysafetyconsiderations.
Dimensional data suggested that the tubes had experienced typical expansions radially.Two of the tubes (R2C54 and R2C61)did experience significant rolldown during the hardroll procedure, as the HRLT was 0.5" long.Microhardness traces conducted in the HEJ transition locations showed little variation in hardness and values that were similar to free span locations.
DAPLANYSVLEPQiHEXAMS.SEC 5-710/0$/95 Table5-1:Comparison ofNDEIndications ObservedatKewauneeonSGTubesatHEJLocations Tube/LocationR2C32R2C54R2C61PieldEddyCurrent+Point:300-360'irc IndinHRLT,probablythroughwall.
One location with somewhat higher microhardness values was near the ID surface of the fracture faces of the two tubes and even there the increase was not great.The corrosion morphology observed was simple, typical of PWSCC environments rather than of secondary side crevice environments with a concentrated caustic environment.
ICoil:(1994dataonly)-270'ircInd.+Point:300-360'irc IndinHRLT,probablythroughwall.
The observed corrosion most likely resulted from an environment primarily derived from primary side water.The presence of Li and B on the tube ID surface below the HR region supports this hypothesis.
ICoil:Nodata.+Point:300-360'irc IndinHRLT,probablythroughwall.
The lack of significant Cr enrichment or depletion on ID surfaces below the HR and on the crack fracture face, and the relative balance of cations and anions indicate a somewhat neutral crevice environment.
ICoil:1994dataonly,>270'ircindication.
The fact that many cations and anions were found and that the estimated Li crevice concentration was higher than found in primary water also suggest that there was communication with the secondary side via a crack elsewhere in the tube.It is concluded that the observed corrosion could have been and probably was caused by a PWSCC type environment.
Laboratory EddyCurrent+Point:300-360'irc IndinHRLT,probablythroughwall.
The results of the chemistry evaluations of the ID surfaces for the hardroll lower and hardroll upper transition regions suggest the upper transition reqion was subjected to a slightly less aggressive solution than the hardroll lower transition, but it is not believed that this solution chemistry was the driving force for the DAPLANTS'NERHEJEXAMS.SEC 5-6 l0/OS/95  
CECCO:360'ircIudinHRLT,probablythroughwall.
RPC:>270'ircIndattopofHRLT.+Point:360'ircIndinHRLT,probablythroughwall.
CECCO:360'ircIndinHRLT,probablythroughwall.
RPC:>270'ircIndinHRLT.+Point:360'ircIndinHRLT,probablythroughwall, andsmallIndatHELT.CECCO:360'ircIndinHRLT,probablythroughwall.
andsmallIndatHELTRPC:>270'ircIndinHRLT.Visual/Dimensional DataHRLTstarts8.25"abovebottomofpulledpieceor11.25"aboveTTS:HRLTis0.25"Iong;tubeHRODis0.907"&HRLTgoes0.009"lower(radially);
allvaluesincludevariableODdeposits.
HRLTstarts6.8"abovebottomofpulledpieceor9.85"aboveTTS:HRLTis0.50"Iong;tubeHRODis0.903"8cHRLTgoes0.012"lower(radially);
allvaluesincludevariableODdeposits.
HRLTstarts6.7"abovebottomofpulledpieceor9.7"aboveTTS:HRLTis0.50"long;tubeHRODis0.905"&HRLTgoes0.009"lower(radially);
allvaluesincludevariableODdeposits.
Laboratory X-RayOnetooneandone-halfsemi-continuous CircnetworksofshortIndsattopofHRLT,observedoveratleast270',possibly360'.Twotothreesemi~ontinuous CircnetworksofshortcrackIndsinmid-toupperportionofHRLT,observedover360'.Onesemiwontinuous Circnet-workofshortcrackIndsinmid-portionofHRLT,observedover360',butlesscontinuously thanforR2C32Inds.HR=HardroHHE=Hydraulic expansion LegendofAbbreviations HELT=HElowertransition RPC=RotatingpancakecoilInd=Indication HRLT=HRlowertransition TTS=Topoftubesheet Circ=Circumferential D:LPLANTStA EPONAEP-EXAM.SEC 0912$I95 Table5-2:TensileDataforKewauneeSGTubeSectionsKewauneePxeeSpanTensileDataTubeR2C32R2C54R2C61Control(NX8161)YieldStrength(psi)72,20058,60055,40052,300UltimateTensileStrength(psi)123,300106,700104,000101,500Elongation
(%)22.024.523.118.5"*Brokeoutsideofthegagelength,probablyreducingtheelongation value.KewauneeHEJTensileDataHEJSpecimenR2C32R2C54R2C61PractureLoad(Ibs)10,30010,700NA(Archive)
PractureLocationTopofHRLTMiddleofHRLTNA(Archive)
SlidingLoadoverHRRegion(lbs)2800decreasing to504000decreasing to200NA(Archive)
DAPLANTSVLBPlABP-BXAM.SBC 5-909/25/95  


Table5-3:KewauneeSGTubeMacrocrack ProfilesforTensileFractureofHEJsTube,LocationR2C32,HRLTLengthvs.DepthandDuctileLigamentLocation(degrees/%throughwall) 00/5222/77Ligament21(32/92)~Maximumdepth45/88Ligament2058/85Ligament199p/88LIgament18112/88Ligaments 16&1735/8~Ligament15158/82-Ligament1480/64~Ligaments 12&13202/76Ligament11225/60Ligament10248/52~Ligament927p/p8Ligament6,7,&8292/05315/46Ligament4&5338/9Ligament1,2,&3(Averagemacrocrack depth=61%over360",maximumdepth=92%)DuctileLigamentWidth(in.)L21=0.004"wideL20=0.006"wideL19=0.011"wideL18=0.003"wideL16,L17=0.006",0.011"wideL15=0.008"wideL14=0.004"wideL12,L13=0.002",0.003"wideL11=0.039"wideL10=0.027"wideL9=0.014"wideL6,L7,L8=0.002",0.006",0.012"wideL4,L5=0.015",0.022"wideLl,L2,L3=0.015",0.005",0.012"wideCommentsTwenty-one ligaments wereobservedonthecircumferential macrocrack locatedatthetopoftheHRLT.Allintergranular corrosion wasofIDorigin.DAPLANYSVLEPQEP-EXAM.SEC 5-1009/25/95  
Westinghouse non-Pxoprietary Class 3 cracking.The driving force fox the cracking is believed to be attributed to a pure PWSCC effect, with the crevice chemistry representing a secondary effect.Laboratory and field eddy current probe data correlated well with the corrosion that was destructively found.The+Point and CECCO probes produced very similar and accurate results.Even the RPC laboratory data showed the presence of the corrosion in the tubes despite the presence of the sleeve between the probe and the tube.The destructive examinations verified that there were no cracks in either tube at the HRUT or the HEUT.Leak rate testing performed at elevated temperatures and pressures simulating normal operating and steam line break conditions pxoduced no leakage for the R2C54 specimen.The tensile separation loads for tubes R2C32 and R2C54 were 10,300 and 10,700 pounds, xespectively, and the sliding loads over the hard roll region started at 2800 and 4000 pounds, respectively.
The tensile loads were well above any safety considerations.
DAPLANYSVLEPQiHEXAMS.SEC 5-7 10/0$/95 Table 5-1: Comparison of NDE Indications Observed at Kewaunee on SG Tubes at HEJ Locations Tube/Location R2C32 R2C54 R2C61 Pield Eddy Current+Point: 300-360'irc Ind in HRLT, probably throughwall.
I Coil: (1994 data only)-270'irc Ind.+Point: 300-360'irc Ind in HRLT, probably throughwall.
I Coil: No data.+Point: 300-360'irc Ind in HRLT, probably throughwall.
I Coil: 1994 data only,>270'irc indication.
Laboratory Eddy Current+Point: 300-360'irc Ind in HRLT, probably throughwall.
CECCO: 360'irc Iud in HRLT, probably throughwall.
RPC:>270'irc Ind at top of HRLT.+Point: 360'irc Ind in HRLT, probably throughwall.
CECCO: 360'irc Ind in HRLT, probably throughwall.
RPC:>270'irc Ind in HRLT.+Point: 360'irc Ind in HRLT, probably throughwall, and small Ind at HELT.CECCO: 360'irc Ind in HRLT, probably throughwall.
and small Ind at HELT RPC:>270'irc Ind in HRLT.Visual/Dimensional Data HRLT starts 8.25" above bottom of pulled piece or 11.25" above TTS: HRLT is 0.25" Iong;tube HR OD is 0.907"&HRLT goes 0.009" lower (radially);
all values include variable OD deposits.HRLT starts 6.8" above bottom of pulled piece or 9.85" above TTS: HRLT is 0.50" Iong;tube HR OD is 0.903" 8c HRLT goes 0.012" lower (radially);
all values include variable OD deposits.HRLT starts 6.7" above bottom of pulled piece or 9.7" above TTS: HRLT is 0.50" long;tube HR OD is 0.905"&HRLT goes 0.009" lower (radially);
all values include variable OD deposits.Laboratory X-Ray One to one and one-half semi-continuous Circ networks of short Inds at top of HRLT, observed over at least 270', possibly 360'.Two to three semi~ontinuous Circ networks of short crack Inds in mid-to upper portion of HRLT, observed over 360'.One semiwontinuous Circ net-work of short crack Inds in mid-portion of HRLT, observed over 360', but less continuously than for R2C32 Inds.HR=HardroH HE=Hydraulic expansion Legend of Abbreviations HELT=HE lower transition RPC=Rotating pancake coil Ind=Indication HRLT=HR lower transition TTS=Top of tubesheet Circ=Circumferential D:LPLANTStA EPONA EP-EXAM.SEC 0912$I95 Table 5-2: Tensile Data for Kewaunee SG Tube Sections Kewaunee Pxee Span Tensile Data Tube R2C32 R2C54 R2C61 Control (NX8161)Yield Strength (psi)72,200 58,600 55,400 52,300 Ultimate Tensile Strength (psi)123,300 106,700 104,000 101,500 Elongation
(%)22.0 24.5 23.1 18.5"*Broke outside of the gage length, probably reducing the elongation value.Kewaunee HEJ Tensile Data HEJ Specimen R2C32 R2C54 R2C61 Practure Load (Ibs)10,300 10,700 NA (Archive)Practure Location Top of HRLT Middle of HRLT NA (Archive)Sliding Load over HR Region (lbs)2800 decreasing to 50 4000 decreasing to 200 NA (Archive)DAPLANTSVLBPlABP-BXAM.SBC 5-9 09/25/95  


Table5-3(Cont.):KewauneeSGTubeMacrocrack ProCilesforTensileFractureofHEJsTube,LocationR2C54,HRLTLengthvs.DepthandDuctileLigamentLocation(degrees/%throughwall) 00/0422/67-Ligament17&184575Ligaments I4,I5,I668/84(80/92)~Maximumdepth9p/78LigamentI3112/82135/72I58/74LigamentI280/74Ligaments I0&II202/56Ligament9225/16Ligament8248/48-Ligament727p/64Ligament5&6292/78315/70338/22Ligament2,3,&4~LigamentI&19(Averagemacrocrack depth=60%over360';maximumdepth=92%)DuctileLigamentWidth(in.)L17,L18=0.015",0.005"wideL14,L15,L16=0.003",0.008",0.007"wideL13=0.017"wideL12=0.009"wideLIO,LII=0.017",0.005"wideL9=0.011"wideL8=0.050"wideL7=0.002"wideLS,L6=0.009",0.007"wideL2,L3,L4=0.008",0.013",0.013"wideLI,L19=0.013",0.044"wideCommentsNineteenductileligaments wereobservedonthecircum-ferential macrocrack locatedinthemiddleoftheHRLT.Allintergranular corrosion wasofIDorigin.DAPLANTSlABPLAEP-BXAM,SEC 5-1109/25/95  
Table 5-3: Kewaunee SG Tube Macrocrack Profiles for Tensile Fracture of HEJs Tube, Location R2C32, HRLT Length vs.Depth and Ductile Ligament Location (degrees/%throughwall) 00/52 22/77 Ligament 2 1 (32/92)~Maximum depth 45/88 Ligament 20 58/85 Ligament 19 9 p/8 8 LI gament 1 8 112/88 Ligaments 16&17 35/8~Ligament 1 5 158/82-Ligament 14 80/64~Ligaments 12&13 202/76 Ligament 11 225/60 Ligament 10 248/52~Ligament 9 27p/p8 Ligament 6, 7,&8 292/05 3 1 5/46 Ligament 4&5 338/9 Ligament 1, 2,&3 (Average macrocrack depth=61%over 360", maximum depth=92%)Ductile Ligament Width (in.)L21=0.004" wide L20=0.006" wide L19=0.011" wide L18=0.003" wide L16, L17=0.006", 0.011" wide L15=0.008" wide L14=0.004" wide L12, L13=0.002", 0.003" wide L11=0.039" wide L10=0.027" wide L9=0.014" wide L6, L7, L8=0.002", 0.006", 0.012" wide L4, L5=0.015", 0.022" wide Ll, L2, L3=0.015", 0.005", 0.012" wide Comments Twenty-one ligaments were observed on the circumferential macrocrack located at the top of the HRLT.All intergranular corrosion was of ID origin.DAPLANYSVLEPQEP-EXAM.SEC 5-10 09/25/95  


Tube/Location Table5-4:Microhardness Measurements (VHN,500gmload)onKewauneeHEJSleevedTubesMicrohardness atSpecified DepthfromTubeIDSurfaceR2C32,HELTHRLTHRLTnexttoFFHRHRUTHEUTFS4"aboveHEJR2C54,HELTHRLTHRLTHRHRUTHEUTFS4"aboveHEJ0.001"196209238(IGSCC)215186193198193196231(IGSCC)2412121761760.006"193'09228(IGSCC)2121931961864196196215(IGSCC)2282041861740.016"183~204218(IGSCC)2041861881794181181215(IGSCC)2211931761720.026"181~193252(shear)2041861881814174172221(shear)2121911811560.036"191204268(shear)2091911961864181183234(shear)2151931831660.046"196'09'odata,necked218198198188188188nodata,necked206~176s174Notes:1.2.3.4,5.6.Located0.002"closertotheIDsurfacethanindicated Located0.007"closertotheIDsurfacethanindicated Located0.002"fartherfromtheIDsurfacethanindicated Located0.005"fartherfromtheIDsurfacethanindicated Located0.005"closertotheIDsurfacethanindicated Located0.004"closertotheIDsurfacethanindicated DLPLANTSLABPUNP-BXAhf.SBC 5-1209/2$/9$
Table 5-3 (Cont.): Kewaunee SG Tube Macrocrack ProCiles for Tensile Fracture of HEJs Tube, Location R2C54, HRLT Length vs.Depth and Ductile Ligament Location (degrees/%throughwall) 00/04 22/67-Ligament 17&18 45 75 Ligaments I 4, I 5, I 6 68/84 (80/92)~Maximum depth 9p/78 Ligament I 3 112/82 135/72 I 5 8/74 Ligament I 2 80/74 Ligaments I 0&I I 202/56 Ligament 9 225/16 Ligament 8 248/48-Ligament 7 27p/64 Ligament 5&6 292/78 315/70 338/22 Ligament 2, 3,&4~Ligament I&19 (Average macrocrack depth=60%over 360';maximum depth=92%)Ductile Ligament Width (in.)L17, L18=0.015", 0.005" wide L14, L15, L16=0.003", 0.008", 0.007" wide L13=0.017" wide L12=0.009" wide LIO, LII=0.017", 0.005" wide L9=0.011" wide L8=0.050" wide L7=0.002" wide LS, L6=0.009", 0.007" wide L2, L3, L4=0.008", 0.013", 0.013" wide LI, L19=0.013", 0.044" wide Comments Nineteen ductile ligaments were observed on the circum-ferential macrocrack located in the middle of the HRLT.All intergranular corrosion was of ID origin.DAPLANTSlABPLAEP-BXAM,SEC 5-11 09/25/95


LocationofCracksinHHJSleevedTubesRemovedfromKewauneeNocracksfoundordetectedonanyofthetubespecimens removedfromKewauneeNominalHardrollTransition Significant HardrollRolldownCircumferential crackingfoundnear/atthetopofthetransition Circumferential crackingfoundnearthecenterofthehardroll(Alsotypicaloflaboratoty specimens)
Tube/Location Table 5-4: Microhardness Measurements (VHN, 500 gm load)on Kewaunee HEJ Sleeved Tubes Microhardness at Specified Depth from Tube ID Surface R2C32, HELT HRLT HRLT next to FF HR HRUT HEUT FS 4" above HEJ R2C54, HELT HRLT HRLT HR HRUT HEUT FS 4" above HEJ 0.001" 196 209 238 (IGSCC)215 186 193 198 193 196 231 (IGSCC)241 212 176 176 0.006" 193'09 228 (IGSCC)212 193 196 1864 196 196 215 (IGSCC)228 204 186 174 0.016" 183~204 218 (IGSCC)204 186 188 1794 181 181 215 (IGSCC)221 193 176 172 0.026" 181~193 252 (shear)204 186 188 1814 174 172 221 (shear)212 191 181 156 0.036" 191 204 268 (shear)209 191 196 1864 181 183 234 (shear)215 193 183 166 0.046" 196'09'o data, necked 218 198 198 188 188 188 no data, necked 206~176 s 174 Notes: 1.2.3.4, 5.6.Located 0.002" closer to the ID surface than indicated Located 0.007" closer to the ID surface than indicated Located 0.002" farther from the ID surface than indicated Located 0.005" farther from the ID surface than indicated Located 0.005" closer to the ID surface than indicated Located 0.004" closer to the ID surface than indicated D LPLANTSLABPUNP-BXAhf.SBC 5-12 09/2$/9$
Nocracksfoundineitherofthetwodestructively examinedtubespecimens fromKewauneeFigure5-1DLPLANYSULEPQKJEXAMS.SEC 5-1309/2$/95 Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class36.0Structural Integrity andLeakRateEvaluations Inordertoquantifytheeffectofthetubeindications ontheoperating performance ofHEJswithPTIs,testandanalysisprogramswereperformed, References 8and9,aimedat:1)characterizing theeffectoftheobservedPTIsontheaxialstxengthofthejoint,and2)estimating theleakratethatcouldbeexpectedduringnormaloperation andunderpostulated SLBconditions forthecaseofatubeperforated belowthehardroll.
Characterization oftheaxialstrengthofthejointintheeventoftubedegradation ofthetypeindicated intheKewauneeandPointBeach2tubes(noindications havebeendetermined tobepresentintheCook1tubesatpresent)wasexploredviaaxialtensiletestingandhydraulic prooftesting.Additional analysesresultswerereportedinReferences 11and12.Asummaryofthetestandanalysispxogramsisprovidedinthefollowing sections.
Theresultsareapplicable tothefourU.S.plantswithinstalled HEJs.Plantoperating parameters relativetosuxuctural integrity evaluations arepresented inTable6-1.Thelargestoperating primaxy-to-secondary differential
: pressure, 1535psi,occursintheSGsatKewaunee, althoughCook1isapprovedtooperateupto1600psi.Thesmallestdifferential
: pressure, 1225psi,occursatPointBeach2.Thecurrentdifferential pressureatCook1is1453psi.Theaxialendcaploadsduringnormaloperation, andtheRG1.1213~loads,aresummarized inTable6-2.Themaximum3dPloadis2172lbs(couldbeashighas2264lbs)andtheminimumis1734lb,.Sinceeachoftheplantshave7/8"nominaldiametertubeswith0.050"thickness, theendcaploadduringapostulated SLBeventis1516lbsregardless oftheplant.Thus,the3~endcaploadgovernstheanalysis.
6.1Structural Integrity TestsTwotypesofstructural testswereperformed, tensilestrengthtestsandhydraulic prooftests(References 8and9).Prototypic HEJtestspecimens, seeFigure6-1,werefabricated usingAOoy600tubingandbothAlloy600andAlloy690sleevematerial.'he initialtensilestrengthtestswereperfoxmed onprototypic HEJsleevedtubespecimens withthelowerportionofthetubecompletely machinedawayatvariouspostulated crackelevations.
Forspecimens wherethetubeswerecompletely removedbymachining attheelevation corre-spondingtothebottomoftheHRLT,i.e.,-1.25inchesbelowthebottomoftheHRUT,thestructural capability ofthejointswereapproximately twicethemostlimitingRG3Mendcaploading.Forspecimens wherethetubeswerecompletely removedbymachining attheelevation corresponding totheapproximate midspanofthehydraulically expandedregion,i.e.,-2.25"thebottomoftheHRUT,thestructural capability ofthejointswere-3.5to4timesthemostlimitingRG1.1213''endcapload.Thetensiletestsdemonstrated thattheperformance ofAlloy600thermally treatedsleeves(utilized inthe1983PointBeach2sleevingcampaign) wassimilartothatofAlloy690sleeves.HE/STRUC.SEC 6-110/03/95 Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class3Thestructural prooftestswereperformed onspecimens whichhadbeenfabricated forleaktesting.Following theleaktests,thesleevedtubesweremachinedtosimulatea360'ircumferential throughwaH crackattheinflection point,i.e.,middle,ofthehardroll.AHofthesampleswerethenpressurized toadifferential pressureof3657psi.Thepressurewasthengradually increased untilslippingofthejointwasnoted.InitialslippageofthetubeswasgenexaHydetectedafteranincreaseinthepressureofabout200to700psi.Themaximumpressures, i.e.,thoseachievedwhenthetubewasejectedfromthesleeve,wexenotrecorded, butdidapproachpressures ontheorderofthreetimesnormaloperating pressuredifferentials.
6.2PulledTubeStructural TestsSection5.0ofthisreportdocumented theresultsofleakandstructural testsperformed onthesleevedtubespecimens removedfromSG"B"atKewaunee, seeTable5-2.Thetensiletestresultsfoxbothtubesarehigherthanthatpredicted byforthelimitload.TubeR2C32wasfoundtohaveahighflowstress,-98ksi,andanaveragedepthofthecrackingof61%.ThecxackingwasnearthetopoftheHRLT.Theestimated limitloadoftheremaining ligamentis5980lbsusinganetsectionstressapproach.
Themeasuredfailureloadforthespecimenwas10300lbswitharemaining sliyloadimmediately afterthefailureof2800lbs.Estimating theactualfailureloadoftheremaining ligamentasthetotalfailureloadminustheresidualslidingloadyields7500lbs.Thisisabout25%higherthanthevaluepredicted byanalysis.
Theresidualslidingloadisabout60%largexthanthemaximumoftwovaluesobtainedfromtestsreportedinWCAP-14157 for360'litsatthetopoftheHRLT.Theslidingloadfollowing development ofa360fractureisaboutfourtimes,or25%ohigherthantheRG1.121requirement, theendcaploadthatwouldbeexperienced duringnormaloperation oftheplantwiththehighestdifferential pressure.
: Moreover, theslidingloadisalmostthreetimes,ortwicetheRG1.121requirement, theendcaploadthatwouldresultduringapostulated SLBevent.TubeR2C54hadameasuredflowstressof-83ksi,withanaveragedepthofcrackingof60%o.Thecrackingwasattheapproximate middleoftheHRLT,whichexhibited evidenceofroHdown.Themeasuredfailureloadwas10700lbswitharesidualslidingstrengthof4000lbs.Thus,theligamentfailureloadwasontheorderof6700lbs.Thisisabout30%higherthanthecalculated ligamentlimitloadof5170lbs.TheresidualslidingloadisaboutequaltotheloweroftwovaluesobtainedfromtestsreportedinWCAP-14157 fora360'litatthebottomoftheHRLT,andaboutequaltotheaverageofthreevaluesreportedintheAddendumtoWCAP-14157.
Thus,theresidualslidingloadforthefieldspecimenwitha360'eparation attheinflection pointisontheorderofthatobtainedfromtestspeciments witha360separation atthebottomoftheHRLT.Inaddition, theslidingloadisontheorderofsixtimestheendcayloadduetonormaloperation andaboutfourtimestheendcaploaddeveloped duringapostulated SLBevent.6.3Structural Integrity AnalysesThestructural analysespresented inReferences 8,11,and12considered amodelofthedegradedtubecross-sectional areasubjected totheappliedloadsasshowninFigureA-2HHSTRUC.SEC 6-209/25/95 Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class3(Appendix A).Thepurposeoftheanalyseswastosupportthedevelopment ofarepairboundarywhichincludedconsideration ofPTIslocatedatthetopoftheHRLT.Suchindica-tionsarenotasubjectofthisreport.Thecriterion supported bythisreportisthataOPTIslocatedbelowadistanceof1.1"belowthebottomoftheHRUTcanbeleftinserviceregardless ofdepthorcircumferential extent.Thus,thestructural integrity analysesconsistoftheevaluations ofthetestdatareportedinWCAP-14157 anditsaddendum, andofthetestdataobtainedfromthesleeve/tube jointsremovedfromSG"B"atKewaunee.
6.4LeakRateTestsandAnalysesReferences 8and9documented theresultsofelevatedtemperature leakteststhatwereperformed usingprototypic HEJspecimens whichhadthetubeportionmachinedawayatthetop,themidpointandatthebottomoftheHRLT.Thespecimens withthetuberemovedatthebottomoftheHRLTexhibited leakratesontheorderof0.0012gpm,withmaximumof0.008gpm,atSLBconditions.
Asummaryoftheleakratesfromspecimens withthetuberemovedorcutatanelevation corresponding tothetopoftheHRLTorattherepairboundaryisprovidedinTable6-3.Thespecimens withthetuberemovedatthemidpointoftheHRLT'xhibited amaximumleakrateof0.016gpmatSLBconditions.
Theaverageleakrateforallofthespecimens listedinTable6-3isabout0.004gpmwithastandarddeviation of0.008gpm,thus,demonstrating asignificant resistance toprimary-to-secondary leakage.Thesetestssuggestthatthepresenceofa"lip"oftubematerialbelowthetopoftheHRLTprovidessufficient leakagerestriction.
Therepairboundarydetermined fromstructural considerations, i.e.,1.1"belowthebottomoftheHRUT,wouldbeexpectedtoresultinacceptable leakratesduringapostulated SLBevent.6.5CrackGrowthRateConsiderations SincetheHEJhasbeendemonstrated tomeettherequirements ofRG1.121forfullcircumference, i.e.,360',attheelevation ofthemiddleoftheHRLT,thestrengthrelativetothoserequirements isindependent ofcrackgrowthrates.6.6Additional TubeIntegrity Considerations andObservations Therepairboundarydeveloped inthisreportdoesnotassumeanycreditfortheresistance totubemotionaffordedbytubesupportplatedenting.Thepresenceofsignificant dentscouldprecludeanytubeintegrity issuesinHEJsleevedtubeswithPIIs.AreviewofpullforcesrequiredtoremovetubesfromWestinghouse Model44and51steamgenerators wasdiscussed inWCAP-14157.
Fortubeswithnosignificant interface loadingwithinthetubesheet, pullforcesfortubeswithoutdetectable dentingrangedfrom1000to3000lbs,whilefortubeswithdetectable dents,theforcesroseto2000to4000lbs.Basedonthefindingsfromthedestructive andnondestructive examinations ofthespecimens removedfromKewaunee, Section5.0,andfromtheresultsofaccelerated corrosion testsper-Approximately 1.12to1.13inchbelowthebottomoftheHRUT.HEISTRUC.SEC 6-3


Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class3formedbyWestinghouse, theappearance ofPTIsinjointsexperiencing significant rolldownmaybelikelytooccuratalowerelevation thaninjointswithoutsignificant rolldown.
Location of Cracks in HHJ Sleeved Tubes Removed from Kewaunee No cracks found or detected on any of the tube specimens removed from Kewaunee Nominal Hardroll Transition Significant Hardroll Rolldown Circumferential cracking found near/at the top of the transition Circumferential cracking found near the center of the hardroll (Also typical of laboratoty specimens)
Approximately 90%ofthePTIsatKewauneewerefoundatdistances R1.3"fromthebottomoftheHRUT,thusimplyingthepresenceofsignificant rolldown.
No cracks found in either of the two destructively examined tube specimens from Kewaunee Figure 5-1 D LPLANYSULEPQKJEXAMS.SEC 5-13 09/2$/95 Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class 3 6.0 Structural Integrity and Leak Rate Evaluations In order to quantify the effect of the tube indications on the operating performance of HEJs with PTIs, test and analysis programs were performed, References 8 and 9, aimed at: 1)characterizing the effect of the observed PTIs on the axial stxength of the joint, and 2)estimating the leak rate that could be expected during normal operation and under postulated SLB conditions for the case of a tube perforated below the hardroll.Characterization of the axial strength of the joint in the event of tube degradation of the type indicated in the Kewaunee and Point Beach 2 tubes (no indications have been determined to be present in the Cook 1 tubes at present)was explored via axial tensile testing and hydraulic proof testing.Additional analyses results were reported in References 11 and 12.A summary of the test and analysis pxograms is provided in the following sections.The results are applicable to the four U.S.plants with installed HEJs.Plant operating parameters relative to suxuctural integrity evaluations are presented in Table 6-1.The largest operating primaxy-to-secondary differential pressure, 1535 psi, occurs in the SGs at Kewaunee, although Cook 1 is approved to operate up to 1600 psi.The smallest differential pressure, 1225 psi, occurs at Point Beach 2.The current differential pressure at Cook 1 is 1453 psi.The axial end cap loads during normal operation, and the RG 1.121 3~loads, are summarized in Table 6-2.The maximum 3d P load is 2172 lbs (could be as high as 2264 lbs)and the minimum is 1734 lb,.Since each of the plants have 7/8" nominal diameter tubes with 0.050" thickness, the end cap load during a postulated SLB event is 1516 lbs regardless of the plant.Thus, the 3~end cap load governs the analysis.6.1 Structural Integrity Tests Two types of structural tests were performed, tensile strength tests and hydraulic proof tests (References 8 and 9).Prototypic HEJ test specimens, see Figure 6-1, were fabricated using AOoy 600 tubing and both Alloy 600 and Alloy 690 sleeve material.'he initial tensile strength tests were perfoxmed on prototypic HEJ sleeved tube specimens with the lower portion of the tube completely machined away at various postulated crack elevations.
Hence,itispossiblethattransitions withsignificant rolldownarelessresistant toPWSCCthantransitions withoutsignificant rolldown.
For specimens where the tubes were completely removed by machining at the elevation corre-sponding to the bottom of the HRLT, i.e.,-1.25 inches below the bottom of the HRUT, the structural capability of the joints were approximately twice the most limiting RG 3M end cap loading.For specimens where the tubes were completely removed by machining at the elevation corresponding to the approximate midspan of the hydraulically expanded region, i.e.,-2.25" the bottom of the HRUT, the structural capability of the joints were-3.5 to 4 times the most limiting RG 1.121 3''end cap load.The tensile tests demonstrated that the performance of Alloy 600 thermally treated sleeves (utilized in the 1983 Point Beach 2 sleeving campaign)was similar to that of Alloy 690 sleeves.HE/STRUC.SEC 6-1 10/03/95 Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class 3 The structural proof tests were performed on specimens which had been fabricated for leak testing.Following the leak tests, the sleeved tubes were machined to simulate a 360'ircumferential throughwaH crack at the inflection point, i.e., middle, of the hard roll.AH of the samples were then pressurized to a differential pressure of 3657 psi.The pressure was then gradually increased until slipping of the joint was noted.Initial slippage of the tubes was genexaHy detected after an increase in the pressure of about 200 to 700 psi.The maximum pressures, i.e., those achieved when the tube was ejected from the sleeve, wexe not recorded, but did approach pressures on the order of three times normal operating pressure differentials.
6.7Conclusions Thespecified repairboundaryissupported bystructural andleaktestdataobtainedfromsurrogate specimens (WCAP-14157 w/addendum),
6.2 Pulled Tube Structural Tests Section 5.0 of this report documented the results of leak and structural tests performed on the sleeved tube specimens removed from SG"B" at Kewaunee, see Table 5-2.The tensile test results fox both tubes are higher than that predicted by for the limit load.Tube R2C32 was found to have a high flow stress,-98 ksi, and an average depth of the cracking of 61%.The cxacking was near the top of the HRLT.The estimated limit load of the remaining ligament is 5980 lbs using a net section stress approach.The measured failure load for the specimen was 10300 lbs with a remaining sliy load immediately after the failure of 2800 lbs.Estimating the actual failure load of the remaining ligament as the total failure load minus the residual sliding load yields 7500 lbs.This is about 25%higher than the value predicted by analysis.The residual sliding load is about 60%largex than the maximum of two values obtained from tests reported in WCAP-14157 for 360'lits at the top of the HRLT.The sliding load following development of a 360 fracture is about four times, or 25%o higher than the RG 1.121 requirement, the end cap load that would be experienced during normal operation of the plant with the highest differential pressure.Moreover, the sliding load is almost three times, or twice the RG 1.121 requirement, the end cap load that would result during a postulated SLB event.Tube R2C54 had a measured flow stress of-83 ksi, with an average depth of cracking of 60%o.The cracking was at the approximate middle of the HRLT, which exhibited evidence of roHdown.The measured failure load was 10700 lbs with a residual sliding strength of 4000 lbs.Thus, the ligament failure load was on the order of 6700 lbs.This is about 30%higher than the calculated ligament limit load of 5170 lbs.The residual sliding load is about equal to the lower of two values obtained from tests reported in WCAP-14157 for a 360'lit at the bottom of the HRLT, and about equal to the average of three values reported in the Addendum to WCAP-14157.
andbystructural dataobtainedfromspecimens removedfromanoperating SG.TuberuptureloadswellinexcessofthoserequiredbyRG1.121havebeendemonstrated byboththesurrogate andactualHETtestprograms.
Thus, the residual sliding load for the field specimen with a 360'eparation at the inflection point is on the order of that obtained from test speciments with a 360 separation at the bottom of the HRLT.In addition, the sliding load is on the order of six times the end cay load due to normal operation and about four times the end cap load developed during a postulated SLB event.6.3 Structural Integrity Analyses The structural analyses presented in References 8, 11, and 12 considered a model of the degraded tube cross-sectional area subjected to the applied loads as shown in Figure A-2 HHSTRUC.SEC 6-2 09/25/95 Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class 3 (Appendix A).The purpose of the analyses was to support the development of a repair boundary which included consideration of PTIs located at the top of the HRLT.Such indica-tions are not a subject of this report.The criterion supported by this report is that aO PTIs located below a distance of 1.1" below the bottom of the HRUT can be left in service regardless of depth or circumferential extent.Thus, the structural integrity analyses consist of the evaluations of the test data reported in WCAP-14157 and its addendum, and of the test data obtained from the sleeve/tube joints removed from SG"B" at Kewaunee.6.4 Leak Rate Tests and Analyses References 8 and 9 documented the results of elevated temperature leak tests that were performed using prototypic HEJ specimens which had the tube portion machined away at the top, the midpoint and at the bottom of the HRLT.The specimens with the tube removed at the bottom of the HRLT exhibited leak rates on the order of 0.0012 gpm, with maximum of 0.008 gpm, at SLB conditions.
TherepairboundaryresultsinaradialoverlapoftheHRLTofapproximately 0.1"inlength.Thisisageometric configuration forwhichneithersignificant tubeaxialdisplacement norsignificant tubeleakagewouldbeexpectedtooccurduringapostulated SLBevent.EEJSTRUC.SEC 6-409/25/95 Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class3Table6-1:Operating Parameters forU.S.PlantswithInstalled HEJsPlantSGLoopspp(psia)PE(psia)(psi)Thoc(6TcoldCookIKewaunee514512PointBeach244200021002250775715122514531535596.7541.7582.0518.0591.2531.8Zion151422507251525592.2532.2Table6-2:TubePressureLoadingforU.S.PlantswithInstalled HEJsPlantPointBeach2Cook1KewauneeZion1Normal(psi)1225145315351525NormalcQ'oad(lbs)5786857247193~APLoad(lbs)17432056'1722158Note:1.The3+dZloadatCook1couldbeashighas2264lbscorresponding toanoperating differential pressureof1600psi.2.Theendcaploadduringapostulated SLBeventis1516lbsindependent ofplant.HEJSTRUC.SEC 6-509/2S/9S Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class3Table6-3:SummaryofApplicable HEJLeakRatesfromWCAP-14157 andAddendumSleeveMaterialAlloy690Alloy690Alloy690Alloy690Alloy690Alloy690Alloy600Alloy600CutAngle240240240240360360360360DistancefromHRUT(in)1.081.011.031.0+-1.1-1.1-1.1~Rte<>>at1600psi(gpm)0.00.00.00840.00.00.00160.00.0LeakRate"'t2560psi(gpm)0.09x10~0.01864.5x10~2x10~0.0161x10'x10~Notes:1.Leakratesforspecimens with240'utangleswereincreased byafactorof1.5toestimatetheleakrateforacutangleof360'.HBJSTRUC.SEC 6-610/03/95 i
A summary of the leak rates from specimens with the tube removed or cut at an elevation corresponding to the top of the HRLT or at the repair boundary is provided in Table 6-3.The specimens with the tube removed at the midpoint of the HRLT'xhibited a maximum leak rate of 0.016 gpm at SLB conditions.
EndCapPlugorTensileGripper.Tubecutatelevations fromthetopofthetransition tobelowthebottomofthetransition, andatvariousarclengths.TubeHardrollIHydraulic Expansion SleeveEndCapPlugorTensileGripper.Figure6-1:HEJspecimenusedfortensiletesting.D:KPLANTShhEPEHEJSTRUC.FlG 6-78/2/95
The average leak rate for all of the specimens listed in Table 6-3 is about 0.004 gpm with a standard deviation of 0.008 gpm, thus, demonstrating a significant resistance to primary-to-secondary leakage.These tests suggest that the presence of a"lip" of tube material below the top of the HRLT provides sufficient leakage restriction.
The repair boundary determined from structural considerations, i.e., 1.1" below the bottom of the HRUT, would be expected to result in acceptable leak rates during a postulated SLB event.6.5 Crack Growth Rate Considerations Since the HEJ has been demonstrated to meet the requirements of RG 1.121 for full circumference, i.e., 360', at the elevation of the middle of the HRLT, the strength relative to those requirements is independent of crack growth rates.6.6 Additional Tube Integrity Considerations and Observations The repair boundary developed in this report does not assume any credit for the resistance to tube motion afforded by tube support plate denting.The presence of significant dents could preclude any tube integrity issues in HEJ sleeved tubes with PIIs.A review of pull forces required to remove tubes from Westinghouse Model 44 and 51 steam generators was discussed in WCAP-14157.
For tubes with no significant interface loading within the tubesheet, pull forces for tubes without detectable denting ranged from 1000 to 3000 lbs, while for tubes with detectable dents, the forces rose to 2000 to 4000 lbs.Based on the findings from the destructive and nondestructive examinations of the specimens removed from Kewaunee, Section 5.0, and from the results of accelerated corrosion tests per-Approximately 1.12 to 1.13 inch below the bottom of the HRUT.HEISTRUC.SEC 6-3


Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class37.0LeakRateBasedRepairBoundary7.1Introduction ThepurposeofthissectionofthereportistoresentanalterepairboundaryforHESpenanternative methodforestablishing aeuppersleeve/tube jointregion,butbelowtheprimto-secondary pressureboundaryatthesleeve/tube harclroHinterface.
Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class 3 formed by Westinghouse, the appearance of PTIs in joints experiencing significant rolldown may be likely to occur at a lower elevation than in joints without significant rolldown.Approximately 90%of the PTIs at Kewaunee were found at distances R 1.3" from the bottom of the HRUT, thus implying the presence of significant rolldown.Hence, it is possible that transitions with significant rolldown are less resistant to PWSCC than transitions without significant rolldown.6.7 Conclusions The specified repair boundary is supported by structural and leak test data obtained from surrogate specimens (WCAP-14157 w/addendum), and by structural data obtained from specimens removed from an operating SG.Tube rupture loads well in excess of those required by RG 1.121 have been demonstrated by both the surrogate and actual HET test programs.The repair boundary results in a radial overlap of the HRLT of approximately 0.1" in length.This is a geometric configuration for which neither significant tube axial displacement nor significant tube leakage would be expected to occur during a postulated SLB event.EEJSTRUC.SEC 6-4 09/25/95 Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class 3 Table 6-1: Operating Parameters for U.S.Plants with Installed HEJs Plant SG Loops pp (psia)PE (psia)(psi)Thoc (6 Tcold Cook I Kewaunee 51 4 51 2 Point Beach 2 44 2000 2100 2250 775 715 1225 1453 1535 596.7 541.7 582.0 518.0 591.2 531.8 Zion 1 51 4 2250 725 1525 592.2 532.2 Table 6-2: Tube Pressure Loading for U.S.Plants with Installed HEJs Plant Point Beach 2 Cook 1 Kewaunee Zion 1 Normal (psi)1225 1453 1535 1525 Normal cQ'oad (lbs)578 685 724 719 3~AP Load (lbs)1743 2056'172 2158 Note: 1.The 3+dZ load at Cook 1 could be as high as 2264 lbs corresponding to an operating differential pressure of 1600 psi.2.The end cap load during a postulated SLB event is 1516 lbs independent of plant.HEJSTRUC.SEC 6-5 09/2S/9S Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class 3 Table 6-3: Summary of Applicable HEJ Leak Rates from WCAP-14157 and Addendum Sleeve Material Alloy 690 Alloy 690 Alloy 690 Alloy 690 Alloy 690 Alloy 690 Alloy 600 Alloy 600 Cut Angle 240 240 240 240 360 360 360 360 Distance from HRUT (in)1.08 1.01 1.03 1.0+-1.1-1.1-1.1~R te<>>at 1600 psi (gpm)0.0 0.0 0.0084 0.0 0.0 0.0016 0.0 0.0 Leak Rate"'t 2560 psi (gpm)0.0 9 x 10~0.0186 4.5 x 10~2 x 10~0.016 1x 10'x 10~Notes: 1.Leak rates for specimens with 240'ut angles were increased by a factor of 1.5 to estimate the leak rate for a cut angle of 360'.HBJSTRUC.SEC 6-6 10/03/95 i
Therev'nosleevedtubesfromKewaunee, anevaluation ofthestructural
End Cap Plug or Tensile Gripper.Tube cut at elevations from the top of the transition to below the bottom of the transition, and at various arc lengths.Tube Hardroll I Hydraulic Expansion Sleeve End Cap Plug or Tensile Gripper.Figure 6-1: HEJ specimen used for tensile testing.D:KPLANTShhEPEHEJSTRUC.FlG 6-7 8/2/95
'ginyocumented inReferences 8,9,11and12.Thestructural evaluations directlysupporttheidentification ofarepairboundaryforPTlbedofthe'oint.I'.tisalsopossibletodeveloparepairboundaryforPTIsinsleeve/tube oinwhichisnotsensitive totheresidualstren~~oftheointdaryafunctionoftheinstaHedgeometryofthetubesandthrateisdeveloped inthissection.SincethereairaneHEJsinceerepairboundaryisbasedongeometryandtotalge,itdoesnotrelonthereiysidualstrengthofthejointorontheextentoftheindica-tions,orthegrowthrateoftheindications, TherepairbdarydlocationcationofthePTIandtheconstraiiiing effectsofoutboardneighboring tubesITheHEIconsistsofofaHEofthesleeveandtubeoveralengthof4"be'r/2b.lowh..p'.f".1-.,f.Howby.h~-H'wthetopofthehydraulic expansion.
TheexistingplantThnicalrepairing/plugging criteriaapplytotheentirelengthofthesleeve,andtothatportionoftheparenttubeabovethebottomoftheHBoftheHEI.Anexamleofthepluggingcriteriadeveloped atthetimeoftheinstallation ofhThisevaluation formsthebasisforthedevelopment ofarepairboundarybeoseevtueromserviceduetothepresenceofPTlsinthere*extending downwardfromtheupperpartoftheHRLTe..seethetubebundlthPXXoeT,e.g.,seePigure7-1.Theintegrity ofaddieed.Tllewisundernormaloeratinpgandpostulated accidentconditions is51ass.eresultsoftheevaluation aapplytosleevedtubesinWestinghouse Model44ailddressed:s.aspectsofbundleintegrity aread-1)maintenan maintenance ofafixedtube-to-sleeve endcondition inthelimicircumferential indication
*oninetingcaseofam~cationnearthetopofthelowertransition ofthehardroHtions,and2'aiy--secondary leakageconsistent withaccdtal~~~~~~2)limitation ofrim-to-ccienanysisassump-7-1


Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class3g)maintenance oftubeintegrity underpostulated limitingconditions ofprimary-to-secondary andsecondary-to-primary differential pressure.
Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class 3 7.0 Leak Rate Based Repair Boundary 7.1 Introduction The purpose of this section of the report is to resent an alte repair boundary for HES p en an ternative method for establishing a e upper sleeve/tube joint region, but below the prim to-secondary pressure boundary at the sleeve/tube harclroH interface.
Theresultoftheevaluation istheidentification ofadistancebelowthebottomoftheHRUTforwhichPTlsofanyextentdonotnecessitate remedialaction,e.g.,plugging.
The rev'n o sleeved tubes from Kewaunee, an evaluation of the structural
Thebasisoftherepairboundaryisthattheaxialdistanceapostulated severedHEJsleevedtubeendcanmoveislimitedbytheconstraint affordedtotheaffectedtubebyitsoutboardneighbor.
'gin y ocumented in References 8, 9, 11 and 12.The structural evaluations directly support the identification of a repair boundary for PTl b ed of the'oint.I'.t is also possible to develop a repair boundary for PTIs in sleeve/tube oin which is not sensitive to the residual stren~~of the oint dary a function of the instaHed geometry of the tubes and th rate is developed in this section.Since the re air an e HEJs ince e repair boundary is based on geometry and total ge, it does not rel on the re i y sidual strength of the joint or on the extent of the indica-tions, or the growth rate of the indications, The repair b dary d location cation of the PTI and the constraiiiing effects of outboard neighboring tubes I The HEI consists of of a HE of the sleeve and tube over a length of 4" be'r/2 b.low h..p'.f".1-., f.How by.h~-H'w the top of the hydraulic expansion.
Thus,"hopoff"oftheupperportionofaseveredparenttubewillbeprecluded, andtheleakagefromsuchtubesduringapostulated SLBwillbewithinacceptable limits.Forexample,fortheKewauneeSGsthetotalallowable primary-to-secondary leakratefromallsourcesduringapostulated SLBeventwasdetermined inReference 30tobe34.0gallonsperminute(gpm),withoutbenefitofreducingprimarycoolantactivity.
The existing plant T hnical repairing/plugging criteria apply to the entire length of the sleeve, and to that portion of the parent tube above the bottom of the HB of the HEI.An exam le of the plugging criteria developed at the time of the installation of h This evaluation forms the basis for the development of a repair boun dary be o s eev tu e rom service due to the presence of PTls in the re*extending downward from the upper part of the HRLT e..see the tube bundl th PXX o e T, e.g., see Pigure 7-1.The integrity of ad die ed.Tll e wi s under normal o eratin p g and postulated accident conditions is 51 a ss.e results of the evaluation a apply to sleeved tubes in Westinghouse Model 44 aild dressed: s.aspects of bundle integrity are ad-1)maintenan maintenance of a fixed tube-to-sleeve end condition in the limi circumferential indication
Interimpluggingcriteria(IPC)havebeenapprovedfordispositioning tubeindications attheelevation ofthetubesupportplatesintheD.C.CookandKewauneeSGs.Theexpectedcontribution tothetotalprimary-to-secondary leakagefromtheIPCindications islikelyontheorderof1gpmorless.Thus,approximately 33.0gpmtotalleakratefromHEJPIIscouldbetolerated withoutexceeding the10CFR100limitfortheKewauneeplant.Application oftheleakagebasedrepairboundaryisexpectedtoprovidethesamelevelofprotection forPTIsinHEJsleevedtubesasthataffordedbyRegulatory Guide(RG)1.121fordegradation locatedoutsidethesleevejoint.Sincetherepairboundarydoesnotrelyontheresidualstrengthofthejoint,thecalculation ofmarginsagainstburstfortheaffectedtubearenotmeaningful.
*on in e ting case of a m~cation near the top of the lower transition of the hardroH tions, and 2'aiy--secondary leakage consistent with acc d t al~~~~~~2)limitation of rim-to-cci en an ysis assump-7-1
Foreachaffectedtube,therepairboundarydoesrelyonthestructural capability ofthattube'soutboardneighbor.
Byrestricting theapplication ofthecriteriatotubeswithastructurally capableoutboardneighbor.'.2 SleevedTubeDimensions Asummaryofthesleeveandtubedimensions pertinent tothisevaluation wereillustrated inSection1ofthisreport.Thetubinghasanominaloutsidediameter(OD)of0.875"andathickness of0.050".Thesleeveshavean[]".TheregionofthehardroHisdenotedbythelabelinterference'.
Thelengthofthisregionisgovernedbythelengthofthehardrolling toolusedtocreatethissectionofthejoint.FortheD.C.Cook,Kewaunee, andPointBeach2SGs,therollershadaflatlengthdimension of1.0".Thus,thelengthcannotbelessthan1.0"ontheIDofthesleeve.Insomecasesthelengthofthehardrollisgreaterthan1.0"asaresultofthereversaloftherollingprocessinordertoreleasetherollerfromtheinsideofthesleeve.ThisreversalprocessisusuallytermedrolMownandtheadditional lengthofthehardrollisreferredtoastherolldownlength.Itisnotunusualfortherolldowntoachievealengthofgreaterthan-0.5"duringthereversalprocess.Theradiioftheupperendoftherollersoftherollingtoolwere[Limitations ontheuseoftheleakratebasedrepairboundaryarediscussed intheevaluation sectionofthisreport.HEJLEAKP.SEC 7-2


Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class3]*".Hence,aboundinglowerlimitontheradiusattheODofthesleeveinthetransition isapproximately 0.288".Atrueestimateoftheradiusofcurvature intheaxialdirection isobtainedbyconsidering ahardrolltransition lengthof0.21"andaradialdifference of8milsleadstothecalculation ofaneffective radiusof1.4".The[]'",thus,theeffective lengthofthehardrollwouldbeabout60milslongerbeforethecontactpressurebetweenthesleeveandthehardrollwouldbelost.Thiswouldbesomewhatoffsetbythepotential contraction ofthetubeduringthehydraulic expansion process.Theexpansion ofthetubeisabout[]*".Sincethesleevesinstalled intheD.C.Cook,Kewaunee, andPointBeach2SGswerefabricated ofAlloy690,theircoefficient ofthermalexpansion isgreaterthanthatofthetubes.Thiswouldleadtoaslightincreaseintheinterference fitduringoperation asfurtherincreasetheeffective lengthofthehardron,however,theexpectedmagnitude ofsuchanincreasewouldnotbeexpectedtobesignificant.
Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class 3 g)maintenance of tube integrity under postulated limiting conditions of primary-to-secondary and secondary-to-primary differential pressure.The result of the evaluation is the identification of a distance below the bottom of the HRUT for which PTls of any extent do not necessitate remedial action, e.g., plugging.The basis of the repair boundary is that the axial distance a postulated severed HEJ sleeved tube end can move is limited by the constraint afforded to the affected tube by it s outboard neighbor.Thus,"hop off" of the upper portion of a severed parent tube will be precluded, and the leakage from such tubes during a postulated SLB will be within acceptable limits.For example, for the Kewaunee SGs the total allowable primary-to-secondary leak rate from all sources during a postulated SLB event was determined in Reference 30 to be 34.0 gallons per minute (gpm), without benefit of reducing primary coolant activity.Interim plugging criteria (IPC)have been approved for dispositioning tube indications at the elevation of the tube support plates in the D.C.Cook and Kewaunee SGs.The expected contribution to the total primary-to-secondary leakage from the IPC indications is likely on the order of 1 gpm or less.Thus, approximately 33.0 gpm total leak rate from HEJ PIIs could be tolerated without exceeding the 10CFR100 limit for the Kewaunee plant.Application of the leakage based repair boundary is expected to provide the same level of protection for PTIs in HEJ sleeved tubes as that afforded by Regulatory Guide (RG)1.121 for degradation located outside the sleeve joint.Since the repair boundary does not rely on the residual strength of the joint, the calculation of margins against burst for the affected tube are not meaningful.
7.3U-BendClearance TheresultsofastudyofSGfabrication practices, Reference 17,wereevaluated inordertoestimatethepotential distancethataseveredHEIsleevedtubeendcoulddisplaceintheverticaldirection duringnormaloperation orduringapostulated SLB.Theresultsofthisevaluation areapplicable tothedevelopment ofapluggingrepairboundaryforPTIhinsleevedtubes.InSGsofthetypeinstalled atD.C.Cook,Kewaunee, PointBeach2,i.e.,Westing-houseModel44and51,thenominalverticalclearance betweenradiallyadjacenttubesattheapexoftheirU-bendsis0.406".Theactualclearance willvaryaboutthenominalduetotubeinstallation tolerances duringmanufacture oftheSGs.Thepotential contributing factorsfromtheModel44/51SGmanufacturing operations are:1.Thetube-to-tubesheet fit-upforwelding.2.Thetubeexpansion process.3.Tubedimensional tolerances onoveralllength,U-bendradius,tubediameter, etc.Thesecondoperation doesnotsignificantly contribute tothemanufacturing processtolerance sincethetube-to-tubesheet jointprocessfortheD.C.Cook,Kewaunee, andPointBeach2SGsinvolvedpartialdepthrollingasopposedtofulldepthrolling.Themaximumtube-to-tube U-bendapexgapincreaseintheD.C.Cook,Kewaunee, andPointBeach2SGsasaresultofthefirstandthirdoperations wascalculated tobe[]"'.Theextremesofthetotalmanufacturing tolerance aretakentobethreestandarddeviations fromthemean,hence,onestandarddeviation wouldbe[]'"".Sincetheinstallation ofonetubeisindependent ofitsinboardneighbor, thestandarddeviation ofthemanufacturing clearance, i.e.,thedifference betweentworadiallyadjacenttubes,maybeHEJLEAKP.SEC 7-309/25/95 Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class3calculated asthesquarerootofthesumofsquaresoftheindividual standarddeviations.
For each affected tube, the repair boundary does rely on the structural capability of that tube's outboard neighbor.By restricting the application of the criteria to tubes with a structurally capable outboard neighbor.'.2 Sleeved Tube Dimensions A summary of the sleeve and tube dimensions pertinent to this evaluation were illustrated in Section 1 of this report.The tubing has a nominal outside diameter (OD)of 0.875" and a thickness of 0.050".The sleeves have an[]".The region of the hardroH is denoted by the label interference'.
Thus,thestandarddeviation oftheU-bendapexgapbetweentworadiallyadjacenttubeswouldbe[]'".Anadditional consideration inestimating theU-bendapexclearance betweentworadiallyadjacenttubesisduetothe[]'",assumingthataprimary-to-second-arypressuredifference of2560psiisachievedduringtheevent.Assumingthedistribution ofU-bendapexgapstobenormallydistributed intheSG,anupper95%confidence boundontheapexclearance iscalculated tobe[]SICTheU-bendapexgapcanbeusedtoestimatethemaximumupwarddisplacement ofatubeendwhichisassumedtobeseveredwithintheHEJ.Thedrivingforceforsuchdisplacement willbetheunbalanced pressureontheinteriorofthetubeactingontheprojection ofthetubecross-section areaatthetangentpointbetweentheU-bendandthestraightlengthofthetube,i.e.,theseveredtubeendispulledupbytheforceattheU-bend.Oncecontacthasoccurredwithanoutboardneighbor, furtherdisplacement isprevented.
The length of this region is governed by the length of the hardrolling tool used to create this section of the joint.For the D.C.Cook, Kewaunee, and Point Beach 2 SGs, the rollers had a flat length dimension of 1.0".Thus, the length cannot be less than 1.0" on the ID of the sleeve.In some cases the length of the hardroll is greater than 1.0" as a result of the reversal of the rolling process in order to release the roller from the inside of the sleeve.This reversal process is usually termed rolMown and the additional length of the hardroll is referred to as the rolldown length.It is not unusual for the rolldown to achieve a length of greater than-0.5" during the reversal process.The radii of the upper end of the rollers of the rolling tool were[Limitations on the use of the leak rate based repair boundary are discussed in the evaluation section of this report.HEJLEAKP.SEC 7-2
Thetotalverticaldisplacement maybeestimated bycalculating thedistancethattheaffectedtube'stangentpointmaytraversebyconsidering thattheinboardtubedeformsintointimatecontactwiththeoutboardtubeuptotheapexoftheU-bend.Moreextremedeformation wouldrequirelateralin-planedeformation whichisopposedbytheinternalpressure.
: Moreover, theextentofintimatecontactwouldlikelybelimitedtothepointoffirstcontact,whichwouldbeexpectedtooccurnearertothemidwaypointfromthetangentpointtotheapex.Ifdisthetube-to-tube clearance attheapexoftheU-bend,andRistheradiusoftheU-bendoftheaffectedtube,theclearance atthetangentpoint,D,isD=(R+d)sin-K-d.2R+d2(7.1)Usingtheupper95%confidence boundsoftheU-bendapexclearance resultsinupperboundsonthetangentpointdisplacement of[]*"respectively.
Theexpecteddisplacement wouldbebetweenthetwoextremes.
Takingtheaverageoftheapexandthemaximumtangentpointdisplacements resultsinexpecteddisplacement limitsof[]*",withalimitingvalueoftheexpecteddisplacement of1.1".Sincethisresultisbasedona95%confidence level,itwouldbeexpectedthattheoccurrence ofmultipletubesachieving thislevelofdisplacement wouldbeveryunlikely.
I"urthermore, becausethelengthofthesleeveabovethebottomoftheHRisontheorderof2.75",jointseparation, i.e.,hop-off,isprecluded fortubeswithPTIsbelowthetopoftheHRLT.HE/LEAKP.SEC 7-409/25/95 Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class3Since,hop-offisprecluded, thepertinent basisforthedevelopment oftheleakraterepairboundaryisthepotential leakagefromtubeswiththroughwall, 360,PTlswhichcoulddisplaceupwardeitherduringnormaloperation orduringapostulated SLB.Thepotential displacement duringapostulated SLBisgreaterthanthatduringnormaloperation, asistheprimary-to-secondary differential
: pressure, hence,itisappropriate todeveloptherepairboundarybasedontheconsideration ofpotential leakageduringapostulated SLB.Verticany displaced severedtubeconditions areillustrated onFigure7-2.Theexpecteddisplacement foratubeendseveredatthetopofthehardrolllowertransition wouldbeaboutmidwayalongthelengthofthehardroll, witha95%confidence boundonthedisplacement suchthatthelocationoftheseveredendwouldbeaboutevenwiththetopofthehardroll.
Indications belowthetopofthehardrollwouldnotbeexpectedtoleadtoaconfiguration suchthattheseveredendcouldachieveanelevation coincident withthetopofthehardroll.
Theeffective lengthofthehardrollwasestimated intheprevioussectiontobe1.03"basedontheradiusofcurvature intheaxialdirection andtheelasticspringback ofthejoint.Thisisaboutthesamelengthasthe95%confidence levelforthemaximumdisplacement duringapostulated SLBevent.Sincecircumferential indications wouldnotbeexpectedabovethetopofthehardrolllowertransition, theappearance ofcircumferential indications whichcouldbepostulated toleadtoseveringoftheaffectedtubeatelevation'n whichcouldbeexposedtothefullprimary-to-secondary pressuredifference wouldbeexpectedtobeoflowprobability.
7.4LeakagePotential Leakratesmaybeestimated fromtheteststhatwereperformed, seeReferences 8and9,andfromcalculations assumingvariousothergeometryconditions, e.g.,foraseveredtubeendwhichiselevatedrelativetothesleeve.Itistobenotedthatthemaximumestimated primary-to-secondary differential pressureduringapostulated SLBof2560psidassumesthatthemakeupsystemiscapableofachieving thatpressureregardless ofprimary-to-secondary leakage.Realistically, ifoneseveredtubeenddisplaced suchthatsignificant leakageoccurred, theprimary-to-secondary differential pressurewouldlikelynotincreasefurther.Thus,whileconservative, theconsideration ofasignificant numberofleakingtubesduringapostulated SLBisnotrealistic.
Ifthepostulated severedtubeendisassumedtobedisplaced relativetothesleeve,theleakratesmeasuredforfullhardrolllengthengagement maybeestimated byassumingtheflowtobecontrolled byafrictionfactor.Thisisappropriate insteadofestimating anannuluschokeflowbecauseoftheinterference fitbetweenthesleeveandthetubeinthehardrollregion.Therelationship betweentheflow,Q,thelengthofengagement, L,thedifferential
: pressure, d,P,andthefrictionfactor,f,wouldbe,AP0=-fL(7.2)HElLPAKP.SEC 7-509/25/95 Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class3Thevalueoffcouldbeestimated fromtheleaktestforwhichthelengthofengagement was1".However,thisisnotnecessary sinceacomparison ofleakratesfordifferent engagement lengthsleadstotherelation, L,@=0,-.L~(7.3)Thus,ifthelengthofengagement ishalved,theexpectedleakrateisdoubled.Thisexpres-sionmayprovidesatisfactory estimates intherangeofQfrom1.0to0.25ofL,,however,itsusebeyondthatrangewouldnotberecommended sincetheQ,~ooasQ-4,andseveredtubeendeffectswouldbeexpectedtoleadtoincreased radialdeflection atthetubeendaccompa-niedbyincreased leakage.7.4.1NormalOperation Duringnormaloperation, theleakagefromHEIsleevedtubeswiththroughwall degradation extending 360'round thetubeandlocatedattheelevation oftheHRlowertransition wouldbeexpectedtobesufficient tobedetected.
Ifthetubeenddoesnotdisplace, theleakagefromeachsuchjointwouldlikelybeontheorderof1gpdorless.Ifthejointdoesdisplace, anincreaseintheleakratewouldbeexperienced suchthattheplantcouldbeshutdowntoaddressthesourceoftheleakage.7.4.2SteamLineBreakFortheinitialevaluation ofpotential leakrateintheeventofseveringofthetubes,calcula-tionswereperformed forassumedradialgapsifthetubedisplaced axiallyupwardrelativetothesleeve,Foraradialgapof[]*",corresponding toelevating thehardrolllengthofthetubetocorrespond tothehydraulically expandedlengthofthesleeve,theprojected leakratewasfoundtobe-25gpm,References 8and9.Ifthetubedisplacement islimitedtolessthanorequaltoabout1.1",the-95%confidence valuefortangentpointcontact,thelowerendofthehardrolled regionofthetubewouldstillbeincontactwiththeupperendofthehardrolled regionofthesleeve.Forleakageevaluation
: purposes, priorcalculations assumedthatagapontheorderof[]"',andwouldthusbeexpectedtoleakatarateof2.5gpm.Inactuality, nogapwouldbeexpectedtobepresentfordisplacements lessthan1.03"andtheexpectedleakrateswouldbesubstantially lessthantheestimated valueof2.5gpm.Testinghasbeenperformed fortubesmachinedawayatthetopofthehardrolllowertransition, References 8and9.Leakratevaluesunderthesecircumstances werefoundtoberelatively insignificant whencomparedtothemakeupcapacityoftheplanthydraulic system.Themaximumleakagefromanysingleindication wasestimated tobeboundedbetween0.01and0.033gpm.Theseestimates maybeconsidered toboundtheleakrateifaslittleas-1/4"ofsleeve-to-tube hardrollinterference remains.Usingthemaximumvalueasanaverageforallsuchtubesresultsinatotalleakratefrom1000leakingHEJsleevedtubesof33.0gpm.ThetotalIPCleakratewhichmightbeexpectedfromthelimitingD.C.CookorKewauneeSGisHElLEAKP.SEC 7-609/25/95 Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class3~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~estimated.to belessthan1gpm.Therefore, about1000ormoreHEJsleevedtubeswithPTIsouldremaininservice,withoutexpecting totalleakageduringapostulated SLBtoexceedthe10CFR100limit.Ifonlytheresultsfromthethreevalidtestsareused,i.e.,0.0,6+10,and0.0124gpm,respectively, fourtimesthemaximumleakrate(assuming adisplacement ofabout0.8")wouldbe0.05gpm.Conservatively considering thismaximumleakratetoapplytoallsleevedtubesleadstoatotalleakratefor665HEJsleevedtubesof33.0gpm.Itistobeemphasized thattheaveragetotalleakratefromthe665sleevedtubesconsidered herewouldbeexpectedtobesignificantly lessthanthe10CFR100limitingleakrate.Moreaccurateestimates ofthetotalleakratecouldbedeveloped usingMonteCarlosimula-tiontechniques, however,basedontheconservatisrns utilizedforthedeterministic estimates, e.g.,theprobability ofexperiencing multipleseveredtubeconditions wasconsidered tobeunity,suchresultswouldbeexpectedtobesignificantly lessthanthosereportedherein.I&C&7.5TubesInteriortoStayrodLocations Tubesinteriortostayrodshavenoimmediate outboardneighbors.
Therefore theclearance tothenearestrestraint issignificantly largerthanfortubeswithoutboardneighbors, andwouldbeexpectedtoexceedthehop-offdistancefromthePTItothetopofthesleeve.Thus,theleakratebasedrepairboundarydeveloped inthissectionisnotapplicable totubesimmediate-lyinteriortothestayrods.
7.6Distribution ofIndications intheKewauneeSGsSleevedTubesThedistancefromthebottomofthehardrolluppertransition totheelevation oftheindica-tionsintheKewauneeSGtubeswasmeasuredforeachindication neartheelevation ofthehardroll.
Asummaryofthemeasureddistances foreachSGandforthecombinedSGsisprovidedinTable7-3.Histogram andcumulative frequency plotsofthedistribution ofindications inSGs"A"and"B"areprovidedonFigure7-3andFigure7-4respectively.
Thecombineddistribution andcumulative frequency information forbothSGsisprovidedonFigure7-5.l&Atotalof630indications wereconsidered inthisevaluation.
Theaveragedistancewasfoundtobe1.32"withastandarddeviation of0.10".Themediandistancewasfoundtobe1.32".Theskewandkurtosis{normalized) werefoundtobe0.20and0.58respectively.
Theselastthreevaluesindicatethedistribution toberelatively normal.Aninspection oftheplottedcumulative frequency curvesindicates thedistributions tobenearlysymmetrical aboutthe50%valueforthemeasuredpopulations, thussupporting thejudgmentthatthedistributions arenearlynormal.Hence,theprobability ofanindication beinglocatedwithinthe95%confidence boundonthepotential displacement isrelatively small.Tobelocatedabovethe~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~averagevalueofthepotential displacement, theindication wouldhavetobelocated-4.5standarddeviations awayfromthemeanelevation.
Thedistribution ofindications intheKewauneeSGsconfirmstheexpectation thatveryfewindications wouldbeexpectedtooccuratelevations wheresignificant leakagecouldoccurduringapostulated SLB.EEJLPAKP.SEC 7-709/25/95


Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class37.7PhntOperation Considerations Otherfactorswhichwouldbeexpectedtohaveabeneficial effectonthetotalleakratethatcouldbeexperienced are:1)Adoptionofanormaloperation leakagelimitof150gpd.2)Implementation ofnitrogen16(N16)monitorsformonitoring SGleakage.3)Enhancedtrainingofoperators torespondtofaultedevents.7.8SummaryandConclusions Analyseshavebeenperformed whichindicatethatthetotalleakagethatcouldreasonably beexpectedfromthesleevedtubeswithindications intheD.C.Cook,Kewaunee, andPointBeach2SGsduringapostulated SLBwouldbesmallrelativetothemakeupcapacityofthechargingsystem.Acomparison ofthedistanceaseveredtubeendcouldbeexpectedtomoveduringnormaloperation orduringapostulated SLBrelativetothedistancefromthebottomoftheHEJhardrolluppertransition totheindications intheD.C.Cook,Kewaunee, andPointBeach2sleevedtubesindicates thatitisunlikelythatanyofthetubescouldbecomedisen-gagedfromtheirrespective sleevesifthosetubesareconstrained bythepresenceofastructurally capableoutboardneighbor.
Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class 3]*".Hence, a bounding lower limit on the radius at the OD of the sleeve in the transition is approximately 0.288".A true estimate of the radius of curvature in the axial direction is obtained by considering a hardroll transition length of 0.21" and a radial difference of 8 mils leads to the calculation of an effective radius of 1.4".The[]'", thus, the effective length of the hardroll would be about 60 mils longer before the contact pressure between the sleeve and the hardroll would be lost.This would be somewhat offset by the potential contraction of the tube during the hydraulic expansion process.The expansion of the tube is about[]*".Since the sleeves installed in the D.C.Cook, Kewaunee, and Point Beach 2 SGs were fabricated of Alloy 690, their coefficient of thermal expansion is greater than that of the tubes.This would lead to a slight increase in the interference fit during operation as further increase the effective length of the hardron, however, the expected magnitude of such an increase would not be expected to be significant.
Foranoutboardneighbortobeconsidered asstructurally capable,itmaynot,ifsleeved,havecircumferential degradation evidentabovethebottomoftheHEJhardrolllowertransition.
7.3 U-Bend Clearance The results of a study of SG fabrication practices, Reference 17, were evaluated in order to estimate the potential distance that a severed HEI sleeved tube end could displace in the vertical direction during normal operation or during a postulated SLB.The results of this evaluation are applicable to the development of a plugging repair boundary for PTIh in sleeved tubes.In SGs of the type installed at D.C.Cook, Kewaunee, Point Beach 2, i.e., Westing-house Model 44 and 51, the nominal vertical clearance between radially adjacent tubes at the apex of their U-bends is 0.406".The actual clearance will vary about the nominal due to tube installation tolerances during manufacture of the SGs.The potential contributing factors from the Model 44/51 SG manufacturing operations are: 1.The tube-to-tubesheet fit-up for welding.2.The tube expansion process.3.Tube dimensional tolerances on overall length, U-bend radius, tube diameter, etc.The second operation does not significantly contribute to the manufacturing process tolerance since the tube-to-tubesheet joint process for the D.C.Cook, Kewaunee, and Point Beach 2 SGs involved partial depth rolling as opposed to full depth rolling.The maximum tube-to-tube U-bend apex gap increase in the D.C.Cook, Kewaunee, and Point Beach 2 SGs as a result of the first and third operations was calculated to be[]"'.The extremes of the total manufacturing tolerance are taken to be three standard deviations from the mean, hence, one standard deviation would be[]'"".Since the installation of one tube is independent of its inboard neighbor, the standard deviation of the manufacturing clearance, i.e., the difference between two radially adjacent tubes, may be HEJLEAKP.SEC 7-3 09/25/95 Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class 3 calculated as the square root of the sum of squares of the individual standard deviations.
Tubeswhicharepluggedmaynothavebeensoremovedfromserviceonaccountofcircumferential degradation.
Thus, the standard deviation of the U-bend apex gap between two radially adjacent tubes would be[]'".An additional consideration in estimating the U-bend apex clearance between two radially adjacent tubes is due to the[]'", assuming that a primary-to-second-ary pressure difference of 2560 psi is achieved during the event.Assuming the distribution of U-bend apex gaps to be normally distributed in the SG, an upper 95%confidence bound on the apex clearance is calculated to be[]SIC The U-bend apex gap can be used to estimate the maximum upward displacement of a tube end which is assumed to be severed within the HEJ.The driving force for such displacement will be the unbalanced pressure on the interior of the tube acting on the projection of the tube cross-section area at the tangent point between the U-bend and the straight length of the tube, i.e., the severed tube end is pulled up by the force at the U-bend.Once contact has occurred with an outboard neighbor, further displacement is prevented.
Axialdegradation hasnosignificant effectontheaxialstrengthofactiveorinactivetubes,hencethepresenceofaxialdegradation aloneisnotconsidered.
The total vertical displacement may be estimated by calculating the distance that the affected tube's tangent point may traverse by considering that the inboard tube deforms into intimate contact with the outboard tube up to the apex of the U-bend.More extreme deformation would require lateral in-plane deformation which is opposed by the internal pressure.Moreover, the extent of intimate contact would likely be limited to the point of first contact, which would be expected to occur nearer to the midway point from the tangent point to the apex.If d is the tube-to-tube clearance at the apex of the U-bend, and R is the radius of the U-bend of the affected tube, the clearance at the tangent point, D, is D=(R+d)sin-K-d.2R+d 2 (7.1)Using the upper 95%confidence bounds of the U-bend apex clearance results in upper bounds on the tangent point displacement of[]*" respectively.
causetoconsideranoutboardneighborasnotstructurally viable.Thissectiondocumented thedevelopment ofageometrybasedrepairboundaryforPIIsinHEJsleevedtubes.Theresulting repairboundaryisindependent oftherepairboundarydeveloped inprevioussectionsbasedonthestructural integrity ofthejoint.Sincetheresultobtained, 1.1",isthesameasthestructural repairboundary, itessentially demonstrates adefenseindepthagainsttheoccurrence ofatubeseparation.
The expected displacement would be between the two extremes.Taking the average of the apex and the maximum tangent point displacements results in expected displacement limits of[]*", with a limiting value of the expected displacement of 1.1".Since this result is based on a 95%confidence level, it would be expected that the occurrence of multiple tubes achieving this level of displacement would be very unlikely.I"urthermore, because the length of the sleeve above the bottom of the HR is on the order of 2.75", joint separation, i.e., hop-off, is precluded for tubes with PTIs below the top of the HRLT.HE/LEAKP.SEC 7-4 09/25/95 Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class 3 Since, hop-off is precluded, the pertinent basis for the development of the leak rate repair boundary is the potential leakage from tubes with throughwall, 360, PTls which could displace upward either during normal operation or during a postulated SLB.The potential displacement during a postulated SLB is greater than that during normal operation, as is the primary-to-secondary differential pressure, hence, it is appropriate to develop the repair boundary based on the consideration of potential leakage during a postulated SLB.Verticany displaced severed tube conditions are illustrated on Figure 7-2.The expected displacement for a tube end severed at the top of the hardroll lower transition would be about midway along the length of the hardroll, with a 95%confidence bound on the displacement such that the location of the severed end would be about even with the top of the hardroll.Indications below the top of the hardroll would not be expected to lead to a configuration such that the severed end could achieve an elevation coincident with the top of the hardroll.The effective length of the hardroll was estimated in the previous section to be 1.03" based on the radius of curvature in the axial direction and the elastic springback of the joint.This is about the same length as the 95%confidence level for the maximum displacement during a postulated SLB event.Since circumferential indications would not be expected above the top of the hardroll lower transition, the appearance of circumferential indications which could be postulated to lead to severing of the affected tube at elevation'n which could be exposed to the full primary-to-secondary pressure difference would be expected to be of low probability.
Theapplication oftherepairboundaryresultsinexpectedleakageduringnormaloperation andpostulated steamlinebreak(SLB)eventswithinlimitsbasedon10CFR(CodeofFederalRegulations),
7.4 Leakage Potential Leak rates may be estimated from the tests that were performed, see References 8 and 9, and from calculations assuming various other geometry conditions, e.g., for a severed tube end which is elevated relative to the sleeve.It is to be noted that the maximum estimated primary-to-secondary differential pressure during a postulated SLB of 2560 psid assumes that the makeup system is capable of achieving that pressure regardless of primary-to-secondary leakage.Realistically, if one severed tube end displaced such that significant leakage occurred, the primary-to-secondary differential pressure would likely not increase further.Thus, while conservative, the consideration of a significant number of leaking tubes during a postulated SLB is not realistic.
Part100criteria.
If the postulated severed tube end is assumed to be displaced relative to the sleeve, the leak rates measured for full hardroll length engagement may be estimated by assuming the flow to be controlled by a friction factor.This is appropriate instead of estimating an annulus choke flow because of the interference fit between the sleeve and the tube in the hardroll region.The relationship between the flow, Q, the length of engagement, L, the differential pressure, d,P, and the friction factor, f, would be, AP 0=-fL (7.2)HElLPAKP.SEC 7-5 09/25/95 Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class 3 The value of f could be estimated from the leak test for which the length of engagement was 1".However, this is not necessary since a comparison of leak rates for different engagement lengths leads to the relation, L,@=0,-.L~(7.3)Thus, if the length of engagement is halved, the expected leak rate is doubled.This expres-sion may provide satisfactory estimates in the range of Q from 1.0 to 0.25 of L,, however, its use beyond that range would not be recommended since the Q,~oo as Q-4, and severed tube end effects would be expected to lead to increased radial deflection at the tube end accompa-nied by increased leakage.7.4.1 Normal Operation During normal operation, the leakage from HEI sleeved tubes with throughwall degradation extending 360'round the tube and located at the elevation of the HR lower transition would be expected to be sufficient to be detected.If the tube end does not displace, the leakage from each such joint would likely be on the order of 1 gpd or less.If the joint does displace, an increase in the leak rate would be experienced such that the plant could be shut down to address the source of the leakage.7.4.2 Steam Line Break For the initial evaluation of potential leak rate in the event of severing of the tubes, calcula-tions were performed for assumed radial gaps if the tube displaced axially upward relative to the sleeve, For a radial gap of[]*", corresponding to elevating the hardroll length of the tube to correspond to the hydraulically expanded length of the sleeve, the projected leak rate was found to be-25 gpm, References 8 and 9.If the tube displacement is limited to less than or equal to about 1.1", the-95%confidence value for tangent point contact, the lower end of the hardrolled region of the tube would still be in contact with the upper end of the hardrolled region of the sleeve.For leakage evaluation purposes, prior calculations assumed that a gap on the order of[]"', and would thus be expected to leak at a rate of 2.5 gpm.In actuality, no gap would be expected to be present for displacements less than 1.03" and the expected leak rates would be substantially less than the estimated value of 2.5 gpm.Testing has been performed for tubes machined away at the top of the hardroll lower transition, References 8 and 9.Leak rate values under these circumstances were found to be relatively insignificant when compared to the makeup capacity of the plant hydraulic system.The maximum leakage from any single indication was estimated to be bounded between 0.01 and 0.033 gpm.These estimates may be considered to bound the leak rate if as little as-1/4" of sleeve-to-tube hardroll interference remains.Using the maximum value as an average for all such tubes results in a total leak rate from 1000 leaking HEJ sleeved tubes of 33.0 gpm.The total IPC leak rate which might be expected from the limiting D.C.Cook or Kewaunee SG is HElLEAKP.SEC 7-6 09/25/95 Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class 3~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~estimated.to be less than 1 gpm.Therefore, about 1000 or more HEJ sleeved tubes with PTIs ould remain in service, without expecting total leakage during a postulated SLB to exceed the 10CFR100 limit.If only the results from the three valid tests are used, i.e., 0.0, 6+10, and 0.0124 gpm, respectively, four times the maximum leak rate (assuming a displacement of about 0.8")would be 0.05 gpm.Conservatively considering this maximum leak rate to apply to all sleeved tubes leads to a total leak rate for 665 HEJ sleeved tubes of 33.0 gpm.It is to be emphasized that the average total leak rate from the 665 sleeved tubes considered here would be expected to be significantly less than the 10CFR100 limiting leak rate.More accurate estimates of the total leak rate could be developed using Monte Carlo simula-tion techniques, however, based on the conservatisrns utilized for the deterministic estimates, e.g., the probability of experiencing multiple severed tube conditions was considered to be unity, such results would be expected to be significantly less than those reported herein.I&C&7.5 Tubes Interior to Stayrod Locations Tubes interior to stayrods have no immediate outboard neighbors.
Theconclusion oftheevaluation isthatbasedongeometryconsiderations aloneitisaccept-abletoleaveHEJsleevedtubeswithPIIsinservicethatsatisfythefollowing requirements:
Therefore the clearance to the nearest restraint is significantly larger than for tubes with outboard neighbors, and would be expected to exceed the hop-off distance from the PTI to the top of the sleeve.Thus, the leak rate based repair boundary developed in this section is not applicable to tubes immediate-ly interior to the stayrods.7.6 Distribution of Indications in the Kewaunee SGs Sleeved Tubes The distance from the bottom of the hardroll upper transition to the elevation of the indica-tions in the Kewaunee SG tubes was measured for each indication near the elevation of the hardroll.A summary of the measured distances for each SG and for the combined SGs is provided in Table 7-3.Histogram and cumulative frequency plots of the distribution of indications in SGs"A" and"B" are provided on Figure 7-3 and Figure 7-4 respectively.
1)ThedistancefromthebottomoftheHRUTtothePTIisgreaterthanorequalto1.1".2)Thetubeislocatedontheinteriorofthetubebundle.3)Thetubeisnotlocatedadjacenttoandinboardofastayrod.HEJLEAKP.SEC  
The combined distribution and cumulative frequency information for both SGs is provided on Figure 7-5.l&A total of 630 indications were considered in this evaluation.
The average distance was found to be 1.32" with a standard deviation of 0.10".The median distance was found to be 1.32".The skew and kurtosis{normalized) were found to be 0.20 and 0.58 respectively.
These last three values indicate the distribution to be relatively normal.An inspection of the plotted cumulative frequency curves indicates the distributions to be nearly symmetrical about the 50%value for the measured populations, thus supporting the judgment that the distributions are nearly normal.Hence, the probability of an indication being located within the 95%confidence bound on the potential displacement is relatively small.To be located above the~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~average value of the potential displacement, the indication would have to be located-4.5 standard deviations away from the mean elevation.
The distribution of indications in the Kewaunee SGs confirms the expectation that very few indications would be expected to occur at elevations where significant leakage could occur during a postulated SLB.EEJLPAKP.SEC 7-7 09/25/95


Westinghouse non-Pxoprietary Class34)Theoutboaxdneighboring tubeisstxucturally capable,i.e.,itcanbeexpectedtoproviderestraint againstupwardmotionoftheaffectedtubeiftheaffectedtubeisconsidered tobesevexedatorbelow1.1"fromthebottomofthehardxolluppertransition.
Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class 3 7.7 Phnt Operation Considerations Other factors which would be expected to have a beneficial effect on the total leak rate that could be experienced are: 1)Adoption of a normal operation leakage limit of 150 gpd.2)Implementation of nitrogen 16 (N16)monitors for monitoring SG leakage.3)Enhanced training of operators to respond to faulted events.7.8 Summary and Conclusions Analyses have been performed which indicate that the total leakage that could reasonably be expected from the sleeved tubes with indications in the D.C.Cook, Kewaunee, and Point Beach 2 SGs during a postulated SLB would be small relative to the makeup capacity of the charging system.A comparison of the distance a severed tube end could be expected to move during normal operation or during a postulated SLB relative to the distance from the bottom of the HEJ hardroll upper transition to the indications in the D.C.Cook, Kewaunee, and Point Beach 2 sleeved tubes indicates that it is unlikely that any of the tubes could become disen-gaged from their respective sleeves if those tubes are constrained by the presence of a structurally capable outboard neighbor.For an outboard neighbor to be considered as structurally capable, it may not, if sleeved, have circumferential degradation evident above the bottom of the HEJ hardroll lower transition.
Forexample,areviewofKewauneeNuclearPowerPlantdataindicates thatthefirstthreerequirements aresatisfied forallsleevedtubesintheSGs.Thus,onlysatisfaction ofthelastrequirement wouldneedtobespecifically demonstrated ifgeometrywastheonlybasisfortherepairboundary.
Tubes which are plugged may not have been so removed from service on account of circumferential degradation.
However,thedevelopment ofthegeometrybasedboundaxyissecondary tothestructural basedboundary, sorequirements 2)through4)wouldnotbeconsidered tobegenerally applicable.
Axial degradation has no significant effect on the axial strength of active or inactive tubes, hence the presence of axial degradation alone is not considered.
7-909/25/95
cause to consider an outboard neighbor as not structurally viable.This section documented the development of a geometry based repair boundary for PIIs in HEJ sleeved tubes.The resulting repair boundary is independent of the repair boundary developed in previous sections based on the structural integrity of the joint.Since the result obtained, 1.1", is the same as the structural repair boundary, it essentially demonstrates a defense in depth against the occurrence of a tube separation.
The application of the repair boundary results in expected leakage during normal operation and postulated steam line break (SLB)events within limits based on 10CFR (Code of Federal Regulations), Part 100 criteria.The conclusion of the evaluation is that based on geometry considerations alone it is accept-able to leave HEJ sleeved tubes with PIIs in service that satisfy the following requirements:
1)The distance from the bottom of the HRUT to the PTI is greater than or equal to 1.1".2)The tube is located on the interior of the tube bundle.3)The tube is not located adjacent to and inboard of a stay rod.HEJLEAKP.SEC


Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class3Table7-1:TubeU-BendApexClearance Dimension NominalPressureDifference NormalOperation SteamLineBreaka.)cAverageStandardErrorTable7-2:TangentPointClearance Dimension 50%Confidence 60%Confidence 90%Confidence 95%Confidence 99%Coilfidence NormalOperation SteamLineBreakQ.C99.5%Confidence 99.9%Confidence HEJLEAKP.SEC 7-1009/26/95 Westinghouse non-Proprietaxy Class3Table7-3:Distribution oftheDistanceoftheIndications fromtheBottomoftheKudrollUpperTransition Parameter CountAverageStandardDeviation Maximum1VRnmumSkewKurtosisSG"A"4261.320.0921.631.041.320.010.18SGNBtl2121.310.1061.751.001.300.521.03BothSGs6381.320.1001.751.001.320.200.58HEJLEAKP.SEC 7-ll Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class3RepairBoundaryillustration Alloy600TubeAlloy690/600SleeveHRUTHardrollandthermalinterference fit.CriticalDistanceMeasurement of1.1"LocationofPTlsoutsideofthegeometrybasedrepairboundaryFigure7-1:Illustration oftheleakbasedcriterion forHEJsleevedtubes.7-12
Westinghouse non-Pxoprietary Class 3 4)The outboaxd neighboring tube is stxucturally capable, i.e., it can be expected to provide restraint against upward motion of the affected tube if the affected tube is considered to be sevexed at or below 1.1" from the bottom of the hardxoll upper transition.
For example, a review of Kewaunee Nuclear Power Plant data indicates that the first three requirements are satisfied for all sleeved tubes in the SGs.Thus, only satisfaction of the last requirement would need to be specifically demonstrated if geometry was the only basis for the repair boundary.However, the development of the geometry based boundaxy is secondary to the structural based boundary, so requirements 2)through 4)would not be considered to be generally applicable.
7-9 09/25/95


Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class3Displaced TubeEndLeakPathSmallGap0milsgap8milsgap1milHardrollandthermalexpansion interference fit.Displacement DistanceExpectedDisplacement DistanceAssumedseveringoftheparenttubeatthetopofthehardrolllowertransition.
Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class 3 Table 7-1: Tube U-Bend Apex Clearance Dimension Nominal Pressure Difference Normal Operation Steam Line Break a.)c Average Standard Error Table 7-2: Tangent Point Clearance Dimension 50%Confidence 60%Confidence 90%Confidence 95%Confidence 99%Coilfidence Normal Operation Steam Line Break Q.C 99.5%Confidence 99.9%Confidence HEJLEAKP.SEC 7-10 09/26/95 Westinghouse non-Proprietaxy Class 3 Table 7-3: Distribution of the Distance of the Indications from the Bottom of the Kudroll Upper Transition Parameter Count Average Standard Deviation Maximum 1VRnmum Skew Kurtosis SG"A" 426 1.32 0.092 1.63 1.04 1.32 0.01 0.18 SG NBtl 212 1.31 0.106 1.75 1.00 1.30 0.52 1.03 Both SGs 638 1.32 0.100 1.75 1.00 1.32 0.20 0.58 HEJLEAKP.SEC 7-ll Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class 3 Repair Boundary illustration Alloy 600 Tube Alloy 690/600 Sleeve HRUT Hardroll and thermal interference fit.Critical Distance Measurement of 1.1" Location of PTls outside of the geometry based repair boundary Figure 7-1: Illustration of the leak based criterion for HEJ sleeved tubes.7-12
Figure7-2:Leakpathforamovedtubesegmentrelativetothesleeve.7-13


Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class3100SG"A"HEJSleevedTubeIndications vs.DistanceBelowtheBottomoftheHardrollUpperTransition 100%90807066050O4083020EZ3SG"A"Indications
Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class 3 Displaced Tube End Leak Path Small Gap 0 mils gap 8mils gap 1 mil Hardroll and thermal expansion interference fit.Displacement Distance Expected Displacement Distance Assumed severing of the parent tube at the top of the hardroll lower transition.
-SG"A"Cumulative 90%80%70%80%60%40%30%20%O'a0l4O8O1010%CQOCOOCOOCOOCOOlQO0O.IQOWWCCCCCQCoW'ICIIQIQCOCOCCHUpperBinDistanceBelowBottomofHRUpperTransition Figure7-30%100SG"B"HEJSleevedTubeIndications vs.DistanceBelowtheBottomoftheHardrollUpperTransition 100%908070g60IH50O4083020COO0$C60%40%e30%5820%EKISG"B"Indications 90%SG"B"Cumulative 80%70%60%1010%OCOOCOOCO,OCOOROCCOCMCcMMIDCACDCO~WWUpperBinDistanceBelowBottomofHRUpperTransition Figure7-4OCOCCI0%7-14 Westinghouse non-Proyrietaxy Class3SGs"A"8s"B"HEJSleevedTubeIndications vs.DistanceBelowtheBottomoftheHardrollUpperTransition 130i00%120110100ce90O807060g5040302010K3BothSGIndications
Figure 7-2: Leak path for a moved tube segment relative to the sleeve.7-13
-BothSGCumulative 95%Conf.onSLBCriterion.
OlOOQO10OlOOQOlQo~mc4oicQcoM~loMcocoHrkRrlAAAAAr<UpperBinDistanceBelowBottomofHRUpperTransition Figure7-5OlO00%80%olOV0%60%c&#x17d;060%Ql440%o30%820%l0%0%7-15os12ass


Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class3S.ORepairBoundaryforParentTubeIndications 8.1Compliance withdraftRGI.121TubeIntegrity CriteriaToremainconsistent withthelicensing basisaddressing structural integrity, therepairboundarymustbelocatedsuchthatthesleevedtubemeetsthestructural integrity (burst)requirements ofRG1.121.Porthecaseoftherepairboundaryestablished inthisdocumentforaHEJsleevedtube,anRCSreleaserateequaltothoseforapostulated tubeburstisonlypossibleifacircumferential separation oftheparenttubeoccursandisfollowedbyupwardmotionoftheseparated endbyadistanceontheorderof3".Separation ofthetubecanonlyoccurifthepressureendcaploadsexceedtheresidualholdingstrengthofthejoint.Testingofprototype andfieldspecimens hasdemonstrated thattheresidualstrengthoftheseparated jointisontheorderofgreaterthan4000lbs.Themaximumloadappliedduringnormaloperation ofthemostlimitingplantis724lbs.Thus,amarginofsafetyrelativetonormaloperation isontheorderof5.5versustheRG1.121requirement ofamarginof3.Theaxialloadappliedduringapostulated SLBis1060lbs.Thus,themarginofsafetyduringpostulated accidentconditions isabout3.8versustheRG1.121requirement of1.43.Inorderforthetubetoexperience leakratesontheorderofthoseassociated withasteamgenerator tuberupturedescribed inthePSAR,theparenttubemustexperience axialmotionof-3"(fordegradation intheHEXHRLT).Atthispointthetubeandsleevewouldnolongerbeincloseproximity andanunrestrained leakpathwouldbeproduced.
Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class 3 100 SG"A" HE J Sleeved Tube Indications vs.Distance Below the Bottom of the Hardroll Upper Transition 100%90 80 70 6 60 50 O 40 8 30 20 EZ3SG"A" Indications
Reactorcoolantsystemleakratesapproaching thoseassumedinthePSARcouldberealized.
-SG"A" Cumulative 90%80%70%80%60%40%30%20%O'a 0l4 O 8 O 10 10%CQ O CO O CO O CO O CO O lQ O 0 O.IQ O W W CC CC CQ Co W'ICI IQ IQ CO CO C C H Upper Bin Distance Below Bottom of HR Upper Transition Figure 7-3 0%100 SG"B" HE J Sleeved Tube Indications vs.Distance Below the Bottom of the Hardroll Upper Transition 100%90 80 70 g 60 IH 50 O 40 8 30 20 CO O 0$C 60%40%e 30%5 8 20%EKI SG"B" Indications 90%SG"B" Cumulative 80%70%60%10 10%O CO O CO O CO, O CO O R O CC OC M Cc M M ID CA CD CO~W W Upper Bin Distance Below Bottom of HR Upper Transition Figure 7-4 O CO C C I 0%7-14 Westinghouse non-Proyrietaxy Class 3 SGs"A" 8s"B" HE J Sleeved Tube Indications vs.Distance Below the Bottom of the Hardroll Upper Transition 130 i00%120 110 100 ce 90 O 80 70 60 g 50 40 30 20 10 K3 Both SG Indications
Thediameterrestrictions ofthesleeveitselfwilllimittheflowthroughthesleevetovalueslessthanassumedinthePSAR.ThenominaltubeIDflowareaisapproximately 36%greaterthantheflowareabasedonthesleeveID.Fortubeaxialdisplacements lessthan-3"andgreaterthan-1.5",theprimarytosecondary leakageisrestricted bythecloseproximity ofthetubehardrolled regionandthesleevehydraulically expandedregion.Forthiscondition, leakrateswouldbeexpectedtobeontheorderofonethirdtoonehalfofthenormalmakeupcapacity.
-Both SG Cumulative 95%Conf.on SLB Criterion.
Foraxialdisplacements oflessthan-1.5",intimatecontactbetweenthetubeandsleeveisprovidedbytheinstalled diameters intherolledregion.Theattendant leakratewouldbeexpectedtobeaboutanorderofmagnitude lessthanthatforadisplacement of1.5"to3".Itmustbestressedthattherepairboundaryof1.1"belowthebottomoftheHRUTbasedonresidualstrengthconsiderations wouldbeexpectedtoresultinmotionbeingprecluded fromoccurring.
O lO O Q O 10 O lO O Q O lQ o~m c4 oi cQ co M~lo M co co H rk R rl A A A A A r<Upper Bin Distance Below Bottom of HR Upper Transition Figure 7-5 O lO 00%80%ol O V0%60%c&#x17d;0 60%Q l4 40%o 30%8 20%l0%0%7-15 os12ass
Furthermore, therepairboundaryof1.1"belowthebottomoftheHRUTbasedongeometric constraint considerations resultsintherebeingaverylowprobability thatsuchmotionswouldoccurintheunlikelyeventthattheresidualstrengthwasnotsufficient toprecludemotion.HE/CRITR.SEC 8-109/2$/9$


Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class38.2.OffsiteDoseEvaluation ForaPostulated MainsteamLineBreakEventOutsideofContainment butUpstreamoftheMainSteamline Isolation ValveAsstatedinSection3.0,thepostulated SLBeventisthemostlimitingfaultedcondition withregardtooffsitedosepotential.
Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class 3 S.O Repair Boundary for Parent Tube Indications
Following theSLBanyprimary-to-secondary leakageisassumedtobeentirelyreleasedtotheenvironment.
Equilibrium primaryandsecondary sideactivities arecalculated basedontheTechnical Specification limit.NUREG-0800 isusedtocalculate themaximumallowable primary-to-secondarJJ leakagelimitduringtheeventsuchthatoffsitedosesremainwithinthelicensing basis.Similarcalculations haveshownthattheaccidentinitiated Iodinespikingcaseisusuallylimiting.
Dosesarelimitedto10%ofthe10CFR100limitof300Remthyroiddose.Forexample,themaximumfaultedloopleakageforPointBeachUnit2isfoundtobe25gpminthefaultedloop,assuming150gpdleakageineachsteamgenerator priortotheeventwithamaximumRCSactivitylevelof1.0microCuriespergramdoseequivalent Iodine-131.
ForCookUnit1,thevaluehasbeendetermined tobe12.6gpm,andwasapprovedbytheNRCaspartoftheVoltageBasedInterimTubeSupportPlatePluggingCriteriaforCookUnit1.Eachtubepermitted toremaininserviceduetoapplication ofthecriteriawillbeassumedtocontribute tothetotalleakage.Ifthetotalprojected leakageexceedsthecalculated maximumpermissible value,tubeswillberepairedorremovedfromservicesothatthe,projected SLBleakagevalueisreducedbelowthemaximumpermissible limit.Asanalternative thtuberepair,theRCStechnical specification activitylevelcanbereduced.ForPointBeachUnit2,loweringtheallowable activitylevelto0.25microCuriespergramdoseequivalent Iodine-131 supportsamaximumleakagevalueofapproximately 100gpm.8.3Evaluation ofOtherSteamLossAccidents TheMSLBeventoutsideofcontainment wouldbeexpectedtorepresent themostseverestaticloadinganddynamicresponsecondition uponthesteamgenerator.
NoU.S.planthaseverexperienced adoubleendedguillotine ruptureofamainsteampipe.Plantshaveexperienced however,randominstances whereasteamlinereliefvalveorsafetyvalvehavestuckopen.Ofthesetwo,thesafetyvalvewouldhaveagreaterdynamicresponseuponthesystem.Thisevent,however,producesalimitedresponsecomparedtothedoubleendedSLB,andtheplantresponsetothiscondition wouldbeboundedbytheSLBcondition response.
Inadditiontoapostulated SLBeventoraspuriousopeningofasafetyvalve,thefollowing moderatefrequency accidents:
1)uncontrolled rodwithdrawal fromfullpower,2)lossofreactorcoolantfiow,3)lossofload,andHEJCRITR.SEC 8-2


Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class34)lossofnormalfeedwater wouldresultinhigherthannormalprimarytosecondary ressurediffsteamgenerator tubes.Allosecondary pressuredifferentials acrosstheores.oftheseeventsarerapidlyoccurrintran'losureofthesteamlineisolation vurringtransients andleadtorapideisoationvalvesandtoarelatively rapiddecreaseoftubewithPTIsaeventpresentsthemostsevereloadingtoanHEIsleeved8.4HEJInspection Requirements AreviewofthecurrecurrentinspectMn criteriasuggeststhattheHBJparenttubebeinthesleeve/tube joint.Asaminimum'sustantiaxialand/orcircumfemferential PTlsintheregionofdetecting 40%to60%deepEDMaxialejomt.aminimum,theprobesusedshoulddemonstrate thnseecapability ofandcircumferential notches.Toassistinestablishin adatabgaseforcontinued evaluation, indications leftinth.aircriteriashouldbeinspected atthesubspecesubsequent refueling outage.ewbeconsistent frominspection toinlocatingparenttubedi'pecoinspectMn theconvention oftnemcationsrelativetothebottomoftheHRthelocationofthePTIs.oeHRUTshouldbeuseddefiningHPJCRITR.SEC 8-3 Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class3!9.0SummaryofSleeveDegradation LimitAcceptance Criteria9.1Structural Considerations Basedupontheinformation previously identified inthisreport,thefoHowingstructural considerations areconsidered tobevalidated:
===8.1 Compliance===
9.1.1CrackIndications BelowtheUpperHardroHLowerTransition Anycrackindication, eithercircumferential oraxial,isallowedtoremaininserviceiftheelevation oftheuppermost portionofthecrackislocatedbelow1.1"belowthebottomoftheKRUT.9.1.2SleevedTubewithDegradation Indications withNon-Dented TubeSupportPlateIntersections Forindications intheupperhardroHlowertransition, circumferential crackextentislimitedto179'tBOC.A179'OCthroughwaH crackisconsidered representative ofa224EOCcrack.ThemeasuredRPCangleshouldbeassumedthroughwaH overitsentireindicated length.Circumferential indications towhichthisanglelimitappliesarelimitedtothelowertransition regiononly,anddonotapplytoindications inthehardroHflatareaorhigher.Anycircumferential crackindication existingabovethelowertransition withadepthestimateof40%orgreaterwillberemovedfromserviceorrepaired, consistent withcurrentcriteria.
with draft RG I.121 Tube Integrity Criteria To remain consistent with the licensing basis addressing structural integrity, the repair boundary must be located such that the sleeved tube meets the structural integrity (burst)requirements of RG 1.121.Por the case of the repair boundary established in this document for a HEJ sleeved tube, an RCS release rate equal to those for a postulated tube burst is only possible if a circumferential separation of the parent tube occurs and is followed by upward motion of the separated end by a distance on the order of 3".Separation of the tube can only occur if the pressure end cap loads exceed the residual holding strength of the joint.Testing of prototype and field specimens has demonstrated that the residual strength of the separated joint is on the order of greater than 4000 lbs.The maximum load applied during normal operation of the most limiting plant is 724 lbs.Thus, a margin of safety relative to normal operation is on the order of 5.5 versus the RG 1.121 requirement of a margin of 3.The axial load applied during a postulated SLB is 1060 lbs.Thus, the margin of safety during postulated accident conditions is about 3.8 versus the RG 1.121 requirement of 1.43.In order for the tube to experience leak rates on the order of those associated with a steam generator tube rupture described in the PSAR, the parent tube must experience axial motion of-3" (for degradation in the HEX HRLT).At this point the tube and sleeve would no longer be in close proximity and an unrestrained leak path would be produced.Reactor coolant system leak rates approaching those assumed in the PSAR could be realized.The diameter restrictions of the sleeve itself will limit the flow through the sleeve to values less than assumed in the PSAR.The nominal tube ID flow area is approximately 36%greater than the flow area based on the sleeve ID.For tube axial displacements less than-3" and greater than-1.5", the primary to secondary leakage is restricted by the close proximity of the tube hardrolled region and the sleeve hydraulically expanded region.For this condition, leak rates would be expected to be on the order of one third to one half of the normal makeup capacity.For axial displacements of less than-1.5", intimate contact between the tube and sleeve is provided by the installed diameters in the rolled region.The attendant leak rate would be expected to be about an order of magnitude less than that for a displacement of 1.5" to 3".It must be stressed that the repair boundary of 1.1" below the bottom of the HRUT based on residual strength considerations would be expected to result in motion being precluded from occurring.
Axialcracksarepermitted toremaininserviceiftheuppermost partofthecrackislocatednolessthan1/2inchbelowthebottomoftheupperhardroHtransition.
Furthermore, the repair boundary of 1.1" below the bottom of the HRUT based on geometric constraint considerations results in there being a very low probability that such motions would occur in the unlikely event that the residual strength was not sufficient to preclude motion.HE/CRITR.SEC 8-1 09/2$/9$
Anyaxiallyorientedcrackexistinglessthan1/2inchbelowthebottomoftheupperhardroHtransition willberemovedfromserviceorrepaired, consistent withcurrentcriteria.
9.1.3DentedTubesTheHEIrepairboundaryidentified inthisreportdoesnotrelyontheresistive effectsofdentedtubesupportplateintersections toreactanyportionofthetubeendcapload.9.2LeakageAssessment ForPTIslocatedbelowtheHRLT,SLBleakagewouldbeexpectedtobenegligible andcanbeexcludedfromSLBleakratecalculations.
Forcircumferential indications below1.1"HEJCRITR.SEC 9-1  


Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class3belowthebottomoftheHRUT,butwithintheHRLT,SLBleakagewouldbeexpectedtobelimitedto-0.02gpmperindication.
Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class 3 8.2.Offsite Dose Evaluation For a Postulated Main steam Line Break Event Outside of Containment but Upstream of the Main Steamline Isolation Valve As stated in Section 3.0, the postulated SLB event is the most limiting faulted condition with regard to offsite dose potential.
9.3DefenseInDepthandPrimarytoSecondary LeakageLimitsTherepairboundaryidentified inthisreportresultsinmarginswhichsignificantly exceedtheburstcriteriaofRG1.121andleakagerequirements relatingtooffsitedoseevaluation.
Following the SLB any primary-to-secondary leakage is assumed to be entirely released to the environment.
TheTechnical Specification normaloperating primary-to-secondary leakratelimitwillbeloweredto150gpdperSG(0.1gpm).Theleakrateusedintheevaluation foreachplantwillbeselectedtorepresent theexpectedleakagefromanHEIwhichhasexperienced acompletecircumferential separation attheelevation oftherepairboundary.
Equilibrium primary and secondary side activities are calculated based on the Technical Specification limit.NUREG-0800 is used to calculate the maximum allowable primary-to-secondarJJ leakage limit during the event such that offsite doses remain within the licensing basis.Similar calculations have shown that the accident initiated Iodine spiking case is usually limiting.Doses are limited to 10%of the 10 CFR 100 limit of 300 Rem thyroid dose.For example, the maximum faulted loop leakage for Point Beach Unit 2 is found to be 25 gpm in the faulted loop, assuming 150 gpd leakage in each steam generator prior to the event with a maximum RCS activity level of 1.0 micro Curies per gram dose equivalent Iodine-131.
Thislevelofleakageisreadilydetectable byplantleakagedetection systems.Theavailable axialtranslation limitsofthetubeandtherelationoftheselimitstoleakagelimitsarealsoaddressed.
For Cook Unit 1, the value has been determined to be 12.6 gpm, and was approved by the NRC as part of the Voltage Based Interim Tube Support Plate Plugging Criteria for Cook Unit 1.Each tube permitted to remain in service due to application of the criteria will be assumed to contribute to the total leakage.If the total projected leakage exceeds the calculated maximum permissible value, tubes will be repaired or removed from service so that the, projected SLB leakage value is reduced below the maximum permissible limit.As an alternative th tube repair, the RCS technical specification activity level can be reduced.For Point Beach Unit 2, lowering the allowable activity level to 0.25 micro Curies per gram dose equivalent Iodine-131 supports a maximum leakage value of approximately 100 gpm.8.3 Evaluation of Other Steam Loss Accidents The MSLB event outside of containment would be expected to represent the most severe static loading and dynamic response condition upon the steam generator.
Section7.0ofthisreporthasdemonstrated thatthemaximumamountofaxialmotionthatapostulated circumferentially separated tubecouldbeexpectedtoexperience is1.1".Basedonthedistribution ofindication elevations observedatKewaunee, apostulated movementof1.1"wouldstillresultinalengthofintimatetube/sleeve contact.Ifthetubewerepostulated tomoveanamountontheorderof,say,2",themaximumprimarytosecondary leakagewouldbelimitedtoabout30gpmatSLBpressuredifferentials, beinglimitedbythethingapcreatedbetweenthetubeIDinthehardrollregionandthesleeveODinthehydraulically expandedregion.Thiswouldbeanextremely unlikelyeventsincethesleeve/tube jointwouldhavetohaveinsufficient residualstrengthandthetubewouldhavehadtohavebeeninstalled atalowerextremedeviation fromitsnominalU-bendelevation atthesametimeasitsoutboardneighborhavingbeeninstalled atanupperextremedeviation fromitnominalU-bendelevation.
No U.S.plant has ever experienced a double ended guillotine rupture of a main steam pipe.Plants have experienced however, random instances where a steam line relief valve or safety valve have stuck open.Of these two, the safety valve would have a greater dynamic response upon the system.This event, however, produces a limited response compared to the double ended SLB, and the plant response to this condition would be bounded by the SLB condition response.In addition to a postulated SLB event or a spurious opening of a safety valve, the following moderate frequency accidents:
Suchasituation wouldnotbelikelytohavebeenoverlooked duringfabrication, andcouldbeexpectedtohaveresultedincontactofthetubesintheV-bend,whichwouldhavebeendetectedduringtheNDEofthetubesduringpriorinspection outages.I"inally, theprototype testingprogramdemonstrated thattheaxialfrictionforcebetweenthepostulated separated tubeandsleeveincreases astheamountofslippageincreases furtherreducingthelikelihood ofatube/sleeve separation.
1)uncontrolled rod withdrawal from full power, 2)loss of reactor coolant fiow, 3)loss of load, and HEJCRITR.SEC 8-2
 
Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class 3 4)loss of normal feedwater would result in higher than normal primary to secondary ressure diff steam generator tubes.All o secondary pressure differentials across the or es.of these events are rapidly occurrin tran'losure of the steam line isolation v urring transients and lead to rapid e iso ation valves and to a relatively rapid decrease of tube with PTIs a event presents the most severe loading to an HEI sleeved 8.4 HEJ Inspection Requirements A review of the curre current inspectMn criteria suggests that the HBJ parent tube be in the sleeve/tube joint.As a minimum'su stanti axial and/or circumfe mferential PTls in the region of detecting 40%to 60%deep EDM axial e jomt.a minimum, the probes used should demonstrate th ns e e capability of and circumferential notches.To assist in establishin a data b g ase for continued evaluation, indications left in th.air criteria should be inspected at the sub spec e subsequent refueling outage.e w be consistent from inspection to in locating parent tube di'pec o inspectMn the convention of t n e m cations relative to the bottom of the HR the location of the PTIs.o e HRUT should be used defining HPJCRITR.SEC 8-3 Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class 3!9.0 Summary of Sleeve Degradation Limit Acceptance Criteria 9.1 Structural Considerations Based upon the information previously identified in this report, the foHowing structural considerations are considered to be validated:
9.1.1 Crack Indications Below the Upper HardroH Lower Transition Any crack indication, either circumferential or axial, is allowed to remain in service if the elevation of the uppermost portion of the crack is located below 1.1" below the bottom of the KRUT.9.1.2 Sleeved Tube with Degradation Indications with Non-Dented Tube Support Plate Intersections For indications in the upper hardroH lower transition, circumferential crack extent is limited to 179't BOC.A 179'OC throughwaH crack is considered representative of a 224 EOC crack.The measured RPC angle should be assumed throughwaH over its entire indicated length.Circumferential indications to which this angle limit applies are limited to the lower transition region only, and do not apply to indications in the hardroH flat area or higher.Any circumferential crack indication existing above the lower transition with a depth estimate of 40%or greater will be removed from service or repaired, consistent with current criteria.Axial cracks are permitted to remain in service if the uppermost part of the crack is located no less than 1/2 inch below the bottom of the upper hardroH transition.
Any axially oriented crack existing less than 1/2 inch below the bottom of the upper hardroH transition will be removed from service or repaired, consistent with current criteria.9.1.3 Dented Tubes The HEI repair boundary identified in this report does not rely on the resistive effects of dented tube support plate intersections to react any portion of the tube end cap load.9.2 Leakage Assessment For PTIs located below the HRLT, SLB leakage would be expected to be negligible and can be excluded from SLB leak rate calculations.
For circumferential indications below 1.1" HEJCRITR.SEC 9-1
 
Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class 3below the bottom of the HRUT, but within the HRLT, SLB leakage would be expected to be limited to-0.02 gpm per indication.
9.3 Defense In Depth and Primary to Secondary Leakage Limits The repair boundary identified in this report results in margins which significantly exceed the burst criteria of RG 1.121 and leakage requirements relating to offsite dose evaluation.
The Technical Specification normal operating primary-to-secondary leak rate limit will be lowered to 150 gpd per SG (0.1 gpm).The leak rate used in the evaluation for each plant will be selected to represent the expected leakage from an HEI which has experienced a complete circumferential separation at the elevation of the repair boundary.This level of leakage is readily detectable by plant leakage detection systems.The available axial translation limits of the tube and the relation of these limits to leakage limits are also addressed.
Section 7.0 of this report has demonstrated that the maximum amount of axial motion that a postulated circumferentially separated tube could be expected to experience is 1.1".Based on the distribution of indication elevations observed at Kewaunee, a postulated movement of 1.1" would still result in a length of intimate tube/sleeve contact.If the tube were postulated to move an amount on the order of, say, 2", the maximum primary to secondary leakage would be limited to about 30 gpm at SLB pressure differentials, being limited by the thin gap created between the tube ID in the hardroll region and the sleeve OD in the hydraulically expanded region.This would be an extremely unlikely event since the sleeve/tube joint would have to have insufficient residual strength and the tube would have had to have been installed at a lower extreme deviation from its nominal U-bend elevation at the same time as its outboard neighbor having been installed at an upper extreme deviation from it nominal U-bend elevation.
Such a situation would not be likely to have been overlooked during fabrication, and could be expected to have resulted in contact of the tubes in the V-bend, which would have been detected during the NDE of the tubes during prior inspection outages.I"inally, the prototype testing program demonstrated that the axial friction force between the postulated separated tube and sleeve increases as the amount of slippage increases further reducing the likelihood of a tube/sleeve separation.
HEJCRITR.SEC 9-2  
HEJCRITR.SEC 9-2  


Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class310.0,Refereaces1.WCAP-9960 (Proprietary),
Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class 3 10.0, Refer eaces 1.WCAP-9960 (Proprietary),"Point Beach Steam Generator Sleeving Report," Westing-house Electric Corporation (1981).2.WCAP-9960 (Proprietary), Revision 1,"Point Beach Steam Generator Sleeving Report," Westinghouse Electric Corporation (1982).3.WCAP-11573 (Proprietary),"Point Beach Unit 2 Steam Generator Sleeving Report (Mechanical Sleeves)," Westinghouse Electric Corporation (1987).WCAP-11643 (Proprietary),"Kewaunee Steam Generator Sleeving Report (Mechanical Sleeves)," Westinghouse Electric Corporation (1987).5.WCAP-11643 (Proprietary), Revision 1,"Kewaunee Steam Generator Sleeving Report (Mechanical Sleeves)," Westinghouse Electric Corporation, November 1988.6.WCAP-11669 (Proprietary),"Zion Units 1 and 2 Steam Generator Sleeving Report (Mechanical Sleeves)," Westinghouse Electric Corporation (1987).7.I WCAP-12623 (Proprietary),"American Electric Power D.C.Cook Unit 1 Steam Generator Sleeving Report (NIechanical Sleeves)," Westinghouse Electric Corporation (1990).WCAP-14157 (Pxoprietary),"Technical Evaluation of Hybrid Expansion Joint (HH)Sleeved Tubes With Indications Within the Upper Joint Zone," Westinghouse Electric Corporation, August, 1994.9." WCAP-14157, Addendum (Proprietary),"Supplemental Leak and Tensile Test Results for Degraded HEJ Sleeved Tubes in Model 44I51 SIG's," Westinghouse Electric Corpora-tion, Septembex, 1994.10.Regulatory Guide 1.121,"Bases For Plugging Degraded PWR Steam Generator Tubes," United States Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Issued for Comment (1976).VPNPD-94-096 I NRC-94-068 (Proprietary),"Dockets 50-266 and 50-301, Response to Requests for Additional Information, Technical Specifications Change Request 175, Point Beach Nuclear Plant, Units 1 and 2," Wisconsin Electric Power Company, September 13, 1994.10-1 09/25/9S ii Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class 3 12.NPD-94-101
"PointBeachSteamGenerator SleevingReport,"Westing-houseElectricCorporation (1981).2.WCAP-9960 (Proprietary),
/NRC-94-069 (Proprietaxy),"Dockets 50-266 and 50-301, Response to.Requests for Additional Information, Technical Specifications Change Request 175, Point Beach Nuclear Plant, Units 1 and 2," Wisconsin Electric Power Company, September 22, 1994.13.USNRC SER,"Safety Evaluation by the Office of Nuclear Reactor Regulation RElated to Amendment Request CR-175 to Facility Operating Licenses DPR-24 and DPR-27, Wisconsin Electric Power Company Point Beach Nuclear Plant, Units 1 and 2, Dockets 50-266 and 50-301," United States Nuclear Regulatory Commission, January 11, 1995.14.Wisconsin Public Service and Wisconsin Electric Power meeting with the United States Nuclear Regulatory Commission, discussion of the Point Beach SER and the responses to the RAIs, February 1, 1995.15.Wisconsin Public Service meeting with the United States Nuclear Regulatory Commission, discussion of inspection results of Kewaunee SG tubes, April 13, 1995.16.Hexnalsteen, P.,"Belgian Experience with Cixcumferential Cracking, Part 1: Genexal Overview," EPRI Workshop on Circumferential Cracking, Charlotte, North Carolina, June, 1995.17.WCAP-10949 (Proprietaxy),"Tubesheet Region Plugging Criteria for Full Depth HardroH Expanded Tubes," Westinghouse Electric Corporation (1985).18.WCAP-12244, Revision 3 (Proprietary),"Steam Generator Tube Plug Integrity Summary Report," Westinghouse Electric Corporation (November, 1998).19.Ducrile Fracture Handbook, Electric Power Research Institute, Palo Alto, California (October, 1990).20.Flesch, B, et al.,"Operating Stress and Stress Corrosion Cracking in Steam Generator Transition Zones (900-MWe PWR)," International Journal of Pressure Vessels and Piping, Vol.56, pp.213-228 (1993).21..Bandy, R., and Van Rooyen, D.,"Stress Corrosion Cracking of Inconel Alloy 600 in High Temperature Water-An Update," Corrosion, Vol.40, No.8, pp.425-430 (August, 1984).Yonezawa, T., et al.,"Effects of Metallurgical Factors on Stxess Corrosion Cracking of&#xb9;AHoys in High Temperature Water," Proceedings of the 1988 JAIF International Conference on Water Chemistry in Nuclear Power Plants, Tokyo (April, 1988).HEJREFS.SEC 10-2 Westinghouse non-Pxoprietaxy Class 3 23.Theus, G.J.,"Summary of the Babcock and Wilcox Company's Stress Coxmsion~~~~Cracking Tests of Alloy 600," EPRI WS-80-0136, EPRI Workshop on Cracking of Alloy 600 U-Bend Tubes in Steam Generators, Denver, Colorado (1980).24.Kim, V.C., and Van Rooyen, D.,"Strain Rate and Temperature Effect on the Stxess Corrosion Cracking of Inconel 600 Steam Generator Tubing in Primary Water Condi-tions," Proceedings of the Second International Symposium on Environmental Degrada-tion of Materials in Nuclear Power Systems-Water Reactors, Monterey, California, pp.448-455 (September, 1985).25.Personal communication, Darol Haxxison of Entergy to Bob Keating of Westinghouse (September 15, 1994).26.WCAP-12076 (Proprietaxy),"St.Lucie Unit 1 Steam Generator Sleeving Report (Me-chanical Sleeves)," Westinghouse Electric Corporation (November, 1988).27.NUREG/CR-3464,"The Application of Fxacture Proof Design Methods Using Tearing Instability Theory to Nuclear Piping Postulating Through Wall Cracks," United States Nuclear Regulatory Commission (September, 1983).~~~~~~~~~~~28.NUREG/CR-0838,"Stability Analysis of Circumferential Cracks in Reactor Pi)ing Systems," United States Nuclear Regulatory Commission (Febxuaxy, 1979).29.Tada, H., and Paris, P.C.,"The Stress Analysis of Cracks Handbook," Second Edition, Paris Productions Incorporated, St.Louis, Missouri (1985).30.WPS-94-587 (NTD-NSRLA-OPL-94-297),"Wisconsin Public Service Corporation, Kewaunee Nuclear Power Plant, Allowable Primary/Secondary Leak Rate During Steam Line Break for Kewaunee," Westinghouse Electric Corporation, September 30, 1994.HEJREFS.SEC 10-3 Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class 3 Appendix A Review of Prior Amendment Requests for HEJ Sleeved Tubes 1.0 Discussion/Chronology of Prior Amendment Requests When HEJ sleeved tube PTIs were first detected at Kewaunee in the Spring of 1994, analyses and tests were performed to characterize the effect of the degradation on the strength of the joint.Since no tubes had been removed for destructive examination, it was assumed that the degradation was in the form of circumferential cracking.A meeting was held with the NRC on April 19, 1994, during the inspection outage, to discuss the non-destructive examination techniques, the results of the non-destructive examinations, the results of structural analyses and tests performed on HEJs with simulated circumferential degradation below the hardroll in the parent tube, and to propose and amendment request to allow selected HEJ sleeved tubes to remain in service.It was demonstrated HEJs with circumferential cracks below the HRLT of any extent, i.e., up to 360, met the structural xcquirements of draft RG 1.121, i.e., a margin of 3 relative to burst during normal operation and a margin of 1.43 relative to burst during a postulated SLB.Leak testing results were presented that indicated that a leak rate of<1 gpm would be expected during a postulated SLB from all of the tubes with indications if they were allowed to remain in service.Thus, it was proposed that any indications below the HRLT be allowed to remain in service.Based on a structural analysis of circumferential cracks at the top of the HRLT, it was also recommended that tubes with projected crack lengths (240 at the end of the next cycle be allowed to remain in service.The NRC advised Wisconsin Public Service on April 20, 1994 that insufficient time was available to properly review the request for an amendment to the operating license.Therefore, the amendment request was not submitted to the NRC for approvaL In August, 1994, in preparation for a Fall outage, the Wisconsin Electric Power Company submitted an amendment request to the NRC to allow HEJ sleeved tubes to remain in service with PIIs below the hardroll.References 8 and 9 were included with that submittal in support of the request for an operating license amendment to allow selected HEJ sleeved tubes with PTIs to remain in service at Point Beach Unit 2.The technical bases of the submittal were similar to those developed for Kewaunee, i.e., RG 1.121 criteria would be met for any indications below the bottom of the HRLT, as would HEJs with indications with projected lengths of less than 226'n the HRLT.To support the angular extent criteria, additional existing data relative to the growth of crack in tubes were collated;these indicated that crack growth rates of 45 per cycle in the circumferential direction and 20%of the tube wall thickness per cycle in the radial direction could be considered as bounding.A series of re-quests for additional information (RAIs)were issued by the NRC which were responded to via References 11 and 12.The license amendment request was denied based on the conclusion documented in the safety evaluation report (SER), Reference 13, prepared by the office of Nuclear Reactor Regulation of the NRC.DAPLANISVLEPiHEJPNDXA.SEC A-1 09/2$/9S
Revision1,"PointBeachSteamGenerator SleevingReport,"Westinghouse ElectricCorporation (1982).3.WCAP-11573 (Proprietary),
 
"PointBeachUnit2SteamGenerator SleevingReport(Mechanical Sleeves),"
Westinghouse non-Pxoprietaxy Class 3 A mepting with the NRC, initiated by W'isconsin Public Service (WPS, Kewaunee), Reference 14, was held on February 1, 1995, to verify a mutual understanding of the concerns expressed in the SER, and to discuss each of the Wisconsin Electric Power Company (WEP, Point Beach)responses to the RAIs.The conclusions reached at that meeting relative to unresolved NRC concerns were: 1.that the database employed for the potential growth calculations was insufficient for estimating the incubation time and growth rate of parent tube flaws (PTIs), 2.that the qualifications of the NDE probes used for the inspection of the parent tubes did not include a sufficient number of cracked tube specimens as opposed to the use of machined flaws in ASME NDE standards to calibrate the probes, 3.that the level of detection and the accuracy of sizing PTIs in the uppex transitions of the HEJs might not be sufficient to support the application of the criteria, and, 4.that the appearance of PTIs at the lower transition(s) is indicative of a tube that is prone to developing PIIs at the upper transitions.
Westinghouse ElectricCorporation (1987).WCAP-11643 (Proprietary),
Thus, taken as a whole, the NRC was concerned that undetected PTIs at the upper transitions of tubes with PTls in the lower transition(s) could grow during the operating cycle to the extent that the structural integrity of the tube would be less than that required by the RG 1.121 at the end of the operating cycle.Another meeting between WPS and the NRC, Reference 15, was held on April 13, 1995, during the inspection outage at Kewaunee, to discuss PTIs detected using a+Point eddy current inspection probe (the previous inspection of the parent tubes was conducted using a Zetec I-coil eddy current inspection probe).Information was presented that the probe had been qualified to EPRI guidelines using both ASME standards and cracked HEJ sleeved tube specimens which had been fabricated by Westinghouse.
"Kewaunee SteamGenerator SleevingReport(Mechanical Sleeves),"
Summaxy information was also presented to show that of over 930 total PIIs found at three plants, there were no instances of the simultaneous appearance of PTls at the lower and upper transitions.
Westinghouse ElectricCorporation (1987).5.WCAP-11643 (Proprietary),
It was thus argued that PTIs in the lower transitions should not be cause to remove the sleeved tube from service.However, since much of this information was developed during the outage, there was insuffi-cient time for the NRC to conduct a thorough review of the information and tubes with PTIs within the HEJ region were removed from service.2.0 Summary of Structural Integrity and Leak Rate Evaluations In order to quantify the effect of the tube indications on the operating performance of HEJs with PTls, test and analysis programs were performed, References 8 and 9, aimed at: 1)characterizing the effect of the obsexved indications on the axial strength of the joint, and DAPLANTSM,EPQKJPNDXA.SEC A-2 09/25/9$
Revision1,"Kewaunee SteamGenerator SleevingReport(Mechanical Sleeves),"
Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class 3 2)estimating the leak rate that could be expected during normal operation and under postulated SLB conditions for the case of a tube perforated below the hardroll.Characterization of the axial strength of the joint in the event of tube degradation of the type indicated in the Kewaunee and Point Beach tubes (no indications have been determined to be present in the Cook 1 tubes at present)was explored via axial tensile (pull out)testing and hydraulic proof testing.Additional analyses results were reported in References 11 and 12.A summary of the test and analysis programs is provided in the following sections.The results are applicable to the four U.S.plants with installed HEJs.Plant operating parameters relative to structural integrity evaluations are presented in Table A-1.The largest operating primary-to-secondary differential pressure (1535 psi)occurs in the SGs at Kewaunee.The smallest differential pressure (1225 psi)occurs at Point Beach 2.The differential pressure at Cook 1 is 1453 psi.2.1 Structural Integrity Tests Two types of structural tests were performed, tensile strength tests and hydraulic proof tests (References 8 and 9).Prototypic HEJ test specimens, see Figure A-l, were fabricated using Alloy 600 tubing and both Alloy 600 and Alloy 690 sleeve material.'he initial tensile strength tests were performed on prototypic HEJ sleeved tube specimens with the lower portion of the tube completely machined away at various postulated crack elevations.
Westinghouse ElectricCorporation, November1988.6.WCAP-11669 (Proprietary),
For specimens where the tubes were completely removed by machining at the elevation corre-sponding to the bottom of the HRLT, i.e.,-1.25 inches below the bottom of the HRUT, the structural capability of the joints were approximately twice the most limiting RG 1.121 3'nd cap loading.For specimens where the tubes were completely removed by machining at the elevation corresponding to the approximate mid-span of the hydraulically expanded region, i.e.,-2.25" the bottom of the HRUT, the structural capability of the joints were-3.5 to 4 times the most limiting RG 1.121 361?end cap load.A second series of tests were conducted for HEJ sleeved tubes with simulated throughwall circumferential PTls of less than 360'rc.The results from these tests were documented in Reference 8.In these tests, the sleeves were installed in tube samples using prototypic techniques.
"ZionUnits1and2SteamGenerator SleevingReport(Mechanical Sleeves),"
The tubes were first slit 100%throughwall over varying arc lengths from 120'o 240 at axial locations as near to the top of the HRLT as practical.
Westinghouse ElectricCorporation (1987).7.IWCAP-12623 (Proprietary),
The structurally prototyp-ic specimens were installed in a tensile testing machine and axially loaded to failure at a temperature of 600'F with no internal pressure.The specimens were configured such that the tube end was attached to the movable crosshead of the machine and the sleeve end was attached to the stationary base.Upon loading, the bending moment caused by the centroid of the remaining ligament being non-coincident with the axis of the tube, the loading axis, caused a smaH lateral deflection of the tube and sleeve in the direction of the slit.This small deflecting resulted in additional locking of the tube to the sleeve such that, in most cases, even The tensile tests demonstrated that the performance of Alloy 600 thermally treated sleeves (utilized in the 1983 Point Beach 2 sleeving campaign)was similar to that of Alloy 690 sleeves.DAPLANTSU.BF6KJPNDXA.SEC A-3 10/03/9S i
"American ElectricPowerD.C.CookUnit1SteamGenerator SleevingReport(NIechanical Sleeves),"
Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class 3 with a 240'hroughwall slit, the sleeve failed in tension at about ten times the normal operation end cap load.For the specimens that did fail in the tube ligament, the failure loads were approximately twice the ultimate tensile capacity of the ligament material.Thus, the additional friction force developed at the hardroll interface of the sleeve and the tube exceeded the most limiting RG 1.121 requirement.
Westinghouse ElectricCorporation (1990).WCAP-14157 (Pxoprietary),
In summary, an HEJ sleeved tube with a PTI with a non-symmetric remaining ligament(s) of about 90'as a structural integrity in excess of the most limiting RG 1.121 requirements.
"Technical Evaluation ofHybridExpansion Joint(HH)SleevedTubesWithIndications WithintheUpperJointZone,"Westinghouse ElectricCorporation, August,1994.9."WCAP-14157, Addendum(Proprietary),
The structural proof tests were performed on specimens which had been fabricated for leak testing.Following the leak tests, the sleeved tubes were machined to simulate a 360'ircumferential throughwall crack at the inflection point of the hard roll.All of the samples were then pressurized to a differential pressure of 3657 psi.The pressure was then gradually increased until slipping of the joint was noted.Initial slippage of the tubes was generally detected after an increase in the pressure of about 200 to 700 psi.The maximum pressures, i.e., those achieved when the tube was ejected ftom the sleeve, were not recorded, but did ap-proach pressures on the order of three time normal operating pressure differentials.
"Supplemental LeakandTensileTestResultsforDegradedHEJSleevedTubesinModel44I51SIG's,"Westinghouse ElectricCorpora-tion,Septembex, 1994.10.Regulatory Guide1.121,"BasesForPluggingDegradedPWRSteamGenerator Tubes,"UnitedStatesNuclearRegulatory Commission, IssuedforComment(1976).VPNPD-94-096 INRC-94-068 (Proprietary),
 
"Dockets50-266and50-301,ResponsetoRequestsforAdditional Information, Technical Specifications ChangeRequest175,PointBeachNuclearPlant,Units1and2,"Wisconsin ElectricPowerCompany,September 13,1994.10-109/25/9S ii Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class312.NPD-94-101
===2.2 Structural===
/NRC-94-069 (Proprietaxy),
Integrity Analyses The structural analyses presented in References 8, 11, and 12 considered a model of the degraded tube cross-sectional area subjected to the applied loads as shown in Figure A-2.The purpose of the analyses was to support the application of an ARC which included consider-ation of PTls located at the top of the HBLT.Such indications axe not a subject of'this report.The criterion supported by this report is that all PTIs located below a distance of 1.1" below the bottom of the HRUT can be left in service regardless of depth or circumferential extent.It is worth noting that the analyses demonstrated that tubes with LTL material properties would meet the RG 1.121 3iQ?structural requirement if they were cracked 224 throughwall.
"Dockets50-266and50-301,Responseto.RequestsforAdditional Information, Technical Specifications ChangeRequest175,PointBeachNuclearPlant,Units1and2,"Wisconsin ElectricPowerCompany,September 22,1994.13.USNRCSER,"SafetyEvaluation bytheOfficeofNuclearReactorRegulation RElatedtoAmendment RequestCR-175toFacilityOperating LicensesDPR-24andDPR-27,Wisconsin ElectricPowerCompanyPointBeachNuclearPlant,Units1and2,Dockets50-266and50-301,"UnitedStatesNuclearRegulatory Commission, January11,1995.14.Wisconsin PublicServiceandWisconsin ElectricPowermeetingwiththeUnitedStatesNuclearRegulatory Commission, discussion ofthePointBeachSERandtheresponses totheRAIs,February1,1995.15.Wisconsin PublicServicemeetingwiththeUnitedStatesNuclearRegulatory Commission, discussion ofinspection resultsofKewauneeSGtubes,April13,1995.16.Hexnalsteen, P.,"BelgianExperience withCixcumferential
The acceptable throughwall angle is reduced to 196 if the remaining ligament is also assumed to be cracked 50%throughwall from the ID of the tube.The model employed assumed that no friction force, e.g., due to magnetite packing or corrosion product buildup within the tube-to-tube support plate crevices, would add to the resistance to axial motion of the tube or to reduce the applied load transmitted to the tube-to-sleeve joint.Reference 11 noted that in addition to a postulated SLB event or spurious opening of a safety valve, the following moderate frequency accidents:
: Cracking, Part1:GenexalOverview,"
1)uncontrolled rod withdrawal from full power, 2)loss of reactor coolant fiow, 3)loss of load, and 4)loss of normal feedwater would result in higher than normal primary to secondary pressure differentials across the steam generator tubes.The maximum pressure differential across the tubes that may be DAP~MEPQKJPNDXA.SEC A-4 10/03/95 Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class 3 experienced for steam generator loss of secondary side pressure events is 2560 psid.For items 1)through 4), the maximum pressure differential across the tubes would be expected to be less than 1800 psid.All of these events lead to closure of the steam line isolation valves and to a relatively rapid decrease of the differential pressure.Thus, the postulated SLB event presents the most severe loading to an HEJ sleeved tube with PTIs.2.3 Leak Rate Tests and Analyses References 8 and 9 documented the results of elevated temperature leak tests that were performed using prototypic HEJ specimens which had the tube portion machined away at the midpoint and that the bottom of the HRLT.The specimens with the tube removed at the bottom of the HRLT exhibited leak rates on the order of 0.0012 gpm, with maximum of 0.008 gpm, at SLB conditions.
EPRIWorkshoponCircumferential
The specimens with the tube removed at the midpoint of the HRLT'xhibited a maximum leak rate of 0.016 gpm at SLB conditions, thus, also demonstrating a significant resistance to primary-to-secondary leakage.These tests suggest that the presence of a"lip" of tube material below the top of the HRLT provides sufficient leakage restriction.
: Cracking, Charlotte, NorthCarolina, June,1995.17.WCAP-10949 (Proprietaxy),
The proposed amendment would establish that any indications of tube degradation greater than 1.1" below the bottom of the HRUT would be acceptable for continued service, providing a"lip" of approximately 0.1", and would also provide the geometric configuration such that neither significant tube axial displacement nor significant tube leakage would be expected during a postulated SLB event.Leak rate tests were also conducted using HEJ sleeved tube specimens with throughwall slits extending about 240 around the circumference of the tube.The slits were located at the top of the HRLT, i.e., approximately 1.0 to 1.03" below the bottom of the HRUT.The maximum leak rate at 600 F was found to be 0.015 gpm at a differential pressure of 2450 psi.Based on the observation that one of the specimens may have exhibited leakage from one of the test fittings, a bounding SLB leak rate of 0.033 gpm per indication was established for 240 throughwall slits in the hardroH lower transition.
"Tubesheet RegionPluggingCriteriaforFullDepthHardroHExpandedTubes,"Westinghouse ElectricCorporation (1985).18.WCAP-12244, Revision3(Proprietary),
References 8 and 9 also documented the xesults of elevated temperature leak tests that were performed using specimens fabricated by sectioning and removing the tube section at the top of the HRLT.Since the acceptance of PTIs at the top of the HRLT is not a subject of this report, the results are not applicable and no discussion is necessary.
"SteamGenerator TubePlugIntegrity SummaryReport,"Westinghouse ElectricCorporation (November, 1998).19.DucrileFractureHandbook, ElectricPowerResearchInstitute, PaloAlto,California (October, 1990).20.Flesch,B,etal.,"Operating StressandStressCorrosion CrackinginSteamGenerator Transition Zones(900-MWePWR),"International JournalofPressureVesselsandPiping,Vol.56,pp.213-228(1993).21..Bandy,R.,andVanRooyen,D.,"StressCorrosion CrackingofInconelAlloy600inHighTemperature Water-AnUpdate,"Corrosion, Vol.40,No.8,pp.425-430(August,1984).Yonezawa, T.,etal.,"EffectsofMetallurgical FactorsonStxessCorrosion Crackingof&#xb9;AHoysinHighTemperature Water,"Proceedings ofthe1988JAIFInternational Conference onWaterChemistry inNuclearPowerPlants,Tokyo(April,1988).HEJREFS.SEC 10-2 Westinghouse non-Pxoprietaxy Class323.Theus,G.J.,"SummaryoftheBabcockandWilcoxCompany's StressCoxmsion~~~~CrackingTestsofAlloy600,"EPRIWS-80-0136, EPRIWorkshoponCrackingofAlloy600U-BendTubesinSteamGenerators, Denver,Colorado(1980).24.Kim,V.C.,andVanRooyen,D.,"StrainRateandTemperature EffectontheStxessCorrosion CrackingofInconel600SteamGenerator TubinginPrimaryWaterCondi-tions,"Proceedings oftheSecondInternational Symposium onEnvironmental Degrada-tionofMaterials inNuclearPowerSystems-WaterReactors,
2.4 Crack Growth Rate Evaluations An assessment of the potential growth of the PIXs in both the circumferential and radial directions was provided in References 8, 11, and 12.The distribution of PTIs initially reported at Kewaunee was analyzed to determine if there was any apparent difference between the SGs.The average, miiiiinum, and maximum circumferential extents were similar, as were the standard deviations, and it was concluded that the distributions in each SG represented samples from the same parent population.
: Monterey, California, pp.448-455(September, 1985).25.Personalcommunication, DarolHaxxisonofEntergytoBobKeatingofWestinghouse (September 15,1994).26.WCAP-12076 (Proprietaxy),
Since the phenomena had not been previously Approximately 1.12 to 1.13 inch below the bottom of the HRUT.DAPLANTSVEEPQKJPNDXA.SEC A-5 Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class 3 reposed, there was no historical database that could be used to estimate growth rates.For growth in the circumferential direction, an assumption was made regarding initiation and the average growth rate was estimated to be-35 per year.For analysis purposes, a rate of 45 per year was assumed.This was noted to be greater than a 95%confidence bound for ODSCC for observed growth at another plant that was operating at 614 F.In addition, the published data on crack growth rates of Alloy 600, of References 21, 22, 23 and 24, and Belgian data, were quoted to support the rate assumed of 45'er year as being conservatively bounding.It was also noted that the estimated rate was about three standard deviations above the mean of observed TI'S data.There also was, and still is, no directly measured data for the radial growth rate of circum-ferential PTIs in HEI sleeved tubes.Reference 12 presented information radial growth information for tubes based on field observations at McGuire, Doel 4, Arkansas Nuclear One, and Maine Yankee in support of a bounding rate of 21%per year in 7/8" nominal diameter tubes.Information from PWSCC of mechanical plugs was evaluated which indicated radial growth rates on the order of-17%to-23%per year in 7/8" diameter tubes depending on the material activation energy.Using the tube developed rate, it was concluded that 360 PTIs with depths of 53%(Kewaunee) to 58%(Point Beach 2)at the BOC would not exceed the RG 1.121 32ZNO, structural limit at the end of a one year cycle.Using the mechanical plug growth rates, 360'TIs with depths of 51%(Kewaunee) to 56%(Point Beach 2)would not be expected to exceed the RG 1.121 limits at EOC.Although it has been demonstrated by field experience that the occurrence of a PTl at the HRLT or HELT does not imply the presence of another PTI at either the HRUT or the HEUT, undetected PTIs at such'ocations would not be likely to violate the RG 1.121 requirements at the EOC.3.0 Summary Prior submittals for license amendments requested approval for the implementation of multiple criteria to deal with the occurrence of PTls as a function of the location of the PIIs in the HEJ.These are summarized in the following paragraphs.
"St.LucieUnit1SteamGenerator SleevingReport(Me-chanicalSleeves),"
1.For indications below the bottom of the HRLT, it was demonstrated that PTls of any extent did not result in degradation of the joint such that the requirements of RG 1~121 would not be met at the end of an, or any, operating cycle.This was also demonstrated for indication up to the middle of the HRLT.It was further demon-strated by test that the total leak rate from all such indications would not lead to a violation of the radiological release limits during a postulated SLB event.2.For indications at the top of the HRLT it was demonstrated that indications on the order of 2/3 of the circumference of the tube, with the remaining ligament degraded to the detection level of the NDE, could be tolerated without exceeding the require-ments of RG 1.121 at the end of the operating cycle.The acceptance criteria for the beginning of the cycle length and depth of such indications were based on assumed conservative growth rates in the circumferential and radial directions.
Westinghouse ElectricCorporation (November, 1988).27.NUREG/CR-3464, "TheApplication ofFxactureProofDesignMethodsUsingTearingInstability TheorytoNuclearPipingPostulating ThroughWallCracks,"UnitedStatesNuclearRegulatory Commission (September, 1983).~~~~~~~~~~~28.NUREG/CR-0838, "Stability AnalysisofCircumferential CracksinReactorPi)ingSystems,"
It was demon-strated by test and analysis that a significant number of throughwall PTIs could be DAPLANTSQ.EPQiE/PNDXA.SEC A-6 10/03/9S  
UnitedStatesNuclearRegulatory Commission (Febxuaxy, 1979).29.Tada,H.,andParis,P.C.,"TheStressAnalysisofCracksHandbook,"
SecondEdition,ParisProductions Incorporated, St.Louis,Missouri(1985).30.WPS-94-587 (NTD-NSRLA-OPL-94-297),
"Wisconsin PublicServiceCorporation, KewauneeNuclearPowerPlant,Allowable Primary/Secondary LeakRateDuringSteamLineBreakforKewaunee,"
Westinghouse ElectricCorporation, September 30,1994.HEJREFS.SEC 10-3 Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class3AppendixAReviewofPriorAmendment RequestsforHEJSleevedTubes1.0Discussion/Chronology ofPriorAmendment RequestsWhenHEJsleevedtubePTIswerefirstdetectedatKewauneeintheSpringof1994,analysesandtestswereperformed tocharacterize theeffectofthedegradation onthestrengthofthejoint.Sincenotubeshadbeenremovedfordestructive examination, itwasassumedthatthedegradation wasintheformofcircumferential cracking.
AmeetingwasheldwiththeNRConApril19,1994,duringtheinspection outage,todiscussthenon-destructive examination techniques, theresultsofthenon-destructive examinations, theresultsofstructural analysesandtestsperformed onHEJswithsimulated circumferential degradation belowthehardrollintheparenttube,andtoproposeandamendment requesttoallowselectedHEJsleevedtubestoremaininservice.Itwasdemonstrated HEJswithcircumferential cracksbelowtheHRLTofanyextent,i.e.,upto360,metthestructural xcquirements ofdraftRG1.121,i.e.,amarginof3relativetoburstduringnormaloperation andamarginof1.43relativetoburstduringapostulated SLB.Leaktestingresultswerepresented thatindicated thataleakrateof<1gpmwouldbeexpectedduringapostulated SLBfromallofthetubeswithindications iftheywereallowedtoremaininservice.Thus,itwasproposedthatanyindications belowtheHRLTbeallowedtoremaininservice.Basedonastructural analysisofcircumferential cracksatthetopoftheHRLT,itwasalsorecommended thattubeswithprojected cracklengths(240attheendofthenextcyclebeallowedtoremaininservice.TheNRCadvisedWisconsin PublicServiceonApril20,1994thatinsufficient timewasavailable toproperlyreviewtherequestforanamendment totheoperating license.Therefore, theamendment requestwasnotsubmitted totheNRCforapprovaLInAugust,1994,inpreparation foraFalloutage,theWisconsin ElectricPowerCompanysubmitted anamendment requesttotheNRCtoallowHEJsleevedtubestoremaininservicewithPIIsbelowthehardroll.
References 8and9wereincludedwiththatsubmittal insupportoftherequestforanoperating licenseamendment toallowselectedHEJsleevedtubeswithPTIstoremaininserviceatPointBeachUnit2.Thetechnical basesofthesubmittal weresimilartothosedeveloped forKewaunee, i.e.,RG1.121criteriawouldbemetforanyindications belowthebottomoftheHRLT,aswouldHEJswithindications withprojected lengthsoflessthan226'ntheHRLT.Tosupporttheangularextentcriteria, additional existingdatarelativetothegrowthofcrackintubeswerecollated; theseindicated thatcrackgrowthratesof45percycleinthecircumferential direction and20%ofthetubewallthickness percycleintheradialdirection couldbeconsidered asbounding.
Aseriesofre-questsforadditional information (RAIs)wereissuedbytheNRCwhichwereresponded toviaReferences 11and12.Thelicenseamendment requestwasdeniedbasedontheconclusion documented inthesafetyevaluation report(SER),Reference 13,preparedbytheofficeofNuclearReactorRegulation oftheNRC.DAPLANISVLEPiHEJPNDXA.SEC A-109/2$/9S  


Westinghouse non-Pxoprietaxy Class3AmeptingwiththeNRC,initiated byW'isconsin PublicService(WPS,Kewaunee),
Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class 3 allowed to remain in service without expecting leak rate limits to be exceeded.The information presented in the main section of this report resulting from the destructive examination of the Kewaunee tubes continues to support the application of a criterion based on item 1.The results from the destructive examination of the Kewaunee tubes do not support the implementation of criteria based on item 2, even though the indications were not thxough wall and had a residual strength in excess of RG 1.121 requirements.
Reference 14,washeldonFebruary1,1995,toverifyamutualunderstanding oftheconcernsexpressed intheSER,andtodiscusseachoftheWisconsin ElectricPowerCompany(WEP,PointBeach)responses totheRAIs.Theconclusions reachedatthatmeetingrelativetounresolved NRCconcernswere:1.thatthedatabaseemployedforthepotential growthcalculations wasinsufficient forestimating theincubation timeandgrowthrateofparenttubeflaws(PTIs),2.thatthequalifications oftheNDEprobesusedfortheinspection oftheparenttubesdidnotincludeasufficient numberofcrackedtubespecimens asopposedtotheuseofmachinedflawsinASMENDEstandards tocalibrate theprobes,3.thatthelevelofdetection andtheaccuracyofsizingPTIsintheuppextransitions oftheHEJsmightnotbesufficient tosupporttheapplication ofthecriteria, and,4.thattheappearance ofPTIsatthelowertransition(s) isindicative ofatubethatispronetodeveloping PIIsattheuppertransitions.
Since the indications extended 360'round the tube, effective circumferential growth rates of at least 50'er year were experienced as a result of the presence multiple initiation sites.However, the informa-tion obtained does not contradict the radial growth rate developed in support of item 2.Finally, the information obtained does support the detection thresholds previously considered for both the+Point and CECCO 3 probes.D LPLANTSQ.EPQKlPNDXA.SEC A-7
Thus,takenasawhole,theNRCwasconcerned thatundetected PTIsattheuppertransitions oftubeswithPTlsinthelowertransition(s) couldgrowduringtheoperating cycletotheextentthatthestructural integrity ofthetubewouldbelessthanthatrequiredbytheRG1.121attheendoftheoperating cycle.AnothermeetingbetweenWPSandtheNRC,Reference 15,washeldonApril13,1995,duringtheinspection outageatKewaunee, todiscussPTIsdetectedusinga+Pointeddycurrentinspection probe(thepreviousinspection oftheparenttubeswasconducted usingaZetecI-coileddycurrentinspection probe).Information waspresented thattheprobehadbeenqualified toEPRIguidelines usingbothASMEstandards andcrackedHEJsleevedtubespecimens whichhadbeenfabricated byWestinghouse.
Summaxyinformation wasalsopresented toshowthatofover930totalPIIsfoundatthreeplants,therewerenoinstances ofthesimultaneous appearance ofPTlsattheloweranduppertransitions.
ItwasthusarguedthatPTIsinthelowertransitions shouldnotbecausetoremovethesleevedtubefromservice.However,sincemuchofthisinformation wasdeveloped duringtheoutage,therewasinsuffi-cienttimefortheNRCtoconductathoroughreviewoftheinformation andtubeswithPTIswithintheHEJregionwereremovedfromservice.2.0SummaryofStructural Integrity andLeakRateEvaluations Inordertoquantifytheeffectofthetubeindications ontheoperating performance ofHEJswithPTls,testandanalysisprogramswereperformed, References 8and9,aimedat:1)characterizing theeffectoftheobsexvedindications ontheaxialstrengthofthejoint,andDAPLANTSM,EPQKJPNDXA.SEC A-209/25/9$
Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class32)estimating theleakratethatcouldbeexpectedduringnormaloperation andunderpostulated SLBconditions forthecaseofatubeperforated belowthehardroll.
Characterization oftheaxialstrengthofthejointintheeventoftubedegradation ofthetypeindicated intheKewauneeandPointBeachtubes(noindications havebeendetermined tobepresentintheCook1tubesatpresent)wasexploredviaaxialtensile(pullout)testingandhydraulic prooftesting.Additional analysesresultswerereportedinReferences 11and12.Asummaryofthetestandanalysisprogramsisprovidedinthefollowing sections.
Theresultsareapplicable tothefourU.S.plantswithinstalled HEJs.Plantoperating parameters relativetostructural integrity evaluations arepresented inTableA-1.Thelargestoperating primary-to-secondary differential pressure(1535psi)occursintheSGsatKewaunee.
Thesmallestdifferential pressure(1225psi)occursatPointBeach2.Thedifferential pressureatCook1is1453psi.2.1Structural Integrity TestsTwotypesofstructural testswereperformed, tensilestrengthtestsandhydraulic prooftests(References 8and9).Prototypic HEJtestspecimens, seeFigureA-l,werefabricated usingAlloy600tubingandbothAlloy600andAlloy690sleevematerial.'he initialtensilestrengthtestswereperformed onprototypic HEJsleevedtubespecimens withthelowerportionofthetubecompletely machinedawayatvariouspostulated crackelevations.
Forspecimens wherethetubeswerecompletely removedbymachining attheelevation corre-spondingtothebottomoftheHRLT,i.e.,-1.25inchesbelowthebottomoftheHRUT,thestructural capability ofthejointswereapproximately twicethemostlimitingRG1.1213'ndcaploading.Forspecimens wherethetubeswerecompletely removedbymachining attheelevation corresponding totheapproximate mid-spanofthehydraulically expandedregion,i.e.,-2.25"thebottomoftheHRUT,thestructural capability ofthejointswere-3.5to4timesthemostlimitingRG1.121361?endcapload.Asecondseriesoftestswereconducted forHEJsleevedtubeswithsimulated throughwall circumferential PTlsoflessthan360'rc.Theresultsfromthesetestsweredocumented inReference 8.Inthesetests,thesleeveswereinstalled intubesamplesusingprototypic techniques.
Thetubeswerefirstslit100%throughwall overvaryingarclengthsfrom120'o240ataxiallocations asneartothetopoftheHRLTaspractical.
Thestructurally prototyp-icspecimens wereinstalled inatensiletestingmachineandaxiallyloadedtofailureatatemperature of600'Fwithnointernalpressure.
Thespecimens wereconfigured suchthatthetubeendwasattachedtothemovablecrosshead ofthemachineandthesleeveendwasattachedtothestationary base.Uponloading,thebendingmomentcausedbythecentroidoftheremaining ligamentbeingnon-coincident withtheaxisofthetube,theloadingaxis,causedasmaHlateraldeflection ofthetubeandsleeveinthedirection oftheslit.Thissmalldeflecting resultedinadditional lockingofthetubetothesleevesuchthat,inmostcases,evenThetensiletestsdemonstrated thattheperformance ofAlloy600thermally treatedsleeves(utilized inthe1983PointBeach2sleevingcampaign) wassimilartothatofAlloy690sleeves.DAPLANTSU.BF6KJPNDXA.SEC A-310/03/9S i
Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class3witha240'hroughwall slit,thesleevefailedintensionatabouttentimesthenormaloperation endcapload.Forthespecimens thatdidfailinthetubeligament, thefailureloadswereapproximately twicetheultimatetensilecapacityoftheligamentmaterial.
Thus,theadditional frictionforcedeveloped atthehardrollinterface ofthesleeveandthetubeexceededthemostlimitingRG1.121requirement.
Insummary,anHEJsleevedtubewithaPTIwithanon-symmetric remaining ligament(s) ofabout90'asastructural integrity inexcessofthemostlimitingRG1.121requirements.
Thestructural prooftestswereperformed onspecimens whichhadbeenfabricated forleaktesting.Following theleaktests,thesleevedtubesweremachinedtosimulatea360'ircumferential throughwall crackattheinflection pointofthehardroll.Allofthesampleswerethenpressurized toadifferential pressureof3657psi.Thepressurewasthengradually increased untilslippingofthejointwasnoted.Initialslippageofthetubeswasgenerally detectedafteranincreaseinthepressureofabout200to700psi.Themaximumpressures, i.e.,thoseachievedwhenthetubewasejectedftomthesleeve,werenotrecorded, butdidap-proachpressures ontheorderofthreetimenormaloperating pressuredifferentials.
2.2Structural Integrity AnalysesThestructural analysespresented inReferences 8,11,and12considered amodelofthedegradedtubecross-sectional areasubjected totheappliedloadsasshowninFigureA-2.Thepurposeoftheanalyseswastosupporttheapplication ofanARCwhichincludedconsider-ationofPTlslocatedatthetopoftheHBLT.Suchindications axenotasubjectof'thisreport.Thecriterion supported bythisreportisthatallPTIslocatedbelowadistanceof1.1"belowthebottomoftheHRUTcanbeleftinserviceregardless ofdepthorcircumferential extent.Itisworthnotingthattheanalysesdemonstrated thattubeswithLTLmaterialproperties wouldmeettheRG1.1213iQ?structural requirement iftheywerecracked224throughwall.
Theacceptable throughwall angleisreducedto196iftheremaining ligamentisalsoassumedtobecracked50%throughwall fromtheIDofthetube.Themodelemployedassumedthatnofrictionforce,e.g.,duetomagnetite packingorcorrosion productbuildupwithinthetube-to-tubesupportplatecrevices, wouldaddtotheresistance toaxialmotionofthetubeortoreducetheappliedloadtransmitted tothetube-to-sleeve joint.Reference 11notedthatinadditiontoapostulated SLBeventorspuriousopeningofasafetyvalve,thefollowing moderatefrequency accidents:
1)uncontrolled rodwithdrawal fromfullpower,2)lossofreactorcoolantfiow,3)lossofload,and4)lossofnormalfeedwater wouldresultinhigherthannormalprimarytosecondary pressuredifferentials acrossthesteamgenerator tubes.Themaximumpressuredifferential acrossthetubesthatmaybeDAP~MEPQKJPNDXA.SEC A-410/03/95 Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class3experienced forsteamgenerator lossofsecondary sidepressureeventsis2560psid.Foritems1)through4),themaximumpressuredifferential acrossthetubeswouldbeexpectedtobelessthan1800psid.Alloftheseeventsleadtoclosureofthesteamlineisolation valvesandtoarelatively rapiddecreaseofthedifferential pressure.
Thus,thepostulated SLBeventpresentsthemostsevereloadingtoanHEJsleevedtubewithPTIs.2.3LeakRateTestsandAnalysesReferences 8and9documented theresultsofelevatedtemperature leakteststhatwereperformed usingprototypic HEJspecimens whichhadthetubeportionmachinedawayatthemidpointandthatthebottomoftheHRLT.Thespecimens withthetuberemovedatthebottomoftheHRLTexhibited leakratesontheorderof0.0012gpm,withmaximumof0.008gpm,atSLBconditions.
Thespecimens withthetuberemovedatthemidpointoftheHRLT'xhibited amaximumleakrateof0.016gpmatSLBconditions, thus,alsodemonstrating asignificant resistance toprimary-to-secondary leakage.Thesetestssuggestthatthepresenceofa"lip"oftubematerialbelowthetopoftheHRLTprovidessufficient leakagerestriction.
Theproposedamendment wouldestablish thatanyindications oftubedegradation greaterthan1.1"belowthebottomoftheHRUTwouldbeacceptable forcontinued service,providing a"lip"ofapproximately 0.1",andwouldalsoprovidethegeometric configuration suchthatneithersignificant tubeaxialdisplacement norsignificant tubeleakagewouldbeexpectedduringapostulated SLBevent.Leakratetestswerealsoconducted usingHEJsleevedtubespecimens withthroughwall slitsextending about240aroundthecircumference ofthetube.TheslitswerelocatedatthetopoftheHRLT,i.e.,approximately 1.0to1.03"belowthebottomoftheHRUT.Themaximumleakrateat600Fwasfoundtobe0.015gpmatadifferential pressureof2450psi.Basedontheobservation thatoneofthespecimens mayhaveexhibited leakagefromoneofthetestfittings, aboundingSLBleakrateof0.033gpmperindication wasestablished for240throughwall slitsinthehardroHlowertransition.
References 8and9alsodocumented thexesultsofelevatedtemperature leakteststhatwereperformed usingspecimens fabricated bysectioning andremovingthetubesectionatthetopoftheHRLT.Sincetheacceptance ofPTIsatthetopoftheHRLTisnotasubjectofthisreport,theresultsarenotapplicable andnodiscussion isnecessary.
2.4CrackGrowthRateEvaluations Anassessment ofthepotential growthofthePIXsinboththecircumferential andradialdirections wasprovidedinReferences 8,11,and12.Thedistribution ofPTIsinitially reportedatKewauneewasanalyzedtodetermine iftherewasanyapparentdifference betweentheSGs.Theaverage,miiiiinum, andmaximumcircumferential extentsweresimilar,aswerethestandarddeviations, anditwasconcluded thatthedistributions ineachSGrepresented samplesfromthesameparentpopulation.
Sincethephenomena hadnotbeenpreviously Approximately 1.12to1.13inchbelowthebottomoftheHRUT.DAPLANTSVEEPQKJPNDXA.SEC A-5 Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class3reposed,therewasnohistorical databasethatcouldbeusedtoestimategrowthrates.Forgrowthinthecircumferential direction, anassumption wasmaderegarding initiation andtheaveragegrowthratewasestimated tobe-35peryear.Foranalysispurposes, arateof45peryearwasassumed.Thiswasnotedtobegreaterthana95%confidence boundforODSCCforobservedgrowthatanotherplantthatwasoperating at614F.Inaddition, thepublished dataoncrackgrowthratesofAlloy600,ofReferences 21,22,23and24,andBelgiandata,werequotedtosupporttherateassumedof45'eryearasbeingconservatively bounding.
Itwasalsonotedthattheestimated ratewasaboutthreestandarddeviations abovethemeanofobservedTI'Sdata.Therealsowas,andstillis,nodirectlymeasureddatafortheradialgrowthrateofcircum-ferential PTIsinHEIsleevedtubes.Reference 12presented information radialgrowthinformation fortubesbasedonfieldobservations atMcGuire,Doel4,ArkansasNuclearOne,andMaineYankeeinsupportofaboundingrateof21%peryearin7/8"nominaldiametertubes.Information fromPWSCCofmechanical plugswasevaluated whichindicated radialgrowthratesontheorderof-17%to-23%peryearin7/8"diametertubesdepending onthematerialactivation energy.Usingthetubedeveloped rate,itwasconcluded that360PTIswithdepthsof53%(Kewaunee) to58%(PointBeach2)attheBOCwouldnotexceedtheRG1.12132ZNO,structural limitattheendofaoneyearcycle.Usingthemechanical pluggrowthrates,360'TIswithdepthsof51%(Kewaunee) to56%(PointBeach2)wouldnotbeexpectedtoexceedtheRG1.121limitsatEOC.Althoughithasbeendemonstrated byfieldexperience thattheoccurrence ofaPTlattheHRLTorHELTdoesnotimplythepresenceofanotherPTIateithertheHRUTortheHEUT,undetected PTIsatsuch'ocations wouldnotbelikelytoviolatetheRG1.121requirements attheEOC.3.0SummaryPriorsubmittals forlicenseamendments requested approvalfortheimplementation ofmultiplecriteriatodealwiththeoccurrence ofPTlsasafunctionofthelocationofthePIIsintheHEJ.Thesearesummarized inthefollowing paragraphs.
1.Forindications belowthebottomoftheHRLT,itwasdemonstrated thatPTlsofanyextentdidnotresultindegradation ofthejointsuchthattherequirements ofRG1~121wouldnotbemetattheendofan,orany,operating cycle.Thiswasalsodemonstrated forindication uptothemiddleoftheHRLT.Itwasfurtherdemon-stratedbytestthatthetotalleakratefromallsuchindications wouldnotleadtoaviolation oftheradiological releaselimitsduringapostulated SLBevent.2.Forindications atthetopoftheHRLTitwasdemonstrated thatindications ontheorderof2/3ofthecircumference ofthetube,withtheremaining ligamentdegradedtothedetection leveloftheNDE,couldbetolerated withoutexceeding therequire-mentsofRG1.121attheendoftheoperating cycle.Theacceptance criteriaforthebeginning ofthecyclelengthanddepthofsuchindications werebasedonassumedconservative growthratesinthecircumferential andradialdirections.
Itwasdemon-stratedbytestandanalysisthatasignificant numberofthroughwall PTIscouldbeDAPLANTSQ.EPQiE/PNDXA.SEC A-610/03/9S


Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class3allowedtoremaininservicewithoutexpecting leakratelimitstobeexceeded.
Westinghouse non-Proprietaxy Class 3 Table A-1: Operating Parameters for V.S.Plants with Installed HEJs Plant SG Loops PP (psia)Ps (psia)(psi)Thot ('6 Tcotd ('8 Point Beach 2 44 2000 775 1225 596.7 541.7 Cook 1 Kewaunee Zion 1 51 51 51 2100 2250 2250 715 725 1453 1535 1525 582.0 518.0 591.2 531.8 592.2 532.2 DM'LANYSlAEPalEJPNDXA.SEC A-8
Theinformation presented inthemainsectionofthisreportresulting fromthedestructive examination oftheKewauneetubescontinues tosupporttheapplication ofacriterion basedonitem1.Theresultsfromthedestructive examination oftheKewauneetubesdonotsupporttheimplementation ofcriteriabasedonitem2,eventhoughtheindications werenotthxoughwallandhadaresidualstrengthinexcessofRG1.121requirements.
Sincetheindications extended360'round thetube,effective circumferential growthratesofatleast50'eryearwereexperienced asaresultofthepresencemultipleinitiation sites.However,theinforma-tionobtaineddoesnotcontradict theradialgrowthratedeveloped insupportofitem2.Finally,theinformation obtaineddoessupportthedetection thresholds previously considered forboththe+PointandCECCO3probes.DLPLANTSQ.EPQKlPNDXA.SEC A-7


Westinghouse non-Proprietaxy Class3TableA-1:Operating Parameters forV.S.PlantswithInstalled HEJsPlantSGLoopsPP(psia)Ps(psia)(psi)Thot('6Tcotd('8PointBeach24420007751225596.7541.7Cook1KewauneeZion1515151210022502250715725145315351525582.0518.0591.2531.8592.2532.2DM'LANYSlAEPalEJPNDXA.SEC A-8
End Cap Plug or Tensile Gripper.Tube cut at elevations from the top of the transition to below the bottom of the transition, and at various arc lengths.~Tube~Hardroll Hydraulic Expansion Sleeve End Cap Plug or Tensile Gripper.Figure A-I: HEJ specimen used for tensile testing.D:EPLhRKEAEPKHEJPNDXhSlG A-9 7/29/95 Circumferential Crack Structural Model.;Assumed: depth I////I I I I I I I I I I I I I Neutral Axis Throu ghwall Circumferential Crack Figure A-2: Structural model for a tube with a circumferential throughwall crack.D:K PLANTSKAEP 4 EKJPNDXAPIG A-10 7/29(95


EndCapPlugorTensileGripper.Tubecutatelevations fromthetopofthetransition tobelowthebottomofthetransition, andatvariousarclengths.~Tube~HardrollHydraulic Expansion SleeveEndCapPlugorTensileGripper.FigureA-I:HEJspecimenusedfortensiletesting.D:EPLhRKEAEPKHEJPNDXhSlG A-97/29/95 Circumferential CrackStructural Model.;Assumed:depthI////IIIIIIIIIIIIINeutralAxisThroughwallCircumferential CrackFigureA-2:Structural modelforatubewithacircumferential throughwall crack.D:KPLANTSKAEP 4EKJPNDXAPIG A-107/29(95  
4.5 Critical Axial Load vs.Through-Wall Crack Angle 7/8" x 0.050", Alloy 600 MA SG Tubes w/LTL Material Properties 4.0 3.5-Critical Angle for LTL Material---40%Through-Walt Ligament-.-RG 1.121 NOp Limit-~.-RG 1.121 SLB Limit Note: Hardroll capacity of 300 l&assumed based on lower bound of test data.P)3.0'0 o 2.5~2.0~1.5'1.0 79 KLS 1.8 27 KLEk 1.4 0.5 0.0 0 224'50 200 Crack Angular Extant (Degrees)256'50 Figure A-3 D:EPLARIS'tAEPtHEJPNDXJLZIG A-11 7/2%95  
'60'W Circumferential cracking degrades the axial strength of the joint , to less than the require-!ments of RG1.121..,'Leak resistance is'ignificantly reduced.tW Axial cracking does not degrade the axial strength of the tube/joint.
The leak resistance is degraded.HEJ Joint Critical Tube Crack Locations 360'W Circumferential cracking at this location, or below, does not degrade the axial strength of the joint to less than the require-ments of RG 1.121.Leak resistance is slightly reduced.Figure A-4: Critical tube crack locations in a HEJ.D:REPLANTS hhEPKHEJPNDXhSIG A-12 7/29/95 4
ATTACHMENT 2 TO AEP:NRC:10820 Donald C.Cook Nuclear Plant Individual Plant Examination Human Reliability Analysis Summary of Methodology Changes and Example Calculations ThIs attachment includes a summary of the changes made in the human reliability analysis methodology and example calculatIons.


4.5CriticalAxialLoadvs.Through-Wall CrackAngle7/8"x0.050",Alloy600MASGTubesw/LTLMaterialProperties 4.03.5-CriticalAngleforLTLMaterial---40%Through-Walt Ligament-.-RG1.121NOpLimit-~.-RG1.121SLBLimitNote:Hardrollcapacityof300l&assumedbasedonlowerboundoftestdata.P)3.0'0o2.5~2.0~1.5'1.079KLS1.827KLEk1.40.50.00224'50200CrackAngularExtant(Degrees) 256'50FigureA-3D:EPLARIS'tAEPtHEJPNDXJLZIG A-117/2%95
==SUMMARY==
'60'WCircumferential crackingdegradestheaxialstrengthofthejoint,tolessthantherequire-!mentsofRG1.121..,'Leakresistance is'ignificantly reduced.tWAxialcrackingdoesnotdegradetheaxialstrengthofthetube/joint.
OF METHODOLOGY CHANGES After a complete comparison of the original (Revision 0)AEPSC human reliability methods to the THERP[Reference 1]methods was performed, the AEPSC methods were updated to be more consistent with the THERP method and to reflect newer information.
Theleakresistance isdegraded.
Below is a summary of the major inconsistencIes identified and their resolution in the revised (Revision 1)human reliability analysis: Human reliabilit action s eciflc to se uences: Revision 0: A simplifying assumption was utilized that an operator action, such as establishing primary feed and bleed, was independent of the accident sequence.Revision 1: Sequence specific human error probabilities were calculated based on differences in timing, stress, dependence, and possible recoveries, using THERP.De endence Modelin: Revision 0: Dependence modeling was used infrequently.
HEJJointCriticalTubeCrackLocations 360'WCircumferential crackingatthislocation, orbelow,doesnotdegradetheaxialstrengthofthejointtolessthantherequire-mentsofRG1.121.Leakresistance isslightlyreduced.FigureA-4:Criticaltubecracklocations inaHEJ.D:REPLANTS hhEPKHEJPNDXhSIG A-127/29/95 4
Revision 1: Prior human action failures were assessed for modeling of dependent failures of subsequent actions, both within a modeled action and between different modeled actions.Performance sha in factors in dia nosis: Revision 0: Training and stress performance shaping factors were utilized for the diagnosis error frequencies.
ATTACHMENT 2TOAEP:NRC:10820 DonaldC.CookNuclearPlantIndividual PlantExamination HumanReliability AnalysisSummaryofMethodology ChangesandExampleCalculations ThIsattachment includesasummaryofthechangesmadeinthehumanreliability analysismethodology andexamplecalculatIons.
Revision 1: The EPRI methodology
SUMMARYOFMETHODOLOGY CHANGESAfteracompletecomparison oftheoriginal(Revision 0)AEPSChumanreliability methodstotheTHERP[Reference 1]methodswasperformed, theAEPSCmethodswereupdatedtobemoreconsistent withtheTHERPmethodandtoreflectnewerinformation.
[Reference 2]was used for diagnosis, which is consistent with THERP.Ex licit consideration of timin: Revision 0: For most cases, timing was only considered in a qualitative manner, with the diagnosis error rate being frequently based on the time needed to complete the action.Revision I: Timing was used to check if there was adequate time available to perform the action and any recovery actions.Workload was also considered as influencing the stress level.Consistent use of second erson checkin: Revision 0: Credit was generally taken for checking, to the extent needed to determine an acceptably accurate final result (i,e., once a human error failure path was found to be not the dominant path, further credits were not taken).Thus, known actions such as second person checking were inconsistently used.Revision 1: These credits were only used when the checking actions were clearly proceduralized (e.g., checker initials required), or on a case by case basis when it could be shown that the person actually makes a habit of reviewing what the operator was doing.
BelowisasummaryofthemajorinconsistencIes identified andtheirresolution intherevised(Revision 1)humanreliability analysis:
Trainin erformance sha in factors: Revision 0: Training performance shaping factors were included for execution type errors to address the impact of improved training and procedures.
Humanreliabilit actionseciflctoseuences:Revision0:Asimplifying assumption wasutilizedthatanoperatoraction,suchasestablishing primaryfeedandbleed,wasindependent oftheaccidentsequence.
Revision 1: These generic training shaping factors were not used.Training was only considered on a case by case basis.Section 3.3 (attached) is an example of how operator training and practices were credited.References"Handbook of Human Reliability Analysis with Emphasis on Nuclear Power Plant Applications," A.D.Swain and H.E.Guttmann, NUREG/CR-1278, 1983.2."An Approach to the Analysis of Operator Actions in Probabillstlc Risk Assessment," EPRI TR-100259, EPRI Project 2847%1, Final Report, June, 1992.II.EXAMPLE CALCULATIONS The following portions from the Donald C.Cook Nuclear Plant's Human Reliability Analysis, Revision 1, are included with this attachment:
Revision1:Sequencespecifichumanerrorprobabilities werecalculated basedondifferences intiming,stress,dependence, andpossiblerecoveries, usingTHERP.DeendenceModelin:Revision0:Dependence modelingwasusedinfrequently.
Section 3,3 High Pressure Cold Leg Recirculation'HPR)
Revision1:Priorhumanactionfailureswereassessedformodelingofdependent failuresofsubsequent actions,bothwithinamodeledactionandbetweendifferent modeledactions.Performance shainfactorsindianosis:Revision0:Trainingandstressperformance shapingfactorswereutilizedforthediagnosis errorfrequencies.
Event Tree Level HEP Calculation Section 3.5 Depressurizatlon to Allow Low Pressure Iqjectlon (OLI)Event Tree Level HEP Calculation Attachment HPR Marked up procedure pages for Section 3.3 Attachment OLI Marked up procedure pages for Section 3.5 Figures E-8 through F 11 HPR fault trees HPR1, HPR2, HPR3 and HPR4 (only more complex fault trees, i.e,, those with AND gates, are included)Both HPR and OLI are good examples of how dependencies were treated in the analysis.The different types considered were dependencies between personnel, steps within a human failure event, and steps in different human failure events.Both cognitive and execution error dependence were considered.
Revision1:TheEPRImethodology
The HPR fault trees are much more detailed than the majority of the HRA fault trees due to dependence with switchover to containment spray recirculation (CSR), which is performed at the same time.These switchover actions had common cognitive errors (i.e., totally dependent), and some common execution errors.These common cognitive and execution errors were quantified as totally dependent by using the same identiTiers in the corresponding fault trees.As described in Section 3.5.6, for a Medium LOCA event, OLI is required about the same time as switchover to recirculation.
[Reference 2]wasusedfordiagnosis, whichisconsistent withTHERP.Exlicitconsideration oftimin:Revision0:Formostcases,timingwasonlyconsidered inaqualitative manner,withthediagnosis errorratebeingfrequently basedonthetimeneededtocompletetheaction.RevisionI:Timingwasusedtocheckiftherewasadequatetimeavailable toperformtheactionandanyrecoveryactions.Workloadwasalsoconsidered asinfluencing thestresslevel.Consistent useofsecondersoncheckin:Revision0:Creditwasgenerally takenforchecking, totheextentneededtodetermine anacceptably accuratefinalresult(i,e.,onceahumanerrorfailurepathwasfoundtobenotthedominantpath,furthercreditswerenottaken).Thus,knownactionssuchassecondpersoncheckingwereinconsistently used.Revision1:Thesecreditswereonlyusedwhenthecheckingactionswereclearlyproceduralized (e.g.,checkerinitialsrequired),
As many factors influence which comes first, it was conservatively assumed that OLI precedes switchover and switchover was considered totally dependent on OLI.For more information on the assumptions used in the analysis, see Section 3.3.3 of Attachment 1 of this submittal.
oronacasebycasebasiswhenitcouldbeshownthatthepersonactuallymakesahabitofreviewing whattheoperatorwasdoing.
Results are summarized in Tables 3.3-2 and 3.3-3 of Attachment 1 of this submittal.
Traininerformance shainfactors:Revision0:Trainingperformance shapingfactorswereincludedforexecution typeerrorstoaddresstheimpactofimprovedtrainingandprocedures.
33 HPR-HIGH PRESSURE COLD LEG RECIRCULATION 3.3.1~Atication Small LOCA (SLO)with success of auxiliary feedwater (AF4)-HPRA (JMR)SLO with failure of auxiliary feedwater (AF4)-HPRB (JMR)Medium LOCA (MLO)with success of auxiliary feedwater (AF4)-HPRC (JMR)Transient with Steam Conversion Systems Available (TRA)-HPRD (JAJ)Transient without Steam Conversion Systems Available (TRS)-HPRE (JAJ)Large Steam Line/Feedline Break (SLB)-HPRF (JAJ)Loss of Offsite Power (LSP)-HPRG (JAJ)Steam Generator Tube Rupture (SGR)-HPRH (JAJ)Station Blackout (SBO)with success of AFT, success or failure of RCC, success of AFC, XHR, CNU, RRI, and AF1, and success or failure of CSI-HPRS (JMR)SBO with success of AFT, success or failure of RCC, success of AFC, XHR, CNU, and RRI, failure of AF1, success of PBB, and success or failure of CSI-HPRT (JMR)SBO with success of AFT, success or failure of RCC, failure of AFC, success of XHR, CNU and PBB, and success or failure of CSI-HPRU (JMR)SBO with failure of AFT, success of XHR, CNU, and PBB, and success or failure of CSI-HPRV (JMR)Loss of CCW or ESW with success of RCP and RR2-HPRW (JMR)3.3.2~Dcacrt tion High pressure cold leg recirculation is required for several top events following successful ECCS high pressure injection when RWST reaches the low level setpoint of 32%.The transfer to recirculation is required to ensure a continued source of flow is available to the RCS so that core cooling is maintained following depletion of the RWST inventory.
Revision1:Thesegenerictrainingshapingfactorswerenotused.Trainingwasonlyconsidered onacasebycasebasis.Section3.3(attached) isanexampleofhowoperatortrainingandpractices werecredited.
In the HPR phase, the water that is spilled from the break collects in the lower containment, flows through course and fine mesh strainers into the recirculation sump.The CCPs and SI pumps then take suction from the recirculation sump via the residual heat removal system.During the manual switchover from the injection phase to the recirculation phase, both the RHR and SI pumps discharge line cross-tie valves are shut.This provides two separate trains of injection during the recirculation phase.3.3.3 Success Criteria and Timin Anal sis Success of this event requires one of two SI pumps and one of two CCPs to inject to one of three intact cold legs with the pump suction supplied by one of two RHR trains operating in the recirculation mode.If this top event fails, late core damage with the RCS at high pressure is postulated to occur.3.3-1  
References "Handbook ofHumanReliability AnalysiswithEmphasisonNuclearPowerPlantApplications,"
A.D.SwainandH.E.Guttmann, NUREG/CR-1278, 1983.2."AnApproachtotheAnalysisofOperatorActionsinProbabillstlc RiskAssessment,"
EPRITR-100259, EPRIProject2847%1,FinalReport,June,1992.II.EXAMPLECALCULATIONS Thefollowing portionsfromtheDonaldC.CookNuclearPlant'sHumanReliability
: Analysis, Revision1,areincludedwiththisattachment:
Section3,3HighPressureColdLegRecirculation'HPR)
EventTreeLevelHEPCalculation Section3.5Depressurizatlon toAllowLowPressureIqjectlon (OLI)EventTreeLevelHEPCalculation Attachment HPRMarkedupprocedure pagesforSection3.3Attachment OLIMarkedupprocedure pagesforSection3.5FiguresE-8throughF11HPRfaulttreesHPR1,HPR2,HPR3andHPR4(onlymorecomplexfaulttrees,i.e,,thosewithANDgates,areincluded)
BothHPRandOLIaregoodexamplesofhowdependencies weretreatedintheanalysis.
Thedifferent typesconsidered weredependencies betweenpersonnel, stepswithinahumanfailureevent,andstepsindifferent humanfailureevents.Bothcognitive andexecution errordependence wereconsidered.
TheHPRfaulttreesaremuchmoredetailedthanthemajorityoftheHRAfaulttreesduetodependence withswitchover tocontainment sprayrecirculation (CSR),whichisperformed atthesametime.Theseswitchover actionshadcommoncognitive errors(i.e.,totallydependent),
andsomecommonexecution errors.Thesecommoncognitive andexecution errorswerequantified astotallydependent byusingthesameidentiTiers inthecorresponding faulttrees.Asdescribed inSection3.5.6,foraMediumLOCAevent,OLIisrequiredaboutthesametimeasswitchover torecirculation.
Asmanyfactorsinfluence whichcomesfirst,itwasconservatively assumedthatOLIprecedesswitchover andswitchover wasconsidered totallydependent onOLI.Formoreinformation ontheassumptions usedintheanalysis, seeSection3.3.3ofAttachment 1ofthissubmittal.
Resultsaresummarized inTables3.3-2and3.3-3ofAttachment 1ofthissubmittal.
33HPR-HIGHPRESSURECOLDLEGRECIRCULATION 3.3.1~Atication SmallLOCA(SLO)withsuccessofauxiliary feedwater (AF4)-HPRA(JMR)SLOwithfailureofauxiliary feedwater (AF4)-HPRB(JMR)MediumLOCA(MLO)withsuccessofauxiliary feedwater (AF4)-HPRC(JMR)Transient withSteamConversion SystemsAvailable (TRA)-HPRD(JAJ)Transient withoutSteamConversion SystemsAvailable (TRS)-HPRE(JAJ)LargeSteamLine/Feedline Break(SLB)-HPRF(JAJ)LossofOffsitePower(LSP)-HPRG(JAJ)SteamGenerator TubeRupture(SGR)-HPRH(JAJ)StationBlackout(SBO)withsuccessofAFT,successorfailureofRCC,successofAFC,XHR,CNU,RRI,andAF1,andsuccessorfailureofCSI-HPRS(JMR)SBOwithsuccessofAFT,successorfailureofRCC,successofAFC,XHR,CNU,andRRI,failureofAF1,successofPBB,andsuccessorfailureofCSI-HPRT(JMR)SBOwithsuccessofAFT,successorfailureofRCC,failureofAFC,successofXHR,CNUandPBB,andsuccessorfailureofCSI-HPRU(JMR)SBOwithfailureofAFT,successofXHR,CNU,andPBB,andsuccessorfailureofCSI-HPRV(JMR)LossofCCWorESWwithsuccessofRCPandRR2-HPRW(JMR)3.3.2~DcacrttionHighpressurecoldlegrecirculation isrequiredforseveraltopeventsfollowing successful ECCShighpressureinjection whenRWSTreachesthelowlevelsetpointof32%.Thetransfertorecirculation isrequiredtoensureacontinued sourceofflowisavailable totheRCSsothatcorecoolingismaintained following depletion oftheRWSTinventory.
IntheHPRphase,thewaterthatisspilledfromthebreakcollectsinthelowercontainment, flowsthroughcourseandfinemeshstrainers intotherecirculation sump.TheCCPsandSIpumpsthentakesuctionfromtherecirculation sumpviatheresidualheatremovalsystem.Duringthemanualswitchover fromtheinjection phasetotherecirculation phase,boththeRHRandSIpumpsdischarge linecross-tie valvesareshut.Thisprovidestwoseparatetrainsofinjection duringtherecirculation phase.3.3.3SuccessCriteriaandTiminAnalsisSuccessofthiseventrequiresoneoftwoSIpumpsandoneoftwoCCPstoinjecttooneofthreeintactcoldlegswiththepumpsuctionsuppliedbyoneoftwoRHRtrainsoperating intherecirculation mode.Ifthistopeventfails,latecoredamagewiththeRCSathighpressureispostulated tooccur.3.3-1  


TheEventTreeNotebookprovidesjustification forthetimetoswitchover fromaccidentinitiation andtheamountoftimetheoperatorhastocompletetheswitchover basedonuseablevolumeoftheRWSTforeachapplication ofthistopevent.Asummaryofthesesuccesscriteriatimesispresented below.RefertotheEventTreeNotebookforadditional information.
The Event Tree Notebook provides justification for the time to switchover from accident initiation and the amount of time the operator has to complete the switchover based on useable volume of the RWST for each application of this top event.A summary of these success criteria times is presented below.Refer to the Event Tree Notebook for additional information.
FormediumLOCA(MLO)andsmallLOCA(SLO),thetimefromaccidentinitiation untilswitchover isrequiredwouldbeapproximately 30minutes,assumingallsafeguards pumpsinitially operating.
For medium LOCA (MLO)and small LOCA (SLO), the time from accident initiation until switchover is required would be approximately 30 minutes, assuming all safeguards pumps initially operating.
Thisassumescontainment sprayisactuatedearlyintheaccident.
This assumes containment spray is actuated early in the accident.The time to switchover would be longer if there are equipment failures or if spray actuation is delayed.Once RWST level reaches 32%and switchover is initiated, the operators will have 17 minutes to complete the switchover to high pressure recirculation before any of the safeguards pumps cavitate due to air entrainment (Reference 1).For steam generator tube rupture (SGR)events, containment spray actuation would be expected about 30 minutes following initiation of primary bleed (See Success Criteria Notebook, Table 28).Switchover to high pressure cold leg recirculation would then be required about 30 minutes after.this.This relative timing would also be expected for transient events in which bleed and feed recovery is used due to unavailability of feedwater for decay heat removal.Once RWST level reaches 32%and switchover is initiated, the operators will have 17 minutes to complete the switchover to high pressure recirculation before any of the safeguards pumps cavitate due to air entrainment.
Thetimetoswitchover wouldbelongerifthereareequipment failuresorifsprayactuation isdelayed.OnceRWSTlevelreaches32%andswitchover isinitiated, theoperators willhave17minutestocompletetheswitchover tohighpressurerecirculation beforeanyofthesafeguards pumpscavitateduetoairentrainment (Reference 1).Forsteamgenerator tuberupture(SGR)events,containment sprayactuation wouldbeexpectedabout30minutesfollowing initiation ofprimarybleed(SeeSuccessCriteriaNotebook, Table28).Switchover tohighpressurecoldlegrecirculation wouldthenberequiredabout30minutesafter.this.Thisrelativetimingwouldalsobeexpectedfortransient eventsinwhichbleedandfeedrecoveryisusedduetounavailability offeedwater fordecayheatremoval.OnceRWSTlevelreaches32%andswitchover isinitiated, theoperators willhave17minutestocompletetheswitchover tohighpressurerecirculation beforeanyofthesafeguards pumpscavitateduetoairentrainment.
This time is the same as that for MLO and SLO since containment spray actuation is expected following initiation of bleed and feed.This timing analysis is also applicable to TRA, TRS and LSP events in which bleed and feed recovery is used due to the unavailability of feedwater for decay heat removal.For SLB events, the time from accident initiation for a large secondary break inside containment until switchover is conservatively assumed to be approximately 30 minutes.This assumes containment spray is actuated early in the accident if the break is located inside containment.
ThistimeisthesameasthatforMLOandSLOsincecontainment sprayactuation isexpectedfollowing initiation ofbleedandfeed.Thistiminganalysisisalsoapplicable toTRA,TRSandLSPeventsinwhichbleedandfeedrecoveryisusedduetotheunavailability offeedwater fordecayheatremoval.ForSLBevents,thetimefromaccidentinitiation foralargesecondary breakinsidecontainment untilswitchover isconservatively assumedtobeapproximately 30minutes.Thisassumescontainment sprayisactuatedearlyintheaccidentifthebreakislocatedinsidecontainment.
Similar to MLO and SLO, once RWST level reaches 32%and switchover is initiated, the operators will have 17 minutes to complete the switchover to high pressure recirculation before any of the safeguards pumps cavitate due to air entrainment.
SimilartoMLOandSLO,onceRWSTlevelreaches32%andswitchover isinitiated, theoperators willhave17minutestocompletetheswitchover tohighpressurerecirculation beforeanyofthesafeguards pumpscavitateduetoairentrainment.
For SBO events, depending on the amount of RCP seal leakage and the resulting need for containment spray injection, the time at which switchover to cold leg recirculation would be required could be as short as 30 minutes after spray and high pressure injection are actuated to several hours if spray actuation is not required.The timing requirements for completing the switchover to cold leg recirculation is 17 minutes, similar to MLO and SLO, since high pressure injection may also be actuated.For SSW and CCW events, the timing analysis is the same as that of SBO, recirculation may be required within 30 minutes of event initiation and completion of the switchover actions within 17 minutes.Procedures Upon a small LOCA causing a reactor trip and SI actuation, the operators will enter E-0.At step 25, they will transfer to E-1, and at step 14 of E-1, they will transfer to ES-1.2.The Emergency Operating Procedure used to perform switchover to cold leg recirculation is 3.3-2  
ForSBOevents,depending ontheamountofRCPsealleakageandtheresulting needforcontainment sprayinjection, thetimeatwhichswitchover tocoldlegrecirculation wouldberequiredcouldbeasshortas30minutesaftersprayandhighpressureinjection areactuatedtoseveralhoursifsprayactuation isnotrequired.
~4 ES-1.3, TRANSFER TO COLD LEG RECIRCULATION, Rev.2 ES-1.3 is entered from: a)E-1, LOSS OF REACTOR OR SECONDARY COOLANT, Rev.5, Step 15, on low RWST level.b)ECA-2.1, UNCONTROLLED DEPRESSURIZATION OF ALL STEAM GENERATORS, Rev.4, Step 9, on low RWST level.c)Other procedures whenever RWST level reaches the switchover setpoint.For a small LOCA with success of AFW, entry into ES-1.3 will occur from the caution statement at the beginning of ES-1.2, and the RWST low level alarm provides cognitive recovery.This transition could also be from the foldout page for E-1 and ES-1.2, but this is conservatively not credited.Although the check for RWST level is performed in different procedures, depending on the initiating event, the action is the same for all cases.The Cue Table is applicable to all listed applications.
Thetimingrequirements forcompleting theswitchover tocoldlegrecirculation is17minutes,similartoMLOandSLO,sincehighpressureinjection mayalsobeactuated.
3.3.5 Critical and Recove Actions The following are the primary tasks which must be completed for satisfying the success criteria of the HPR actions: 1.Monitor for low RWST level and the need for establishing cold leg recirculation (Caution statement before ES-1.2)(cognitive) 2.Reset SI (Step 1 of ES-1.3)3.Align West RHR for recirculation (Step 4 of ES-1.3)4.Align CCPs and SI pumps for recirculation (Step 5 of ES-1.3)5.Align east RHR pump for recirculation (Step 6 of ES-1.3)See Table 3.3-1, Cue Table for HPR for identification of symptoms for establishing high pressure cold leg recirculation.
ForSSWandCCWevents,thetiminganalysisisthesameasthatofSBO,recirculation mayberequiredwithin30minutesofeventinitiation andcompletion oftheswitchover actionswithin17minutes.Procedures UponasmallLOCAcausingareactortripandSIactuation, theoperators willenterE-0.Atstep25,theywilltransfertoE-1,andatstep14ofE-1,theywilltransfertoES-1.2.TheEmergency Operating Procedure usedtoperformswitchover tocoldlegrecirculation is3.3-2  
See Table 3.3-2, Subtask Analysis for HPR for identification of critical or relevant recovery actions associated with cold leg recirculation.
~4 ES-1.3,TRANSFERTOCOLDLEGRECIRCULATION, Rev.2ES-1.3isenteredfrom:a)E-1,LOSSOFREACTORORSECONDARY COOLANT,Rev.5,Step15,onlowRWSTlevel.b)ECA-2.1,UNCONTROLLED DEPRESSURIZATION OFALLSTEAMGENERATORS, Rev.4,Step9,onlowRWSTlevel.c)Otherprocedures wheneverRWSTlevelreachestheswitchover setpoint.
3.3.6~Assum tiuus See sections 3.3.8, 3.3.9 and 3.3.10.3.3.7 Si nificant 0 erator Interview Findin s 1.Switchover to recirculation takes top priority above all other actions.Whenever the RWST level reaches 32%, they will stop what they are doing and immediately go to ES-1.3.The unit supervisor and RxO will not be interrupted with other tasks, and 3.3-3 others in the control room know to not get in the way.2.The unit supervisor, who is reading the procedure, will watch each step performed by the RxO, and wait until completion of the step (i.e., until valves have transferred to correct position)before going on to the next step.3.There will be at least two others in the control room who will be going through the procedure and ensuring that the steps are carried out completely (i.e., the extra US and the STA).The SS, ASS and BOPO may also be watching.4.Whenever the operators start a pump or close a suction valve, they will watch the pump amps and discharge flow.This is second nature to the operators.
ForasmallLOCAwithsuccessofAFW,entryintoES-1.3willoccurfromthecautionstatement atthebeginning ofES-1.2,andtheRWSTlowlevelalarmprovidescognitive recovery.
Most unit supervisors will actually start switchover before the RWST has reached 32%, so they have do not have to hurry, and will not have to deal with the confusion of the RHR pumps tripping on low-low RWST level.They are encouraged to start early.3.3.8 Calculation of Co nitive Error A cognitive model was used to address diagnosis type errors (Reference 21).Tables 3.3-3 and 3.3-4 contain the calculation of the cognitive human error probability, pc, that the operators fail to recognize the need for switchover to high pressure recirculation.
Thistransition couldalsobefromthefoldoutpageforE-1andES-1.2,butthisisconservatively notcredited.
Pc was calculated in Table 3.3-3 to be 3.1E-03, without recovery.The recovered value of pc was calculated in Table 3.34 to be 1.5E-04.3.3.9 Calculation of Execution Error For the calculation of execution errors, the tables from Chapter 20 of Reference 2 were used.(T20-x refers to Table 20-x of Reference 2.)The critical actions identified in Table 3.3-2 were reviewed to determine the dominant critical actions to be quantified.
AlthoughthecheckforRWSTlevelisperformed indifferent procedures, depending ontheinitiating event,theactionisthesameforallcases.TheCueTableisapplicable toalllistedapplications.
Critical actions are not dominant if they are recovered by other procedure steps or if they follow a mechanical failure because the human error probability would be multiplied by another human error probability or a mechanical failure probability.
3.3.5CriticalandRecoveActionsThefollowing aretheprimarytaskswhichmustbecompleted forsatisfying thesuccesscriteriaoftheHPRactions:1.MonitorforlowRWSTlevelandtheneedforestablishing coldlegrecirculation (Cautionstatement beforeES-1.2)(cognitive) 2.ResetSI(Step1ofES-1.3)3.AlignWestRHRforrecirculation (Step4ofES-1.3)4.AlignCCPsandSIpumpsforrecirculation (Step5ofES-1.3)5.AligneastRHRpumpforrecirculation (Step6ofES-1.3)SeeTable3.3-1,CueTableforHPRforidentification ofsymptomsforestablishing highpressurecoldlegrecirculation.
Attachment HPR is a copy of the relevant portion of ES-1.3, with dominant critical steps circled.The reasons why the other critical steps (identified in Table 3.3-2)are not dominant are also included.3.3.9.1 Ste 4 Ali n West RHR Pum for Recirculation:
SeeTable3.3-2,SubtaskAnalysisforHPRforidentification ofcriticalorrelevantrecoveryactionsassociated withcoldlegrecirculation.
4a Sto 8c lockout W RHR PP Errors of Omission: Omit step/page:
3.3.6~AssumtiuusSeesections3.3.8,3.3.9and3.3.10.3.3.7Sinificant0eratorInterview Findins1.Switchover torecirculation takestoppriorityaboveallotheractions.WhenevertheRWSTlevelreaches32%,theywillstopwhattheyaredoingandimmediately gotoES-1.3.Theunitsupervisor andRxOwillnotbeinterrupted withothertasks,and3.3-3 othersinthecontrolroomknowtonotgetintheway.2.Theunitsupervisor, whoisreadingtheprocedure, willwatcheachstepperformed bytheRxO,andwaituntilcompletion ofthestep(i.e.,untilvalveshavetransferred tocorrectposition) beforegoingontothenextstep.3.Therewillbeatleasttwoothersinthecontrolroomwhowillbegoingthroughtheprocedure andensuringthatthestepsarecarriedoutcompletely (i.e.,theextraUSandtheSTA).TheSS,ASSandBOPOmayalsobewatching.
1.3E-03 (T20-7 03, Assumption G)Step 4 of procedure Errors of Commission:
4.Whenevertheoperators startapumporcloseasuctionvalve,theywillwatchthepumpampsanddischarge flow.Thisissecondnaturetotheoperators.
3.3-4 Select wrong control when it is dissimilar to adjacent controls: negligible (Table 20-12,&#xb9;1A gtem 1A has been added by Swain since NUREG/CR-1278))
Mostunitsupervisors willactuallystartswitchover beforetheRWSThasreached32%,sotheyhavedonothavetohurry,andwillnothavetodealwiththeconfusion oftheRHRpumpstrippingonlow-lowRWSTlevel.Theyareencouraged tostartearly.3.3.8Calculation ofConitiveErrorAcognitive modelwasusedtoaddressdiagnosis typeerrors(Reference 21).Tables3.3-3and3.3-4containthecalculation ofthecognitive humanerrorprobability, pc,thattheoperators failtorecognize theneedforswitchover tohighpressurerecirculation.
The RHR trains are delineated, the ammeter is directly above the control, and no similar ammeters are on the West RHR panel.4c o en recirc sum to W RHR/CTS um valve Errors of Omission: Omit step/page:
Pcwascalculated inTable3.3-3tobe3.1E-03,withoutrecovery.
1.3E-03 (T20-7&#xb9;3, Assumption G)Step 4 of procedure Errors of Commission:
Therecovered valueofpcwascalculated inTable3.34tobe1.5E-04.3.3.9Calculation ofExecution ErrorForthecalculation ofexecution errors,thetablesfromChapter20ofReference 2wereused.(T20-xreferstoTable20-xofReference 2.)Thecriticalactionsidentified inTable3.3-2werereviewedtodetermine thedominantcriticalactionstobequantified.
Select wrong control when it is dissimilar to adjacent controls: negligible (Table 20-12,&#xb9;1A/tern 1A has been added by Swain since NUREG/CR-1278))
Criticalactionsarenotdominantiftheyarerecovered byotherprocedure stepsoriftheyfollowamechanical failurebecausethehumanerrorprobability wouldbemultiplied byanotherhumanerrorprobability oramechanical failureprobability.
This control is different from adjacent controls because it is metal and has a key in it.Total error robabilit for Ste s 4a&c: 1.3E-03+1.3E-03=2.6E-03 4d Start W RHR PP Errors of Omission: Omit step: 1.3E-03 (T20-7&#xb9;3, Assumption G)Step 4 of procedure Errors of Commission:
Attachment HPRisacopyoftherelevantportionofES-1.3,withdominantcriticalstepscircled.Thereasonswhytheothercriticalsteps(identified inTable3.3-2)arenotdominantarealsoincluded.
negligible, see Errors of Commission for Step 4a 3.3-5 Ste 5 Ali n SI Pum s and CCPs for Recirculation Si o en SI um suction from west RHR HX valve and~5'en SI um suction crosstie to CCP valves These two steps were considered as one perceptual unit.These are adjacent procedure steps and the valve controls are all right next to each other (i.e., these actions are not separated by time or location).
3.3.9.1Ste4AlinWestRHRPumforRecirculation:
Errors of Omission: Omit step/page:
4aSto8clockoutWRHRPPErrorsofOmission:
1.3E-03 (T20-7&#xb9;3, Assumption G)Step 5 of procedure Errors of Commission:
Omitstep/page:
Select wrong control on panel from array of similar appearing controls: 1.3E-03 (T20-12&#xb9;3)All safety injection suction and discharge valves are in one area on SI control panel.Total error robabilit for Ste 5: 2.6E-03 Ste 6 Ali n East RHR Pum for Recirculation:
1.3E-03(T20-703,Assumption G)Step4ofprocedure ErrorsofCommission:
6b Sto&lockout East RHR PP Errors of Omission: Omit step/page:
3.3-4 Selectwrongcontrolwhenitisdissimilar toadjacentcontrols:
1.3E-03 (T20-7&#xb9;3, Assumption G)Step 6 of procedure Errors of Commission:
negligible (Table20-12,&#xb9;1Agtem1AhasbeenaddedbySwainsinceNUREG/CR-1278))
Select wrong control when it is dissimilar to adjacent controls: negligible (Table 20-12,&#xb9;1A (item 1A has been added by Swain since NUREG/CR-1278))
TheRHRtrainsaredelineated, theammeterisdirectlyabovethecontrol,andnosimilarammetersareontheWestRHRpanel.4coenrecircsumtoWRHR/CTSumvalveErrorsofOmission:
The RHR trains are delineated, the ammeter is directly above the control, and no similar ammeters are on the East RHR panel.3.3-6 6d o en recirc sum to East RHR/CTS um valve Errors of Omission: Omit step: 1.3E-03 (T20-7&#xb9;3, Assumption G)Step 6 of procedure Errors of Commission:
Omitstep/page:
Select wrong control when it is dissimilar to adjacent controls: negligible (Table 20-12,&#xb9;1A (1tem 1A has been added by Swain since NUREG/CR-1278))
1.3E-03(T20-7&#xb9;3,Assumption G)Step4ofprocedure ErrorsofCommission:
This control is different from adjacent controls because it is metal and has a key in it.Total error robabilit for Ste s 6b&d: 1.3E-03+1.3E-03=2.6E-03 6e Start East RHR PP Errors of Omission: Omit step: 1.3E-03 (T20-7&#xb9;3, Assumption G)Step 6 of procedure Errors of Commission:
Selectwrongcontrolwhenitisdissimilar toadjacentcontrols:
negligible, see Errors of Commission for Step 6b 6f 0 en CCP suction from East RHR HX valve Errors of Omission: Omit step: 1.3E-03 (T20-7&#xb9;3, Assumption G)Step 6 of procedure Errors of Commission:
negligible (Table20-12,&#xb9;1A/tern1AhasbeenaddedbySwainsinceNUREG/CR-1278))
Select wrong control on panel from array of similar appearing controls: 3.3-7 ll'II 1.3E-03 (T20-12 P3)It is clearly labeled on the boric acid charging and letdown panel.It is at the bottom left of the panel.3.3.10 Calculation of Total Human Error Probabilit for Failure to Switchover to HPR The cognitive and execution error probabilities were calculated in sections 3.3.8 and 3.3.9 to be: pc'(HPRA)=1.5E-04 pe(steps 4a&c)=2.6E-03 pe(step 4d)=1.3E-03 pe(step 5)=2.6E-03 pe(steps 6b&d)=2.6E-03 pe(step 6e)=1.3E-03 pe(step 6f)=2.6E-03 (without stress, dependence or recovery)(without stress, dependence or recovery)(without stress, dependence or recovery)(without stress, dependence or recovery)(without stress, dependence or recovery)(without stress, dependence or recovery)In order for alignment of the east RHR train (step 6)to recover for an error in aligning the west train (step 4), the operators must recognize that there is not adequate flow from the west RHR pump train before aligning the high head pumps (step 5).The high head pumps are expected to fail quickly without a suction source (per operator interviews).
Thiscontrolisdifferent fromadjacentcontrolsbecauseitismetalandhasakeyinit.Totalerrorrobabilit forStes4a&c:1.3E-03+1.3E-03=2.6E-034dStartWRHRPPErrorsofOmission:
A high level of dependence is assumed, therefore, for the operators recognizing that there is a problem with the east RHR train before they align the high head pumps in step 5.This was modelled by a high dependence failure of noticing failed step 4, so performing step 6 before step 5 (i.e., human error probability
Omitstep:1.3E-03(T20-7&#xb9;3,Assumption G)Step4ofprocedure ErrorsofCommission:
=0.5).A high level of dependence is conservative, however, as the operator and unit supervisor will be watching pump amperes when suction sources are closed (e.g., for the high head pumps)and when the RHR pumps are started (per operator interviews).
negligible, seeErrorsofCommission forStep4a3.3-5 Ste5AlinSIPumsandCCPsforRecirculation SioenSIumsuctionfromwestRHRHXvalveand~5'enSIumsuctioncrosstietoCCPvalvesThesetwostepswereconsidered asoneperceptual unit.Theseareadjacentprocedure stepsandthevalvecontrolsareallrightnexttoeachother(i.e.,theseactionsarenotseparated bytimeorlocation).
The ammeters are right above the pump controls in the control room.Also, the unit supervisor watches what the operator is doing, and waits for completion of one step before moving on to another (which can be significant, as it takes about 30 seconds for the RWST suction valves to close).A moderate level of dependence was assumed between failure of step 4 and the initial tasks in step 6.Although steps 4 and 6 are similar, they are different procedure steps, on different pages, and unless the operators realize they failed step 4, step 5 will be performed between them.An extremely high level of stress is assigned to all step 6 actions, though, as these actions are only critical if the operators failed in step 4.Per operator interviews, a minimum of two people will be watching the unit supervisor and operator go through the switchover using a copy of the procedure.
ErrorsofOmission:
Whenever switchover is occurring, it is top priority, and almost everything else has come to a stop.The STA does not want to get in the way, so he will be going through the procedure and watching what is going on, as well as the extra unit supervisor.
Omitstep/page:
The unit supervisor is not interrupted during switchover, therefore, the extra unit supervisor will be free to watch the switchover.
1.3E-03(T20-7&#xb9;3,Assumption G)Step5ofprocedure ErrorsofCommission:
Several more people may also be watching, but this is conservatively not credited.If it is under an hour after event initiation, the shift supervisor may still be busy with his E-plan duties.The assistant shift supervisor may be busy in his role as contingency director, and the BOPO may not be paying close enough attention to catch a mistake.3.3-8 Only one recovery was given to the extra unit supervisor and STA.A low level of dependence was assumed between them and the unit supervisor and RxO because they are not interacting at all with the US and RxO;they are standing back and fulfilling a supervisory type role.This combined effort was equated to that of the shift supervisor in Table 204, Reference 2.Per table 20-16, HEPs should be multiplied by two for moderately high stress for step-by-step tasks, and by 5 for extremely high stress for step-by-step tasks.Per Table 20-17, if the basic'uman error probability (BHEP)is greater than.01, the equations to use for low, moderate, and high dependence are: (1+19N)/20, (1+6N)/7, and (1+N)/2, respectively.
Selectwrongcontrolonpanelfromarrayofsimilarappearing controls:
Per Table 20-21, if the BHEP is less than or equal to.01, HEPs of.05,.15 and.5 should be used for low, moderate, and high dependence, respectively.
1.3E-03(T20-12&#xb9;3)Allsafetyinjection suctionanddischarge valvesareinoneareaonSIcontrolpanel.Totalerrorrobabilit forSte5:2.6E-03Ste6AlinEastRHRPumforRecirculation:
Recovery due to extra unit supervisor and STA following procedure and actions=0.05 These parameters and assumptions are used below to determine the total human error probability for failure to switchover for high pressure recirculation under different conditions.
6bSto&lockoutEastRHRPPErrorsofOmission:
HPRA: Switchover to hi h ressure recirculation u on a small LOCA and successful AFW~AF4 (CSI status is not addressed.
Omitstep/page:
If CSI failed, operators would have even more time to perform HPR, and it would not be required until much later into the event.The corresponding decrease in stress would be negated by the added stress the operators experience if they notice CSI has failed.)A moderately high level of stress was assumed for steps 4 and 5.This is a procedure that is well known and practiced by the operators, and they are not concentrating on doing anything else during this procedure, as it takes top priority.pc'(HPRA)=1.5E-04 pe'(steps 4a&c)=2.6E-03*2=5.2E-03 pe'(step 4d)=1.3E-03*2=2.6E-03 pe'(step 5)=2.6E-03*2=5.2E-03 pe'(steps 6b&d)=2.6E-03*5 with MD=(1+6*1.3E-02)/7
1.3E-03(T20-7&#xb9;3,Assumption G)Step6ofprocedure ErrorsofCommission:
=1.5E-01 pe'(step 6e)=1.3E-03~5=6.5E-03 pe'(step 6f)=2.6E-03*5=1.3E-02 pe'(recognize to do step 6 before step 5)=HD=0.5 Recovery, execution errors (extra US and STA)=0.05 (HPRA-LPR-CSRHE)(REC-4A&C-MHHE)(REC--4D-MH HE)(REC---5-MHHE)(REC-6B&D-EHHE-M)(REC--6E-EHHE)(REC-6F-EHHE)(REC-6TH EN5-HE-H)(REC-US-STA
Selectwrongcontrolwhenitisdissimilar toadjacentcontrols:
-HE-L)The total human error probability (THEP)for failing to switchover to high pressure recirculation upon a small LOCA and successful AFW (AFW)is calculated as shown in fault tree HPR1: THEP(HPRA)
negligible (Table20-12,&#xb9;1A(item1AhasbeenaddedbySwainsinceNUREG/CR-1278))
=pc'fpe'(step 4)*pe'(step 6)+pe'(step 5)]*recovery(extra US or STA)3.3-9 THEP(HPRA)
TheRHRtrainsaredelineated, theammeterisdirectlyabovethecontrol,andnosimilarammetersareontheEastRHRpanel.3.3-6 6doenrecircsumtoEastRHR/CTSumvalveErrorsofOmission:
=1.5E-04+[(5.2E-03+2.6E-03)*(0.5+1.4E-01+6.5E-03+1.3E-02)+5.2E-03]*5.0E-02 THEP(HPRA)
Omitstep:1.3E-03(T20-7&#xb9;3,Assumption G)Step6ofprocedure ErrorsofCommission:
=6.7E-04 HPRB: Switchover to hi h ressure recirculation u on a small LOCA failure of AFW AF4 and success of rima bleed and feed BF1 (CSI status is not addressed.
Selectwrongcontrolwhenitisdissimilar toadjacentcontrols:
If CSI failed, operators would have even more time to perform HPR, and it would not be required until much later into the event.The corresponding decrease in stress would be negated by the added stress the operators experience if they notice CSI has failed.)For this scenario, the operators will transition from Step 18 of E-0 to FR-H.1 to complete PBF.Due to adverse containment conditions, the operators will immediately go to step 18 of FR-H.1.They should still be in FR-H.l when RWST level reaches 32%.The caution statement after step 25 of FR-H.1 will be their cue to monitor the RWST level, with cognitive recovery provided by the alarm.It is assumed that the RxO monitoring the RWST level will have a high work load, as they will be busy with PBF and subsequent actions in FR-H.1.The only change in pc'rom pc'(HPRA)will be to tree b.The new end path will be 1 due to the high work load, which is not recovered.
negligible (Table20-12,&#xb9;1A(1tem1AhasbeenaddedbySwainsinceNUREG/CR-1278))
pc'(HPRB)=7.5E-04+3.0E-07 pc'(HPRB)=7.5E-04 (HPRB-LPR-CSRHE)
Thiscontrolisdifferent fromadjacentcontrolsbecauseitismetalandhasakeyinit.Totalerrorrobabilit forStes6b&d:1.3E-03+1.3E-03=2.6E-036eStartEastRHRPPErrorsofOmission:
The extremely high level of stress from primary bleed and feed is conservatively assumed to still exist.Otherwise, the actions have the same failure probabilities as HPRA.pe'(steps 4a&c)=2.6E-03~5=1.3E-02 pe'(step 4d)=1.3E-03*5=6.5E-03 pe'(step 5)=2.6E-03*5=1.3E-02 pe'(steps 6b&d)=2.6E-03*5 with MD=(1+6~1.3E-02)/7
Omitstep:1.3E-03(T20-7&#xb9;3,Assumption G)Step6ofprocedure ErrorsofCommission:
=1.5E-01 pe'(step 6e)=1.3E-03~5=6.5E-03 pe'(step 6f)=2.6E-03*5=1.3E-02 pe'(recognize to do step 6 before step 5)=HD=0.5 Recovery, execution errors (extra US and STA)=0.05 (REC-4A&C-EHHE)(REC--4D-EH HE)(REC---5-EH HE)(REC-6B&D-EHHE-M)(REC-6E-EHHE)(REC-6F-EHHE)(REC-6TH ENS-HE-H)(REC-US-STA-HE-L)
negligible, seeErrorsofCommission forStep6b6f0enCCPsuctionfromEastRHRHXvalveErrorsofOmission:
The total human error probability (THEP)for failing to switchover to high pressure recirculation upon a small LOCA, failure of AFW (AF4), and success of PBF is calculated as shown in fault tree HPR2: THEP(HPRB)
Omitstep:1.3E-03(T20-7&#xb9;3,Assumption G)Step6ofprocedure ErrorsofCommission:
=pc'[pe'(step 4)~pe'(step 6)+pe'(step 5)]*recovery(extra US or STA)THEP(HPRB)
Selectwrongcontrolonpanelfromarrayofsimilarappearing controls:
=7.5E-04+[(1.3E-02+6.5E-03)*(0.5+1.4E-01+6.5E-03+1.3E-02)+1.3E-02]*5.0E-02 THEP(HPRB)
3.3-7 ll'II 1.3E-03(T20-12P3)Itisclearlylabeledontheboricacidchargingandletdownpanel.Itisatthebottomleftofthepanel.3.3.10Calculation ofTotalHumanErrorProbabilit forFailuretoSwitchover toHPRThecognitive andexecution errorprobabilities werecalculated insections3.3.8and3.3.9tobe:pc'(HPRA)
=2.0E-03 3.3-10 S 8't HPRC: Switchover to hi h ressure recirculation u on a medium LOCA and successful
=1.5E-04pe(steps4a&c)=2.6E-03pe(step4d)=1.3E-03pe(step5)=2.6E-03pe(steps6b&d)=2.6E-03pe(step6e)=1.3E-03pe(step6f)=2.6E-03(withoutstress,dependence orrecovery)
~AFW AF4 (CSI status is not addressed.
(withoutstress,dependence orrecovery)
If CSI failed, operators would have even more time to perform HPR, and it would not be required until much later into the event.The corresponding decrease in stress would be negated by the added stress the operators experience if they notice CSI has failed.)This is the exact same scenario as HPRA, except for the size of the LOCA.For this event, however, this difference in LOCA size is irrelevant, as the timing and flow through the procedures should be the same.The total human error probability (THEP)for failing to switchover to high pressure recirculation upon a medium LOCA and successful AFW (AFW)is the same as HPRA: THEP(HPRC)
(withoutstress,dependence orrecovery)
(withoutstress,dependence orrecovery)
(withoutstress,dependence orrecovery)
(withoutstress,dependence orrecovery)
Inorderforalignment oftheeastRHRtrain(step6)torecoverforanerrorinaligningthewesttrain(step4),theoperators mustrecognize thatthereisnotadequateflowfromthewestRHRpumptrainbeforealigningthehighheadpumps(step5).Thehighheadpumpsareexpectedtofailquicklywithoutasuctionsource(peroperatorinterviews).
Ahighlevelofdependence isassumed,therefore, fortheoperators recognizing thatthereisaproblemwiththeeastRHRtrainbeforetheyalignthehighheadpumpsinstep5.Thiswasmodelledbyahighdependence failureofnoticingfailedstep4,soperforming step6beforestep5(i.e.,humanerrorprobability
=0.5).Ahighlevelofdependence isconservative, however,astheoperatorandunitsupervisor willbewatchingpumpampereswhensuctionsourcesareclosed(e.g.,forthehighheadpumps)andwhentheRHRpumpsarestarted(peroperatorinterviews).
Theammetersarerightabovethepumpcontrolsinthecontrolroom.Also,theunitsupervisor watcheswhattheoperatorisdoing,andwaitsforcompletion ofonestepbeforemovingontoanother(whichcanbesignificant, asittakesabout30secondsfortheRWSTsuctionvalvestoclose).Amoderatelevelofdependence wasassumedbetweenfailureofstep4andtheinitialtasksinstep6.Althoughsteps4and6aresimilar,theyaredifferent procedure steps,ondifferent pages,andunlesstheoperators realizetheyfailedstep4,step5willbeperformed betweenthem.Anextremely highlevelofstressisassignedtoallstep6actions,though,astheseactionsareonlycriticaliftheoperators failedinstep4.Peroperatorinterviews, aminimumoftwopeoplewillbewatchingtheunitsupervisor andoperatorgothroughtheswitchover usingacopyoftheprocedure.
Wheneverswitchover isoccurring, itistoppriority, andalmosteverything elsehascometoastop.TheSTAdoesnotwanttogetintheway,sohewillbegoingthroughtheprocedure andwatchingwhatisgoingon,aswellastheextraunitsupervisor.
Theunitsupervisor isnotinterrupted duringswitchover, therefore, theextraunitsupervisor willbefreetowatchtheswitchover.
Severalmorepeoplemayalsobewatching, butthisisconservatively notcredited.
Ifitisunderanhouraftereventinitiation, theshiftsupervisor maystillbebusywithhisE-planduties.Theassistant shiftsupervisor maybebusyinhisroleascontingency
: director, andtheBOPOmaynotbepayingcloseenoughattention tocatchamistake.3.3-8 Onlyonerecoverywasgiventotheextraunitsupervisor andSTA.Alowlevelofdependence wasassumedbetweenthemandtheunitsupervisor andRxObecausetheyarenotinteracting atallwiththeUSandRxO;theyarestandingbackandfulfilling asupervisory typerole.Thiscombinedeffortwasequatedtothatoftheshiftsupervisor inTable204,Reference 2.Pertable20-16,HEPsshouldbemultiplied bytwoformoderately highstressforstep-by-step tasks,andby5forextremely highstressforstep-by-step tasks.PerTable20-17,ifthebasic'umanerrorprobability (BHEP)isgreaterthan.01,theequations touseforlow,moderate, andhighdependence are:(1+19N)/20, (1+6N)/7, and(1+N)/2,respectively.
PerTable20-21,iftheBHEPislessthanorequalto.01,HEPsof.05,.15and.5shouldbeusedforlow,moderate, andhighdependence, respectively.
Recoveryduetoextraunitsupervisor andSTAfollowing procedure andactions=0.05Theseparameters andassumptions areusedbelowtodetermine thetotalhumanerrorprobability forfailuretoswitchover forhighpressurerecirculation underdifferent conditions.
HPRA:Switchover tohihressurerecirculation uonasmallLOCAandsuccessful AFW~AF4(CSIstatusisnotaddressed.
IfCSIfailed,operators wouldhaveevenmoretimetoperformHPR,anditwouldnotberequireduntilmuchlaterintotheevent.Thecorresponding decreaseinstresswouldbenegatedbytheaddedstresstheoperators experience iftheynoticeCSIhasfailed.)Amoderately highlevelofstresswasassumedforsteps4and5.Thisisaprocedure thatiswellknownandpracticed bytheoperators, andtheyarenotconcentrating ondoinganythingelseduringthisprocedure, asittakestoppriority.
pc'(HPRA)
=1.5E-04pe'(steps 4a&c)=2.6E-03*2=5.2E-03pe'(step4d)=1.3E-03*2=2.6E-03pe'(step5)=2.6E-03*2=5.2E-03pe'(steps 6b&d)=2.6E-03*5withMD=(1+6*1.3E-02)/7
=1.5E-01pe'(step6e)=1.3E-03~5=6.5E-03pe'(step6f)=2.6E-03*5=1.3E-02pe'(recognize todostep6beforestep5)=HD=0.5Recovery, execution errors(extraUSandSTA)=0.05(HPRA-LPR-CSRHE)
(REC-4A&C-MHHE)
(REC--4D-MHHE)(REC---5-MHHE)
(REC-6B&D-EHHE-M)
(REC--6E-EHHE)
(REC-6F-EHHE)(REC-6THEN5-HE-H)(REC-US-STA
-HE-L)Thetotalhumanerrorprobability (THEP)forfailingtoswitchover tohighpressurerecirculation uponasmallLOCAandsuccessful AFW(AFW)iscalculated asshowninfaulttreeHPR1:THEP(HPRA)
=pc'fpe'(step 4)*pe'(step6)+pe'(step5)]*recovery(extra USorSTA)3.3-9 THEP(HPRA)
=1.5E-04+[(5.2E-03
+2.6E-03)*(0.5+1.4E-01+6.5E-03+1.3E-02)+5.2E-03]*5.0E-02THEP(HPRA)
=6.7E-04HPRB:Switchover tohihressurerecirculation uonasmallLOCAfailureofAFWAF4andsuccessofrimableedandfeedBF1(CSIstatusisnotaddressed.
IfCSIfailed,operators wouldhaveevenmoretimetoperformHPR,anditwouldnotberequireduntilmuchlaterintotheevent.Thecorresponding decreaseinstresswouldbenegatedbytheaddedstresstheoperators experience iftheynoticeCSIhasfailed.)Forthisscenario, theoperators willtransition fromStep18ofE-0toFR-H.1tocompletePBF.Duetoadversecontainment conditions, theoperators willimmediately gotostep18ofFR-H.1.TheyshouldstillbeinFR-H.lwhenRWSTlevelreaches32%.Thecautionstatement afterstep25ofFR-H.1willbetheircuetomonitortheRWSTlevel,withcognitive recoveryprovidedbythealarm.ItisassumedthattheRxOmonitoring theRWSTlevelwillhaveahighworkload,astheywillbebusywithPBFandsubsequent actionsinFR-H.1.Theonlychangeinpc'rompc'(HPRA) willbetotreeb.Thenewendpathwillbe1duetothehighworkload,whichisnotrecovered.
pc'(HPRB)
=7.5E-04+3.0E-07pc'(HPRB)
=7.5E-04(HPRB-LPR-CSRHE)
Theextremely highlevelofstressfromprimarybleedandfeedisconservatively assumedtostillexist.Otherwise, theactionshavethesamefailureprobabilities asHPRA.pe'(steps 4a&c)=2.6E-03~5=1.3E-02pe'(step4d)=1.3E-03*5=6.5E-03pe'(step5)=2.6E-03*5=1.3E-02pe'(steps 6b&d)=2.6E-03*5withMD=(1+6~1.3E-02)/7
=1.5E-01pe'(step6e)=1.3E-03~5=6.5E-03pe'(step6f)=2.6E-03*5=1.3E-02pe'(recognize todostep6beforestep5)=HD=0.5Recovery, execution errors(extraUSandSTA)=0.05(REC-4A&C-EHHE)
(REC--4D-EH HE)(REC---5-EHHE)(REC-6B&D-EHHE-M)
(REC-6E-EHHE)(REC-6F-EHHE)(REC-6THENS-HE-H)
(REC-US-STA-HE-L)
Thetotalhumanerrorprobability (THEP)forfailingtoswitchover tohighpressurerecirculation uponasmallLOCA,failureofAFW(AF4),andsuccessofPBFiscalculated asshowninfaulttreeHPR2:THEP(HPRB)
=pc'[pe'(step 4)~pe'(step6)+pe'(step5)]*recovery(extra USorSTA)THEP(HPRB)
=7.5E-04+[(1.3E-02
+6.5E-03)*(0.5+1.4E-01+6.5E-03+1.3E-02)+1.3E-02]*5.0E-02THEP(HPRB)
=2.0E-033.3-10 S8't HPRC:Switchover tohihressurerecirculation uonamediumLOCAandsuccessful
~AFWAF4(CSIstatusisnotaddressed.
IfCSIfailed,operators wouldhaveevenmoretimetoperformHPR,anditwouldnotberequireduntilmuchlaterintotheevent.Thecorresponding decreaseinstresswouldbenegatedbytheaddedstresstheoperators experience iftheynoticeCSIhasfailed.)ThisistheexactsamescenarioasHPRA,exceptforthesizeoftheLOCA.Forthisevent,however,thisdifference inLOCAsizeisirrelevant, asthetimingandflowthroughtheprocedures shouldbethesame.Thetotalhumanerrorprobability (THEP)forfailingtoswitchover tohighpressurerecirculation uponamediumLOCAandsuccessful AFW(AFW)isthesameasHPRA:THEP(HPRC)
=THEP(HPRA)
=THEP(HPRA)
=6.7E-04HPRD:Switchover tohighpressurerecirculation afteratransient withsteamconversion systemsavailable (TRA),followedbylossofauxiliary feedwater (AF1),alossofalternate secondary coolingsources(AFWfromtheotherUnitandmainfeedwater-MF1, andSGdepressurization combinedwithcondensate-OA5),
=6.7E-04 HPRD: Switchover to high pressure recirculation after a transient with steam conversion systems available (TRA), followed by loss of auxiliary feedwater (AF1), a loss of alternate secondary cooling sources (AFW from the other Unit and main feedwater-MF1, and SG depressurization combined with condensate-OA5), and success of primary feed and bleed (PBT).In this scenario, the operator initiates a LOCA when primary feed and bleed is started.Because of this, switchover to recirculation will occur approximately 30 minutes after Containment Spray Injection actuates.Containment Spray Injection actuates a short time after the rupture disk on the primary pressure relief tank blows out.This timing is similar to the development in the small LOCA event tree (SLO)on the path where high pressure injection (HP2)succeeds and auxiliary feedwater (AF4)succeeds, leading to high pressure recirculation about a half hour later.Thus, equation HPRD equals HPRA, and fault tree HPR1 is used.For the branch where primary bleed and feed succeeds, but containment spray injection fails, HPRD is also assigned because the development is similar to that described above, only the containment spray injection fails to actuate extending the timing.HPRE: Switchover to high pressure recirculation after a transient with failure of steam conversion systems (TRS), followed by loss of auxiliary feedwater (AF1), and success of primary feed and bleed (PBT).In this scenario, the operator initiates a LOCA when primary feed and bleed is started.Because of this, switchover to recirculation will occur approximately 30 minutes after Containment Spray Injection actuates.Containment Spray Injection actuates a short time after the rupture disk on the primary pressure relief tank blows out.This timing is similar to the development in the small LOCA event tree (SLO)on the path where high pressure injection (HP2)succeeds and auxiliary feedwater (AF4)succeeds, leading to high pressure recirculation about a half hour later.Thus, equation HPRE equals HPRA, and fault tree HPR1 is used.For the branch where primary bleed and feed succeeds, but containment spray injection fails, HPRE is also assigned because the development is similar to that described above, only the containment spray injection fails to actuate extending the timing.3.3-11 HPRF: Switchover to high pressure recirculation after a large steam/feedwater line break (SLB), followed by successful high pressure injection (HP3)and successful isolation of the faulted SG (MS1)but loss of auxiliary feedwater (AFS), countered by success of primary feed and bleed (PBS).In this scenario, the operator initiates a LOCA when primary feed and bleed is started.Because of this, switchover to recirculation will occur approximately 30 minutes after Containment Spray Injection actuates.Containment Spray Injection actuates a short time after the rupture disk on the primary pressure relief tank blows out.This timing is similar to the development in the small LOCA event tree (SLO)on the path where high pressure injection (HP2)succeeds and auxiliary feedwater (AF4)succeeds, leading to high pressure recirculation about a half hour later.Thus, equation HPRF equals HPRA, and fault tree HPR1 is used.For the branch where primary bleed and feed succeeds, but containment spray injection fails, HPRF is also assigned because the development is similar to that described above, only the containment spray injection fails to actuate extending the timing.HPRG: Switchover to high pressure recirculation after a transient loss of offsite power (LSP), followed by loss of auxiliary feedwater (AF1), and success of primary feed and bleed (PBL).In this scenario, the operator initiates a LOCA when primary feed and bleed is started.Because of this, switchover to recirculation will occur approximately 30 minutes after Containment Spray Injection actuates.Containment Spray Injection actuates a short time after the rupture disk on the primary pressure relief tank blows out.This timing is similar to the development in the small LOCA event tree (SLO)on the path where high pressure injection (HP2)succeeds and auxiliary feedwater (AF4)succeeds, leading to high pressure recirculation about a half hour later.However, there may be one train equipment unavailable depending on the diesel generator (DG)response.If two diesel generators succeed, then HPR equals HPRA.If only one diesel generator succeeds, then HPR equals HPRA (in timing)but with only one train available.
andsuccessofprimaryfeedandbleed(PBT).Inthisscenario, theoperatorinitiates aLOCAwhenprimaryfeedandbleedisstarted.Becauseofthis,switchover torecirculation willoccurapproximately 30minutesafterContainment SprayInjection actuates.
Although the case for the two DG success is more likely (-95%), the case of success of only one DG (-5%)leads to more restrictive modeling and has conservatively been applied.Thus, equation HPRG equals HPRA Steps 4 and 5, as calculated in fault tree HPR4.For the branch where primary bleed and feed succeeds, but containment spray injection fails, HPRG is also assigned because the development is similar to that described above, only the containment spray injection fails to actuate extending the timing.HPRH: Switchover to high pressure recirculation after a steam generator tube rupture (SGR), followed by loss of all auxiliary feedwater (AF2 and AF3), and success of primary feed and bleed (PBG).In this scenario, the operator initiates a LOCA inside of containment when primary feed and bleed is started.Because of this, switchover to recirculation will occur approximately 30 minutes after Containment Spray Injection actuates.Containment Spray Injection actuates a short time after the rupture disk on the primary pressure relief tank blows out.This timing is similar to the development in the small LOCA event tree (SLO)on the path where high pressure injection (HP2)succeeds and auxiliary feedwater (AF4)succeeds, leading to high pressure recirculation about a half hour later.Thus, HPRH equals HPRA, and fault tree HPR1 is used.3.3-12  
Containment SprayInjection actuatesashorttimeaftertherupturediskontheprimarypressurerelieftankblowsout.Thistimingissimilartothedevelopment inthesmallLOCAeventtree(SLO)onthepathwherehighpressureinjection (HP2)succeedsandauxiliary feedwater (AF4)succeeds, leadingtohighpressurerecirculation aboutahalfhourlater.Thus,equationHPRDequalsHPRA,andfaulttreeHPR1isused.Forthebranchwhereprimarybleedandfeedsucceeds, butcontainment sprayinjection fails,HPRDisalsoassignedbecausethedevelopment issimilartothatdescribed above,onlythecontainment sprayinjection failstoactuateextending thetiming.HPRE:Switchover tohighpressurerecirculation afteratransient withfailureofsteamconversion systems(TRS),followedbylossofauxiliary feedwater (AF1),andsuccessofprimaryfeedandbleed(PBT).Inthisscenario, theoperatorinitiates aLOCAwhenprimaryfeedandbleedisstarted.Becauseofthis,switchover torecirculation willoccurapproximately 30minutesafterContainment SprayInjection actuates.
Containment SprayInjection actuatesashorttimeaftertherupturediskontheprimarypressurerelieftankblowsout.Thistimingissimilartothedevelopment inthesmallLOCAeventtree(SLO)onthepathwherehighpressureinjection (HP2)succeedsandauxiliary feedwater (AF4)succeeds, leadingtohighpressurerecirculation aboutahalfhourlater.Thus,equationHPREequalsHPRA,andfaulttreeHPR1isused.Forthebranchwhereprimarybleedandfeedsucceeds, butcontainment sprayinjection fails,HPREisalsoassignedbecausethedevelopment issimilartothatdescribed above,onlythecontainment sprayinjection failstoactuateextending thetiming.3.3-11 HPRF:Switchover tohighpressurerecirculation afteralargesteam/feedwater linebreak(SLB),followedbysuccessful highpressureinjection (HP3)andsuccessful isolation ofthefaultedSG(MS1)butlossofauxiliary feedwater (AFS),countered bysuccessofprimaryfeedandbleed(PBS).Inthisscenario, theoperatorinitiates aLOCAwhenprimaryfeedandbleedisstarted.Becauseofthis,switchover torecirculation willoccurapproximately 30minutesafterContainment SprayInjection actuates.
Containment SprayInjection actuatesashorttimeaftertherupturediskontheprimarypressurerelieftankblowsout.Thistimingissimilartothedevelopment inthesmallLOCAeventtree(SLO)onthepathwherehighpressureinjection (HP2)succeedsandauxiliary feedwater (AF4)succeeds, leadingtohighpressurerecirculation aboutahalfhourlater.Thus,equationHPRFequalsHPRA,andfaulttreeHPR1isused.Forthebranchwhereprimarybleedandfeedsucceeds, butcontainment sprayinjection fails,HPRFisalsoassignedbecausethedevelopment issimilartothatdescribed above,onlythecontainment sprayinjection failstoactuateextending thetiming.HPRG:Switchover tohighpressurerecirculation afteratransient lossofoffsitepower(LSP),followedbylossofauxiliary feedwater (AF1),andsuccessofprimaryfeedandbleed(PBL).Inthisscenario, theoperatorinitiates aLOCAwhenprimaryfeedandbleedisstarted.Becauseofthis,switchover torecirculation willoccurapproximately 30minutesafterContainment SprayInjection actuates.
Containment SprayInjection actuatesashorttimeaftertherupturediskontheprimarypressurerelieftankblowsout.Thistimingissimilartothedevelopment inthesmallLOCAeventtree(SLO)onthepathwherehighpressureinjection (HP2)succeedsandauxiliary feedwater (AF4)succeeds, leadingtohighpressurerecirculation aboutahalfhourlater.However,theremaybeonetrainequipment unavailable depending onthedieselgenerator (DG)response.
Iftwodieselgenerators succeed,thenHPRequalsHPRA.Ifonlyonedieselgenerator
: succeeds, thenHPRequalsHPRA(intiming)butwithonlyonetrainavailable.
AlthoughthecaseforthetwoDGsuccessismorelikely(-95%),thecaseofsuccessofonlyoneDG(-5%)leadstomorerestrictive modelingandhasconservatively beenapplied.Thus,equationHPRGequalsHPRASteps4and5,ascalculated infaulttreeHPR4.Forthebranchwhereprimarybleedandfeedsucceeds, butcontainment sprayinjection fails,HPRGisalsoassignedbecausethedevelopment issimilartothatdescribed above,onlythecontainment sprayinjection failstoactuateextending thetiming.HPRH:Switchover tohighpressurerecirculation afterasteamgenerator tuberupture(SGR),followedbylossofallauxiliary feedwater (AF2andAF3),andsuccessofprimaryfeedandbleed(PBG).Inthisscenario, theoperatorinitiates aLOCAinsideofcontainment whenprimaryfeedandbleedisstarted.Becauseofthis,switchover torecirculation willoccurapproximately 30minutesafterContainment SprayInjection actuates.
Containment SprayInjection actuatesashorttimeaftertherupturediskontheprimarypressurerelieftankblowsout.Thistimingissimilartothedevelopment inthesmallLOCAeventtree(SLO)onthepathwherehighpressureinjection (HP2)succeedsandauxiliary feedwater (AF4)succeeds, leadingtohighpressurerecirculation aboutahalfhourlater.Thus,HPRHequalsHPRA,andfaulttreeHPR1isused.3.3-12  


HPRS:Switchover tohihressurerecirculation uonaSBOandsuccessofAFTsuccessorfailureofRCCsuccessofAFCXHRCNURRIandAF1andsuccessorfailureofCSIDependency uponCSIfailureisnotevaluated, becauseTHEPforCSIismostlyduetoerrorsofomission, whichareindependent forstepsondifferent pages,withtheremainder duetocognitive failures.
HPRS: Switchover to hi h ressure recirculation u on a SBO and success of AFT success or failure of RCC success of AFC XHR CNU RRI and AF1 and success or failure of CSI Dependency upon CSI failure is not evaluated, because THEP for CSI is mostly due to errors of omission, which are independent for steps on different pages, with the remainder due to cognitive failures.If the operators failed to actuate CSI, switchover to recirculation is not necessary for 1.5 hours after this CSI failure.In this time, there are no other system failures.This amount of time, with no other major operator tasks, negates any cognitive dependency.
Iftheoperators failedtoactuateCSI,switchover torecirculation isnotnecessary for1.5hoursafterthisCSIfailure.Inthistime,therearenoothersystemfailures.
Early failure of RCS cooldown (RCC)is not addressed separately, as this action was performed several hours earlier (long before power restoration), errors of commission were due to the AEO (who will not be involved in HPR), and there have been numerous successes since this time.This early failure should not cause'a higher level of stress at this time.RCC failure just mandated earlier power restoration, which was successful.
Thisamountoftime,withnoothermajoroperatortasks,negatesanycognitive dependency.
Per the Event Tree Notebook (Reference 1), with the containment spray and high head ECCS pumps injecting, there is 17 minutes available for switchover, and switchover will not be required until at least 30 minutes following completion RRI and CSI.For this scenario, everything has been successful following power restoration, and at least 30 minutes have elapsed since operators finished RRI and CSI.Power has been back for an hour, and things are under control.The operators will transfer to E-1 (LOSS OF REACTOR OR SECONDARY COOLANT)at the end of ECA-0.2 (i.e., step 14).The cue for the operators to monitor RWST level will be Step 15 of E-1.A low work load can be assumed at this time and recovery with the alarm can also be credited.This results in a value for pc'qual to that for HPRA.(The end state for tree e is all that changes (from b to c), but the value remains the same (3.0E-03).)
EarlyfailureofRCScooldown(RCC)isnotaddressed separately, asthisactionwasperformed severalhoursearlier(longbeforepowerrestoration),
pc'(HPRS)=pc'(HPRA)As things are under control, recovery due to the extra US/STA can be credited.Therefore, the total human error probability for failing to switchover to high pressure recirculation upon a SBO and success of AFT, success or failure of RCC, success of AFC, XHR, CNU, RRI, and AF1, and success or failure of CSI is the same as that from HPRA.THEP(HPRS)
errorsofcommission wereduetotheAEO(whowillnotbeinvolvedinHPR),andtherehavebeennumeroussuccesses sincethistime.Thisearlyfailureshouldnotcause'ahigherlevelofstressatthistime.RCCfailurejustmandatedearlierpowerrestoration, whichwassuccessful.
PertheEventTreeNotebook(Reference 1),withthecontainment sprayandhighheadECCSpumpsinjecting, thereis17minutesavailable forswitchover, andswitchover willnotberequireduntilatleast30minutesfollowing completion RRIandCSI.Forthisscenario, everything hasbeensuccessful following powerrestoration, andatleast30minuteshaveelapsedsinceoperators finishedRRIandCSI.Powerhasbeenbackforanhour,andthingsareundercontrol.Theoperators willtransfertoE-1(LOSSOFREACTORORSECONDARY COOLANT)attheendofECA-0.2(i.e.,step14).Thecuefortheoperators tomonitorRWSTlevelwillbeStep15ofE-1.Alowworkloadcanbeassumedatthistimeandrecoverywiththealarmcanalsobecredited.
Thisresultsinavalueforpc'qualtothatforHPRA.(Theendstatefortreeeisallthatchanges(frombtoc),butthevalueremainsthesame(3.0E-03).)
pc'(HPRS)
=pc'(HPRA)
Asthingsareundercontrol,recoveryduetotheextraUS/STAcanbecredited.
Therefore, thetotalhumanerrorprobability forfailingtoswitchover tohighpressurerecirculation uponaSBOandsuccessofAFT,successorfailureofRCC,successofAFC,XHR,CNU,RRI,andAF1,andsuccessorfailureofCSIisthesameasthatfromHPRA.THEP(HPRS)
=THEP(HPRA)
=THEP(HPRA)
FaulttreeHPR1isused.HPRT:Switchover tohihressurerecirculation uonaSBOandsuccessofAFTsuccessorfailureofRCCsuccessofAFCXHRCNUandRRIfailureofAF1successofPBBandsuccessorfailureofCSIAlthoughtheeventtreedisplaysPBBoccurring beforeCSI,theoperators mustcompleteCSIbeforetheytransfertoanyFRPs(i.e.,PBF).Therefore, asthesepathsincludesuccessofPBF,thereisnodependence toconsider.
Fault tree HPR1 is used.HPRT: Switchover to hi h ressure recirculation u on a SBO and success of AFT success or failure of RCC success of AFC XHR CNU and RRI failure of AF1 success of PBB and success or failure of CSI Although the event tree displays PBB occurring before CSI, the operators must complete CSI before they transfer to any FRPs (i.e., PBF).Therefore, as these paths include success of PBF, there is no dependence to consider.3.3-13 Failure of the containment spray system is not addressed separately.
3.3-13 Failureofthecontainment spraysystemisnotaddressed separately.
If CTS failed, operators would have even more time to perform HPR, and it would not be required until much later into the event (i.e., 2 hours following power recovery).
IfCTSfailed,operators wouldhaveevenmoretimetoperformHPR,anditwouldnotberequireduntilmuchlaterintotheevent(i.e.,2hoursfollowing powerrecovery).
The corresponding decrease in stress would be negated by the added stress the operators experience if they notice CTS has failed.Early failure of RCS cooldown (RCC)is not addressed separately, as this action was performed several hours earlier (long before power restoration), errors of commission were due to the AEO (who will not be involved in HPR), and there have been numerous successes since this time.This early failure should not cause a higher level of stress at this time.RCC failure just mandated earlier power restoration, which was successful.
Thecorresponding decreaseinstresswouldbenegatedbytheaddedstresstheoperators experience iftheynoticeCTShasfailed.EarlyfailureofRCScooldown(RCC)isnotaddressed separately, asthisactionwasperformed severalhoursearlier(longbeforepowerrestoration),
For this scenario, the operators will transition to FR-H.1 following completion of Step 10 of ECA-0.2.For hydrogen control, the operators may transfer to FR-Z.1 (per caution statement before step 27 of FR-H.1)and then return to FR-H.1.Eventually, the operators will leave FR-H.1 to transfer E-1 or to switchover to recirculation (ES-1.3).The caution statement in FR-H.1 (before step 26)should be their cue to monitor RWST level, with cognitive recovery provided by the alarm.It is assumed that the operator monitoring RWST level will have a high work load, as they will be busy with FR-H.1 and FR-Z.1.This results in a pc'qual to that for HPRB: pc'(HPRT)=pc'(HPRB)The extremely high level of stress from primary bleed and feed is conservatively assumed to still exist.Therefore, the THEP for failing to switchover to high pressure recirculation upon a SBO and success of AFT, success or failure of RCC, success of AFC, XHR, CNU, and RRI, and failure of AF1, success of PBB, and success or failure of CSI is the same as HPRB.THEP(HPRT)
errorsofcommission wereduetotheAEO(whowillnotbeinvolvedinHPR),andtherehavebeennumeroussuccesses sincethistime.Thisearlyfailureshouldnotcauseahigherlevelofstressatthistime.RCCfailurejustmandatedearlierpowerrestoration, whichwassuccessful.
Forthisscenario, theoperators willtransition toFR-H.1following completion ofStep10ofECA-0.2.Forhydrogencontrol,theoperators maytransfertoFR-Z.1(percautionstatement beforestep27ofFR-H.1)andthenreturntoFR-H.1.Eventually, theoperators willleaveFR-H.1totransferE-1ortoswitchover torecirculation (ES-1.3).
Thecautionstatement inFR-H.1(beforestep26)shouldbetheircuetomonitorRWSTlevel,withcognitive recoveryprovidedbythealarm.Itisassumedthattheoperatormonitoring RWSTlevelwillhaveahighworkload,astheywillbebusywithFR-H.1andFR-Z.1.Thisresultsinapc'qualtothatforHPRB:pc'(HPRT)
=pc'(HPRB)
Theextremely highlevelofstressfromprimarybleedandfeedisconservatively assumedtostillexist.Therefore, theTHEPforfailingtoswitchover tohighpressurerecirculation uponaSBOandsuccessofAFT,successorfailureofRCC,successofAFC,XHR,CNU,andRRI,andfailureofAF1,successofPBB,andsuccessorfailureofCSIisthesameasHPRB.THEP(HPRT)
=THEP(HPRB)
=THEP(HPRB)
FaulttreeHPR2isused.HPRU:Switchover tohihressurerecirculation uona'SBOsuccess'of AFTsuccessorfailureofRCCfailureofAFCsuccessofXHRandCNUsuccessofPBBandsuccessorfailureofCSISeewriteupforHPRT.FaulttreeHPR2isused.Thisisthesamescenarioasdescribed inHPRT.AFWhasbeenlost(worsecasescenario) foracouplehoursbeforepowerrecovery, andPBBmustbeinitiated rightaftercompletion ofCSI(i.e.,step10ofECA-0.2).
Fault tree HPR2 is used.HPRU: Switchover to hi h ressure recirculation u on a'SBO success'of AFT success or failure of RCC failure of AFC success of XHR and CNU success of PBB and success or failure of CSI See writeup for HPRT.Fault tree HPR2 is used.This is the same scenario as described in HPRT.AFW has been lost (worse case scenario)for a couple hours before power recovery, and PBB must be initiated right after completion of CSI (i.e., step 10 of ECA-0.2).Early failure of RCS cooldown (RCC)is not addressed separately, as this action was performed several hours earlier (long before power restoration), errors of commission were due to the AEO (who will not be involved in HPR), and there have been numerous successes since this time.This early failure should not cause a higher level of stress at this time.RCC failure just mandated earlier power restoration, which was successful.
EarlyfailureofRCScooldown(RCC)isnotaddressed separately, asthisactionwasperformed severalhoursearlier(longbeforepowerrestoration),
3.3-14 HPRV: Switchover to hi h ressure recirculation u on a SBO failure of AFT success of XHR and CNU success of PBB and success or failure of CSI Although the event tree displays PBB occurring before CSI, the operators must complete CSI before they transfer to any FRPs (i.e., PBF).Therefore, as this path includes success of PBF, there is no dependence to consider.Failure of the containment spray system is not addressed separately.
errorsofcommission wereduetotheAEO(whowillnotbeinvolvedinHPR),andtherehavebeennumeroussuccesses sincethistime.Thisearlyfailureshouldnotcauseahigherlevelofstressatthistime.RCCfailurejustmandatedearlierpowerrestoration, whichwassuccessful.
If CTS failed, operators would have even more time to perform HPR, and it would not be required until much later into the event (i.e., 2 hours following power recovery).
3.3-14 HPRV:Switchover tohihressurerecirculation uonaSBOfailureofAFTsuccessofXHRandCNUsuccessofPBBandsuccessorfailureofCSIAlthoughtheeventtreedisplaysPBBoccurring beforeCSI,theoperators mustcompleteCSIbeforetheytransfertoanyFRPs(i.e.,PBF).Therefore, asthispathincludessuccessofPBF,thereisnodependence toconsider.
The corresponding decrease in stress would be negated by the added stress the operators experience if they notice CTS has failed.An extemely high level of stress is assumed, as a blackout with failure of the TDAFP is a severe incident for the operators, and switchover is required fairly early in the accident (about 2 hours from loss of power).(This level of stress is also assumed because it follows PBB.)As described in HPRT, a high work load is assumed for the RxO for calculation of pc'.Therefore, the THEP for failing to switchover to high pressure recirculation upon a SBO, failure of AFT, success of XHR and CNU, success of PBB, and success or failure of CSI is the same as HPRT.THEP(HPRV)
Failureofthecontainment spraysystemisnotaddressed separately.
IfCTSfailed,operators wouldhaveevenmoretimetoperformHPR,anditwouldnotberequireduntilmuchlaterintotheevent(i.e.,2hoursfollowing powerrecovery).
Thecorresponding decreaseinstresswouldbenegatedbytheaddedstresstheoperators experience iftheynoticeCTShasfailed.Anextemelyhighlevelofstressisassumed,asablackoutwithfailureoftheTDAFPisasevereincidentfortheoperators, andswitchover isrequiredfairlyearlyintheaccident(about2hoursfromlossofpower).(ThislevelofstressisalsoassumedbecauseitfollowsPBB.)Asdescribed inHPRT,ahighworkloadisassumedfortheRxOforcalculation ofpc'.Therefore, theTHEPforfailingtoswitchover tohighpressurerecirculation uponaSBO,failureofAFT,successofXHRandCNU,successofPBB,andsuccessorfailureofCSIisthesameasHPRT.THEP(HPRV)
=THEP(HPRT)
=THEP(HPRT)
=THEP(HPRB)
=THEP(HPRB)
FaulttreeHPR2isused.HPRW:Switchover tohihressurerecirculation uonalossofCCWorESWandsuccessofRCPandRR2(CSIstatusisnotaddressed.
Fault tree HPR2 is used.HPRW: Switchover to hi h ressure recirculation u on a loss of CCW or ESW and success of RCP and RR2 (CSI status is not addressed.
IfCSIfailed,operators wouldhaveevenmoretimetoperformHPR,anditwouldnotberequireduntilmuchlaterintotheevent.Thecorresponding decreaseinstresswouldbenegatedbytheaddedstresstheoperators experience iftheynoticeCSIhasfailed.)HPRwillnotberequireduntilverylateintotheevent.SincetheRCPsweretripped,sealfailureisnotactuallyexpecteduntilanhourortwointotheevent(seeRCP,Section3.25.2),atwhichtimethecontainment sprayswillbeactuated.
If CSI failed, operators would have even more time to perform HPR, and it would not be required until much later into the event.The corresponding decrease in stress would be negated by the added stress the operators experience if they notice CSI has failed.)HPR will not be required until very late into the event.Since the RCPs were tripped, seal failure is not actually expected until an hour or two into the event (see RCP, Section 3.25.2), at which time the containment sprays will be actuated.With both containment spray pumps operating, it takes at least 35 more minutes to reach the RWST low level.A charging pump is started (i.e., RR2A)within 30 minutes of the restoration of CCW/ESW.As a result, HPR is expected after a charging pump has been started in RR2A.At this point, things are well under control.The small LOCA through the seals is under control and CCW/ESW has been restored.A low work load is considered for the operators by the time HPR is needed.The operators will probably still be in OHP 4022.016.004 when HPR is required, since they will not leave it until after the RCS is cooled and depressurized enough to start RHR.There is not a procedure step to warn the operators to monitor RWST level, but the operators know to monitor this.Only cognitive tree b applies (data not attended to)to this situation.
Withbothcontainment spraypumpsoperating, ittakesatleast35moreminutestoreachtheRWSTlowlevel.Achargingpumpisstarted(i.e.,RR2A)within30minutesoftherestoration ofCCW/ESW.Asaresult,HPRisexpectedafterachargingpumphasbeenstartedinRR2A.Atthispoint,thingsarewellundercontrol.ThesmallLOCAthroughthesealsisundercontrolandCCW/ESWhasbeenrestored.
End path I from tree b results in a cognitive value of 7.5E-04.No recovery is applied to this value.(Note: the path for high work load was conservatively followed, so this cognitive failure probability can be used for other scenarios.)
Alowworkloadisconsidered fortheoperators bythetimeHPRisneeded.Theoperators willprobablystillbeinOHP4022.016.004 whenHPRisrequired, sincetheywillnotleaveituntilaftertheRCSiscooledanddepressurized enoughtostartRHR.Thereisnotaprocedure steptowarntheoperators tomonitorRWSTlevel,buttheoperators knowtomonitorthis.Onlycognitive treebapplies(datanotattendedto)tothissituation.
EndpathIfromtreebresultsinacognitive valueof7.5E-04.Norecoveryisappliedtothisvalue.(Note:thepathforhighworkloadwasconservatively
: followed, sothiscognitive failureprobability canbeusedforotherscenarios.)
3.3-15  
3.3-15  


pc(HPRW)=7.5E-04(HPRW-CSR-COGHE)
pc(HPRW)=7.5E-04 (HPRW-CSR-COGHE)
ItisassumedthatonlyonetrainofCCW/ESWhasbeenrestored, soHPRrecoverywiththesecondtrainisnotcredible.
It is assumed that only one train of CCW/ESW has been restored, so HPR recovery with the second train is not credible.The operators will go to Attachment A or B of ES-1.3 via step 2 or 3, since both trains of RHR/CCW are not available.
Theoperators willgotoAttachment AorBofES-1.3viastep2or3,sincebothtrainsofRHR/CCWarenotavailable.
The steps in these attachments are similar to the main procedure, except they will align the high head pumps to the one available train of RHR.The critical actions are still the same, with only the step numbers being different.
Thestepsintheseattachments aresimilartothemainprocedure, excepttheywillalignthehighheadpumpstotheoneavailable trainofRHR.Thecriticalactionsarestillthesame,withonlythestepnumbersbeingdifferent.
Therefore, for simplicity, the same identifiers are used as before.(Steps 2 and 3 do not need to be evaluated because the operators would be well aware that both trains are not available, and an EOM of step 2 would be recovered by step 3 (as they are on different pages).)Due to the low work load and since things are under control, recovery with the extra US or STA is warranted.(HPRW-CSR-COGHE)(REC-4A&C-MHHE)(REC-4D-MHHE)(REC---5-MH HE)(REC-US-STA-HE-L) pc(HPRW)=7.5E-04 pe'(steps 4a&c)=2.6E-03*2=5.2E-03 pe'(step 4d)=1.3E-03*2=2.6E-03 pe'(step 5)=2.6E-03*2=5.2E-03 Recovery, execution errors (extra US and STA)=0.05 The total human error probability for failing to switchover to high pressure recirculation upon a loss of CCW or ESW and success of RCP and RR2 is calculated as shown in fault tree HPR3: THEP(HPRW)
Therefore, forsimplicity, thesameidentifiers areusedasbefore.(Steps2and3donotneedtobeevaluated becausetheoperators wouldbewellawarethatbothtrainsarenotavailable, andanEOMofstep2wouldberecovered bystep3(astheyareondifferent pages).)Duetothelowworkloadandsincethingsareundercontrol,recoverywiththeextraUSorSTAiswarranted.
=pc'fpe'(step 4)+pe'(step 5)]~recovery(extra US or STA)THEP(HPRW)
(HPRW-CSR-COGHE)
=7.5E-04+[(5.2E-03+2.6E-03)+5.2E-03]~5.0E-02 THEP(HPRW)
(REC-4A&C-MHHE)
=1.4E-03 3.3.11 HPR Fault Trees Summa The basic events and cutsets (with support system failures (i.e., SUBs)set equal to 1.0E-03)for the HPR fault trees are listed below.3.3-16  
(REC-4D-MHHE)(REC---5-MHHE)(REC-US-STA-HE-L) pc(HPRW)=7.5E-04pe'(steps 4a&c)=2.6E-03*2=5.2E-03pe'(step4d)=1.3E-03*2=2.6E-03pe'(step5)=2.6E-03*2=5.2E-03Recovery, execution errors(extraUSandSTA)=0.05Thetotalhumanerrorprobability forfailingtoswitchover tohighpressurerecirculation uponalossofCCWorESWandsuccessofRCPandRR2iscalculated asshowninfaulttreeHPR3:THEP(HPRW)
=pc'fpe'(step 4)+pe'(step5)]~recovery(extra USorSTA)THEP(HPRW)
=7.5E-04+[(5.2E-03
+2.6E-03)+5.2E-03]~5.0E-02THEP(HPRW)
=1.4E-033.3.11HPRFaultTreesSummaThebasiceventsandcutsets(withsupportsystemfailures(i.e.,SUBs)setequalto1.0E-03)fortheHPRfaulttreesarelistedbelow.3.3-16  


FaulttreeHPR1(usedforHPRA,HPRC,HPRD,HPRE,HPRF,HPRH,HPRS)VER1.6hprl.cut10111.670E-03 O.OOOE+00 HPRA-LPR-CSRHE 2REC-US-STA.-HE.L 3REC--4A&C.MHHE 4REC--.-4D.MHHE 5REC-----5.MHHE 6REC-6THENS--HE-H 7REC--6B&D-EHHE-M 8REC----6E-EHHE 9REC----6F-EHHE 10SUB-HPR1~1.00E-0312.2.60E-0423.1~50E-0414.1.30E-0435.6.50E-OS36.3.90E-0537.1.95E.0538.3.38E-0639.'1.69E-06 310.1.69E-063'l1.8.45E-0731.000E-09 0.0000E+00 0'000E+000~0000E+000'000E+000.0000E+00 0.0000E+00 0.0000E+00 0.0000E+00 0.0000E+00 0~OOOOE+001'000E-045~0000E.025'000E-032.6000E-03 5.2000E-03 5.0000E-01 1.5000E-01 6.5000E-03 1.3000E-02 1.0000E-03 SUB-HPRREC-US-STA--HE-L HPRA-LPR-CSRHE REC-US-STA--HE-L REC-US-STA--HE-L REC-US-STA--HE-L REC-US-STA--HE-L REC-US-STA--HE-L REC-US-STA--HE-L REC-US-STA--HE-L REC-US-STA--HE-L REC-----5-MHHE REC--4A&C-MHHE REC----4D-MHHE REC--4A&C-MHHE REC----4D-MHHE REC--4A&C-MHHE REC--"40MHHEREC--4A&C-MHHE REC----4D-MHHE REC-6THEN5--HE-H REC-6THEN5--HE-H REC--6B&D-EHHE-M REC--6B&D.EHHE-M REC----6F-EHHE REC--"6F.EHHE REC----6E-EHHE REC----6E-EHHE Ver.1.717/25/959:07:40FaulttreeHPR2usedforHPRB,HPRT,HPRU,HPRVVER1.6hpr2.cutVer.1.717/25/959:07:41103.04123456789101.2~3~4.5.6.7.8.9.10.11.9E-03O.OBOE+00 HPRB-LPR-CSRHE REC-US-STA--HE-L REC--4A&C-EHHE REC----4D-EHHE REC-----5-EHHE REC-6THEN5--HE-H REC--6B&D-EHHE-M REC----6E-EHHE REC----6F-EHHE SUB-HPR1~OOE-0317.50E-0416.50E-0423.25E-0431.63E-0439.75E-0534.88E-0538.45E-0634'3E-0634.23E-0632'1E-0631.000E-09 0.0000E+00 0.0000E+00 0.0000E+00 0.0000E+00 0.0000E+00 0.0000E+00 0.0000E+00 0.0000E+00 0.0000E+00 0.0000E+00 REC-----5-EHHE REC--4A&C-EHHE REC----4D-EHHE REC--4A&C-EHHE REC----4D-EHHE REC--4A&C-EHHE REC----40-EHHE REC--4A&C-EHHE REC----4D-EHHE 7.5000E-04 5.0000E-02 1.3000E-02 6.5000E-03
Fault tree HPR1 (used for HPRA, HPRC, HPRD, HPRE, HPRF, HPRH, HPRS)VER 1.6 hprl.cut 10 11 1.670E-03 O.OOOE+00 HPRA-LPR-CSRHE 2 REC-US-STA.-HE.L 3 REC--4A&C.MHHE 4 REC--.-4D.MHHE 5 REC-----5.MHHE 6 REC-6THENS--HE-H 7 REC--6B&D-EHHE-M 8 REC----6E-EHHE 9 REC----6F-EHHE 10 SUB-HPR 1~1.00E-03 1 2.2.60E-04 2 3.1~50E-04 1 4.1.30E-04 3 5.6.50E-OS 3 6.3.90E-05 3 7.1.95E.05 3 8.3.38E-06 3 9.'1.69E-06 3 10.1.69E-06 3'l1.8.45E-07 3 1.000E-09 0.0000E+00 0'000E+00 0~0000E+00 0'000E+00 0.0000E+00 0.0000E+00 0.0000E+00 0.0000E+00 0.0000E+00 0~OOOOE+00 1'000E-04 5~0000E.02 5'000E-03 2.6000E-03 5.2000E-03 5.0000E-01 1.5000E-01 6.5000E-03 1.3000E-02 1.0000E-03 SUB-HPR REC-US-STA--HE-L HPRA-LPR-CSRHE REC-US-STA--HE-L REC-US-STA--HE-L REC-US-STA--HE-L REC-US-STA--HE-L REC-US-STA--HE-L REC-US-STA--HE-L REC-US-STA--HE-L REC-US-STA--HE-L REC-----5-MHHE REC--4A&C-MHHE REC----4D-MHHE REC--4A&C-MHHE REC----4D-MHHE REC--4A&C-MHHE REC--"40 MHHE REC--4A&C-MHHE REC----4D-MHHE REC-6THEN5--HE-H REC-6THEN5--HE-H REC--6B&D-EHHE-M REC--6B&D.EHHE-M REC----6F-EHHE REC--"6F.EHHE REC----6E-EHHE REC----6E-EHHE Ver.1.71 7/25/95 9:07:40 Fault tree HPR2 used for HPRB, HPRT, HPRU, HPRV VER 1.6 hpr2.cut Ver.1.71 7/25/95 9:07:41 10 3.04 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1.2~3~4.5.6.7.8.9.10.11.9E-03 O.OBOE+00 HPRB-LPR-CSRHE REC-US-STA--HE-L REC--4A&C-EHHE REC----4D-EHHE REC-----5-EHHE REC-6THEN5--HE-H REC--6B&D-EHHE-M REC----6E-EHHE REC----6F-EHHE SUB-HPR 1~OOE-03 1 7.50E-04 1 6.50E-04 2 3.25E-04 3 1.63E-04 3 9.75E-05 3 4.88E-05 3 8.45E-06 3 4'3E-06 3 4.23E-06 3 2'1E-06 3 1.000E-09 0.0000E+00 0.0000E+00 0.0000E+00 0.0000E+00 0.0000E+00 0.0000E+00 0.0000E+00 0.0000E+00 0.0000E+00 0.0000E+00 REC-----5-EHHE REC--4A&C-EHHE REC----4D-EHHE REC--4A&C-EHHE REC----4D-EHHE REC--4A&C-EHHE REC----40-EHHE REC--4A&C-EHHE REC----4D-EHHE 7.5000E-04 5.0000E-02 1.3000E-02 6.5000E-03
'1.3000E-02 5.0000E-01 1.5000E-01 6.5000E-03 1.3000E-02 1.0000E-03 SUB-HPRHPRB-LPR-CSRHE REC-US-STA--HE-L REC-US-STA--HE-L REC-US-STA--HE-L REC-US-STA--HE-L REC-US-STA--HE-L REC-US-STA--HE-L REC-US-STA--HE-L REC-US-STA--HE-L REC-US-STA--HE-L REC-6THEN5--HE-H REC-6THENS--HE-H REC--6B&D-EHHE-M REC--6B&D-EHHE-M REC----6F-EHHE REC----6F-EHHE REC----6E-EHHE REC----6E-EHHE 3.3-17 FaulttreeHPR3usedforHPRWVER1.6hpr3.cut652.39BE-03 O.OOOE+00 1SUB-HPR2HPRM-CSR-CDGHE 3REC-US-STA--HE-L 4REC--4ASC-MHHE 5REC----4D-MHHE 6REC-----5-MHHE 1.1'OE-0312.7.50E-043.2.60E.0424.2.60E-0425.1.30E-0421.000E-09 1.0000E-03 7.5000E-04 5.0000E-02 5.2000E-03 2.6000E-03 5.2000E-03 SUB-HPRHPRW-CSR-COGHE REC-US-STA--HE-L REC-US-STA--HE-L REC-US-STA--HE-L 0.0000E+00 0.0000E+00 0.0000E+00 0.0000E+00 0.0000E+00 0.0000E+00 REC-----5-MHHE REC--4AKC.MHHE REC----4D-MHHE Ver.1.717/25/959:07:41FaulttreeHPR4usedforHPRGVER1.6hpr4.cut651.799E-03 O.OOOE+00 1SUB-HPR2HPRA-LPR-CSRHE 3REC-US-STA--HE-L 4REC--4A&C.MHHE 5REC----4D.MHHE 6REC-----5-MHHE 1~1.00E-0312.2.60E-0423~2.60E-0424~1.50E-0415~1.30E-0421.000E-09 1~OOOOE-031.5000E-04 5.0000E-02 5'000E-032.6000E-03 5.2000E-03 SUB-HPRREC.US-STA--HE-L REC-US-STA--HE-L HPRA-LPR-CSRHE REC-US-STA--HE-L 0.0000E+00 0.0000E+00 0.0000E+00 0.0000E+00 0.0000E+00 0.0000E+00 REC-----5-MHHE REC--4ASC-MHHE REC----4D-MHHE Ver.1'17/25/959:07:423.3-18 RespondtoRWSTlowlevelalarmAlarmannunciator lightRespondto1of1alarm*Controlroom-SPYpanelMonitorRWSTlevelRWSTlevel<32%Recognize symptomsrequiring transfertocoldControlroom-SPYpanelandBApanel3.3-19 EOPES-13,Rev.2ResetSISIstatusControlroomOmitactionSelectwrongcontrolforSIresetbuttonEOPES-19,Rev.24aStop1of1westRHRpumpPumpstatusControlroomOmitactionSelectwrongcontrolsforwestRHRpumpEOPES-13,Rev.24bClose1of1westRHRpumpsuctionvalve(1-IMO-320)
'1.3000E-02 5.0000E-01 1.5000E-01 6.5000E-03 1.3000E-02 1.0000E-03 SUB-HPR HPRB-LPR-CSRHE REC-US-STA--HE-L REC-US-STA--HE-L REC-US-STA--HE-L REC-US-STA--HE-L REC-US-STA--HE-L REC-US-STA--HE-L REC-US-STA--HE-L REC-US-STA--HE-L REC-US-STA--HE-L REC-6THEN5--HE-H REC-6THENS--HE-H REC--6B&D-EHHE-M REC--6B&D-EHHE-M REC----6F-EHHE REC----6F-EHHE REC----6E-EHHE REC----6E-EHHE 3.3-17 Fault tree HPR3 used for HPRW VER 1.6 hpr3.cut 6 5 2.39BE-03 O.OOOE+00 1 SUB-HPR 2 HPRM-CSR-CDGHE 3 REC-US-STA--HE-L 4 REC--4ASC-MHHE 5 REC----4D-MHHE 6 REC-----5-MHHE 1.1'OE-03 1 2.7.50E-04 3.2.60E.04 2 4.2.60E-04 2 5.1.30E-04 2 1.000E-09 1.0000E-03 7.5000E-04 5.0000E-02 5.2000E-03 2.6000E-03 5.2000E-03 SUB-HPR HPRW-CSR-COGHE REC-US-STA--HE-L REC-US-STA--HE-L REC-US-STA--HE-L 0.0000E+00 0.0000E+00 0.0000E+00 0.0000E+00 0.0000E+00 0.0000E+00 REC-----5-MHHE REC--4AKC.MHHE REC----4D-MHHE Ver.1.71 7/25/95 9:07:41 Fault tree HPR4 used for HPRG VER 1.6 hpr4.cut 6 5 1.799E-03 O.OOOE+00 1 SUB-HPR 2 HPRA-LPR-CSRHE 3 REC-US-STA--HE-L 4 REC--4A&C.MHHE 5 REC----4D.MHHE 6 REC-----5-MHHE 1~1.00E-03 1 2.2.60E-04 2 3~2.60E-04 2 4~1.50E-04 1 5~1.30E-04 2 1.000E-09 1~OOOOE-03 1.5000E-04 5.0000E-02 5'000E-03 2.6000E-03 5.2000E-03 SUB-HPR REC.US-STA--HE-L REC-US-STA--HE-L HPRA-LPR-CSRHE REC-US-STA--HE-L 0.0000E+00 0.0000E+00 0.0000E+00 0.0000E+00 0.0000E+00 0.0000E+00 REC-----5-MHHE REC--4ASC-MHHE REC----4D-MHHE Ver.1'1 7/25/95 9:07:42 3.3-18 Respond to RWST low level alarm Alarm annunciator light Respond to 1 of 1 alarm*Control room-SPY panel Monitor RWST level RWST level<32%Recognize symptoms requiring transfer to cold Control room-SPY panel and BA panel 3.3-19 EOP ES-13, Rev.2 Reset SI SI status Control room Omit action Select wrong control for SI reset button EOP ES-19, Rev.2 4a Stop 1 of 1 west RHR pump Pump status Control room Omit action Select wrong controls for west RHR pump EOP ES-13, Rev.2 4b Close 1 of 1 west RHR pump suction valve (1-IMO-320)
Close1of1westRHRpumpdischarge crosstievalve(1-IMO-324)
Close 1 of 1 west RHR pump discharge crosstie valve (1-IMO-324)
ValvepositionControlroomOmitactionsSelectwrongvalvecontrolsEOPES-12,Rev.24cOpen1of1recircsumpvalvetowestRHRpumpValvepositionControlroomOmitactionSelectwrongcontrolsforrecircsumpvalve3.3-20  
Valve position Control room Omit actions Select wrong valve controls EOP ES-12, Rev.2 4c Open 1 of 1 recirc sump valve to west RHR pump Valve position Control room Omit action Select wrong controls for recirc sump valve 3.3-20  


EOPES-13,Rev.24dStart1of1westRHRpumpPumpstatusControlroomOmitactionSelectwrongcontrolsforwestRHRpumpEOPES-19,Rev.25a,cResetandclose2of2CCPminiflowvalvesValveswitchesControlroomOmitactionsSelectwrongcontrolsforCCPminiflowvalvesEOPES-13,Rev.25dVerify2of2NorthSIpumpisolation valvesopen(1-ICM-260, 1-IM(h316)
EOP ES-13, Rev.2 4d Start 1 of 1 west RHR pump Pump status Control room Omit action Select wrong controls for west RHR pump EOP ES-19, Rev.2 5a, c Reset and close 2 of 2 CCP miniflow valves Valve switches Control room Omit actions Select wrong controls for CCP miniflow valves EOP ES-13, Rev.2 5d Verify 2 of 2 North SI pump isolation valves open (1-ICM-260, 1-IM(h316)
ValveswitchesControlroomOmitactionsCheckwrongstatuslightsEOPES-13,Rev.25eVerify2of2southSIpumpisolation valvesopen(1-ICM-265, 1-IMO-326)
Valve switches Control room Omit actions Check wrong status lights EOP ES-13, Rev.2 5e Verify 2 of 2 south SI pump isolation valves open (1-ICM-265, 1-IMO-326)
ValveswitchesControlroomOmitactionsCheckwrongstatuslightsEOPES-13,Rev.25fClose2of2SIpumpdischarge crosstievalves(1-IMO-270, I-IMO-275)
Valve switches Control room Omit actions Check wrong status lights EOP ES-13, Rev.2 5f Close 2 of 2 SI pump discharge crosstie valves (1-IMO-270, I-IMO-275)
PumpstatusControlroomOmitactionSelectwrongcontrolsforcrosstievalves3.3-21 I'
Pump status Control room Omit action Select wrong controls for crosstie valves 3.3-21 I'
EOPES-1.3,Rev.25hClose2of2SIpumprecirculation valvestoRWST(1-1MO-262, 1-IMO-263)
EOP ES-1.3, Rev.2 5h Close 2 of 2 SI pump recirculation valves to RWST (1-1MO-262, 1-IMO-263)
ValveswitchesControlroomOmitactionsSelectwrongcontrolsforSIpumprecircvalvesEOPES-1.3,Rev.25iOpen1of1SIpumpsuctionvalvefromwestRHRHx(I-IMO-350)
Valve switches Control room Omit actions Select wrong controls for SI pump recirc valves EOP ES-1.3, Rev.2 5i Open 1 of 1 SI pump suction valve from west RHR Hx (I-IMO-350)
ValveswitchesControlroomOmitactionsSelectwrongcontrolsforSIpumpsuctionvalveEOPES-19,Rev.25jOpen2of2SIpumpsuctioncrosstievalvestoCCP(1-IMO-361, 1-IMO-362)
Valve switches Control room Omit actions Select wrong controls for SI pump suction valve EOP ES-19, Rev.2 5j Open 2 of 2 SI pump suction crosstie valves to CCP (1-IMO-361, 1-IMO-362)
ValveswitchesControlroomOmitactionsSelectwrongcontrolsforSIpumpsuctionvalvesEOPES-13,Rev.251Close1of1SIpumpsuctionvalvefromRWST(1-IMO-261)
Valve switches Control room Omit actions Select wrong controls for SI pump suction valves EOP ES-13, Rev.2 51 Close 1 of 1 SI pump suction valve from RWST (1-IMO-261)
ValveswitchControlroomOmitactionSelectwrongcontrolsforSIpumpsuctionvalve3.3-22  
Valve switch Control room Omit action Select wrong controls for SI pump suction valve 3.3-22  


EOPES-19,Rev.2-5mClose2of2CCPsuctionvalvesfromRWST(1-IMO-910, I-IMO-911)
EOP ES-19, Rev.2-5m Close 2 of 2 CCP suction valves from RWST (1-IMO-910, I-IMO-911)
ValveswitchesControlroomOmit1of2actionsSelectwrongcontrolsforCCPsuctionvalvesEOPES-13,Rev.25nVerify1of2CCPsrunninginrecircmodePumpstatusControlroomOmit2of2actionsSelectwrongcontrolsforCCPsEOPES-13,Rev.25oVerify1of2SIpumpsrunninginrecircmodePumpstatusControlroomOmit2of2actionsSelectwrongcontrolsforSIpumpEOPES-19,Rev.26bStop1of1eastRHRpumpPumpstatusControlroomOmitactionSelectwrongcontrolsforeastRHRpump3.3-23  
Valve switches Control room Omit 1 of 2 actions Select wrong controls for CCP suction valves EOP ES-13, Rev.2 5n Verify 1 of 2 CCPs running in recirc mode Pump status Control room Omit 2 of 2 actions Select wrong controls for CCPs EOP ES-13, Rev.2 5o Verify 1 of 2 SI pumps running in recirc mode Pump status Control room Omit 2 of 2 actions Select wrong controls for SI pump EOP ES-19, Rev.2 6b Stop 1 of 1 east RHR pump Pump status Control room Omit action Select wrong controls for east RHR pump 3.3-23  
,"-;:NUMBER'.,':,
,"-;:NUMBER'.,':, EOP ES-13, Rev.2 6c Close 1 of 1 east RHR pump suction valve (1-IM0-310)
EOPES-13,Rev.26cClose1of1eastRHRpumpsuctionvalve(1-IM0-310)
Close 1 of 1 east RHR pump discharge crosstie valve (1-IMO-314)
Close1of1eastRHRpumpdischarge crosstievalve(1-IMO-314)
Valve position Control room Omit actions Select wrong valve controls EOP ES-13, Rev.2 6d Open 1 of 1 recirc sump valve to east RHB/CTS pump (1-ICM-305)
ValvepositionControlroomOmitactionsSelectwrongvalvecontrolsEOPES-13,Rev.26dOpen1of1recircsumpvalvetoeastRHB/CTSpump(1-ICM-305)
Valve position Control room Omit action Select wrong controls for recirc sump valve EOP ES-13, Rev.2 6e Start 1 of 1 east RHR pump Pump status Control room Omit action Select wrong controls for east RHR pump EOP ES-19, Rev.2 6f Open 1 of 1 CCP suction valve from east RHR Hx (1-IMO-340)
ValvepositionControlroomOmitactionSelectwrongcontrolsforrecircsumpvalveEOPES-13,Rev.26eStart1of1eastRHRpumpPumpstatusControlroomOmitactionSelectwrongcontrolsforeastRHRpumpEOPES-19,Rev.26fOpen1of1CCPsuctionvalvefromeastRHRHx(1-IMO-340)
Valve position Control room Omit action Select wrong controls for CCP suction valve 3.3-24 TABLE 3.3-3 VORKSHEET FOR CALCULATION OF pc Scenario: Small LOCA with success of ECCS hi h ressure in'ection HP2 success of RCS cooldown usin AFW AF4 and success of containment s ra in ection CSI HI: HPR-Switchover to hi h ressure cold le recirculation Cue(s): RWST at low level alarm Duration of time window available for action (TW): 340 Seconds.17 min-680 sec 340 sec (per Reference 26, actions take 680 sec)Approximate start time for TW 30 Procedure and step governing HI: Caution statement at be innin of ES-1 2 A.Initial Estimate of pc pc Failure Mechanism Branch HEP pca: Availability of information
ValvepositionControlroomOmitactionSelectwrongcontrolsforCCPsuctionvalve3.3-24 TABLE3.3-3VORKSHEET FORCALCULATION OFpcScenario:
~a~ne pcb: Failure of attention d 1 5E-4 The ExO should not have much distracting him ac this point following a small LOCA (per operator interviews).
SmallLOCAwithsuccessofECCShihressurein'ection HP2successofRCScooldownusinAFWAF4andsuccessofcontainment srainectionCSIHI:HPR-Switchover tohihressurecoldlerecirculation Cue(s):RWSTatlowlevelalarmDurationoftimewindowavailable foraction(TW):340Seconds.17min-680sec340sec(perReference 26,actionstake680sec)Approximate starttimeforTW30Procedure andstepgoverning HI:Cautionstatement atbeinninofES-12A.InitialEstimateofpcpcFailureMechanism BranchHEPpca:Availability ofinformation
pcc'isread/miscommunicate data~na no data communicated
~a~nepcb:Failureofattention d15E-4TheExOshouldnothavemuchdistracting himacthispointfollowing asmallLOCA(peroperatorinterviews).
-just instruction to watch level~na pcd: Information misleading
pcc'isread/miscommunicate data~nanodatacommunicated
~ne pce: Skip a step in procedure Caution statement is italicized and in all CAPS.3 OE-3 pcf: Misinterpret instruction pcg: Misinterpret decision logic pch: Deliberate violation~ne n~e n~e um of pca through pch I i i l pc Total reduction in TW Effective TW 3 1E-3 min.min.Check here if recovery credit claimed on page 2: xx Notes: There are two RWST level indicators for the o erators to use a chart recorder and an indicator that is ver eas to read 3.3-25  
-justinstruction towatchlevel~napcd:Information misleading
~nepce:Skipastepinprocedure Cautionstatement isitalicized andinallCAPS.3OE-3pcf:Misinterpret instruction pcg:Misinterpret decisionlogicpch:Deliberate violation
~nen~en~eumofpcathroughpchIiilpcTotalreduction inTWEffective TW31E-3min.min.Checkhereifrecoverycreditclaimedonpage2:xxNotes:TherearetwoRWSTlevelindicators fortheoeratorstouseachartrecorderandanindicator thatisvereastoread3.3-25  
'
'
TABLE3.3-4WORKSHEET FORCALCULATION OFpcRECOVERYFACTORSScenario:
TABLE 3.3-4 WORKSHEET FOR CALCULATION OF pc RECOVERY FACTORS Scenario: Small LOCA with success of ECCS hi h ressure in ection HP2 success of RCS cooldown usin AFW AF4 and success of containment s ra in ection CSI HI: HPR-Switchover to hi h ressure cold le recirculation B.Recover Facto s Identif ed Alarm at low RWST level did not credit this for b because credit for alarm alread in tree C.Recovery Factors Applied to pc pc Failure Mechanism Initial HEP Recover Factor Multiply Final~b Value pca pcb 1 5E-4 1 5E-4 pcc pce 3.0E-03 alarm T20-23 1 0001 3 OE-7 This is probably the only alarm going off, and at time much later than the initial alarms, so it will get more attention.
SmallLOCAwithsuccessofECCShihressureinectionHP2successofRCScooldownusinAFWAF4andsuccessofcontainment srainectionCSIHI:HPR-Switchover tohihressurecoldlerecirculation B.RecoverFactosIdentifedAlarmatlowRWSTleveldidnotcreditthisforbbecausecreditforalarmalreadintreeC.RecoveryFactorsAppliedtopcpcFailureMechanism InitialHEPRecoverFactorMultiplyFinal~bValuepcapcb15E-415E-4pccpce3.0E-03alarmT20-23100013OE-7Thisisprobablytheonlyalarmgoingoff,andattimemuchlaterthantheinitialalarms,soitwillgetmoreattention.
Also, this red dot alarm is trained on as a high priority alarm.pcf pcg pch Eum of recovered pca through pch-Recovered pc 1 5E-4 Time at which all recovery factors effective~t 30 mi 3.3-26  
Also,thisreddotalarmistrainedonasahighpriorityalarm.pcfpcgpchEumofrecovered pcathroughpch-Recovered pc15E-4Timeatwhichallrecoveryfactorseffective
~t30mi3.3-26  


OLI-DEPRESSURIZATION TOALLOWLOWPRESSUREINJECTION
OLI-DEPRESSURIZATION TO ALLOW LOW PRESSURE INJECTION~Attention Medium LOCA (MLO)with failure of high pressure injection (HP2)-OLIA (JMR)~Desert tion Following the occurrence of a medium LOCA, if the high head pumps fail to start or fail to provide adequate cooling (HP2), the operators, by following emergency operating procedures, would be directed to depressurize the primary system to below the shutoff head of the RHR pumps to allow the RHR pumps to inject water to the core.The most effective means to perform this action is a rapid secondary depressurization (Reference 4a).If the RCPs are not all running, other actions include starting RCPs to provide forced two-phase flow through the core and/or opening the pressurizer PORVs to depressurize the RCS.Success Criteria and Timin Anal sis Success of this event requires 450 gpm (240x10'PH per EOPs)of AFW flow for the duration of the accident.Success criteria of improved core cooling and increasing vessel inventory is achieved by actions of dumping steam from at least two of four steam generators and/or at least two of three pressurizer PORVs.These actions will allow for the start (or verify running)of at least one of two RHR pumps.The MLO Event Tree description in the Event Tree Notebook provides a detailed description of the timing analysis assumed for meeting the success criteria of this event.The success criteria is based on the identification of inadequate core cooling (ICC)symptoms (high core exit TC indication) at around 30 minutes following MLO event initiation (Reference 25, MLO-35 example).Upon identification of ICC symptoms, the operators should be ready to perform the rapid cooldown with little time delay and then perform the remaining actions.Operator actions are provided in EOP FR-C.1.Procedures The Emergency Operating Procedure used to perform this task is FR-C.1, RESPONSE TO INADEQUATE CORE COOLING, Rev.4.FR-C.1 is entered from F-0.2, Core COOLING Critical Safety Function Status Tree on a RED condition.
~Attention MediumLOCA(MLO)withfailureofhighpressureinjection (HP2)-OLIA(JMR)~DeserttionFollowing theoccurrence ofamediumLOCA,ifthehighheadpumpsfailtostartorfailtoprovideadequatecooling(HP2),theoperators, byfollowing emergency operating procedures, wouldbedirectedtodepressurize theprimarysystemtobelowtheshutoffheadoftheRHRpumpstoallowtheRHRpumpstoinjectwatertothecore.Themosteffective meanstoperformthisactionisarapidsecondary depressurization (Reference 4a).IftheRCPsarenotallrunning,otheractionsincludestartingRCPstoprovideforcedtwo-phase flowthroughthecoreand/oropeningthepressurizer PORVstodepressurize theRCS.SuccessCriteriaandTiminAnalsisSuccessofthiseventrequires450gpm(240x10'PH perEOPs)ofAFWflowforthedurationoftheaccident.
For this event, entry into FR-C.1 will occur from the STA recognizing the red path from F-0.2.Operators will review the red path summary from the foldout pages when they transfer to E-1 from step 25 of E-0 and when they transfer to ES-1.2 from step 14 of E-1, but this is conservatively not credited.Critical And Recove Actions The following are the primary tasks which must be completed for success of the MLO event tree OLI top event: 1.Recognize core exit TC indications greater than 1200'F on the F-0.2, CORE 3.5-1  
Successcriteriaofimprovedcorecoolingandincreasing vesselinventory isachievedbyactionsofdumpingsteamfromatleasttwooffoursteamgenerators and/oratleasttwoofthreepressurizer PORVs.Theseactionswillallowforthestart(orverifyrunning)ofatleastoneoftwoRHRpumps.TheMLOEventTreedescription intheEventTreeNotebookprovidesadetaileddescription ofthetiminganalysisassumedformeetingthesuccesscriteriaofthisevent.Thesuccesscriteriaisbasedontheidentification ofinadequate corecooling(ICC)symptoms(highcoreexitTCindication) ataround30minutesfollowing MLOeventinitiation (Reference 25,MLO-35example).
~, I J I COOLING Critical Safety Function Status Tree or on the red path summary (item 2b on foldout)(cognitive) 2.Start RHR pumps (Step 5 of FR-C.1)(Per operator interviews, the RHR pumps will probably still be running, but starting them is conservatively modelled.)
Uponidentification ofICCsymptoms, theoperators shouldbereadytoperformtherapidcooldownwithlittletimedelayandthenperformtheremaining actions.OperatoractionsareprovidedinEOPFR-C.1.Procedures TheEmergency Operating Procedure usedtoperformthistaskisFR-C.1,RESPONSETOINADEQUATE CORECOOLING,Rev.4.FR-C.1isenteredfromF-0.2,CoreCOOLINGCriticalSafetyFunctionStatusTreeonaREDcondition.
3.Initiate RCS cooldown at maximum rate using SG steam relief valves (conservatively not taking credit for condenser steam dump)(Step 13 of FR-C.1)See Table 3.5-1, Cue Table for OLI for identification of symptoms for OLI actions, See Table 3.5-2, Subtask Analysis For OLI for identification of critical or relevant recovery actions for OLI.3.5.6~Assum tions This action will be required at about the same time that switchover to recirculation will be required.Many factors influence which will come first, therefore, it is conservatively assumed that OLI precedes LPR and CSR.(This is conservative because OLI has a much higher THEP than LPR or CSR.)3.5.7 Si nificant 0 erator Interview Findin s 1.The STA will monitor the core exit thermocouple temperatures using the plant process computer, unless conditions are abnormal, upon which they will also monitor indication on the control room back panels.The RCPs would be running when the operators reach step 12 of FR-C.1.(They will only stop the RCPs upon a medium LOCA if RCS pressure is less than 1250 psig and high head injection is available.)
Forthisevent,entryintoFR-C.1willoccurfromtheSTArecognizing theredpathfromF-0.2.Operators willreviewtheredpathsummaryfromthefoldoutpageswhentheytransfertoE-1fromstep25ofE-0andwhentheytransfertoES-1.2fromstep14ofE-1,butthisisconservatively notcredited.
Since the pumps are already running when they reach this step (" Check if RCPs Should Be Started"), they will go on to step 13.Therefore, they will not open the pressurizer PORVs (RNO column for step 12).3.The RHR pumps will probably still be running when the operators enter FR-C.1.3.5.8 Calculation of Co nitive Error A cognitive model was used to address diagnosis type errors (Reference 21).Table 3.5-3 contains the calculation of the cognitive human error probability, pc, that the STA fails to recognize the red path core cooling conditions.
CriticalAndRecoveActionsThefollowing aretheprimarytaskswhichmustbecompleted forsuccessoftheMLOeventtreeOLItopevent:1.Recognize coreexitTCindications greaterthan1200'FontheF-0.2,CORE3.5-1  
Pc was calculated in Table 3.5-3 to be 6.0E-03.Recovery was not applied to this value.3.5.9 Calculation of Execution Error For the calculation of execution errors, the tables from Chapter 20 of Reference 2 were used.(T20-x refers to Table 20-x of Reference 2.)The critical actions identified in Table 3.5-2 were reviewed to determine the dominant critical actions to be quantified.
~,IJI COOLINGCriticalSafetyFunctionStatusTreeorontheredpathsummary(item2bonfoldout)(cognitive) 2.StartRHRpumps(Step5ofFR-C.1)(Peroperatorinterviews, theRHRpumpswillprobablystillberunning,butstartingthemisconservatively modelled.)
Critical actions are not dominant if they are recovered by other procedure steps or if they follow a mechanical failure because the human error probability would be multiplied by another human error probability or a mechanical failure probability.
3.InitiateRCScooldownatmaximumrateusingSGsteamreliefvalves(conservatively nottakingcreditforcondenser steamdump)(Step13ofFR-C.1)SeeTable3.5-1,CueTableforOLIforidentification ofsymptomsforOLIactions,SeeTable3.5-2,SubtaskAnalysisForOLIforidentification ofcriticalorrelevantrecoveryactionsforOLI.3.5.6~AssumtionsThisactionwillberequiredataboutthesametimethatswitchover torecirculation willberequired.
Attachment OLI is a copy of the relevant portion of FR-H.1, with dominant critical steps circled.The reasons why the other critical steps (identified in Table 3.5-2)are not dominant are also included.3.5-2 I: 1'\
Manyfactorsinfluence whichwillcomefirst,therefore, itisconservatively assumedthatOLIprecedesLPRandCSR.(Thisisconservative becauseOLIhasamuchhigherTHEPthanLPRorCSR.)3.5.7Sinificant0eratorInterview Findins1.TheSTAwillmonitorthecoreexitthermocouple temperatures usingtheplantprocesscomputer, unlessconditions areabnormal, uponwhichtheywillalsomonitorindication onthecontrolroombackpanels.TheRCPswouldberunningwhentheoperators reachstep12ofFR-C.1.(TheywillonlystoptheRCPsuponamediumLOCAifRCSpressureislessthan1250psigandhighheadinjection isavailable.)
Ste 13 Initiate RCS Cooldown to 200'F: 13b Manuall dum steam from intact SG s usin steam relief valves Errors of Omission: Omit step/page:
Sincethepumpsarealreadyrunningwhentheyreachthisstep("CheckifRCPsShouldBeStarted"),theywillgoontostep13.Therefore, theywillnotopenthepressurizer PORVs(RNOcolumnforstep12).3.TheRHRpumpswillprobablystillberunningwhentheoperators enterFR-C.1.3.5.8Calculation ofConitiveErrorAcognitive modelwasusedtoaddressdiagnosis typeerrors(Reference 21).Table3.5-3containsthecalculation ofthecognitive humanerrorprobability, pc,thattheSTAfailstorecognize theredpathcorecoolingconditions.
4.2E-03 (T20-7&#xb9;4, Assumption G)Step 13 of procedure Errors of Commission:
Pcwascalculated inTable3.5-3tobe6.0E-03.Recoverywasnotappliedtothisvalue.3.5.9Calculation ofExecution ErrorForthecalculation ofexecution errors,thetablesfromChapter20ofReference 2wereused.(T20-xreferstoTable20-xofReference 2.)Thecriticalactionsidentified inTable3.5-2werereviewedtodetermine thedominantcriticalactionstobequantified.
Select wrong control when it is dissimilar to adjacent controls: 1.3E-03 (Table 20-12,&#xb9;3)The level and relief valve controls for the steam generators are well marked and different from adjacent controls on the steam generator panels.The only truly credible failure would be selecting the level control rather than the relief control.3.5.10 Calculation of Total Human Error Probabilit for Failure to De ressurize OLI The cognitive and execution error probabilities were calculated in sections 3.5.8 and 3.5.9 to be: pc'(OLIA)=6.0E-03 pe(OLI)=5.5E-03 (without stress or dependence)
Criticalactionsarenotdominantiftheyarerecovered byotherprocedure stepsoriftheyfollowamechanical failurebecausethehumanerrorprobability wouldbemultiplied byanotherhumanerrorprobability oramechanical failureprobability.
OLIA: De ressurize and Start RHR followin a medium LOCA An extremely high level of stress is assumed for red path recoveries.
Attachment OLIisacopyoftherelevantportionofFR-H.1,withdominantcriticalstepscircled.Thereasonswhytheothercriticalsteps(identified inTable3.5-2)arenotdominantarealsoincluded.
Per table 20-16, HEPs should be multiplied by two for moderately high stress for step-by-step tasks, and by 5 for extremely high stress for step-by-step tasks.pc'(OLIA)=6.0E-03 pe'(OLIA)=5.5E-03~5=2.8E-02 (OLI-COG-HE)(OLI--13B-EHHE)
3.5-2 I:1'\
The total human error probability (THEP)for failing to depressurize following a medium LOCA and failure of high pressure injection is: THEP(OLIA)
Ste13InitiateRCSCooldownto200'F:13bManualldumsteamfromintactSGsusinsteamreliefvalvesErrorsofOmission:
Omitstep/page:
4.2E-03(T20-7&#xb9;4,Assumption G)Step13ofprocedure ErrorsofCommission:
Selectwrongcontrolwhenitisdissimilar toadjacentcontrols:
1.3E-03(Table20-12,&#xb9;3)Thelevelandreliefvalvecontrolsforthesteamgenerators arewellmarkedanddifferent fromadjacentcontrolsonthesteamgenerator panels.Theonlytrulycrediblefailurewouldbeselecting thelevelcontrolratherthanthereliefcontrol.3.5.10Calculation ofTotalHumanErrorProbabilit forFailuretoDeressurize OLIThecognitive andexecution errorprobabilities werecalculated insections3.5.8and3.5.9tobe:pc'(OLIA)
=6.0E-03pe(OLI)=5.5E-03(withoutstressordependence)
OLIA:Deressurize andStartRHRfollowinamediumLOCAAnextremely highlevelofstressisassumedforredpathrecoveries.
Pertable20-16,HEPsshouldbemultiplied bytwoformoderately highstressforstep-by-step tasks,andby5forextremely highstressforstep-by-step tasks.pc'(OLIA)
=6.0E-03pe'(OLIA)
=5.5E-03~5=2.8E-02(OLI-COG-HE)(OLI--13B-EHHE)
Thetotalhumanerrorprobability (THEP)forfailingtodepressurize following amediumLOCAandfailureofhighpressureinjection is:THEP(OLIA)
=pc'pe'HEP(OLIA)
=pc'pe'HEP(OLIA)
=6.0E-03+2.8E-02=3.4E-02'he corresponding faulttreeisOLI1.3.5-3  
=6.0E-03+2.8E-02=3.4E-02'he corresponding fault tree is OLI1.3.5-3  


3.5.11OLIFaultTreesSumma0Thebasiceventsandcutsets(withsupportsystemfailures(i.e.,SUBs)setequalto1.0E-03)fortheOLIfaulttreearelistedbelow.FaultTreeOLI1usedforOLIAVER1.6ot11.cut223.383E-02 0~OOOE+001OLI-----COG-HE 2OLI---13B-EHHE 1.2.80E-0212.6.00E-0311.000E-08 6.0000E-03 0.0000E+00 2.8000E-02 0.0000E+00 OLI---138-EHHE OLI-----COG-HE Ver.1.717/25/959:07:003.5-4 Identifysymptomsofinadequate corecoolingonfoldoutpageoronF-0.2,CoreCoolingStatusTreeCoreexittemperature
3.5.11 OLI Fault Trees Summa 0 The basic events and cutsets (with support system failures (i.e., SUBs)set equal to 1.0E-03)for the OLI fault tree are listed below.Fault Tree OLI1 used for OLIA VER 1.6 ot11.cut 2 2 3.383E-02 0~OOOE+00 1 OLI-----COG-HE 2 OLI---13B-EHHE 1.2.80E-02 1 2.6.00E-03 1 1.000E-08 6.0000E-03 0.0000E+00 2.8000E-02 0.0000E+00 OLI---138-EHHE OLI-----COG-HE Ver.1.71 7/25/95 9:07:00 3.5-4 Identify symptoms of inadequate core cooling on foldout page or on F-0.2, Core Cooling Status Tree Core exit temperature
>1200'F-REDpathRecognize redpathforcoreexittemperature
>1200'F-RED path Recognize red path for core exit temperature
>1200'F,andtransfertoFR-C.1Controlroom3.5-5  
>1200'F, and transfer to FR-C.1 Control room 3.5-5  
~c~
~c~
I;.:;~NUMBER:.'::
I;.:;~NUMBER:.'::
EOPFR-C.1,Rev.4EOPFR-C.1,Rev.4sa(RNO)13b(RNO)StartRHRpumpsDumpsteamatmaximumrateusingSGsteamreliefvalvespumpstatussteamreliefvalvepositionindication ControlroomControlroomOmitactionSelectwrongcontrolsforRHRpumpsOmitactionsSelectwrongcontrolsforsteamreliefvalves3.5-6  
EOP FR-C.1, Rev.4 EOP FR-C.1, Rev.4 sa (RNO)13b (RNO)Start RHR pumps Dump steam at maximum rate using SG steam relief valves pump status steam relief valve position indication Control room Control room Omit action Select wrong controls for RHR pumps Omit actions Select wrong controls for steam relief valves 3.5-6  


TABLE3.5-3WORKSHEET FORCALCULATION OFpcScenario:
TABLE 3.5-3 WORKSHEET FOR CALCULATION OF pc Scenario: Medium LOCA with success of accumulators and failure of hi h ressure in'ection HI: OLI-De ressurization to allow low ressure in ection Cue(s): Red ath conditions
MediumLOCAwithsuccessofaccumulators andfailureofhihressurein'ection HI:OLI-Deressurization toallowlowressureinectionCue(s):Redathconditions
-foldout a e or status tree Duration of time window available for action (TW): Seconds'pproximate start time for TW.Procedure and step governing HI: F-0.2 Status Tree Red Path i.e.STA A.Initial Estimate of pc pc Failure Mechanism Branch HEP pca: Availability of information
-foldoutaeorstatustreeDurationoftimewindowavailable foraction(TW):Seconds'pproximate starttimeforTW.Procedure andstepgoverning HI:F-0.2StatusTreeRedPathi.e.STAA.InitialEstimateofpcpcFailureMechanism BranchHEPpca:Availability ofinformation
~na~na pcb: 3 OE-3 Failure of attention e (assume low workload for STA)(per interview, STA will be watching computer screen for core exit thermocouple temperatures until things look abnormal, then they will check indicator on back panel--per G.Parry, use front panel path for this tree)pcc: Misread/miscommunicate data~na~na pcd: Information misleading
~na~napcb:3OE-3Failureofattention e(assumelowworkloadforSTA)(perinterview, STAwillbewatchingcomputerscreenforcoreexitthermocouple temperatures untilthingslookabnormal, thentheywillcheckindicator onbackpanel--perG.Parry,usefrontpanelpathforthistree)pcc:Misread/miscommunicate data~na~napcd:Information misleading
~na~na pce Skip a step in procedure b 3.0E-3 (Status trees are monitored in particular order, and paths are graphically distinct using different colors and line types.)pcf: Misinterpret instruction pcg: Misinterpret decision logic pch: Deliberate violation n~e n~e n~e Sum of pca through pc I i i l pc 6.0E-03 Total reduction in TW Effective TW Check here if recovery credit claimed on page 2: min.min.Notes: Due to inconsistent usea e of the foldout a es er o erator interviews credit is conservativel not iven to the US reco nizin the red ath from the foldout a es 3.5-7  
~na~napceSkipastepinprocedure b3.0E-3(Statustreesaremonitored inparticular order,andpathsaregraphically distinctusingdifferent colorsandlinetypes.)pcf:Misinterpret instruction pcg:Misinterpret decisionlogicpch:Deliberate violation n~en~en~eSumofpcathroughpcIiilpc6.0E-03Totalreduction inTWEffective TWCheckhereifrecoverycreditclaimedonpage2:min.min.Notes:Duetoinconsistent useaeofthefoldoutaeseroeratorinterviews creditisconservativel notiventotheUSreconizintheredathfromthefoldoutaes3.5-7  


''II~~II'~II'IJIII:~I~I~IqII~~~II~~~~~'III~~IIII~~I>I~IIIIIIII~~II~III~pI~~~~~~~~~III~~II'''IIIIIII'I~I~~''II~~~~~I'~~~~I~'~~t~.~~II'I''f'~~II'g~~~~E~~~y~~~~IIII~'~I~~~~,~~~~~~~~II~~  
''I I~~I I'~I I'I J I I I:~I~I~I q I I~~~I I~~~~~'I I I~~I II I~~I>I~I I I I I I I I~~I I~I I I~p I~~~~~~~~~I I I~~I I'''I I I I I I I'I~I~~''I I~~~~~I'~~~~I~'~~t~.~~I I'I''f'~~I I'g~~~~E~~~y~~~~I I II~'~I~~~~,~~~~~~~~I I~~  


TitleTRANSFERTOCOLDLEGRECIRCULATION Number01-OHP4023.ES-1.3STEPACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE3.CheckCCWPumps-BOTHOPERABLERESPONSENOTOBTAINEDIFEastCCWpumpisINOPERABLE, THEN:a.StoptheEastRHRpumpandplaceinPULL-TO-LOCK.
Title TRANSFER TO COLD LEG RECIRCULATION Number 01-OHP 4023.ES-1.3 STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE 3.Check CCW Pumps-BOTH OPERABLE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED IF East CCW pump is INOPERABLE, THEN: a.Stop the East RHR pump and place in PULL-TO-LOCK.
b.GotoAttachment A.IFMestCCWpumpisINOPERABLE, THEN'.StoptheWestRHRpumpandplaceinPULL-TO-LOCK.
b.Go to Attachment A.IF Mest CCW pump is INOPERABLE, THEN'.Stop the West RHR pump and place in PULL-TO-LOCK.
b.GotoAttachment B.CAUTION:VHENCONTROLPOh'ERISRESTOREDFORVALVEOPERATION, THECONTROLPOWERHUSTBELEFTONSOASSOCIATED INTERLOCKS 4'ILLBEOPERABLE.
b.Go to Attachment B.CAUTION: VHEN CONTROL POh'ER IS RESTORED FOR VALVE OPERATION, THE CONTROL POWER HUST BE LEFT ON SO ASSOCIATED INTERLOCKS 4'ILL BE OPERABLE.4.Align West RHR And CTS Pumps For Recirculation:
4.AlignWestRHRAndCTSPumpsForRecirculation:
Qa.Stop the following pumps and place in PULL-TO-LOCKOUT position: QWest RHR pump~,Mest CTS pump b.Close the following valves concurrently:
Qa.Stopthefollowing pumpsandplaceinPULL-TO-LOCKOUT position:
g,.1-1H0-320, West RHR pump~Q IC.-~W tat~CL!C.suction valve~I-IH0-225, West CTS pump suction valve from RWST~I-IM0-324, West RHR pump C.discharge crosstie valve This Step continued on the next page.Page 3 of 35 Rev.2  
QWestRHRpump~,MestCTSpumpb.Closethefollowing valvesconcurrently:
g,.1-1H0-320, WestRHRpump~QIC.-~Wtat~CL!C.suctionvalve~I-IH0-225, WestCTSpumpsuctionvalvefromRWST~I-IM0-324, WestRHRpumpC.discharge crosstievalveThisStepcontinued onthenextpage.Page3of35Rev.2  


TitleTRANSFERTOCOLQLEGRECIRCULATION Humber01-OHP4023.ES-1.3STEPACTION/EXPECTEQ RESPONSEoc.Restorecontrolpowerandopen1-ICM-306, RecircsumptoWestRHR/CTSpumpvalvee.CheckWestCTSpumpstatus-PREVIOUSLY RUNNING1)RestarttheWestCTSpump2)VerifyESWto/fromWestCTSheatexchanger valves-OPEN:~I-WMO-715
Title TRANSFER TO COLQ LEG RECIRCULATION Humber 01-OHP 4023.ES-1.3 STEP ACTION/EXPECTEQ RESPONSE o c.Restore control power and open 1-ICM-306, Recirc sump to West RHR/CTS pump valve e.Check West CTS pump status-PREVIOUSLY RUNNING 1)Restart the West CTS pump 2)Verify ESW to/from West CTS heat exchanger valves-OPEN:~I-WMO-715~1-WMO-717 RESPONSE NOT OBTAINEQ c.Perform the following:
~1-WMO-717 RESPONSENOTOBTAINEQc.Performthefollowing:
1)Open 1-IM0-225, West CTS pump suction valve from RWST.2)IF West CTS pump was previously running, THEN restart the West CTS pump.IF NOT, THEN place the West CTS pump in NEUTRAL.3)Go to Attachment B.d.IF the West RHR pump.can NOT be started, THEN: 1)IF West CTS pump was previously running, restart the West CTS pump.IF NOT,~TH N place West CTS pump in NEUTRAL.2)Go to Attachment B.e.Place West CTS pump in NEUTRAL Page 4 of 35 Rev.2  
1)Open1-IM0-225, WestCTSpumpsuctionvalvefromRWST.2)IFWestCTSpumpwaspreviously running,THENrestarttheWestCTSpump.IFNOT,THENplacetheWestCTSpumpinNEUTRAL.3)GotoAttachment B.d.IFtheWestRHRpump.canNOTbestarted,THEN:1)IFWestCTSpumpwaspreviously running,restarttheWestCTSpump.IFNOT,~THNplaceWestCTSpumpinNEUTRAL.2)GotoAttachment B.e.PlaceWestCTSpumpinNEUTRALPage4of35Rev.2  


TitleTRANSFERTOCOLDLEGRECIRCULATION 01-OHP4023.ES-1.3STEPACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSERESPONSENOTOBTAINEDCAUTION:~IFTHESIPUHPHINIFLOh'ALVES ARECLOSED,THENTHESIPUHPSSHOULDBESTOPPEDWHENEVERRCSPRESSUREAPPROACHES THEIRSHUTOFFHEAD.~IFRCSPRESSUREINCREASES TO2000PSIG,THENAPR2PORVSHOULDBEOPENED,ASNECESSARY, TOREDUCERCSPRESSUREANDHAINTAINHINIHUHCCPFLOP.NOTE:HinimumtotalBITflowforCCPcoolingis:~forICCP-150gpm(160gpmforadversecontainment)
Title TRANSFER TO COLD LEG RECIRCULATION 01-OHP 4023.ES-1.3 STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED CAUTION:~IF THE SI PUHP HINIFLOh'ALVES ARE CLOSED, THEN THE SI PUHPS SHOULD BE STOPPED WHENEVER RCS PRESSURE APPROACHES THEIR SHUTOFF HEAD.~IF RCS PRESSURE INCREASES TO 2000 PSIG, THEN A PR2 PORV SHOULD BE OPENED, AS NECESSARY, TO REDUCE RCS PRESSURE AND HAINTAIN HINIHUH CCP FLOP.NOTE: Hinimum total BIT flow for CCP cooling is:~for I CCP-150 gpm (160 gpm for adverse containment)
~for2CCPs-275gpm(2SOgpmforadversecontainment)
~for 2 CCPs-275 gpm (2SO gpm for adverse containment)
'..AlignSIPumpsAndCCPsForRecirculation:
'..Align SI Pumps And CCPs For Recirculation:
a.ResetbothCCPminiflowvalves:~1-QMO-225
a.Reset both CCP minif low valves:~1-QMO-225~1-QMO-226 b.Check total BIT flow-GREATER THAN MINIMUM NEEDED FOR CCP COOLING b.Perform the following:
~1-QMO-226 b.ChecktotalBITflow-GREATERTHANMINIMUMNEEDEDFORCCPCOOLINGb.Performthefollowing:
1)Stop all but one CCP.2)IF total BIT flow is greater than 150 gpm (160 gpm for adverse containment), THEN go to step Sc.IF NOT, THEN, open the associated CCP miniflow valve and go to step 5d.WHEN RCS pressure is less than 1700 psig, THEN close all CCP miniflow valves.c.Close both CCP miniflow valves:~i-q~o-225 C~'-gMQ-226~J~~~ilCS cI8 z,(~-~~~wwd This Step continued on the next page.,Page 5 of 35 Rev.2 Title TRANSFER TO COLD LEG RECIRCULATION Number 01-OHP 4023.ES-1.3 STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED d.e.Check the following valves for d.Manually open valves.the North SI pump-OPEN~1-ICM-260~l-ICM-260, North SI pump'1-IMO-316 discharge to old le s 1 8, 4 I VQk~IF either valve remains-AND-closed, THEN stop the North SI pump.~1-IM0-316, RHR and SI to RCS cold 1 valve~Go to step Sg.Check the follow ng valves for e.Manually open valves.CP4 the South SI pump-OPEN~1-ICM-265~1-ICM-265, South SI pump~1-IMO-326 discharge t cold legs 2 3 IF either valve remains-AND-closed, THEN stop the South SI pump.~1-IM0-326, RHR and SI to RCS cold le valv~Go to step 5g.Close SI dischar e crosstie@~~~$y a valves:~ykLv80~1-IMO-270~dlpVLA.P'-IMO-275 Check each SI pump flow-g.Stop affected SI pump(s).GREATER THAN 70 GPM:~1-IFI-260 WHEN RCS pressure is less than~1-I F I-266 1425 psig (1150 psig for adverse containment), THEN start SI pump(s).Restore control power and close SI pumps recirc to RWST~+c valves:~1-IMO-262~1-IMO-263 i Open l-IM0-350, SI pump suction from West RHR HX valve i.Locally open 1-IM0-350.
1)StopallbutoneCCP.2)IFtotalBITflowisgreaterthan150gpm(160gpmforadversecontainment),
DO NOT PROCEED UNTIL 1-IMO-350 IS OPEN.This Step continued on the next page.Page 6 of 35 Rev.2 l'
THENgotostepSc.IFNOT,THEN,opentheassociated CCPminiflowvalveandgotostep5d.WHENRCSpressureislessthan1700psig,THENcloseallCCPminiflowvalves.c.ClosebothCCPminiflowvalves:~i-q~o-225 C~'-gMQ-226
TRANSFER TO COLD LEG RECIRCULATION Number 01-OHP 4023.ES-1.3 STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE 0 j.Open Sl pump suction crosstie to CCP valves:/~1-IMO-361~1-IMO-362 RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED k.Verify I-IM0-360, SI pump suction crosst'e CCPs-OP l.Restore control power and~~~Qkk/QQL'lose 1-IM0-261, SI pump e suction from RWST t m.Close CCP suction from.RWST~~~l~4 V~~valves: I~1-IMO-910 quxb~~1-IMO-911/n.Check CCP's-BOTH RUNNING n.IF CCPs were stopped because of RWST low-low level, THEN perform the following:
~J~~~ilCScI8z,(~-~~~wwdThisStepcontinued onthenextpage.,Page5of35Rev.2 TitleTRANSFERTOCOLDLEGRECIRCULATION Number01-OHP4023.ES-1.3STEPACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSERESPONSENOTOBTAINEDd.e.Checkthefollowing valvesford.Manuallyopenvalves.theNorthSIpump-OPEN~1-ICM-260
1)Start one CCP.2)Check total BIT flow-greater than 150 gpm (160 gpm for adverse containment)
~l-ICM-260, NorthSIpump'1-IMO-316 discharge tooldles18,4IVQk~IFeithervalveremains-AND-closed,THENstoptheNorthSIpump.~1-IM0-316, RHRandSItoRCScold1valve~GotostepSg.Checkthefollowngvalvesfore.Manuallyopenvalves.CP4theSouthSIpump-OPEN~1-ICM-265
IF NOT, THEN open associated mini.flow valve and go to step 5o.')Check RCS pressure-less than 1700 psig IF NOT, THEN go to step 5o.WHEN RCS pressure is less than 1700 psig, THEN restart all CCPs.4)Start second CCP.This Step continued on the next page.Page 7 of 35.Rev.2 TRANSFER TO COLD LEG RECIRCULATION Hurrher Ol-OHP 4023.ES-1.3 STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED o.Check SI pumps-BOTH RUNNING o.IF SI pumps were stopped because of, RWST low-low level, THEN perform the following:
~1-ICM-265, SouthSIpump~1-IMO-326 discharge tcoldlegs23IFeithervalveremains-AND-closed,THENstoptheSouthSIpump.~1-IM0-326, RHRandSItoRCScoldlevalv~Gotostep5g.CloseSIdischarecrosstie@~~~$yavalves:~ykLv80~1-IMO-270~dlpVLA.P'-IMO-275 CheckeachSIpumpflow-g.StopaffectedSIpump(s).GREATERTHAN70GPM:~1-IFI-260 WHENRCSpressureislessthan~1-IFI-2661425psig(1150psigforadversecontainment),
1)Check RCS pressure-less than 1425 psig (1150 psig for adverse containment).IF NOT,~TH N go to step 6.WHEN RCS pressure is less than 1425 psig (1150 psig for adverse containment, THEN do step 5o.2)Check SI pump discharge crosstie valves-closed:~I-IHO-270-OR-~I-IMO-275 3)IF SI pump discharge crosstie is isolated, THEN start both SI pumps.IF NOT, THEN start only one SI pump.Page 8 of 35 Rev.2 TRANSFER TO COLD LEG RECIRCULATION Humber 01-.0HP 4023.ES-1.3 STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE 6 Align fast RHR And CTS Pumps For Reer rcul ati on: a.Check RWST Level-LESS THAN 101m RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED a.Continue with step 7..WHEN RWST level drops to IOX, TKH do steps 6b through 6h.b Stop the following pumps and place in PULL-TO-LOCKOUT position:@East RHR pump~East CTS pump c.'lose the following valves concurrently:
THENstartSIpump(s).RestorecontrolpowerandcloseSIpumpsrecirctoRWST~+cvalves:~1-IMO-262
~1-IM0-310, East RHR pump suction valve~l-IM0-215, East CTS pump suction from RWST valve~l-IM0-314, East RHR pump discharge crosstie valve.Restore control power and open d.1-ICM-305, Recirc sump to East RHR/CTS pump valve'~Imr Restore control power and close 1-IMQ-390 RHR pumps suction from RW5T.Qe./Start the East RHR pump f.Open 1-IMO-340 CCP suction from East RHR (IX valve g.Check East CTS pump-PREVIOUSLY RUNNING 1)Restart the East CTS pump 2)Verify ESW to/from East CTS heat exchanger valves-OPEN~1-WMO-711~1-WMO-713 h.Restore control power and close 1-IMO-390 RHR pumps suction from RW)T Go to step 7.e.Go to step 6g.g.Place East CTS pump in NEUTRAL Page 9 of 35 Rev.2  
~1-IMO-263 iOpenl-IM0-350, SIpumpsuctionfromWestRHRHXvalvei.Locallyopen1-IM0-350.
DONOTPROCEEDUNTIL1-IMO-350 ISOPEN.ThisStepcontinued onthenextpage.Page6of35Rev.2 l'
TRANSFERTOCOLDLEGRECIRCULATION Number01-OHP4023.ES-1.3STEPACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE0j.OpenSlpumpsuctioncrosstietoCCPvalves:/~1-IMO-361
~1-IMO-362 RESPONSENOTOBTAINEDk.VerifyI-IM0-360, SIpumpsuctioncrosst'eCCPs-OPl.Restorecontrolpowerand~~~Qkk/QQL'lose1-IM0-261, SIpumpesuctionfromRWSTtm.CloseCCPsuctionfrom.RWST~~~l~4V~~valves:I~1-IMO-910 quxb~~1-IMO-911
/n.CheckCCP's-BOTHRUNNINGn.IFCCPswerestoppedbecauseofRWSTlow-lowlevel,THENperformthefollowing:
1)StartoneCCP.2)ChecktotalBITflow-greaterthan150gpm(160gpmforadversecontainment)
IFNOT,THENopenassociated mini.flowvalveandgotostep5o.')CheckRCSpressure-lessthan1700psigIFNOT,THENgotostep5o.WHENRCSpressureislessthan1700psig,THENrestartallCCPs.4)StartsecondCCP.ThisStepcontinued onthenextpage.Page7of35.Rev.2 TRANSFERTOCOLDLEGRECIRCULATION HurrherOl-OHP4023.ES-1.3STEPACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSERESPONSENOTOBTAINEDo.CheckSIpumps-BOTHRUNNINGo.IFSIpumpswerestoppedbecauseof,RWSTlow-lowlevel,THENperformthefollowing:
1)CheckRCSpressure-lessthan1425psig(1150psigforadversecontainment)
.IFNOT,~THNgotostep6.WHENRCSpressureislessthan1425psig(1150psigforadversecontainment, THENdostep5o.2)CheckSIpumpdischarge crosstievalves-closed:~I-IHO-270-OR-~I-IMO-275 3)IFSIpumpdischarge crosstieisisolated, THENstartbothSIpumps.IFNOT,THENstartonlyoneSIpump.Page8of35Rev.2 TRANSFERTOCOLDLEGRECIRCULATION Humber01-.0HP4023.ES-1.3STEPACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE6AlignfastRHRAndCTSPumpsForReerrculation:a.CheckRWSTLevel-LESSTHAN101mRESPONSENOTOBTAINEDa.Continuewithstep7..WHENRWSTleveldropstoIOX,TKHdosteps6bthrough6h.bStopthefollowing pumpsandplaceinPULL-TO-LOCKOUT position:
@EastRHRpump~EastCTSpumpc.'losethefollowing valvesconcurrently:
~1-IM0-310, EastRHRpumpsuctionvalve~l-IM0-215, EastCTSpumpsuctionfromRWSTvalve~l-IM0-314, EastRHRpumpdischarge crosstievalve.Restorecontrolpowerandopend.1-ICM-305, RecircsumptoEastRHR/CTSpumpvalve'~ImrRestorecontrolpowerandclose1-IMQ-390 RHRpumpssuctionfromRW5T.Qe./Start theEastRHRpumpf.Open1-IMO-340 CCPsuctionfromEastRHR(IXvalveg.CheckEastCTSpump-PREVIOUSLY RUNNING1)RestarttheEastCTSpump2)VerifyESWto/fromEastCTSheatexchanger valves-OPEN~1-WMO-711
~1-WMO-713 h.Restorecontrolpowerandclose1-IMO-390 RHRpumpssuctionfromRW)TGotostep7.e.Gotostep6g.g.PlaceEastCTSpumpinNEUTRALPage9of35Rev.2  


~~~IIiI~II'III:iI~~I~~~~I~~~II~I~~sI~E1IIIII~I~~~~I~~~I4I~I~I~~I~I~~~s.~''  
~~~I I i I~I I'I I I: i I~~I~~~~I~~~I I~I~~s I~E 1 I I I I I~I~~~~I~~~I 4 I~I~I~~I~I~~~s.~''  
'I~~iRESPONSETpINAOEqUATE CpRECppLINGituvber01-OHP4023.FR-C.1STEPACTION/EXPECTED RESppNSERESPONSENOTOBTAINEO12.NOTE:Normalconditions aredesiredbutnotrequirdforstartingtheRCns.is&.~CheckifRCPsShouldBeStarted:~~a.CoreexitTCs-GREATERTHANa.C6toStep13.1200'F.b.CheckifanidleRCScoolingloopisavailable:
'I~~i RESPONSE Tp INAOEqUATE CpRE CppLING ituvber 01-OHP 4023.FR-C.1 STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESppNSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINEO 12.NOTE: Normal conditions are desired but not requir d for starting the RCns.is&.~Check if RCPs Should Be Started:~~a.Core exit TCs-GREATER THAN a.C6 to Step 13.1200'F.b.Check if an idle RCS cooling loop is available:
~NarrowrangeSGlevel-GREATERTHAN6X(22XFORAOVERSECONTAINMENT)
~Narrow range SG level-GREATER THAN 6X (22X FOR AOVERSE CONTAINMENT)
~RCPinassociated loop-AVAILABLE ANDNOTOPERATING c.StartRCPinoneidleRCScoolingloop.d.ReturntoStep12a.h.Performthefollowing:
~RCP in associated loop-AVAILABLE AND NOT OPERATING c.Start RCP in one idle RCS cooling loop.d.Return to Step 12a.h.Perform the following:
1)OpenallPR2PORVsandblockvalves.2)+FcoreexitTCsremaingreaterthan1200'F,~THNopenotherRCSventpathstocontainment:
1)Open all PR2 PORVs and block valves.2)+F core exit TCs remain greater than 1200'F,~TH N open other RCS vent paths to containment:
a)PRZventpathvalves:~1-NSO-61and1-NSO-62-OR-~1-NSO-63and1-NSO-64b)Reactorheadventpathvalves:~1-NSO-21and1-NSO-22-OR-~1-NSO-23and1-NSO-243)GotoStep13.Page9of16Rev.4;CS-1  
a)PRZ vent path valves:~1-NSO-61 and 1-NSO-62-OR-~1-NSO-63 and 1-NSO-64 b)Reactor head vent path valves:~1-NSO-21 and 1-NSO-22-OR-~1-NSO-23 and 1-NSO-24 3)Go to Step 13.Page 9 of 16 Rev.4;CS-1  


TitleRESPONSETOINADEQUATE CORECOOLINGHurber01-OHP4023.FR-C.1STEPACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSERESPONSENOTOBTAINEDCAUTION:DURINGCOOLDOVN, STEANFLOPOFGREATERTHAN1.42x106PPHONTMOORNORESGsVILLRESULTINASTEAPILINE ISOLATION.
Title RESPONSE TO INADEQUATE CORE COOLING Hurber 01-OHP 4023.FR-C.1 STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED CAUTION: DURING COOLDOVN, STEAN FLOP OF GREATER THAN 1.42x106 PPH ON TMO OR NORE SGs VILL RESULT IN A STEAPILINE ISOLATION.
NOTE:~Partialuncovering ofSGtubesisacceptable inthefollowing steps.~Bothsteamdumpcontrolselectorswitchesshouldbemomentarily placedinBYPASSINTERLOCK whenTavgdecreases to541'F.~~13.InitiateRCSCooldownTo200'F:~~a.Transfercondenser steamdumptosteampressuremodeb.umpsteamtocondenser fromintactSG(s)atmaximumrateb.HanuallyorlocallydumpsteamfromintactSG(s)atmaximumrateusingsteamreliefvalves.c.CheckRCShotlegtemperatures c.Cooldownusingfaultedor-DECREASING rupturedSG(s).Page10of16Rev.4,CS-1  
NOTE:~Partial uncovering of SG tubes is acceptable in the following steps.~Both steam dump control selector switches should be momentarily placed in BYPASS INTERLOCK when Tavg decreases to 541'F.~~13.Initiate RCS Cooldown To 200'F:~~a.Transfer condenser steam dump to steam pressure mode b.ump steam to condenser from intact SG(s)at maximum rate b.Hanually or locally dump steam from intact SG(s)at maximum rate using steam relief valves.c.Check RCS hot leg temperatures c.Cooldown using faulted or-DECREASING ruptured SG(s).Page 10 of 16 Rev.4, CS-1  
~~IiiIii'l)i')~~~~iiLIiIII~I'~~~~I~'~~~I~I~~~.~.~II~~II~~~4/~~~~  
~~I ii I i i'l)i')~~~~i iL I i I I I~I'~~~~I~'~~~I~I~~~.~.~I I~~I I~~~4/~~~~  


1616611012%45.516.4K-l 666--.S-MIE K--6SMIEREC611M4E
16166 11012%45.516.4K-l 666--.S-MIE K--6S MIE REC 611M 4E


}Rfavell1rccRllCO8%2MI2STA-fE-lR--.S.Bff 45.5TA.+4 FIGUREE-10HPR3FAULTTREEHPA3FaultTreeHPR30OOIHPR30004SU9-HPAHPRW-CSR-COGHE HPR30005AEC.US-STA--HE-L REC--(ALC-LONE AEC--~~ID-ISEREC-----5-INHE FIGUREE-11HPR4FAVLTTREEHPA(FaultTreeHPA(0001HPR40004SUB-HPAHPRA.LPA.CSRHE HPR40005REC-US-STA--%-L REC----<D.NHE REC-----54fSE ATTACHMENT 1TOAEP'NRC'10820 DonaldC.CookNuclearPlantIndividual PlantExamination Individual PlantExamination Revision1
}R favell 1rcc Rll CO 8%2MI2 STA-fE-l R--.S.Bff 45.5TA.+4 FIGURE E-10 HPR3 FAULT TREE HPA3 Fault Tree HPR30OOI HPR30004 SU9-HPA HPRW-CSR-COGHE HPR30005 AEC.US-STA--HE-L REC--(ALC-LONE AEC--~~ID-ISE REC-----5-INHE FIGURE E-11 HPR4 FAVLT TREE HPA(Fault Tree HPA(0001 HPR40004 SUB-HPA HPRA.LPA.CSRHE HPR40005 REC-US-STA--%-L REC----<D.NHE REC-----54fSE ATTACHMENT 1 TO AEP'NRC'10820 Donald C.Cook Nuclear Plant Individual Plant Examination Individual Plant Examination Revision 1
)I CQOKNUCLEARPLANTBridgman, Michiganf,'..>~~i4~*Jl'PlQe'.M.An+*''w"+f,,'+gty+pjI~1~~~0WRSL~a.INDIVIDUAL PLANT:EXAIMZNATION
)I CQOK NUCLEAR PLANT Bridgman, Michigan f,'..>~~i4~*Jl'PlQe'.M.An+*''w"+f,,'+gty+pj I~1~~~0 W RSL~a.INDIVIDUAL PLANT: EXAIMZNATION
=:-.:REVISION!=1"''-'=";.-."':='."-',-';-"-;,.'.,',.
=:-.: REVISION!=1"''-'=";.-."':='."-',-';-"-;,.'.,',.
K~a.~c-5Id}}
K~a.~c-5 I d}}

Revision as of 08:05, 6 July 2018

Repair Boundary for Parent Tube Indications within Upper Joint Zone of Hybrid Expansion Joint Sleeved Tubes.
ML17332A992
Person / Time
Site: Cook American Electric Power icon.png
Issue date: 09/30/1995
From: CULLEN W K, KEATING R F, KUCHIRKA P J
WESTINGHOUSE ELECTRIC COMPANY, DIV OF CBS CORP.
To:
Shared Package
ML17332A991 List:
References
WCAP-14447, NUDOCS 9510270085
Download: ML17332A992 (208)


Text

Westinghouse Non-Proprietary Class 3 WCAP-14447 Repair Boundary for Parent Tube Indications Within the Upper Joint Zone of Hybrid Expansion Joint (HEJ)Sleeved Tubes September 1995 R.F.Keating W.K.Cullen P.J.Kuchirka WESTINGHOUSE ELECTRIC CORPORATION NUCLEAR SERVICES DIVISION P.O.BOX 158 MADISON, PENNSYLVANIA 15663-01 58@1995 WESTINGHOUSE ELECTRIC CORPORATION All Rights Reserved 9510270085 951020 PDR ADOCK 05000315 PDR'

Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class 3~Repair Boundary for Parent Tube Indications Within the Upper Joint Zone of Hybrid Expansion Joint (HEJ)Sleeved Tubes SECTION TABLE OF CON'IENTS PAGE 1.0 Introduction

1.1 Description

of the Sleeving Process 1.2 Summary of HEJ Sleeve Installations 1.3 Summary of HEJ Repair Boundary Qualified in this Report 1-1 1-1 1-2 1-2 2.0 Discussion and Conclusions

2.1 Discussion

2.2 Conclusions

2.2.1 Indication

Locations 2.2.2 Allowable Indication Arc Length 2.2.3 Axial Indications 2.2.4 Primary-to-Secondary Leakage 2-1 2-1 2-2 2-2 2-2 2-2 2-2 3.0 Regulatory Requirements

3.1 Regulatory

Guide l.121 3.2 Accident Condition Allowable Leak Rate 3-1 3-1 3-2 4.0 Field Experience 4.1 HEJ Sleeved Tube Indications 4.1.1 Kewaunee Nuclear Power Plant 4.1.2 Point Beach Unit 2 Nuclear Power Plant 4.1.3 Kerncentrale Doel 4 Nuclear Power Plant 4.2 Summary of Field Experiences 4-1 4-1 4-1 4-1 4-2 43 5.0 Summary of Examinations Conducted on Kewaunee Steam Generator Tubes with Hybrid Expansion Joints 5.1 Introduction 5.2 NDE Results 5.3 Leak Testing 5.4 Tensile Testing 5.5 Destructive Examination Results 5.6 Surface Chemistry 5.7 Conclusions 5-1 5-1 5-1 5-2 5-2 5-3 5-5 5-6 09/2$/9$

Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class 3 Repair Boundary for Parent Tube Indications Within the Upper Joint Zone of Hybrid Expansion Joint (HEJ)Sleeved Tubes SECTION TABLE OF COÃZP24TS (Continued)

PAGE 6.0 Structural Integrity and Leak Rate Evaluations

6.1 Structural

Integrity Tests 6.2 Pulled Tube Structural Tests 6.3 Structural Integrity Analyses 6.4 Leak Rate Tests and Analyses 6.5 Crack Growth Rate Considerations

6.6 Additional

Tube Integrity Considerations and Observations

6.7 Conclusions

6-1 6-1 6-2 6-2 6-3 6-3 6-3 6-47.0 Leak Rate Based Repair Boundary 7.1 Introduction 7.2 Sleeved Tube Dimensions 7.3 U-Bend Clearance 7.4 Leakage Potential 7.4.1 Normal Operation 7.4.2 Steam Line Break 7.5 Tubes Interior to Stayrod Locations 7.6 Distribution of Indications in the Kewaunee SGs Sleeved Tubes 7.7 Plant Operation Considerations 7.8 Summary and Conclusions 7-1 7-1 7-2 7-3 7-5 7-6 7-6 7-7 7-7 7-8 7-8 8.0 Repair Boundary for Parent Tube Indications

8.1 Compliance

with draft RG 1.121 Tube Integrity Criteria 8.2 Offsite Dose Evaluation For a Postulated Main Steam Line Break Event Outside of Containment but Upstream of the Main Steamline Isolation Valve 8.3 Evaluation of Other Steam Loss Accidents 8.4 HEI Inspection Requirements 8-1 8-1 8-2 8-2 8-3 HEllNDEX.SEC

Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class 3 Repair Boundary for Parent Tube Indications Within the Upper Joint Zone of Hybrid Expansion Joint (HEW)Sleeved Tubes SECTION TABLE OF CONHMTS (Continued)

PAGE 9.0 Summary of Sleeve Degradation Limit Acceptance Criteria 9.1 Stxuctural Considerations 9.1.1 Crack Indications Below the Upper Hardroll Lower Transition 9.1.2 Sleeved Tube with Degradation Indications with Non-Dented Tube Support Plate Intersections 9.1.3 Dented Tubes 9.2 Leakage Assessment 9.3 Defense In Depth and Primary to Secondaxy Leakage Limits 9-1 9-1 9-1 9-1 9-1 9-1 9-2 10.0 References 10-1 Appendix A, Review of Prior Amendment Requests for HEI Sleeved Tubes 1.0 2.0 3.0 Discussion/Chronology of Pxior Amendment Requests Summaxy of Stxuctural Integrity and Leak Rate Evaluations

2.1 Structural

Integrity Tests 2.2 Structural Integrity Analyses 2.3 Leak Rate Tests and Analyses 2.4 Crack Growth Rate Evaluations Summary$-1 A-2 A-3 A-.4 A-5 A-5 A-6 HEJ INDEX.SEC

Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class 3Repair Boundary for Parent Tube Indications Within the Upper Joint Zone of Hybrid Expansion Joint (HED)Sleeved Tubes 1.0 Introduction In the Spring and FaH of 1994, and the Spring of 1995, indications were found in the hybrid expansion joint (HEJ)region of Steam Generator (SG)tubes which had been sleeved using Westinghouse HEJ sleeves.As a result of these findings, analytic and test evaluations were performed'o assess the effect of the degradation on the structural, and leakage, integrity of the sleeve/tube joint relative to the requirements of the United States Nuclear Regulatory Commission's (NRC)draft Regulatory Guide (RG)1.121, Reference 10.The results of these evaluations demonstrated that tubes with implied or known crack-like circumferential parent tube indications (PIIs)located 1.1" or, farther below the bottom of the hardroll upper transi-tion, have sufficient, and significant, integrity relative to the requirements of the RG.Thus, the purpose of this report is to provide justification for a repair boundary that supersedes that specified in the original Westinghouse WCAP'ualification documents.

A listing of United States plants with installed HEJs is provided in Table 1-1.1.1 Description of the Sleeving Process In accordance with Plant Technical Specification requirements, steam generator tubes are periodically inspected for degradation using nondestructive examination (NDE)techniques.

If established degradation acceptance criteria are exceeded, the indication must be removed from service by plugging or repairing the tube.Tube sleeving is one repair technique used to return a tube to an operable condition.

In the sleeving technique, a smaller diameter tube, or sleeve, is positioned within the parent tube so as to span the degraded region.The ends of the sleeve are then secured to the parent tube forming a new pressure boundary and structural element between the attachment points.Sleeves may be positioned at any location along the straight length of a tube, but are typically placed to repair tube degradation at the top of, or within the tubesheet, or at tube support plate (TSP)intersections.

Sleeves may be of various lengths and may be attached to the parent tube in a variety of ways.In the case of Westinghouse sleeve designs, the method of attachment is generally restricted to either a leak limiting mechanical HEJ or a hermetic Laser Welded Sleeve (LWS)joint.The type of the particular joint configuration is a function of the date of installation and/or the customer's needs and the current plant operating conditions.

Figure 1-1 shows a schematic of a typical HEJ tubesheet sleeve installation.

Figure 1-2 illustrates the details of the upper joint along with terminology used in this report.Typical dimensions of the joint are illustrated on Figure 1-3.Note that only the sleeve/tube upper joint is referred to as a HEJ, and the sleeve is referred to as an HEJ sleeve.References 8 and 9, supplemented by References 11 and 12.Westinghouse Commercial Atomic Power DAPLANTSV EPQKllNTRO.SEC 09/26/9S Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class 3 1.2 Summary of HEJ Sleeve Installations

~~hown in T-2 since its in tio As s able 1 cep n in 1980, the HEJ sleeve has been successfully used to restore over 28,000 steam generator tubes to operational status.Due to decommissioning of plants and replacement of steam generators, only about 12,000 HEJ sleeves remain in service.As shown in Table 1-3, HEJ sleeves are currently in service in the United States at the D.C.Cook Unit 1, Point Beach Unit 2, Kewaunee, and Zion Unit 1 nuclear power plants.The HEJ sleeves listed in Table 1-2 were installed between April 1983 and May 1993, and have operated in the United States without incidence of significant leakage through the upper joint;Doel 4 (Belgium)experienced leakage through an upper joint crack in a parent tube in April of 1994.below the hardroll upper transition (HRUT), and lower, is the sub~ec 1.3 Summary of the HEJ Repair Boundary Qualified in this Report Until March of 1994 there had been no reports of degradation of the parent tubes or the sleeves.In 1994, degradation of the pan.nt tube of HEJ sleeved tubes was detected at the Kewaunee, Point Beach 2, and Doel 4 power plants.At Kewaunee the indications were predominantly located in the hardroll lower transition (HRLT), while at Point Beach 2 the indications were predominately in the hydraulic expansion lower transition (HELT), and at Doel 4 the two confirmed indications were located at the hydraulic expansion upper transition (HEUT).Additional degradation was reported at Kewaunee in the Spring of 1995, and three sleeve/tube joints were removed from the"B" SG for laboratory examination.

The structural and leakage integrity of HEJs in 7/8" nominal diameter tubes with indications located 1.1" t of this report.I The repair boundary is based on analytic evaluations, the results of prototypic testing, and the results of the destructive examinations and tests of the HEJ specimens removed from Kewaunee.The reference location, i.e., the bottom of the HRUT, for reckoning the repair boundary was selected based on the ease of measuring the elevation of indications relative to the that location using existing, e.g., the Westinghouse CECCO and the Zetec+Point eddy current probes, nondestructive examination (NDE)technology.

The actual location of the repair boundary is supported by the structural and leakage evaluations performed using the data from the destructive examinations of the field specimens and the prototypic testing reported in WCAP-14157 and its addendum.DAPLANTSUEEPQKJINTRO.SEC 1-2

Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class 3 Table 1-1: Sleeving Design Documents for United States Plants with HETs Design Document Subject Reference(s)

W CAP-9960 W CAP-11573 W CAP-11643 W CAP-11669 WCAP-12623 Point Beach Unit 2, Alloy 600 sleeves Point Beach Unit 2, Alloy 690 Sleeves Kewaunee, Alloy 690 Sleeves Zion Units 1&2, Alloy 690 Sleeves D.C.Cook Unit 1, AHoy 690 Sleeves 1,2 I 3 4,5 DM'LANTSVLEPQKBJINTRO.TBL 1-3

Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class 3 Table 1-2: Westinghouse Sleeving Experience Chronology Plant Date Installed S/G Type Number Sleeve e(1)0 Sleeves Material Length (in)Sleeve Characteristics San Onofre 2 10/80-6/81 W-27 TS 6929 600TT 27,30,36 HEJ Point Beach 1 11/81 W-44 TS 13 36 HEJQ)Indian Point 3 Point Beach 2 Millstone 2 10/82-1/83 4-6/83 7-9/83 W-44 W-44 CE-67 TS 2971 600TI'S 3000 600TI'S 2036 625/690TT 36,40,44 HEJ 36 40 Ringhals 2 05/84 W-51 TS 69021 30 Braze Millstone 2 Indian Point 3 Millstone 2 03/85 07/85 11/86 CE-67 W-44 CE-67 TS TS 635 225 625/690TT TS 2926 625/690TI'0 36,40,44 HEJ 40 Point Beach 2 10/87 W-44 TS 690TT 36 Kewaunee Zion 1 Doel 3 Point Beach 2 Kewaunee 03/88 03/88 06/88 10/88 03/89 W-51 W-51 W-51 W-44 W-51 TS TS 58 54 690TT 690TT TS 509 TS 1698 6901T 690TT TS 1940 690TT 30 30 Laser"'0,36 HEJ 30,36 HEJ 30 Point Beach 2 10/89 W-44 TS 298 690TI'6 Kewaunee 03/91 W-51 TS 691 690TT 27,30,36 Parley 2 3/92 W-51 TSP 69 690TI'0 Laser)Parley 2 D.C.Cook 1 3/92 7/92 W-51 W-51 690Tl'0 TS TS 1840 690TI'2 Laser8)30,27 HEJ Parley 1 Parley 1 9/92 9/92 W-51 W-51 TSP 148 TS 690TT 690Tl 30 12 Laser8)Laser)Doel 4 Doel 4 5/93 1994 W-E1 W-E1 TS 1752 690TT TS)11000 690TT Total>39000 Las ere)12 30,36 HEJ Notes: (1)TS=tubesheet sleeve&TSP=tube support plate sleeve.(2)Brazed sleeves also installed.

(3)CO, laser used for the welding process.(4)YAG laser used for the welding process.DAPLANTSU.EPQKJINTRO.TBL 1-4 Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class 3Table 1-3: HEJ Sleeves Operational Status as of 1994 Plant Date Installed S/G Type Number of Sleeves<'>

Material Length (in)Sleeve Characteristics Point Beach 2 Point Beach 2 Kewaunee Zion 1 Point Beach 2 Kewaunee Point Beach 2 3/88 3/88 W-51 W-51 10/88 W-44 3/89 W-51 10/89 W-44 4-6/83 W-44 10/87 W-44 87 1940 47 509 1698 298 690TT 690TI'90TT 690TT 690TT 690TT 36 36 30,36 30 30 30,36 36 Kewaunee D.C.Cook1 Doel 4"'/91 7/92 5/93 W-51 W-51 W-E1 Total 1840 1752 11862 690TT 690TT 691 690TI'7,30,36 30,27 30,36 Notes;(1)Number is approximate.

(2)HEJ modified by YAG laser welding in 1994, D:1PLANTS~HEJINTRO.TBL 1-5 09/26/95

('Upper Hydraulic:

Expansion Upper Hardroll Parent Tube~,~Sleeve.Tubesheet Lower Hydraulic Expansion!/Lower Hardroll Cladding Figure 1-1: Typical HEJ Sleeve Installation SAAPC~P95~P HEJF.001 1-6 7/30/95

Tube Hydraulic Expansion Upper Transition (HEUT)Sleeve Hardroll Upper Transition (HRUT)Hardroll Hardroll Lower Transition (HRLT)Bottom of the transition.

Hydraulic Expansion Lower Transition (HELT)Figure 1-2: Hybrid Expansion Joint ConQguration S:EAPCEAEP954AEP HEJF.001 1-7

Figure 1-3: Typical Dimensions of the HEJ SAAPC~P9SULEP HEJF.001 1-8 7/30/95

Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class 3 2.0 Discussion and Conclusions The burst criteria of draft RG 1.121 were used to establish a repair boundary for HEJs with PTIs.The continued safe operation of the SGs is not compromised if the PTls are located below the repair boundary, i.e., 1.1" downward from the bottom of the HRUT or lower, as illustrated on Figure 2-1.A geometry based argument has been developed, Section 7.0, to support the repair boundary as established by structural considerations for PTIs in HEJ sleeved tubes.'summary of the conclusions relative to the establishment and implementation of the repair boundary for HEJ sleeved tubes in Westinghouse Model 44 and 51 SGs is provided in Section 2.2.Additional sections of this report provide a discussion of field experiences through the date of publication of this report, the details of the destructive examinations of sleeved tube sections removed from an operating SG, and structural integrity and potential leak rate considerations made to establish the repair boundary.2.1 Discussion During the Spring, 1995, outage at Kewaunee, three (3)HEJ sleeved tube sections were removed intact from SG"B" for laboratory examination.

One of the sections was designated for archive retention and the remaining two sections have been destructively examined.Each of the specimens exhibited field called PTIs in the hardroll lower transition using thb+Point probe.The indications were confirmed to be extensive, circumferentially oriented, stress corrosion crack arrays (SCC)originating on the inside surface of the tube, confirming the accuracy of the detection and sizing of the NDE.No cracking of the sleeves, and no cracking in the upper transitions of the tubes was found.A detailed discussion of the results of the examinations are provided in Section 5.0 of this report.Structural tests done on two of the removed HEJ tube sections strongly supports the establishment of the repair boundary as stated in this report.As reported in References 8 and 9, structural analyses and tests were performed which demon-strated that degradation of any extent below the middle of the HRLT could be tolerated without violating draft RG 1.121 requirements for protection against burst for tubes subject to degradation.

References 8 and 9 also presented structural integrity and leak rate information relative to failure of the tube/sleeve joint for cracks above the middle of the hardroll if the circumferential extent did not exceed a specified limit.These latter evaluations are not directly germane to the repair boundary established herein;however, a chronological discus-sion of those evaluations, and activities proposing license amendments, is provided in Appendix A to this report.The third section sample is being retained as an archive specimen for future testing if necessary.

DAPLANTSLAEPQKJINTRO.SEC 2-1 09/26/9$

2.2 Conclusions

Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class 3 This document is applicable to the HEJs in service in SGs at D.C.Cook Unit 1, Kewaunee, Point Beach Unit 2, and Zion Unit 1.Specific conclusions relative to the location of the repair boundary, axially oriented PTIs, primary-to-secondary leakage, and the susceptibility of the upper transitions to concurrent degradation are provided in the following subsections.

2.2.1 Indication

Locations Tests conducted in joints designed to simulate a 360'hroughwall crack have shown that the upper hardroll must have additional axial load carrying capability to supplement the radial contact pressure of the sleeve-to-tube interface.

To comply with this condition, PTls in the sleeve/tube joint, i.e., the HEJ, must be limited to 1.1" and lower as reckoned downward from the bottom of the HRUT.It is to be noted that a significant database of field NDE information has been accumulated that demonstrates that the appearance of PTIs in the lower transitions of an HEJ does not imply a susceptibility of the tubes to upper transition PIIs.This is supported by the findings from the destructive examination of several HEJs removed from operating SGs in the United States and Europe.2.2.2 Allowable Indication Arc Length Testing of surrogate and field specimens has demonstrated that an HEJ with a 360'hrough-wall PTl indication at/below the middle of the HRLT will successfully withstand the loads resulting from three times the normal operating pressure differential and 1.43 times the postulated SLB pressure differential.

Therefore, there is no BOC limitation on the circumferential extent of PTls located below the repair boundary as describe in this report.2.2.3 Ax%Indications Axial indications do not independently result in a significant reduction of the axial load carrying capacity of the joint.However, without additional information, it may be supposed that the presence of axial indications may degrade the axial load carrying capability if circumferential cracking is concurxently present.In addition, axial cracks could have an effect on leakage through the sleeve-to-tube joint.Until additional information is developed, it is recommended that HEJs exhibiting axial PTIs above the bottom of the HRLT be removed from service.2.2.4 Primary-to-Secondary LeakageThe use of the specified repair boundary for PTIs should be implemented in concert with an operational leakage limit of 150 gpd and enhanced inspection criteria designed to quantify the orientation and location of potentially crack-like PTIs.Analyses have shown that the tubesheet sleeve lower hardroll joint, located at the tube entry, poses no structural or leakage DAPLANTSVLEPQlHKTRO.SEC 2-2

Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class 3 integrity concerns.The demonstration of the upper joint integrity has been demonstrated

~~~~based on mechanical test programs supplemented by analytic evaluations.

0 Potential primary-to-secondary steam generator tube leakage should be calculated for indications remaining in-service within the identified repair boundary zone.The total predicted leakage from the SG during a postulated SLB event should be compared against the allowable leakage as determined using NUTMEG-0800 calculation guidelines.

DAPLANTSMEPU6 JINTRO.SEC 2-3 09/26/95 Repair Boundary for HEJ Sleeved Tubes HRUT I I Existing repair limits apply to the parent tube and the sleeve.1.1" below the bottom of the HRUT.Roll Expansion:.

I I I I I I I I Revised repair limit boundary applies to sleeve only.: Repair limits'.:.apply to the::: sleeve&tube.Figure 2-1: Revised Pressure Boundary De6nition for HEJ Sleeved Tubes D:K PLAYIS EAE P 4 HEJSUMRY.FIG 2-4

'

Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class 3 3.0 Regulatory Requirements In order to repair SG tubes, an integrated qualification plan was developed to demonstrate the acceptability of the HEJ sleeve/tube joint.Documentation of the sleeve design and attendant analyses of Alloy 600 and 690 thermally treated HEJ sleeves for the repair of SG tubes are contained in Westinghouse technical reports referred to as WCAPs.These reports describe the design basis for sleeving as a repair, the testing and analysis used to support the acceptability of the repair technique, and the method used to demonstrate acceptability of the repair following its application.

A similar approach is taken in this report.The repair boundary for the parent tube in the HEJ HBLT is established such that the design basis of the sleeve/tube meets the requirements of RG 1.121.A listing of the WCAP reports applicable to the plants in question was provided in Section 1 of this report.Current WCAPs define the sleeving application and repair limits.They define the zones of in-service-inspection for the sleeve, and the limit of acceptable sleeve and sleeve joint degradation.

The sleeved tube inspection requirements and repair boundary for the HEJ are summ~in Figure 2-1.Based upon the experiences at Kewaunee, Point Beach 2, and Doel 4, it is evident that the parent tube material in the vicinity of the HEJ transitions can be subject to the development of PTls.In order to prevent the unnecessary plugging of potentially degraded sleeved tubes, the structural integrity of the degraded joints may be evaluated against the burst criteria of draft RG 1~121.In addition, the leakage integrity of the sleeved tubes with PTIs should not repre-sent a potential for offsite doses to exceed the limits defined in Title 10 of the Code of Federal Regulations Part 100 (10 CFR 100).RG 1.121 describes a method acceptable to the NRC staff for meeting General Design Criteria 14, 15, 31 and 32 by reducing the probability and consequences of steam generator tube rupture.This is accomplished by determining the limiting safe conditions of degradation of steam generator tubing, beyond which tubes with unacceptable cracking, as established by in-service inspection, should be removed from service or repaired.The repair boundary is established such that the primary-to-secondary pressure boundary will not result in tubes with partial and/or complete throughwall PIIs outside of the boundary being returned to service.The regulatory basis for leaving the indications within the boundary limits in service is dis-cussed below.3.1 Regulatory Guide 1.121 In establishing the HEJ parent tube repair boundary, the elevation of PTls in the tube span between the tubesheet and HEJ transitions must be considered.

The main purpose of a sleeve is to bridge PTIs with a new pressure boundary.The parent tube repair boundary established by References 1 through 7 documented the potential for PTIs to exist up to 1" below the hardroll.The HEJ joint inherently provides protection to tube burst and significant leakage.The NRC staff has defined tube rupture in NVREG-0844 as an uncontrollable release of reactor coolant in excess of the normal makeup capacity.Examining the upper HEJ, tube DAPLANTSV,EPQKJINTRO.SEC 3-1 09/26/9S

Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class 3burst gould only be expected if a circumferential separation of the parent tube is postulated, and the parent tube was then pushed out of intimate contact with the sleeve due to normal operating or faulted loads.These loads are generated by the pressure differential across the tube wall, represented by the tube end cap loads.Draft RG 1.121 uses factors of safety consistent with Section III of the ASME Code.The HEJ, and areas within the HEJ where degradation has been indicated by NDE, provides an overlap of the tube and the sleeve for a length of approximately 3 inches in the free-span region above the top of the tubesheet.

This overlap must be considered in the overall evaluation of the proposed degradation acceptance limits.3.2 Accident Condition Allowable Leak Rate The accidents that are affected by primary-to-secondary leakage are those that include, in the activity release and offsite dose calculation, modeling of leakage and secondary steam release to the environment.

The postulated steam line break (SLB)accident represents the most limiting case due to the potential for increasing leakage due to the steadily increasing primaTy-to-secondary pressure differential during recovery from the accident and the direct release path to the environment provided by the break in the steam pipe.Establishment of the repair boundary includes calculation of the maximum permissible steam generator primary-to-secondary leak rate during a steam line break outside of the containment building.Standard Review Plan (NUREG-0800) methodology is used to establish the maximum permissible leak rate.This methodology has been used to justify primary.to-secondary leak rates greater than the value of 1.0 gpm normally assumed in the plants'SAR.

This methodology ha's been utilized previously by the NRC for the licensing of the steam generator tube support plate voltage based plugging criteria, described in Generic Letter 95-05.NUTMEG-0800 limits the thyroid dose to 10%of the 10 CFR 100 limit of 300 Rem for the accident initiated iodine spike case.The repair boundary established in this report considers a conservative SLB per tube leakage aHowance based on test data to account for potential leakage from PTIs left in service.The total SG SLB leak rate from all sources (including calculated leakage from TSP intersections which are addressed by Generic Letter 95-05)is summed when comparing the estimated leak rate against the value established using the methodology of NU~REG 0800.D:LPLANTSMEPQlHINTRO.SEC 3-2 10/03/95 Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class 3~~~s~)4.0 Field",Experience

4.1 HEJ'Sleeved

Tube Indications s4 4.1.1 Kewaunee Nuclear Power Plant In April~of 1994, seventy-seven (77)PTIs were detected in the HEJ of sleeved tubes (based on a 100,%'inspection) in the SGs at the Kewaunee Nuclear Power Plant using the Zetec I-coil eddy current inspection probe.A detailed description of the indications and their locations is provided in Reference 8.One (1)circumferential PTI (about 34)was found at the HEUT, see Figure 1-2 for the joint designations.

There was no operating leakage attributable to the presence of this indication.

One (1)indication was found to be axial and contained within the.hardroll (HR)expansion.

No axial indications were identified above or below the HR.Two (2)indications were identified as volumetric within the hydraulic expansion below the HRLT.Sixty-two (62)indications were identified as circumferential and located at the HRLT.The xemaining eleven (11)indications were located at/below the bottom of the HELT.There wexe no instances of multiple indications in a single HEJ.The circumferential extent of the indica-tions ranged from 45'o 285, with nine (9)being judged to be greater than 200 in extent.The average elevation of the sixty-two indications was found to be 1.42" below the top of the HRUT with a standard deviation of 0.08".The calendar time of operation for the tubes following sleeving ranged from five to six years.The distribution of the indications as a~~~~~~~~~~~function of installation year is provided in Table 4-1.I In April of 1995, seven-hundred and thirty-eight (738)HEJ PTIs were detected using the Zetec+Point eddy current inspection probe.Again, a 100%inspection of the HEJs in the SGs was performed:

Five (5)circumferentially oriented PTIs were reported at the HE uppex transition.

Again, there was no leakage reported from any of the indications.

Nine (9)axially oriented PTIs were reported in the hardroll region.Six-hundred and forty-three (643)circumferential PTIs were reported at elevations ranging fmm 1.00" to 1.75" below the bottom of the HRUT.This corresponds to 0.00" to 0.75" below the nominal top of the HBLT.The remaining eighty-one (81)indictions were located at/below the HELT.One tube was reported as having multiple, i.e., two, PTIs, both of which were below the top of the HBLT.The circumferential extent of the indications ranged from 45'o 360'ased on the NDE.The average elevation of the HBLT PTIs was found to be'1.32" below the bottom of the HRUT with a standard deviation of 0.10".The sleeves had been installed in 1988, 1989, and 1991, and were fabricated from thermally treated Alloy 690 material.The distribution of'he indications as a function of installation year is provided in Table 4-2.P 4.1.2 Point Beach.Unit 2 Nuclear Power Plant In October of 1994, two-hundred and thirty (230)circumferentially oriented HEJ PTIs were detected using the Westinghouse/Ontario Hydro CECCO 3 eddy current inspection probe.All~~~~~~~~~~~~~~of the HEJs were examined on the hot leg of the SGs.A 20%sample of the HEJs examine on the cold leg side of the SGs revealed no indications.

One (1)indication was de/ected in the HEUT, seven (7)in the HRUT, eighty-eight (88)in the HBLT, and one-hundxcdsand tliirty-D:LPLANTSV,PKHEIFIELD.SEC 4-1 Westinghouse'non-Proprietary Class 3 N four (134)in the HELT.'he minimum PTI angle reported was 23 and the maximum was~~~360'.'fhe sleeves had been installed in the tubes in 1983, and were fabricated from thermally, treated Alloy 600 material.4.1.3 Kerncentrale Doel 4 Nuclear Power Plant Significant in-service leakage was detected from a PTI in SG"G" at Doel 4 in April of 1994 one week before a scheduled outage.The leak was attributed to a throughwall PTI at the HEUT.The tube/HEJ was removed from the SG along with a joint from a randomly selected tube.The indication in the leaking tube had an ID extent of-180 and an OD extent of-160'.A PTI was'ound in the other tube at the same elevation.

It consisted of three (3)separate, circumferentially adjacent cracks with an aggregate length of-5 mm (34).The deepest crack has been reported as being 90 to 100%throughwall, Reference 16.The PTfs in both tubes weie attributed to primary water stress corrosion cracking (PWSCC).A total of 1740 tubes had thermally treated Alloy 690 HEJ sleeves installed in 1993.The tubes at Doel 4 are considered to be particularly susceptible to PWSCC.During the outage the detection of significant numbers of tubes cracked at the tube/tubesheet hardroll transitions led to the decision to sleeve all of the tubes in the three SGs at that site using laser welded sleeves (LWSs), and to add a laser welded joint to each of the HEJ sleeves at an elevation above the HEUT..During the LWS campaign, fifty (50)additional HEJs were examined using the CECCO 3 probe.Nine (9)of the tubes were indicated to contain PTls.Six (6)of these were at the HEUT and the remaining three were at the HELT.None of the tubes were indicated to have multiple PTIs'.In the Summer of 1995, a CECCO 3 probe was used to inspect all of the sleeve joints in the three SGs.A+Point probe was also used to inspect 184 of the welded HEJ sleeves.A summary of all findings was not available at the time of preparation of this report.Six (6)of the weld repaired HEJ sleeved tubes were removed for destructive examination.

Two of these had been identified as having no detectable degradation (NDD)at the HEUT by the field NDE.These were confiimed to be NDD in the laboratory.

The other four HEJs exhibited PTIs by the field NDE.One of these was found to have an ID initiated throughwall crack (-0.5" on the ID and-0.25" on the OD)at the elevation of the HEUT.This tube broke during the removal operation at a tensile load of-9700 lb,.The other specimens had experienced wastage of the parent tube and the Alloy 690 sleeve at the bottom of the closed crevice, i.e., the HEUT, formed when the laser welding was effected.The wastage may likely be due to a concentration of an acidic environment in the-6" long closed crevice between the HEJ and the repair weld.Note that this information is an update of information previously presented, e.g., Refer-ence 15, where it was stated that no indications had been reported in the HRUT, An expert review of the NDE data revealed that the location information was distorted as a result of pulling the probe down into the sleeve from the tube.A reevaluation of all of the PTI elevations was performed only to identify the location of the PTIs by transition, thus average dimensional information was not available at the time of preparation of this report.DM'LANTSVLEPQKJ FIB.D.SEC 4-2 09/25/95 Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class 3 4.2 Summary of Field Experiences

~~~~~~~~~~~In summary, FIIs have been detected in HEJ sleeved tubes at three plants during a total of'our inspection outages, two at Kewaunee, one at Point Beach 2, and the initial inspection outage at Doel 4.A summary of approximately all known PTIs is provided in Table 4-3.In total, about 60.5%occur at the HRLT and 37.2%at the HELT.About 0.7%have been found at the HRUT, and the remaining 1.6%at the HEUT.These distributions are illustrated in histogram form on Figure 4-1 and in"pie" chart form on Figure 4-2.The incidence of indications at the upper transitions in plants in the United States (VS)comprises about 1.5%of the reported indications.

Thus, the distribution at Doel 4 is atypical of the occurrences in the VS.In no instances have indications been detected in the same tube at upper and lower transitions.

Approximately 75%of the known PIIs have been found in tubes in the Kewaunee SGs.Hence, it would be expected that the distribution of indications relative to elevation can be characterized by the distribution found at Kewaunee.Figure 4-3 illustrates the distributions of PTls at the last inspection outage at Kewaunee.'pproximately 1%of the indications were judged to be located within 1.1" of the bottom of the HRUT.If an eddy current positioning error of 1/16" is assumed, the number of indications above the repair boundary would be on the order of 4%.The elevation information is based on an"expert" review of 630 PTIs, or 98%of population of circumferential indications.

DAPLANTS'REP6iEJFIELD.SEC 4-3 09/25/95 Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class 3 Table 4-1: Distribution of Kewaunee 1994 HEJ Indications Removed from Service by Installation Year Installation Year 1988 1989 1991 Totals SG I I A II 46 48 SG I IB ll 17 18 Both SGs 63 66 Table 4-2: Distribution of Kewaunee 1995 HEJ Indications Removed from Service by Installation Year Installation Year 1988 1989 1991 Totals SG I I All 283 147 431 SG IIBII 152 69 226 Both SGs 435 216 657 DAPLANTSM.EPQKJ FIELD.SEC 4-4

Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class 3 TabIe 4-3: Distribution of HEJ PTIs by Transition Transition HELT Totals Volumetric Totals Kewaunee'12 480 698 10 710 Point Beach 2 134 88 230 230 Doel 4 Totals 349 568 15 939 10 951 Percent 37.2 60.5 0.7 1.6 100 Notes;1.1995 numbers based on the findings of an"expert" review of the elevations relative to the bottom of the HRUT prior to the final data becoming available.

DN'LANT',ECHE/I'IELD.SEC 4-5 09/25/95

Figure 4-1 600 Distribution of Circumferential PTIs by HE J Transition 600 SDoel 4, 1994 Q Point Beach 2, 1994 8Kevraunee, 1994 8c 1995 O~300 K 200 10Q 0 HELT HRLT HE J Transition HEUT D.PLAlCTSEAEP'LHEJFIELD.F1G Figure 4-2 Distribution of All Circumferential PTIs by Transition Hardroll Upper Transition Hydraulic Expansion Upper Transition Hydraulic Expansion Lower Transition Hardroll Lower Transition EIHELT=37.2%HHRLT=60.5%OHRUT=0.7%~HEUT=1.6%D: 5 PLANYSKAEP T HEJFIELD.FIG 4-7 , 08/01/95 130 120 110 Kemaunee SGs"A" 4"8" HE J PTIs vs.Distance Below'he Bottom of the HR Upper Tra.position happ 90%100 90 80 pg 70 o 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 RG 1.121 Repair Limit EK3 Both SG Indications

-Both SG Cumulative


.---95%Rank Cumulative 80%O 70%ca O'a 60%0~r 0%lC 40%o 30%8 20%10%0%e o o e o e o e o e o e c4 M co co w w e e cD co o C e Upper Bin Distance Below Bottom of HR Upper Transition

Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class 3 5.0 Summary of Examinations Conducted on Kewaunee Steam Generator Tubes with Hybrid Expansion Joints 5.1 Introduction Sections of SG tubes R2C32, R2C54 and R2C61 were removed from the hot leg side of SG"B" at Kewaunee in 1995 to characterize the operating condition of the HEJs which had been installed in these tubes in 1988.The HEJs had been installed to prevent leakage through tube corrosion at top of tubesheet (TTS)and tubesheet crevice locations.

The tubes/HEJs were cut 3" above the TTS and 3" below the first tube support plate (TSPs)and were then removed from the secondary side of the steam generator to avoid deformation that would have probably occurred from a primary side tube pull.Consequently, only the upper mechanical joints of the HEJs were available for examination.

The upper mechanical joint is described in Section 1 of this report.The tube material was mill annealed Alloy 600, and the sleeve material was thermally treated Alloy 690.The examination was conducted at the Westinghouse Science and Technology Center to characterize any tube/sleeve corrosion.

Field eddy current suggested the presence of significant circumferential corrosion at the hard roll lower transition (HRLT)in the upper mechanical expansion of the HEJs.After nondestructive laboratory examination by eddy current, radiography, dimensional characterization, and visual examination, one HEJ region was leak tested at elevated temperature.

Subsequently, room temperature tensile testing was conducted on two,of the HEJs, as well as on three free span sections, one from each removed tube.The third tube/HEJ section was retained intact as an archive specimen.The two HEJs which were tensile tested were then destructively examined using metallographic and SEM fractography techniques to characterize any corrosion.

In addition, an analysis of the OD and ID deposits, ID oxide films, and fracture face oxide films was performed using EDS, ESCA and AES tech-niques.In addition, ion chromatography and capillary electrophoresis were performed on soluble ID deposits obtained by water leaching.5.2 NDE Results Table 5-1 presents a summary of the more important field and laboratory NDE results.The field eddy current data were conducted using+Point and I coil probes, while the laboratory inspections used+Point, CECCO and RPC probes.Field and laboratory eddy current inspections produced similar data.For the+Point probe, common to both the field and lab exams, the data produced the same signals, suggesting a 360'ircumferential indication in the HRLT of tubes R2C54 and R2C61, and a 300 to 360'ircumferential indication in the HRLT of tube R2C32.These signals were suggestive of deep, even throughwall degradation.

The laboratory CECCO probe data produced similar conclusions with the exception that the circumferential indication in tube R2C32 appeared to be 360'ide, rather than 300 to 360 wide.In addition, the laboratory

+Point and CECCO probes suggested the presence of a small indication in the hydraulic expansion lower transition (HELT)of tube R2C61 (the archive specimen).

There was no suggestion by field or laboratory NDE of any corrosion degradation being present in the Alloy 690 sleeve.DAPLARKVLERHE/EXAh(S.SEC 5-1 09/25/95 Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class 3 The radiographic laboratory examination detected a 270 to 360 circumferential band of short semi-continuous circumferential indications in the upper portion of the HRLT of the tube, just below the HR region in tube R2C32.These cracks were confined to a very narrow zone, less than 0.05" high, such that the individual cracks appeared to occur head-to-toe.

In addition, a shorter (approximately 300 long)band of cracks was observed approximately 0.1" below the main band of cracks.tube R2C54 had two to three similar bands of short semi-continuous circumferential cracks that occurred over 350'rom the mid-to upper portion of the HRLT.Tube R2C61 had one band of short semi-continuous circumferential cracks that occurred over 360'n the mid-portion of the HRLT.The HRLT was approximately 0.25" long in the case of tube R2C32, and was approximately 0.5" long in the cases of tube R2C54 and R2C61.The HRLT apparently experienced noticeable rolldown'uring installation, especially for tubes R2C34 and R2C61.In contrast, the HRUTs for all three tubes were approximately 0.1 to 0.2" high.Dimensional characterization of the HE's showed that all three had similar hydraulic and hard roll expansion dimensions that were typical for qualified HEJ instaHations, e.g., see Figure 1-3.The hardroll regions were expanded 0.009, 0.012 and 0.009" radially above the negligibly expanded hydraulic regions for tubes R2C32, R2C54, and R2C61, respectively.

5.3 Leak Testing The R2C54 HEJ was cut to 11" long with the hardroll region centered in the specimen.The bottom 1" of the specimen was then expanded to contact with the tube and the sleeve was then welded to the tube.This seal causes any leak through the hardroll region to occur bnly through the tube HRLT cracks.Elevated temperature leak testing was then performed on tube R2C54 at a variety of conditions that ranged from nominal operating conditions to simulated SLB conditions.

No leaks were observed through the tube HRLT cracks at any of the test conditions.

The maximum test differential pressure was 2534 psi with corresponding primary and secondary side temperatures of 618 and 611'F.5.4 Tensile Testing Table 5-2 provides room temperature tensile properties obtained from a free span (FS)section of each tube.The tensile strengths for the FS section of tubes R2C34 and R2C61 are typical for Westinghouse tubing of this vintage.The tensile strength for tube R2C32 is noticeably higher than typical.Table 5-2 also provides tensile load separation data for the HEJs from tubes R2C32 and R2C54.The 11" long HEJ specimens, with their HR regions centered within the specimens, had the bottom 1" of their sleeves expanded into contact with the tubes.The bottom end was then welded such that the sleeve and the tubing below the cracking in the HRLT would not move relative to each other during the tensile test.The top portion of the.11" long specimens consisted only of tubing because the top of the sleeve ended approximately 3.3" below the top of the tubing.The HEJs were then pulled apart at 0.05" per minute with'n order to remove the rolling tool from the installed sleeve, the direction of rolling is reversed to release the rollers from contact with the ID surface of the sleeve.If the rollers do not immediately retract, additional rolling in the downward direction occurs, resulting in an elongation of the HRLT referred to as rolldown.DM'LANT',EPLHEJEXAMS.SEC 5-2 N/25/9S Westinghouse non-Proprietaxy Class 3 the separation load of the HRLT crack network being recorded.In additi th lidin of the HR region of the upper portion of the tubing being pulled over the HR region of the sleeve was also recorded.Both HEJs had high separation loads, 10,300 and 10,700 lb, respectively.

The HR sliding loads decreased continuously over the remainin HR g region.be R2C32, with the HRLT cracking located at the upper portion of the HRLT (at the bottom portion of the HR), had its sliding load start at 2800 lbs and decxease to 50 lbs at the toy portion of the sleeve HR.Tube R2C54, with the HRLT cracking located near the center of the HRLT, had a smaller diameter fracture opening that was required to pass over the s eeve HR region.Consequently, the initial sliding load was higher, 4000 lbs.The sliding oad continuously decreased to 200 lbs at the top portion of the sleeve HR.5.5 Destructive Examination Results Post-tensile test visual inspection data showed that ID origin, circumferentially oriented, corrosion cracks were present continuously around the circumference of the tube fracture faces of both HEJs that were separated by tensile testing, Figure 5-1.The two HEJ specimens were subsequently given destructive examinations which included SEM fracto h f th ace openings, visual and SEM inspection of surface features and metallography of secondaxy corrosion within the HEJ region of the tubing.The tensile fracture faces of the tubes from the two HEJ tensile specimens wexe examined by SEM.Table 5-3 presents the results of the fractographic data in the form of macrocrack length versus depth, microcrack length/average and maximum depth, and the number/location/

width of ductile or non-corroded ligaments found on the fracture face.The tube tensile separations occurred in circumferentia1 macrocracks that were composed of numerous circumferentially oriented intergranular microcracks of ID o'h t ali ed rigm a wexe gned in a single tight and narrow (<0.05" high)band in the case of tube R2C32 and in a li an m a s ghtly less tight narrow (.g)band in the case of tube R2C54 where the fracture face jumped from one circumferential crack network to a parallel one.(See radiogra hic data In S..)arge raction of the many ligaments separating the microcracks on both had ductile features.features.There were 21 ductile ligaments pxcsent in the case of tube R2C32 and*on o specimens 19 ductile ligaments present on the fracture face from tube RZC34.Many other li aments had only intergranular features.any o er ligaments had All intergranular corrosion was confined to and located in the HRLT'n in e regions.In the case of e e cracking was at the upper portion of the HRLT and in the case of tube R2C54 the cracking was located from the mid-portion of the HRLT to the upper portion of the HRLT.The fracture faces both had a maximum depth of 92%throu hwall ep s ranging rom 61%(tube R2C32)to 60%(R2C34)throughwall and with microcrack lengths that were 360 long.At some ID locations adjacent to the fracture faces, a few short circumferential microcracks were observed parallel to the fracture face.These microcracks appeared to be simple cracks, morphologically syeaking, in that the near absence f bli o o'que~~~~~g racks and bluntmg was noted.This morphology is more typical of PWSCC than of secondary side corrosion that typically occurs in caustic crevices.SEM examinations were conducted on the OD and ID surfaces of the balance of the tubing from, both tubes in the HEJ regions with the examination co tratin f din ncen g on m g cracks at DAPLAPISV,EPQKJEXAMS.SEC 5-3 Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class 3 other, locations and on characterizing deposits.No cracks were observed.ID surface deposits were thin at all HEJ locations.

Circumferential and oblique angled ID surface scratches from the honing operation used yrior to HEJ installation were clearly present below the HR.Above the HR, similar scratches were observed, but they were frequently obscured by slightly thicker, but still thin deposits.The ID deyosits on the tubes in the HR region, including those below the HR region, had the typical appearance of ID surface deposits that were located immediately above the HEJ sleeve.In the case of tube R2C32, local areas with unusual whisker-like deposits were observed just below the fracture face at the top of the HRLT and also at HRUT (hard roll upper transition).

At no local crevice location (HR or HE transitions) were thicker or diffexently colored deposits observed, such as those typically concentrated by boiling.No corrosion degradation was observed on the OD of the sleeves from both tubes when visual (30X)and SEM examinations were conducted.

In comparison, similar examinations conducted on recent Doel 4 HEJs, that had been repaired by laser welding following a cycle of operation, showed some IGA type corrosion in the sleeve and tube.The IGA grain boundaries had very thick oxide layers in both the sleeve and tube at the bottom of a local crevice region.Following SEM examination (and EDS analysis of deposits which will be presented shortly), a narrow axial metallographic section was cut from each tube through the HEJ region, primarily to obtain microhaxdness measurements from selected locations.

Table 5-4 presents this data.The microhardness at the fracture face location (HRLT)was similar to or slightly higher than other HE and HR transition locations; however, the ID-most microhardness next to'the fracture face of both tubes did include two of the three highest hardness values, when appropriately ignoring hardness values taken next to tensile shear surfaces.In addition, no cracks were observed by metallography at locations other than the fracture face location in the HRLT.After smaH ESCA-AES specimens were cut from just below the lower fracture face of tube R2C32, the remaining portions of the tubes from both HEJ specimens were deformed to open any ID origin cracks such that they could be readily observed by visual inspection (30X).The tube sections were cut axially into to two 180'ide halves.The halves were flattened to open axial cracks.None were observed at any of the hydraulically or hard roll expanded regions.The halves were then bent to open any ID surface cixcumferential cracks.Again, none were observed at any of the hydraulically or hard roll expanded regions.Finally, metallographic axial sections were made through the HRLT to the fracture face to characterize the 1GSCC that was present in the HRLT.The cracks observed were simple appearing, more similar to that expected from PWSCC than from secondary side corrosion where caustic environments are typically concentrated.

From the metallographic and SEM surface examinations conducted on the HRLT corrosion, it was concluded that the only corrosion morphology was ID origin, circumferentiaHy oriented intergranular stress corxosion cracking.The cracks were simple in morphology with only minor D/W ratios measuxed.(IGSCC morphology can be characterized by D/W ratios where the extent of IGA associated with a given crack is measured by the ratio of the crack depth, D, to the width, W, of the crack at its mid-depth.

D/W ratios greater the 20 are defined as minor.)DAPLANTSV.ERHEJEXAh(S.SEC 5-4 09/2S/95 Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class 3 The microstructures of the removed tubes varied.Tube R2C32 had a moderate to high number of carbides while tubes R2C54 and R2C61 had few carbides.For all three tubes, most carbides were distributed transgranularly rather than intergranularly, the preferxcd microstructure for PWSCC resistance.

The grain size for tube R2C54 was ASTM 8.5, typical of Westinghouse tubing of similar vintage.The grain sizes for tubes R2C32 and R2C61 were somewhat smaller, approximately ASTM 10 and 9.5, respectively, Based on laboratory testing data, these microstructures may have relatively low resistance to PWSCC.5.6 Surface Chemistry ID and OD deposit data were obtained from the two destructively examined specimens using energy dispersive spectrometry (EDS).In addition, ID and OD deposit/oxide film and fracture face oxide film data from the fracture face of tube R2C32 was obtained using ABS and ESCA techniques.

The following observations are considered the more important from the data obtained.EDS data conducted on the ID surfaces of the both tubes in the HEI regions provided minimal information since the deposits were thin and most of the EDS signal came from the base metal/oxide layer beneath the deposits.Other than the base metal elements of Ni, Cr, Fe and Tl, the only elements detected were 0, Al, S, and Si.On the OD, where deposits were thick, the deposits were rich, in Fe and 0 with some observations of Ni, Cu and Zn.The pH of many ID and OD surfaces was determined using deionized water moistened wide-range pH paper.At all locations, the pH readings were neutral.From the ESCA mid ABS data obtained on tube R2C32: 1)high concentrations of B were observed on the ID surface below the fracture face below the HR region;2)Cr was not significantly enriched or depleted on either the crack fracture face in the ID surface below the fracture face;3)low levels of Zn, Na, Mg, SI and S were also detected in addition to the expected C, 0, Ni, Cr, and Fe.Capillary electrophoresis and ion chromatography of water leached soluble ID deposits from a location just below the fracture face of tube R2C32 showed: 1)soluble cations at the following concentrations

-Na (0.97 mg/1), Mg (0.25 mg/1), K (0.21 mg/1), Ca (0.21 mg/1), and Li (0.10 mg/1);2)soluble anions at the following concentrations

-SO4 (1.71 mg/1), Cl (0.28 mg/1), and at least 7 other anions, including organic acid anions.If it is assumed that the sleeve-tube gap is locally t'4>0 then the measured concentrations obtained from the 0.15 ml of water are a factor of 100 lower than the actual crevice solution concentrations.

That would make the Li concentration in the ERLT crevice 10 mg/l, higher than found in non-concentrated primary water.D:LPLANTSiAEP6iEJEXAMS.SEC 5-5 09/25/95

Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class 3 Capillary electrophoresis and ion chromatography of water leached soluble ID deposits were also obtained for the hardroll upper transition region.This supplemental leachate test was performed subsequent to an NRC/AEP/W meeting at One White Flint North on August 10, 1995.The leachate test for the hardroll upper transition was performed identically to the leachate test for the hardroll lower transition region.The results of the test indicated that the same soluble cations were detected as for the hardroll lower transition, except they were found in significantly lower concentrations.

Potassium, however, was not detected in the hardroll upper transition.

Crevice pH at operating temperature was estimated from the leachate solutions using EPRI's MULTEQ~program.The results indicate that the operating temperature pH of the hardroll upper transition was 6.0 while the operating temperature pH of the hardroll lower transition was 8.3.For PWSCC, it is believed that a higher pH condition should be slightly more aggressive.

However, in the pH range of interest (6 to 9)the impact of pH is considered to be negligible.

5.7 Conclusions

The tubes in the HRLT of all three HEJs had corrosion present.Metallographic and SEM fractographic data showed that the HRLT region of the tubes had circumferentially oriented ID origin IGSCC.The individual circumferential microcracks associated with the macrocracks were simple cracks, that lacked the complexity usually associated with secondary side corrosion.

While many of the microcracks were connected by ligaments with only intergranular features, a large number of ligaments had ductile features present.The maximum depth of corrosion for the 360 long macrocracks was 92%for both tubes R2C32 and R2C54 (tube R2C61 was set aside as an archive specimen)with average depths of 61%and 60%, respectively.

Dimensional data suggested that the tubes had experienced typical expansions radially.Two of the tubes (R2C54 and R2C61)did experience significant rolldown during the hardroll procedure, as the HRLT was 0.5" long.Microhardness traces conducted in the HEJ transition locations showed little variation in hardness and values that were similar to free span locations.

One location with somewhat higher microhardness values was near the ID surface of the fracture faces of the two tubes and even there the increase was not great.The corrosion morphology observed was simple, typical of PWSCC environments rather than of secondary side crevice environments with a concentrated caustic environment.

The observed corrosion most likely resulted from an environment primarily derived from primary side water.The presence of Li and B on the tube ID surface below the HR region supports this hypothesis.

The lack of significant Cr enrichment or depletion on ID surfaces below the HR and on the crack fracture face, and the relative balance of cations and anions indicate a somewhat neutral crevice environment.

The fact that many cations and anions were found and that the estimated Li crevice concentration was higher than found in primary water also suggest that there was communication with the secondary side via a crack elsewhere in the tube.It is concluded that the observed corrosion could have been and probably was caused by a PWSCC type environment.

The results of the chemistry evaluations of the ID surfaces for the hardroll lower and hardroll upper transition regions suggest the upper transition reqion was subjected to a slightly less aggressive solution than the hardroll lower transition, but it is not believed that this solution chemistry was the driving force for the DAPLANTS'NERHEJEXAMS.SEC 5-6 l0/OS/95

Westinghouse non-Pxoprietary Class 3 cracking.The driving force fox the cracking is believed to be attributed to a pure PWSCC effect, with the crevice chemistry representing a secondary effect.Laboratory and field eddy current probe data correlated well with the corrosion that was destructively found.The+Point and CECCO probes produced very similar and accurate results.Even the RPC laboratory data showed the presence of the corrosion in the tubes despite the presence of the sleeve between the probe and the tube.The destructive examinations verified that there were no cracks in either tube at the HRUT or the HEUT.Leak rate testing performed at elevated temperatures and pressures simulating normal operating and steam line break conditions pxoduced no leakage for the R2C54 specimen.The tensile separation loads for tubes R2C32 and R2C54 were 10,300 and 10,700 pounds, xespectively, and the sliding loads over the hard roll region started at 2800 and 4000 pounds, respectively.

The tensile loads were well above any safety considerations.

DAPLANYSVLEPQiHEXAMS.SEC 5-7 10/0$/95 Table 5-1: Comparison of NDE Indications Observed at Kewaunee on SG Tubes at HEJ Locations Tube/Location R2C32 R2C54 R2C61 Pield Eddy Current+Point: 300-360'irc Ind in HRLT, probably throughwall.

I Coil: (1994 data only)-270'irc Ind.+Point: 300-360'irc Ind in HRLT, probably throughwall.

I Coil: No data.+Point: 300-360'irc Ind in HRLT, probably throughwall.

I Coil: 1994 data only,>270'irc indication.

Laboratory Eddy Current+Point: 300-360'irc Ind in HRLT, probably throughwall.

CECCO: 360'irc Iud in HRLT, probably throughwall.

RPC:>270'irc Ind at top of HRLT.+Point: 360'irc Ind in HRLT, probably throughwall.

CECCO: 360'irc Ind in HRLT, probably throughwall.

RPC:>270'irc Ind in HRLT.+Point: 360'irc Ind in HRLT, probably throughwall, and small Ind at HELT.CECCO: 360'irc Ind in HRLT, probably throughwall.

and small Ind at HELT RPC:>270'irc Ind in HRLT.Visual/Dimensional Data HRLT starts 8.25" above bottom of pulled piece or 11.25" above TTS: HRLT is 0.25" Iong;tube HR OD is 0.907"&HRLT goes 0.009" lower (radially);

all values include variable OD deposits.HRLT starts 6.8" above bottom of pulled piece or 9.85" above TTS: HRLT is 0.50" Iong;tube HR OD is 0.903" 8c HRLT goes 0.012" lower (radially);

all values include variable OD deposits.HRLT starts 6.7" above bottom of pulled piece or 9.7" above TTS: HRLT is 0.50" long;tube HR OD is 0.905"&HRLT goes 0.009" lower (radially);

all values include variable OD deposits.Laboratory X-Ray One to one and one-half semi-continuous Circ networks of short Inds at top of HRLT, observed over at least 270', possibly 360'.Two to three semi~ontinuous Circ networks of short crack Inds in mid-to upper portion of HRLT, observed over 360'.One semiwontinuous Circ net-work of short crack Inds in mid-portion of HRLT, observed over 360', but less continuously than for R2C32 Inds.HR=HardroH HE=Hydraulic expansion Legend of Abbreviations HELT=HE lower transition RPC=Rotating pancake coil Ind=Indication HRLT=HR lower transition TTS=Top of tubesheet Circ=Circumferential D:LPLANTStA EPONA EP-EXAM.SEC 0912$I95 Table 5-2: Tensile Data for Kewaunee SG Tube Sections Kewaunee Pxee Span Tensile Data Tube R2C32 R2C54 R2C61 Control (NX8161)Yield Strength (psi)72,200 58,600 55,400 52,300 Ultimate Tensile Strength (psi)123,300 106,700 104,000 101,500 Elongation

(%)22.0 24.5 23.1 18.5"*Broke outside of the gage length, probably reducing the elongation value.Kewaunee HEJ Tensile Data HEJ Specimen R2C32 R2C54 R2C61 Practure Load (Ibs)10,300 10,700 NA (Archive)Practure Location Top of HRLT Middle of HRLT NA (Archive)Sliding Load over HR Region (lbs)2800 decreasing to 50 4000 decreasing to 200 NA (Archive)DAPLANTSVLBPlABP-BXAM.SBC 5-9 09/25/95

Table 5-3: Kewaunee SG Tube Macrocrack Profiles for Tensile Fracture of HEJs Tube, Location R2C32, HRLT Length vs.Depth and Ductile Ligament Location (degrees/%throughwall) 00/52 22/77 Ligament 2 1 (32/92)~Maximum depth 45/88 Ligament 20 58/85 Ligament 19 9 p/8 8 LI gament 1 8 112/88 Ligaments 16&17 35/8~Ligament 1 5 158/82-Ligament 14 80/64~Ligaments 12&13 202/76 Ligament 11 225/60 Ligament 10 248/52~Ligament 9 27p/p8 Ligament 6, 7,&8 292/05 3 1 5/46 Ligament 4&5 338/9 Ligament 1, 2,&3 (Average macrocrack depth=61%over 360", maximum depth=92%)Ductile Ligament Width (in.)L21=0.004" wide L20=0.006" wide L19=0.011" wide L18=0.003" wide L16, L17=0.006", 0.011" wide L15=0.008" wide L14=0.004" wide L12, L13=0.002", 0.003" wide L11=0.039" wide L10=0.027" wide L9=0.014" wide L6, L7, L8=0.002", 0.006", 0.012" wide L4, L5=0.015", 0.022" wide Ll, L2, L3=0.015", 0.005", 0.012" wide Comments Twenty-one ligaments were observed on the circumferential macrocrack located at the top of the HRLT.All intergranular corrosion was of ID origin.DAPLANYSVLEPQEP-EXAM.SEC 5-10 09/25/95

Table 5-3 (Cont.): Kewaunee SG Tube Macrocrack ProCiles for Tensile Fracture of HEJs Tube, Location R2C54, HRLT Length vs.Depth and Ductile Ligament Location (degrees/%throughwall) 00/04 22/67-Ligament 17&18 45 75 Ligaments I 4, I 5, I 6 68/84 (80/92)~Maximum depth 9p/78 Ligament I 3 112/82 135/72 I 5 8/74 Ligament I 2 80/74 Ligaments I 0&I I 202/56 Ligament 9 225/16 Ligament 8 248/48-Ligament 7 27p/64 Ligament 5&6 292/78 315/70 338/22 Ligament 2, 3,&4~Ligament I&19 (Average macrocrack depth=60%over 360';maximum depth=92%)Ductile Ligament Width (in.)L17, L18=0.015", 0.005" wide L14, L15, L16=0.003", 0.008", 0.007" wide L13=0.017" wide L12=0.009" wide LIO, LII=0.017", 0.005" wide L9=0.011" wide L8=0.050" wide L7=0.002" wide LS, L6=0.009", 0.007" wide L2, L3, L4=0.008", 0.013", 0.013" wide LI, L19=0.013", 0.044" wide Comments Nineteen ductile ligaments were observed on the circum-ferential macrocrack located in the middle of the HRLT.All intergranular corrosion was of ID origin.DAPLANTSlABPLAEP-BXAM,SEC 5-11 09/25/95

Tube/Location Table 5-4: Microhardness Measurements (VHN, 500 gm load)on Kewaunee HEJ Sleeved Tubes Microhardness at Specified Depth from Tube ID Surface R2C32, HELT HRLT HRLT next to FF HR HRUT HEUT FS 4" above HEJ R2C54, HELT HRLT HRLT HR HRUT HEUT FS 4" above HEJ 0.001" 196 209 238 (IGSCC)215 186 193 198 193 196 231 (IGSCC)241 212 176 176 0.006" 193'09 228 (IGSCC)212 193 196 1864 196 196 215 (IGSCC)228 204 186 174 0.016" 183~204 218 (IGSCC)204 186 188 1794 181 181 215 (IGSCC)221 193 176 172 0.026" 181~193 252 (shear)204 186 188 1814 174 172 221 (shear)212 191 181 156 0.036" 191 204 268 (shear)209 191 196 1864 181 183 234 (shear)215 193 183 166 0.046" 196'09'o data, necked 218 198 198 188 188 188 no data, necked 206~176 s 174 Notes: 1.2.3.4, 5.6.Located 0.002" closer to the ID surface than indicated Located 0.007" closer to the ID surface than indicated Located 0.002" farther from the ID surface than indicated Located 0.005" farther from the ID surface than indicated Located 0.005" closer to the ID surface than indicated Located 0.004" closer to the ID surface than indicated D LPLANTSLABPUNP-BXAhf.SBC 5-12 09/2$/9$

Location of Cracks in HHJ Sleeved Tubes Removed from Kewaunee No cracks found or detected on any of the tube specimens removed from Kewaunee Nominal Hardroll Transition Significant Hardroll Rolldown Circumferential cracking found near/at the top of the transition Circumferential cracking found near the center of the hardroll (Also typical of laboratoty specimens)

No cracks found in either of the two destructively examined tube specimens from Kewaunee Figure 5-1 D LPLANYSULEPQKJEXAMS.SEC 5-13 09/2$/95 Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class 3 6.0 Structural Integrity and Leak Rate Evaluations In order to quantify the effect of the tube indications on the operating performance of HEJs with PTIs, test and analysis programs were performed, References 8 and 9, aimed at: 1)characterizing the effect of the observed PTIs on the axial stxength of the joint, and 2)estimating the leak rate that could be expected during normal operation and under postulated SLB conditions for the case of a tube perforated below the hardroll.Characterization of the axial strength of the joint in the event of tube degradation of the type indicated in the Kewaunee and Point Beach 2 tubes (no indications have been determined to be present in the Cook 1 tubes at present)was explored via axial tensile testing and hydraulic proof testing.Additional analyses results were reported in References 11 and 12.A summary of the test and analysis pxograms is provided in the following sections.The results are applicable to the four U.S.plants with installed HEJs.Plant operating parameters relative to suxuctural integrity evaluations are presented in Table 6-1.The largest operating primaxy-to-secondary differential pressure, 1535 psi, occurs in the SGs at Kewaunee, although Cook 1 is approved to operate up to 1600 psi.The smallest differential pressure, 1225 psi, occurs at Point Beach 2.The current differential pressure at Cook 1 is 1453 psi.The axial end cap loads during normal operation, and the RG 1.121 3~loads, are summarized in Table 6-2.The maximum 3d P load is 2172 lbs (could be as high as 2264 lbs)and the minimum is 1734 lb,.Since each of the plants have 7/8" nominal diameter tubes with 0.050" thickness, the end cap load during a postulated SLB event is 1516 lbs regardless of the plant.Thus, the 3~end cap load governs the analysis.6.1 Structural Integrity Tests Two types of structural tests were performed, tensile strength tests and hydraulic proof tests (References 8 and 9).Prototypic HEJ test specimens, see Figure 6-1, were fabricated using AOoy 600 tubing and both Alloy 600 and Alloy 690 sleeve material.'he initial tensile strength tests were perfoxmed on prototypic HEJ sleeved tube specimens with the lower portion of the tube completely machined away at various postulated crack elevations.

For specimens where the tubes were completely removed by machining at the elevation corre-sponding to the bottom of the HRLT, i.e.,-1.25 inches below the bottom of the HRUT, the structural capability of the joints were approximately twice the most limiting RG 3M end cap loading.For specimens where the tubes were completely removed by machining at the elevation corresponding to the approximate midspan of the hydraulically expanded region, i.e.,-2.25" the bottom of the HRUT, the structural capability of the joints were-3.5 to 4 times the most limiting RG 1.121 3end cap load.The tensile tests demonstrated that the performance of Alloy 600 thermally treated sleeves (utilized in the 1983 Point Beach 2 sleeving campaign)was similar to that of Alloy 690 sleeves.HE/STRUC.SEC 6-1 10/03/95 Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class 3 The structural proof tests were performed on specimens which had been fabricated for leak testing.Following the leak tests, the sleeved tubes were machined to simulate a 360'ircumferential throughwaH crack at the inflection point, i.e., middle, of the hard roll.AH of the samples were then pressurized to a differential pressure of 3657 psi.The pressure was then gradually increased until slipping of the joint was noted.Initial slippage of the tubes was genexaHy detected after an increase in the pressure of about 200 to 700 psi.The maximum pressures, i.e., those achieved when the tube was ejected from the sleeve, wexe not recorded, but did approach pressures on the order of three times normal operating pressure differentials.

6.2 Pulled Tube Structural Tests Section 5.0 of this report documented the results of leak and structural tests performed on the sleeved tube specimens removed from SG"B" at Kewaunee, see Table 5-2.The tensile test results fox both tubes are higher than that predicted by for the limit load.Tube R2C32 was found to have a high flow stress,-98 ksi, and an average depth of the cracking of 61%.The cxacking was near the top of the HRLT.The estimated limit load of the remaining ligament is 5980 lbs using a net section stress approach.The measured failure load for the specimen was 10300 lbs with a remaining sliy load immediately after the failure of 2800 lbs.Estimating the actual failure load of the remaining ligament as the total failure load minus the residual sliding load yields 7500 lbs.This is about 25%higher than the value predicted by analysis.The residual sliding load is about 60%largex than the maximum of two values obtained from tests reported in WCAP-14157 for 360'lits at the top of the HRLT.The sliding load following development of a 360 fracture is about four times, or 25%o higher than the RG 1.121 requirement, the end cap load that would be experienced during normal operation of the plant with the highest differential pressure.Moreover, the sliding load is almost three times, or twice the RG 1.121 requirement, the end cap load that would result during a postulated SLB event.Tube R2C54 had a measured flow stress of-83 ksi, with an average depth of cracking of 60%o.The cracking was at the approximate middle of the HRLT, which exhibited evidence of roHdown.The measured failure load was 10700 lbs with a residual sliding strength of 4000 lbs.Thus, the ligament failure load was on the order of 6700 lbs.This is about 30%higher than the calculated ligament limit load of 5170 lbs.The residual sliding load is about equal to the lower of two values obtained from tests reported in WCAP-14157 for a 360'lit at the bottom of the HRLT, and about equal to the average of three values reported in the Addendum to WCAP-14157.

Thus, the residual sliding load for the field specimen with a 360'eparation at the inflection point is on the order of that obtained from test speciments with a 360 separation at the bottom of the HRLT.In addition, the sliding load is on the order of six times the end cay load due to normal operation and about four times the end cap load developed during a postulated SLB event.6.3 Structural Integrity Analyses The structural analyses presented in References 8, 11, and 12 considered a model of the degraded tube cross-sectional area subjected to the applied loads as shown in Figure A-2 HHSTRUC.SEC 6-2 09/25/95 Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class 3 (Appendix A).The purpose of the analyses was to support the development of a repair boundary which included consideration of PTIs located at the top of the HRLT.Such indica-tions are not a subject of this report.The criterion supported by this report is that aO PTIs located below a distance of 1.1" below the bottom of the HRUT can be left in service regardless of depth or circumferential extent.Thus, the structural integrity analyses consist of the evaluations of the test data reported in WCAP-14157 and its addendum, and of the test data obtained from the sleeve/tube joints removed from SG"B" at Kewaunee.6.4 Leak Rate Tests and Analyses References 8 and 9 documented the results of elevated temperature leak tests that were performed using prototypic HEJ specimens which had the tube portion machined away at the top, the midpoint and at the bottom of the HRLT.The specimens with the tube removed at the bottom of the HRLT exhibited leak rates on the order of 0.0012 gpm, with maximum of 0.008 gpm, at SLB conditions.

A summary of the leak rates from specimens with the tube removed or cut at an elevation corresponding to the top of the HRLT or at the repair boundary is provided in Table 6-3.The specimens with the tube removed at the midpoint of the HRLT'xhibited a maximum leak rate of 0.016 gpm at SLB conditions.

The average leak rate for all of the specimens listed in Table 6-3 is about 0.004 gpm with a standard deviation of 0.008 gpm, thus, demonstrating a significant resistance to primary-to-secondary leakage.These tests suggest that the presence of a"lip" of tube material below the top of the HRLT provides sufficient leakage restriction.

The repair boundary determined from structural considerations, i.e., 1.1" below the bottom of the HRUT, would be expected to result in acceptable leak rates during a postulated SLB event.6.5 Crack Growth Rate Considerations Since the HEJ has been demonstrated to meet the requirements of RG 1.121 for full circumference, i.e., 360', at the elevation of the middle of the HRLT, the strength relative to those requirements is independent of crack growth rates.6.6 Additional Tube Integrity Considerations and Observations The repair boundary developed in this report does not assume any credit for the resistance to tube motion afforded by tube support plate denting.The presence of significant dents could preclude any tube integrity issues in HEJ sleeved tubes with PIIs.A review of pull forces required to remove tubes from Westinghouse Model 44 and 51 steam generators was discussed in WCAP-14157.

For tubes with no significant interface loading within the tubesheet, pull forces for tubes without detectable denting ranged from 1000 to 3000 lbs, while for tubes with detectable dents, the forces rose to 2000 to 4000 lbs.Based on the findings from the destructive and nondestructive examinations of the specimens removed from Kewaunee, Section 5.0, and from the results of accelerated corrosion tests per-Approximately 1.12 to 1.13 inch below the bottom of the HRUT.HEISTRUC.SEC 6-3

Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class 3 formed by Westinghouse, the appearance of PTIs in joints experiencing significant rolldown may be likely to occur at a lower elevation than in joints without significant rolldown.Approximately 90%of the PTIs at Kewaunee were found at distances R 1.3" from the bottom of the HRUT, thus implying the presence of significant rolldown.Hence, it is possible that transitions with significant rolldown are less resistant to PWSCC than transitions without significant rolldown.6.7 Conclusions The specified repair boundary is supported by structural and leak test data obtained from surrogate specimens (WCAP-14157 w/addendum), and by structural data obtained from specimens removed from an operating SG.Tube rupture loads well in excess of those required by RG 1.121 have been demonstrated by both the surrogate and actual HET test programs.The repair boundary results in a radial overlap of the HRLT of approximately 0.1" in length.This is a geometric configuration for which neither significant tube axial displacement nor significant tube leakage would be expected to occur during a postulated SLB event.EEJSTRUC.SEC 6-4 09/25/95 Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class 3 Table 6-1: Operating Parameters for U.S.Plants with Installed HEJs Plant SG Loops pp (psia)PE (psia)(psi)Thoc (6 Tcold Cook I Kewaunee 51 4 51 2 Point Beach 2 44 2000 2100 2250 775 715 1225 1453 1535 596.7 541.7 582.0 518.0 591.2 531.8 Zion 1 51 4 2250 725 1525 592.2 532.2 Table 6-2: Tube Pressure Loading for U.S.Plants with Installed HEJs Plant Point Beach 2 Cook 1 Kewaunee Zion 1 Normal (psi)1225 1453 1535 1525 Normal cQ'oad (lbs)578 685 724 719 3~AP Load (lbs)1743 2056'172 2158 Note: 1.The 3+dZ load at Cook 1 could be as high as 2264 lbs corresponding to an operating differential pressure of 1600 psi.2.The end cap load during a postulated SLB event is 1516 lbs independent of plant.HEJSTRUC.SEC 6-5 09/2S/9S Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class 3 Table 6-3: Summary of Applicable HEJ Leak Rates from WCAP-14157 and Addendum Sleeve Material Alloy 690 Alloy 690 Alloy 690 Alloy 690 Alloy 690 Alloy 690 Alloy 600 Alloy 600 Cut Angle 240 240 240 240 360 360 360 360 Distance from HRUT (in)1.08 1.01 1.03 1.0+-1.1-1.1-1.1~R te<>>at 1600 psi (gpm)0.0 0.0 0.0084 0.0 0.0 0.0016 0.0 0.0 Leak Rate"'t 2560 psi (gpm)0.0 9 x 10~0.0186 4.5 x 10~2 x 10~0.016 1x 10'x 10~Notes: 1.Leak rates for specimens with 240'ut angles were increased by a factor of 1.5 to estimate the leak rate for a cut angle of 360'.HBJSTRUC.SEC 6-6 10/03/95 i

End Cap Plug or Tensile Gripper.Tube cut at elevations from the top of the transition to below the bottom of the transition, and at various arc lengths.Tube Hardroll I Hydraulic Expansion Sleeve End Cap Plug or Tensile Gripper.Figure 6-1: HEJ specimen used for tensile testing.D:KPLANTShhEPEHEJSTRUC.FlG 6-7 8/2/95

Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class 3 7.0 Leak Rate Based Repair Boundary 7.1 Introduction The purpose of this section of the report is to resent an alte repair boundary for HES p en an ternative method for establishing a e upper sleeve/tube joint region, but below the prim to-secondary pressure boundary at the sleeve/tube harclroH interface.

The rev'n o sleeved tubes from Kewaunee, an evaluation of the structural

'gin y ocumented in References 8, 9, 11 and 12.The structural evaluations directly support the identification of a repair boundary for PTl b ed of the'oint.I'.t is also possible to develop a repair boundary for PTIs in sleeve/tube oin which is not sensitive to the residual stren~~of the oint dary a function of the instaHed geometry of the tubes and th rate is developed in this section.Since the re air an e HEJs ince e repair boundary is based on geometry and total ge, it does not rel on the re i y sidual strength of the joint or on the extent of the indica-tions, or the growth rate of the indications, The repair b dary d location cation of the PTI and the constraiiiing effects of outboard neighboring tubes I The HEI consists of of a HE of the sleeve and tube over a length of 4" be'r/2 b.low h..p'.f".1-., f.How by.h~-H'w the top of the hydraulic expansion.

The existing plant T hnical repairing/plugging criteria apply to the entire length of the sleeve, and to that portion of the parent tube above the bottom of the HB of the HEI.An exam le of the plugging criteria developed at the time of the installation of h This evaluation forms the basis for the development of a repair boun dary be o s eev tu e rom service due to the presence of PTls in the re*extending downward from the upper part of the HRLT e..see the tube bundl th PXX o e T, e.g., see Pigure 7-1.The integrity of ad die ed.Tll e wi s under normal o eratin p g and postulated accident conditions is 51 a ss.e results of the evaluation a apply to sleeved tubes in Westinghouse Model 44 aild dressed: s.aspects of bundle integrity are ad-1)maintenan maintenance of a fixed tube-to-sleeve end condition in the limi circumferential indication

  • on in e ting case of a m~cation near the top of the lower transition of the hardroH tions, and 2'aiy--secondary leakage consistent with acc d t al~~~~~~2)limitation of rim-to-cci en an ysis assump-7-1

Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class 3 g)maintenance of tube integrity under postulated limiting conditions of primary-to-secondary and secondary-to-primary differential pressure.The result of the evaluation is the identification of a distance below the bottom of the HRUT for which PTls of any extent do not necessitate remedial action, e.g., plugging.The basis of the repair boundary is that the axial distance a postulated severed HEJ sleeved tube end can move is limited by the constraint afforded to the affected tube by it s outboard neighbor.Thus,"hop off" of the upper portion of a severed parent tube will be precluded, and the leakage from such tubes during a postulated SLB will be within acceptable limits.For example, for the Kewaunee SGs the total allowable primary-to-secondary leak rate from all sources during a postulated SLB event was determined in Reference 30 to be 34.0 gallons per minute (gpm), without benefit of reducing primary coolant activity.Interim plugging criteria (IPC)have been approved for dispositioning tube indications at the elevation of the tube support plates in the D.C.Cook and Kewaunee SGs.The expected contribution to the total primary-to-secondary leakage from the IPC indications is likely on the order of 1 gpm or less.Thus, approximately 33.0 gpm total leak rate from HEJ PIIs could be tolerated without exceeding the 10CFR100 limit for the Kewaunee plant.Application of the leakage based repair boundary is expected to provide the same level of protection for PTIs in HEJ sleeved tubes as that afforded by Regulatory Guide (RG)1.121 for degradation located outside the sleeve joint.Since the repair boundary does not rely on the residual strength of the joint, the calculation of margins against burst for the affected tube are not meaningful.

For each affected tube, the repair boundary does rely on the structural capability of that tube's outboard neighbor.By restricting the application of the criteria to tubes with a structurally capable outboard neighbor.'.2 Sleeved Tube Dimensions A summary of the sleeve and tube dimensions pertinent to this evaluation were illustrated in Section 1 of this report.The tubing has a nominal outside diameter (OD)of 0.875" and a thickness of 0.050".The sleeves have an[]".The region of the hardroH is denoted by the label interference'.

The length of this region is governed by the length of the hardrolling tool used to create this section of the joint.For the D.C.Cook, Kewaunee, and Point Beach 2 SGs, the rollers had a flat length dimension of 1.0".Thus, the length cannot be less than 1.0" on the ID of the sleeve.In some cases the length of the hardroll is greater than 1.0" as a result of the reversal of the rolling process in order to release the roller from the inside of the sleeve.This reversal process is usually termed rolMown and the additional length of the hardroll is referred to as the rolldown length.It is not unusual for the rolldown to achieve a length of greater than-0.5" during the reversal process.The radii of the upper end of the rollers of the rolling tool were[Limitations on the use of the leak rate based repair boundary are discussed in the evaluation section of this report.HEJLEAKP.SEC 7-2

Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class 3]*".Hence, a bounding lower limit on the radius at the OD of the sleeve in the transition is approximately 0.288".A true estimate of the radius of curvature in the axial direction is obtained by considering a hardroll transition length of 0.21" and a radial difference of 8 mils leads to the calculation of an effective radius of 1.4".The[]'", thus, the effective length of the hardroll would be about 60 mils longer before the contact pressure between the sleeve and the hardroll would be lost.This would be somewhat offset by the potential contraction of the tube during the hydraulic expansion process.The expansion of the tube is about[]*".Since the sleeves installed in the D.C.Cook, Kewaunee, and Point Beach 2 SGs were fabricated of Alloy 690, their coefficient of thermal expansion is greater than that of the tubes.This would lead to a slight increase in the interference fit during operation as further increase the effective length of the hardron, however, the expected magnitude of such an increase would not be expected to be significant.

7.3 U-Bend Clearance The results of a study of SG fabrication practices, Reference 17, were evaluated in order to estimate the potential distance that a severed HEI sleeved tube end could displace in the vertical direction during normal operation or during a postulated SLB.The results of this evaluation are applicable to the development of a plugging repair boundary for PTIh in sleeved tubes.In SGs of the type installed at D.C.Cook, Kewaunee, Point Beach 2, i.e., Westing-house Model 44 and 51, the nominal vertical clearance between radially adjacent tubes at the apex of their U-bends is 0.406".The actual clearance will vary about the nominal due to tube installation tolerances during manufacture of the SGs.The potential contributing factors from the Model 44/51 SG manufacturing operations are: 1.The tube-to-tubesheet fit-up for welding.2.The tube expansion process.3.Tube dimensional tolerances on overall length, U-bend radius, tube diameter, etc.The second operation does not significantly contribute to the manufacturing process tolerance since the tube-to-tubesheet joint process for the D.C.Cook, Kewaunee, and Point Beach 2 SGs involved partial depth rolling as opposed to full depth rolling.The maximum tube-to-tube U-bend apex gap increase in the D.C.Cook, Kewaunee, and Point Beach 2 SGs as a result of the first and third operations was calculated to be[]"'.The extremes of the total manufacturing tolerance are taken to be three standard deviations from the mean, hence, one standard deviation would be[]'"".Since the installation of one tube is independent of its inboard neighbor, the standard deviation of the manufacturing clearance, i.e., the difference between two radially adjacent tubes, may be HEJLEAKP.SEC 7-3 09/25/95 Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class 3 calculated as the square root of the sum of squares of the individual standard deviations.

Thus, the standard deviation of the U-bend apex gap between two radially adjacent tubes would be[]'".An additional consideration in estimating the U-bend apex clearance between two radially adjacent tubes is due to the[]'", assuming that a primary-to-second-ary pressure difference of 2560 psi is achieved during the event.Assuming the distribution of U-bend apex gaps to be normally distributed in the SG, an upper 95%confidence bound on the apex clearance is calculated to be[]SIC The U-bend apex gap can be used to estimate the maximum upward displacement of a tube end which is assumed to be severed within the HEJ.The driving force for such displacement will be the unbalanced pressure on the interior of the tube acting on the projection of the tube cross-section area at the tangent point between the U-bend and the straight length of the tube, i.e., the severed tube end is pulled up by the force at the U-bend.Once contact has occurred with an outboard neighbor, further displacement is prevented.

The total vertical displacement may be estimated by calculating the distance that the affected tube's tangent point may traverse by considering that the inboard tube deforms into intimate contact with the outboard tube up to the apex of the U-bend.More extreme deformation would require lateral in-plane deformation which is opposed by the internal pressure.Moreover, the extent of intimate contact would likely be limited to the point of first contact, which would be expected to occur nearer to the midway point from the tangent point to the apex.If d is the tube-to-tube clearance at the apex of the U-bend, and R is the radius of the U-bend of the affected tube, the clearance at the tangent point, D, is D=(R+d)sin-K-d.2R+d 2 (7.1)Using the upper 95%confidence bounds of the U-bend apex clearance results in upper bounds on the tangent point displacement of[]*" respectively.

The expected displacement would be between the two extremes.Taking the average of the apex and the maximum tangent point displacements results in expected displacement limits of[]*", with a limiting value of the expected displacement of 1.1".Since this result is based on a 95%confidence level, it would be expected that the occurrence of multiple tubes achieving this level of displacement would be very unlikely.I"urthermore, because the length of the sleeve above the bottom of the HR is on the order of 2.75", joint separation, i.e., hop-off, is precluded for tubes with PTIs below the top of the HRLT.HE/LEAKP.SEC 7-4 09/25/95 Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class 3 Since, hop-off is precluded, the pertinent basis for the development of the leak rate repair boundary is the potential leakage from tubes with throughwall, 360, PTls which could displace upward either during normal operation or during a postulated SLB.The potential displacement during a postulated SLB is greater than that during normal operation, as is the primary-to-secondary differential pressure, hence, it is appropriate to develop the repair boundary based on the consideration of potential leakage during a postulated SLB.Verticany displaced severed tube conditions are illustrated on Figure 7-2.The expected displacement for a tube end severed at the top of the hardroll lower transition would be about midway along the length of the hardroll, with a 95%confidence bound on the displacement such that the location of the severed end would be about even with the top of the hardroll.Indications below the top of the hardroll would not be expected to lead to a configuration such that the severed end could achieve an elevation coincident with the top of the hardroll.The effective length of the hardroll was estimated in the previous section to be 1.03" based on the radius of curvature in the axial direction and the elastic springback of the joint.This is about the same length as the 95%confidence level for the maximum displacement during a postulated SLB event.Since circumferential indications would not be expected above the top of the hardroll lower transition, the appearance of circumferential indications which could be postulated to lead to severing of the affected tube at elevation'n which could be exposed to the full primary-to-secondary pressure difference would be expected to be of low probability.

7.4 Leakage Potential Leak rates may be estimated from the tests that were performed, see References 8 and 9, and from calculations assuming various other geometry conditions, e.g., for a severed tube end which is elevated relative to the sleeve.It is to be noted that the maximum estimated primary-to-secondary differential pressure during a postulated SLB of 2560 psid assumes that the makeup system is capable of achieving that pressure regardless of primary-to-secondary leakage.Realistically, if one severed tube end displaced such that significant leakage occurred, the primary-to-secondary differential pressure would likely not increase further.Thus, while conservative, the consideration of a significant number of leaking tubes during a postulated SLB is not realistic.

If the postulated severed tube end is assumed to be displaced relative to the sleeve, the leak rates measured for full hardroll length engagement may be estimated by assuming the flow to be controlled by a friction factor.This is appropriate instead of estimating an annulus choke flow because of the interference fit between the sleeve and the tube in the hardroll region.The relationship between the flow, Q, the length of engagement, L, the differential pressure, d,P, and the friction factor, f, would be, AP 0=-fL (7.2)HElLPAKP.SEC 7-5 09/25/95 Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class 3 The value of f could be estimated from the leak test for which the length of engagement was 1".However, this is not necessary since a comparison of leak rates for different engagement lengths leads to the relation, L,@=0,-.L~(7.3)Thus, if the length of engagement is halved, the expected leak rate is doubled.This expres-sion may provide satisfactory estimates in the range of Q from 1.0 to 0.25 of L,, however, its use beyond that range would not be recommended since the Q,~oo as Q-4, and severed tube end effects would be expected to lead to increased radial deflection at the tube end accompa-nied by increased leakage.7.4.1 Normal Operation During normal operation, the leakage from HEI sleeved tubes with throughwall degradation extending 360'round the tube and located at the elevation of the HR lower transition would be expected to be sufficient to be detected.If the tube end does not displace, the leakage from each such joint would likely be on the order of 1 gpd or less.If the joint does displace, an increase in the leak rate would be experienced such that the plant could be shut down to address the source of the leakage.7.4.2 Steam Line Break For the initial evaluation of potential leak rate in the event of severing of the tubes, calcula-tions were performed for assumed radial gaps if the tube displaced axially upward relative to the sleeve, For a radial gap of[]*", corresponding to elevating the hardroll length of the tube to correspond to the hydraulically expanded length of the sleeve, the projected leak rate was found to be-25 gpm, References 8 and 9.If the tube displacement is limited to less than or equal to about 1.1", the-95%confidence value for tangent point contact, the lower end of the hardrolled region of the tube would still be in contact with the upper end of the hardrolled region of the sleeve.For leakage evaluation purposes, prior calculations assumed that a gap on the order of[]"', and would thus be expected to leak at a rate of 2.5 gpm.In actuality, no gap would be expected to be present for displacements less than 1.03" and the expected leak rates would be substantially less than the estimated value of 2.5 gpm.Testing has been performed for tubes machined away at the top of the hardroll lower transition, References 8 and 9.Leak rate values under these circumstances were found to be relatively insignificant when compared to the makeup capacity of the plant hydraulic system.The maximum leakage from any single indication was estimated to be bounded between 0.01 and 0.033 gpm.These estimates may be considered to bound the leak rate if as little as-1/4" of sleeve-to-tube hardroll interference remains.Using the maximum value as an average for all such tubes results in a total leak rate from 1000 leaking HEJ sleeved tubes of 33.0 gpm.The total IPC leak rate which might be expected from the limiting D.C.Cook or Kewaunee SG is HElLEAKP.SEC 7-6 09/25/95 Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class 3~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~estimated.to be less than 1 gpm.Therefore, about 1000 or more HEJ sleeved tubes with PTIs ould remain in service, without expecting total leakage during a postulated SLB to exceed the 10CFR100 limit.If only the results from the three valid tests are used, i.e., 0.0, 6+10, and 0.0124 gpm, respectively, four times the maximum leak rate (assuming a displacement of about 0.8")would be 0.05 gpm.Conservatively considering this maximum leak rate to apply to all sleeved tubes leads to a total leak rate for 665 HEJ sleeved tubes of 33.0 gpm.It is to be emphasized that the average total leak rate from the 665 sleeved tubes considered here would be expected to be significantly less than the 10CFR100 limiting leak rate.More accurate estimates of the total leak rate could be developed using Monte Carlo simula-tion techniques, however, based on the conservatisrns utilized for the deterministic estimates, e.g., the probability of experiencing multiple severed tube conditions was considered to be unity, such results would be expected to be significantly less than those reported herein.I&C&7.5 Tubes Interior to Stayrod Locations Tubes interior to stayrods have no immediate outboard neighbors.

Therefore the clearance to the nearest restraint is significantly larger than for tubes with outboard neighbors, and would be expected to exceed the hop-off distance from the PTI to the top of the sleeve.Thus, the leak rate based repair boundary developed in this section is not applicable to tubes immediate-ly interior to the stayrods.7.6 Distribution of Indications in the Kewaunee SGs Sleeved Tubes The distance from the bottom of the hardroll upper transition to the elevation of the indica-tions in the Kewaunee SG tubes was measured for each indication near the elevation of the hardroll.A summary of the measured distances for each SG and for the combined SGs is provided in Table 7-3.Histogram and cumulative frequency plots of the distribution of indications in SGs"A" and"B" are provided on Figure 7-3 and Figure 7-4 respectively.

The combined distribution and cumulative frequency information for both SGs is provided on Figure 7-5.l&A total of 630 indications were considered in this evaluation.

The average distance was found to be 1.32" with a standard deviation of 0.10".The median distance was found to be 1.32".The skew and kurtosis{normalized) were found to be 0.20 and 0.58 respectively.

These last three values indicate the distribution to be relatively normal.An inspection of the plotted cumulative frequency curves indicates the distributions to be nearly symmetrical about the 50%value for the measured populations, thus supporting the judgment that the distributions are nearly normal.Hence, the probability of an indication being located within the 95%confidence bound on the potential displacement is relatively small.To be located above the~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~average value of the potential displacement, the indication would have to be located-4.5 standard deviations away from the mean elevation.

The distribution of indications in the Kewaunee SGs confirms the expectation that very few indications would be expected to occur at elevations where significant leakage could occur during a postulated SLB.EEJLPAKP.SEC 7-7 09/25/95

Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class 3 7.7 Phnt Operation Considerations Other factors which would be expected to have a beneficial effect on the total leak rate that could be experienced are: 1)Adoption of a normal operation leakage limit of 150 gpd.2)Implementation of nitrogen 16 (N16)monitors for monitoring SG leakage.3)Enhanced training of operators to respond to faulted events.7.8 Summary and Conclusions Analyses have been performed which indicate that the total leakage that could reasonably be expected from the sleeved tubes with indications in the D.C.Cook, Kewaunee, and Point Beach 2 SGs during a postulated SLB would be small relative to the makeup capacity of the charging system.A comparison of the distance a severed tube end could be expected to move during normal operation or during a postulated SLB relative to the distance from the bottom of the HEJ hardroll upper transition to the indications in the D.C.Cook, Kewaunee, and Point Beach 2 sleeved tubes indicates that it is unlikely that any of the tubes could become disen-gaged from their respective sleeves if those tubes are constrained by the presence of a structurally capable outboard neighbor.For an outboard neighbor to be considered as structurally capable, it may not, if sleeved, have circumferential degradation evident above the bottom of the HEJ hardroll lower transition.

Tubes which are plugged may not have been so removed from service on account of circumferential degradation.

Axial degradation has no significant effect on the axial strength of active or inactive tubes, hence the presence of axial degradation alone is not considered.

cause to consider an outboard neighbor as not structurally viable.This section documented the development of a geometry based repair boundary for PIIs in HEJ sleeved tubes.The resulting repair boundary is independent of the repair boundary developed in previous sections based on the structural integrity of the joint.Since the result obtained, 1.1", is the same as the structural repair boundary, it essentially demonstrates a defense in depth against the occurrence of a tube separation.

The application of the repair boundary results in expected leakage during normal operation and postulated steam line break (SLB)events within limits based on 10CFR (Code of Federal Regulations), Part 100 criteria.The conclusion of the evaluation is that based on geometry considerations alone it is accept-able to leave HEJ sleeved tubes with PIIs in service that satisfy the following requirements:

1)The distance from the bottom of the HRUT to the PTI is greater than or equal to 1.1".2)The tube is located on the interior of the tube bundle.3)The tube is not located adjacent to and inboard of a stay rod.HEJLEAKP.SEC

Westinghouse non-Pxoprietary Class 3 4)The outboaxd neighboring tube is stxucturally capable, i.e., it can be expected to provide restraint against upward motion of the affected tube if the affected tube is considered to be sevexed at or below 1.1" from the bottom of the hardxoll upper transition.

For example, a review of Kewaunee Nuclear Power Plant data indicates that the first three requirements are satisfied for all sleeved tubes in the SGs.Thus, only satisfaction of the last requirement would need to be specifically demonstrated if geometry was the only basis for the repair boundary.However, the development of the geometry based boundaxy is secondary to the structural based boundary, so requirements 2)through 4)would not be considered to be generally applicable.

7-9 09/25/95

Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class 3 Table 7-1: Tube U-Bend Apex Clearance Dimension Nominal Pressure Difference Normal Operation Steam Line Break a.)c Average Standard Error Table 7-2: Tangent Point Clearance Dimension 50%Confidence 60%Confidence 90%Confidence 95%Confidence 99%Coilfidence Normal Operation Steam Line Break Q.C 99.5%Confidence 99.9%Confidence HEJLEAKP.SEC 7-10 09/26/95 Westinghouse non-Proprietaxy Class 3 Table 7-3: Distribution of the Distance of the Indications from the Bottom of the Kudroll Upper Transition Parameter Count Average Standard Deviation Maximum 1VRnmum Skew Kurtosis SG"A" 426 1.32 0.092 1.63 1.04 1.32 0.01 0.18 SG NBtl 212 1.31 0.106 1.75 1.00 1.30 0.52 1.03 Both SGs 638 1.32 0.100 1.75 1.00 1.32 0.20 0.58 HEJLEAKP.SEC 7-ll Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class 3 Repair Boundary illustration Alloy 600 Tube Alloy 690/600 Sleeve HRUT Hardroll and thermal interference fit.Critical Distance Measurement of 1.1" Location of PTls outside of the geometry based repair boundary Figure 7-1: Illustration of the leak based criterion for HEJ sleeved tubes.7-12

Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class 3 Displaced Tube End Leak Path Small Gap 0 mils gap 8mils gap 1 mil Hardroll and thermal expansion interference fit.Displacement Distance Expected Displacement Distance Assumed severing of the parent tube at the top of the hardroll lower transition.

Figure 7-2: Leak path for a moved tube segment relative to the sleeve.7-13

Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class 3 100 SG"A" HE J Sleeved Tube Indications vs.Distance Below the Bottom of the Hardroll Upper Transition 100%90 80 70 6 60 50 O 40 8 30 20 EZ3SG"A" Indications

-SG"A" Cumulative 90%80%70%80%60%40%30%20%O'a 0l4 O 8 O 10 10%CQ O CO O CO O CO O CO O lQ O 0 O.IQ O W W CC CC CQ Co W'ICI IQ IQ CO CO C C H Upper Bin Distance Below Bottom of HR Upper Transition Figure 7-3 0%100 SG"B" HE J Sleeved Tube Indications vs.Distance Below the Bottom of the Hardroll Upper Transition 100%90 80 70 g 60 IH 50 O 40 8 30 20 CO O 0$C 60%40%e 30%5 8 20%EKI SG"B" Indications 90%SG"B" Cumulative 80%70%60%10 10%O CO O CO O CO, O CO O R O CC OC M Cc M M ID CA CD CO~W W Upper Bin Distance Below Bottom of HR Upper Transition Figure 7-4 O CO C C I 0%7-14 Westinghouse non-Proyrietaxy Class 3 SGs"A" 8s"B" HE J Sleeved Tube Indications vs.Distance Below the Bottom of the Hardroll Upper Transition 130 i00%120 110 100 ce 90 O 80 70 60 g 50 40 30 20 10 K3 Both SG Indications

-Both SG Cumulative 95%Conf.on SLB Criterion.

O lO O Q O 10 O lO O Q O lQ o~m c4 oi cQ co M~lo M co co H rk R rl A A A A A r<Upper Bin Distance Below Bottom of HR Upper Transition Figure 7-5 O lO 00%80%ol O V0%60%cŽ0 60%Q l4 40%o 30%8 20%l0%0%7-15 os12ass

Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class 3 S.O Repair Boundary for Parent Tube Indications

8.1 Compliance

with draft RG I.121 Tube Integrity Criteria To remain consistent with the licensing basis addressing structural integrity, the repair boundary must be located such that the sleeved tube meets the structural integrity (burst)requirements of RG 1.121.Por the case of the repair boundary established in this document for a HEJ sleeved tube, an RCS release rate equal to those for a postulated tube burst is only possible if a circumferential separation of the parent tube occurs and is followed by upward motion of the separated end by a distance on the order of 3".Separation of the tube can only occur if the pressure end cap loads exceed the residual holding strength of the joint.Testing of prototype and field specimens has demonstrated that the residual strength of the separated joint is on the order of greater than 4000 lbs.The maximum load applied during normal operation of the most limiting plant is 724 lbs.Thus, a margin of safety relative to normal operation is on the order of 5.5 versus the RG 1.121 requirement of a margin of 3.The axial load applied during a postulated SLB is 1060 lbs.Thus, the margin of safety during postulated accident conditions is about 3.8 versus the RG 1.121 requirement of 1.43.In order for the tube to experience leak rates on the order of those associated with a steam generator tube rupture described in the PSAR, the parent tube must experience axial motion of-3" (for degradation in the HEX HRLT).At this point the tube and sleeve would no longer be in close proximity and an unrestrained leak path would be produced.Reactor coolant system leak rates approaching those assumed in the PSAR could be realized.The diameter restrictions of the sleeve itself will limit the flow through the sleeve to values less than assumed in the PSAR.The nominal tube ID flow area is approximately 36%greater than the flow area based on the sleeve ID.For tube axial displacements less than-3" and greater than-1.5", the primary to secondary leakage is restricted by the close proximity of the tube hardrolled region and the sleeve hydraulically expanded region.For this condition, leak rates would be expected to be on the order of one third to one half of the normal makeup capacity.For axial displacements of less than-1.5", intimate contact between the tube and sleeve is provided by the installed diameters in the rolled region.The attendant leak rate would be expected to be about an order of magnitude less than that for a displacement of 1.5" to 3".It must be stressed that the repair boundary of 1.1" below the bottom of the HRUT based on residual strength considerations would be expected to result in motion being precluded from occurring.

Furthermore, the repair boundary of 1.1" below the bottom of the HRUT based on geometric constraint considerations results in there being a very low probability that such motions would occur in the unlikely event that the residual strength was not sufficient to preclude motion.HE/CRITR.SEC 8-1 09/2$/9$

Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class 3 8.2.Offsite Dose Evaluation For a Postulated Main steam Line Break Event Outside of Containment but Upstream of the Main Steamline Isolation Valve As stated in Section 3.0, the postulated SLB event is the most limiting faulted condition with regard to offsite dose potential.

Following the SLB any primary-to-secondary leakage is assumed to be entirely released to the environment.

Equilibrium primary and secondary side activities are calculated based on the Technical Specification limit.NUREG-0800 is used to calculate the maximum allowable primary-to-secondarJJ leakage limit during the event such that offsite doses remain within the licensing basis.Similar calculations have shown that the accident initiated Iodine spiking case is usually limiting.Doses are limited to 10%of the 10 CFR 100 limit of 300 Rem thyroid dose.For example, the maximum faulted loop leakage for Point Beach Unit 2 is found to be 25 gpm in the faulted loop, assuming 150 gpd leakage in each steam generator prior to the event with a maximum RCS activity level of 1.0 micro Curies per gram dose equivalent Iodine-131.

For Cook Unit 1, the value has been determined to be 12.6 gpm, and was approved by the NRC as part of the Voltage Based Interim Tube Support Plate Plugging Criteria for Cook Unit 1.Each tube permitted to remain in service due to application of the criteria will be assumed to contribute to the total leakage.If the total projected leakage exceeds the calculated maximum permissible value, tubes will be repaired or removed from service so that the, projected SLB leakage value is reduced below the maximum permissible limit.As an alternative th tube repair, the RCS technical specification activity level can be reduced.For Point Beach Unit 2, lowering the allowable activity level to 0.25 micro Curies per gram dose equivalent Iodine-131 supports a maximum leakage value of approximately 100 gpm.8.3 Evaluation of Other Steam Loss Accidents The MSLB event outside of containment would be expected to represent the most severe static loading and dynamic response condition upon the steam generator.

No U.S.plant has ever experienced a double ended guillotine rupture of a main steam pipe.Plants have experienced however, random instances where a steam line relief valve or safety valve have stuck open.Of these two, the safety valve would have a greater dynamic response upon the system.This event, however, produces a limited response compared to the double ended SLB, and the plant response to this condition would be bounded by the SLB condition response.In addition to a postulated SLB event or a spurious opening of a safety valve, the following moderate frequency accidents:

1)uncontrolled rod withdrawal from full power, 2)loss of reactor coolant fiow, 3)loss of load, and HEJCRITR.SEC 8-2

Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class 3 4)loss of normal feedwater would result in higher than normal primary to secondary ressure diff steam generator tubes.All o secondary pressure differentials across the or es.of these events are rapidly occurrin tran'losure of the steam line isolation v urring transients and lead to rapid e iso ation valves and to a relatively rapid decrease of tube with PTIs a event presents the most severe loading to an HEI sleeved 8.4 HEJ Inspection Requirements A review of the curre current inspectMn criteria suggests that the HBJ parent tube be in the sleeve/tube joint.As a minimum'su stanti axial and/or circumfe mferential PTls in the region of detecting 40%to 60%deep EDM axial e jomt.a minimum, the probes used should demonstrate th ns e e capability of and circumferential notches.To assist in establishin a data b g ase for continued evaluation, indications left in th.air criteria should be inspected at the sub spec e subsequent refueling outage.e w be consistent from inspection to in locating parent tube di'pec o inspectMn the convention of t n e m cations relative to the bottom of the HR the location of the PTIs.o e HRUT should be used defining HPJCRITR.SEC 8-3 Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class 3!9.0 Summary of Sleeve Degradation Limit Acceptance Criteria 9.1 Structural Considerations Based upon the information previously identified in this report, the foHowing structural considerations are considered to be validated:

9.1.1 Crack Indications Below the Upper HardroH Lower Transition Any crack indication, either circumferential or axial, is allowed to remain in service if the elevation of the uppermost portion of the crack is located below 1.1" below the bottom of the KRUT.9.1.2 Sleeved Tube with Degradation Indications with Non-Dented Tube Support Plate Intersections For indications in the upper hardroH lower transition, circumferential crack extent is limited to 179't BOC.A 179'OC throughwaH crack is considered representative of a 224 EOC crack.The measured RPC angle should be assumed throughwaH over its entire indicated length.Circumferential indications to which this angle limit applies are limited to the lower transition region only, and do not apply to indications in the hardroH flat area or higher.Any circumferential crack indication existing above the lower transition with a depth estimate of 40%or greater will be removed from service or repaired, consistent with current criteria.Axial cracks are permitted to remain in service if the uppermost part of the crack is located no less than 1/2 inch below the bottom of the upper hardroH transition.

Any axially oriented crack existing less than 1/2 inch below the bottom of the upper hardroH transition will be removed from service or repaired, consistent with current criteria.9.1.3 Dented Tubes The HEI repair boundary identified in this report does not rely on the resistive effects of dented tube support plate intersections to react any portion of the tube end cap load.9.2 Leakage Assessment For PTIs located below the HRLT, SLB leakage would be expected to be negligible and can be excluded from SLB leak rate calculations.

For circumferential indications below 1.1" HEJCRITR.SEC 9-1

Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class 3below the bottom of the HRUT, but within the HRLT, SLB leakage would be expected to be limited to-0.02 gpm per indication.

9.3 Defense In Depth and Primary to Secondary Leakage Limits The repair boundary identified in this report results in margins which significantly exceed the burst criteria of RG 1.121 and leakage requirements relating to offsite dose evaluation.

The Technical Specification normal operating primary-to-secondary leak rate limit will be lowered to 150 gpd per SG (0.1 gpm).The leak rate used in the evaluation for each plant will be selected to represent the expected leakage from an HEI which has experienced a complete circumferential separation at the elevation of the repair boundary.This level of leakage is readily detectable by plant leakage detection systems.The available axial translation limits of the tube and the relation of these limits to leakage limits are also addressed.

Section 7.0 of this report has demonstrated that the maximum amount of axial motion that a postulated circumferentially separated tube could be expected to experience is 1.1".Based on the distribution of indication elevations observed at Kewaunee, a postulated movement of 1.1" would still result in a length of intimate tube/sleeve contact.If the tube were postulated to move an amount on the order of, say, 2", the maximum primary to secondary leakage would be limited to about 30 gpm at SLB pressure differentials, being limited by the thin gap created between the tube ID in the hardroll region and the sleeve OD in the hydraulically expanded region.This would be an extremely unlikely event since the sleeve/tube joint would have to have insufficient residual strength and the tube would have had to have been installed at a lower extreme deviation from its nominal U-bend elevation at the same time as its outboard neighbor having been installed at an upper extreme deviation from it nominal U-bend elevation.

Such a situation would not be likely to have been overlooked during fabrication, and could be expected to have resulted in contact of the tubes in the V-bend, which would have been detected during the NDE of the tubes during prior inspection outages.I"inally, the prototype testing program demonstrated that the axial friction force between the postulated separated tube and sleeve increases as the amount of slippage increases further reducing the likelihood of a tube/sleeve separation.

HEJCRITR.SEC 9-2

Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class 3 10.0, Refer eaces 1.WCAP-9960 (Proprietary),"Point Beach Steam Generator Sleeving Report," Westing-house Electric Corporation (1981).2.WCAP-9960 (Proprietary), Revision 1,"Point Beach Steam Generator Sleeving Report," Westinghouse Electric Corporation (1982).3.WCAP-11573 (Proprietary),"Point Beach Unit 2 Steam Generator Sleeving Report (Mechanical Sleeves)," Westinghouse Electric Corporation (1987).WCAP-11643 (Proprietary),"Kewaunee Steam Generator Sleeving Report (Mechanical Sleeves)," Westinghouse Electric Corporation (1987).5.WCAP-11643 (Proprietary), Revision 1,"Kewaunee Steam Generator Sleeving Report (Mechanical Sleeves)," Westinghouse Electric Corporation, November 1988.6.WCAP-11669 (Proprietary),"Zion Units 1 and 2 Steam Generator Sleeving Report (Mechanical Sleeves)," Westinghouse Electric Corporation (1987).7.I WCAP-12623 (Proprietary),"American Electric Power D.C.Cook Unit 1 Steam Generator Sleeving Report (NIechanical Sleeves)," Westinghouse Electric Corporation (1990).WCAP-14157 (Pxoprietary),"Technical Evaluation of Hybrid Expansion Joint (HH)Sleeved Tubes With Indications Within the Upper Joint Zone," Westinghouse Electric Corporation, August, 1994.9." WCAP-14157, Addendum (Proprietary),"Supplemental Leak and Tensile Test Results for Degraded HEJ Sleeved Tubes in Model 44I51 SIG's," Westinghouse Electric Corpora-tion, Septembex, 1994.10.Regulatory Guide 1.121,"Bases For Plugging Degraded PWR Steam Generator Tubes," United States Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Issued for Comment (1976).VPNPD-94-096 I NRC-94-068 (Proprietary),"Dockets 50-266 and 50-301, Response to Requests for Additional Information, Technical Specifications Change Request 175, Point Beach Nuclear Plant, Units 1 and 2," Wisconsin Electric Power Company, September 13, 1994.10-1 09/25/9S ii Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class 3 12.NPD-94-101

/NRC-94-069 (Proprietaxy),"Dockets 50-266 and 50-301, Response to.Requests for Additional Information, Technical Specifications Change Request 175, Point Beach Nuclear Plant, Units 1 and 2," Wisconsin Electric Power Company, September 22, 1994.13.USNRC SER,"Safety Evaluation by the Office of Nuclear Reactor Regulation RElated to Amendment Request CR-175 to Facility Operating Licenses DPR-24 and DPR-27, Wisconsin Electric Power Company Point Beach Nuclear Plant, Units 1 and 2, Dockets 50-266 and 50-301," United States Nuclear Regulatory Commission, January 11, 1995.14.Wisconsin Public Service and Wisconsin Electric Power meeting with the United States Nuclear Regulatory Commission, discussion of the Point Beach SER and the responses to the RAIs, February 1, 1995.15.Wisconsin Public Service meeting with the United States Nuclear Regulatory Commission, discussion of inspection results of Kewaunee SG tubes, April 13, 1995.16.Hexnalsteen, P.,"Belgian Experience with Cixcumferential Cracking, Part 1: Genexal Overview," EPRI Workshop on Circumferential Cracking, Charlotte, North Carolina, June, 1995.17.WCAP-10949 (Proprietaxy),"Tubesheet Region Plugging Criteria for Full Depth HardroH Expanded Tubes," Westinghouse Electric Corporation (1985).18.WCAP-12244, Revision 3 (Proprietary),"Steam Generator Tube Plug Integrity Summary Report," Westinghouse Electric Corporation (November, 1998).19.Ducrile Fracture Handbook, Electric Power Research Institute, Palo Alto, California (October, 1990).20.Flesch, B, et al.,"Operating Stress and Stress Corrosion Cracking in Steam Generator Transition Zones (900-MWe PWR)," International Journal of Pressure Vessels and Piping, Vol.56, pp.213-228 (1993).21..Bandy, R., and Van Rooyen, D.,"Stress Corrosion Cracking of Inconel Alloy 600 in High Temperature Water-An Update," Corrosion, Vol.40, No.8, pp.425-430 (August, 1984).Yonezawa, T., et al.,"Effects of Metallurgical Factors on Stxess Corrosion Cracking of¹AHoys in High Temperature Water," Proceedings of the 1988 JAIF International Conference on Water Chemistry in Nuclear Power Plants, Tokyo (April, 1988).HEJREFS.SEC 10-2 Westinghouse non-Pxoprietaxy Class 3 23.Theus, G.J.,"Summary of the Babcock and Wilcox Company's Stress Coxmsion~~~~Cracking Tests of Alloy 600," EPRI WS-80-0136, EPRI Workshop on Cracking of Alloy 600 U-Bend Tubes in Steam Generators, Denver, Colorado (1980).24.Kim, V.C., and Van Rooyen, D.,"Strain Rate and Temperature Effect on the Stxess Corrosion Cracking of Inconel 600 Steam Generator Tubing in Primary Water Condi-tions," Proceedings of the Second International Symposium on Environmental Degrada-tion of Materials in Nuclear Power Systems-Water Reactors, Monterey, California, pp.448-455 (September, 1985).25.Personal communication, Darol Haxxison of Entergy to Bob Keating of Westinghouse (September 15, 1994).26.WCAP-12076 (Proprietaxy),"St.Lucie Unit 1 Steam Generator Sleeving Report (Me-chanical Sleeves)," Westinghouse Electric Corporation (November, 1988).27.NUREG/CR-3464,"The Application of Fxacture Proof Design Methods Using Tearing Instability Theory to Nuclear Piping Postulating Through Wall Cracks," United States Nuclear Regulatory Commission (September, 1983).~~~~~~~~~~~28.NUREG/CR-0838,"Stability Analysis of Circumferential Cracks in Reactor Pi)ing Systems," United States Nuclear Regulatory Commission (Febxuaxy, 1979).29.Tada, H., and Paris, P.C.,"The Stress Analysis of Cracks Handbook," Second Edition, Paris Productions Incorporated, St.Louis, Missouri (1985).30.WPS-94-587 (NTD-NSRLA-OPL-94-297),"Wisconsin Public Service Corporation, Kewaunee Nuclear Power Plant, Allowable Primary/Secondary Leak Rate During Steam Line Break for Kewaunee," Westinghouse Electric Corporation, September 30, 1994.HEJREFS.SEC 10-3 Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class 3 Appendix A Review of Prior Amendment Requests for HEJ Sleeved Tubes 1.0 Discussion/Chronology of Prior Amendment Requests When HEJ sleeved tube PTIs were first detected at Kewaunee in the Spring of 1994, analyses and tests were performed to characterize the effect of the degradation on the strength of the joint.Since no tubes had been removed for destructive examination, it was assumed that the degradation was in the form of circumferential cracking.A meeting was held with the NRC on April 19, 1994, during the inspection outage, to discuss the non-destructive examination techniques, the results of the non-destructive examinations, the results of structural analyses and tests performed on HEJs with simulated circumferential degradation below the hardroll in the parent tube, and to propose and amendment request to allow selected HEJ sleeved tubes to remain in service.It was demonstrated HEJs with circumferential cracks below the HRLT of any extent, i.e., up to 360, met the structural xcquirements of draft RG 1.121, i.e., a margin of 3 relative to burst during normal operation and a margin of 1.43 relative to burst during a postulated SLB.Leak testing results were presented that indicated that a leak rate of<1 gpm would be expected during a postulated SLB from all of the tubes with indications if they were allowed to remain in service.Thus, it was proposed that any indications below the HRLT be allowed to remain in service.Based on a structural analysis of circumferential cracks at the top of the HRLT, it was also recommended that tubes with projected crack lengths (240 at the end of the next cycle be allowed to remain in service.The NRC advised Wisconsin Public Service on April 20, 1994 that insufficient time was available to properly review the request for an amendment to the operating license.Therefore, the amendment request was not submitted to the NRC for approvaL In August, 1994, in preparation for a Fall outage, the Wisconsin Electric Power Company submitted an amendment request to the NRC to allow HEJ sleeved tubes to remain in service with PIIs below the hardroll.References 8 and 9 were included with that submittal in support of the request for an operating license amendment to allow selected HEJ sleeved tubes with PTIs to remain in service at Point Beach Unit 2.The technical bases of the submittal were similar to those developed for Kewaunee, i.e., RG 1.121 criteria would be met for any indications below the bottom of the HRLT, as would HEJs with indications with projected lengths of less than 226'n the HRLT.To support the angular extent criteria, additional existing data relative to the growth of crack in tubes were collated;these indicated that crack growth rates of 45 per cycle in the circumferential direction and 20%of the tube wall thickness per cycle in the radial direction could be considered as bounding.A series of re-quests for additional information (RAIs)were issued by the NRC which were responded to via References 11 and 12.The license amendment request was denied based on the conclusion documented in the safety evaluation report (SER), Reference 13, prepared by the office of Nuclear Reactor Regulation of the NRC.DAPLANISVLEPiHEJPNDXA.SEC A-1 09/2$/9S

Westinghouse non-Pxoprietaxy Class 3 A mepting with the NRC, initiated by W'isconsin Public Service (WPS, Kewaunee), Reference 14, was held on February 1, 1995, to verify a mutual understanding of the concerns expressed in the SER, and to discuss each of the Wisconsin Electric Power Company (WEP, Point Beach)responses to the RAIs.The conclusions reached at that meeting relative to unresolved NRC concerns were: 1.that the database employed for the potential growth calculations was insufficient for estimating the incubation time and growth rate of parent tube flaws (PTIs), 2.that the qualifications of the NDE probes used for the inspection of the parent tubes did not include a sufficient number of cracked tube specimens as opposed to the use of machined flaws in ASME NDE standards to calibrate the probes, 3.that the level of detection and the accuracy of sizing PTIs in the uppex transitions of the HEJs might not be sufficient to support the application of the criteria, and, 4.that the appearance of PTIs at the lower transition(s) is indicative of a tube that is prone to developing PIIs at the upper transitions.

Thus, taken as a whole, the NRC was concerned that undetected PTIs at the upper transitions of tubes with PTls in the lower transition(s) could grow during the operating cycle to the extent that the structural integrity of the tube would be less than that required by the RG 1.121 at the end of the operating cycle.Another meeting between WPS and the NRC, Reference 15, was held on April 13, 1995, during the inspection outage at Kewaunee, to discuss PTIs detected using a+Point eddy current inspection probe (the previous inspection of the parent tubes was conducted using a Zetec I-coil eddy current inspection probe).Information was presented that the probe had been qualified to EPRI guidelines using both ASME standards and cracked HEJ sleeved tube specimens which had been fabricated by Westinghouse.

Summaxy information was also presented to show that of over 930 total PIIs found at three plants, there were no instances of the simultaneous appearance of PTls at the lower and upper transitions.

It was thus argued that PTIs in the lower transitions should not be cause to remove the sleeved tube from service.However, since much of this information was developed during the outage, there was insuffi-cient time for the NRC to conduct a thorough review of the information and tubes with PTIs within the HEJ region were removed from service.2.0 Summary of Structural Integrity and Leak Rate Evaluations In order to quantify the effect of the tube indications on the operating performance of HEJs with PTls, test and analysis programs were performed, References 8 and 9, aimed at: 1)characterizing the effect of the obsexved indications on the axial strength of the joint, and DAPLANTSM,EPQKJPNDXA.SEC A-2 09/25/9$

Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class 3 2)estimating the leak rate that could be expected during normal operation and under postulated SLB conditions for the case of a tube perforated below the hardroll.Characterization of the axial strength of the joint in the event of tube degradation of the type indicated in the Kewaunee and Point Beach tubes (no indications have been determined to be present in the Cook 1 tubes at present)was explored via axial tensile (pull out)testing and hydraulic proof testing.Additional analyses results were reported in References 11 and 12.A summary of the test and analysis programs is provided in the following sections.The results are applicable to the four U.S.plants with installed HEJs.Plant operating parameters relative to structural integrity evaluations are presented in Table A-1.The largest operating primary-to-secondary differential pressure (1535 psi)occurs in the SGs at Kewaunee.The smallest differential pressure (1225 psi)occurs at Point Beach 2.The differential pressure at Cook 1 is 1453 psi.2.1 Structural Integrity Tests Two types of structural tests were performed, tensile strength tests and hydraulic proof tests (References 8 and 9).Prototypic HEJ test specimens, see Figure A-l, were fabricated using Alloy 600 tubing and both Alloy 600 and Alloy 690 sleeve material.'he initial tensile strength tests were performed on prototypic HEJ sleeved tube specimens with the lower portion of the tube completely machined away at various postulated crack elevations.

For specimens where the tubes were completely removed by machining at the elevation corre-sponding to the bottom of the HRLT, i.e.,-1.25 inches below the bottom of the HRUT, the structural capability of the joints were approximately twice the most limiting RG 1.121 3'nd cap loading.For specimens where the tubes were completely removed by machining at the elevation corresponding to the approximate mid-span of the hydraulically expanded region, i.e.,-2.25" the bottom of the HRUT, the structural capability of the joints were-3.5 to 4 times the most limiting RG 1.121 361?end cap load.A second series of tests were conducted for HEJ sleeved tubes with simulated throughwall circumferential PTls of less than 360'rc.The results from these tests were documented in Reference 8.In these tests, the sleeves were installed in tube samples using prototypic techniques.

The tubes were first slit 100%throughwall over varying arc lengths from 120'o 240 at axial locations as near to the top of the HRLT as practical.

The structurally prototyp-ic specimens were installed in a tensile testing machine and axially loaded to failure at a temperature of 600'F with no internal pressure.The specimens were configured such that the tube end was attached to the movable crosshead of the machine and the sleeve end was attached to the stationary base.Upon loading, the bending moment caused by the centroid of the remaining ligament being non-coincident with the axis of the tube, the loading axis, caused a smaH lateral deflection of the tube and sleeve in the direction of the slit.This small deflecting resulted in additional locking of the tube to the sleeve such that, in most cases, even The tensile tests demonstrated that the performance of Alloy 600 thermally treated sleeves (utilized in the 1983 Point Beach 2 sleeving campaign)was similar to that of Alloy 690 sleeves.DAPLANTSU.BF6KJPNDXA.SEC A-3 10/03/9S i

Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class 3 with a 240'hroughwall slit, the sleeve failed in tension at about ten times the normal operation end cap load.For the specimens that did fail in the tube ligament, the failure loads were approximately twice the ultimate tensile capacity of the ligament material.Thus, the additional friction force developed at the hardroll interface of the sleeve and the tube exceeded the most limiting RG 1.121 requirement.

In summary, an HEJ sleeved tube with a PTI with a non-symmetric remaining ligament(s) of about 90'as a structural integrity in excess of the most limiting RG 1.121 requirements.

The structural proof tests were performed on specimens which had been fabricated for leak testing.Following the leak tests, the sleeved tubes were machined to simulate a 360'ircumferential throughwall crack at the inflection point of the hard roll.All of the samples were then pressurized to a differential pressure of 3657 psi.The pressure was then gradually increased until slipping of the joint was noted.Initial slippage of the tubes was generally detected after an increase in the pressure of about 200 to 700 psi.The maximum pressures, i.e., those achieved when the tube was ejected ftom the sleeve, were not recorded, but did ap-proach pressures on the order of three time normal operating pressure differentials.

2.2 Structural

Integrity Analyses The structural analyses presented in References 8, 11, and 12 considered a model of the degraded tube cross-sectional area subjected to the applied loads as shown in Figure A-2.The purpose of the analyses was to support the application of an ARC which included consider-ation of PTls located at the top of the HBLT.Such indications axe not a subject of'this report.The criterion supported by this report is that all PTIs located below a distance of 1.1" below the bottom of the HRUT can be left in service regardless of depth or circumferential extent.It is worth noting that the analyses demonstrated that tubes with LTL material properties would meet the RG 1.121 3iQ?structural requirement if they were cracked 224 throughwall.

The acceptable throughwall angle is reduced to 196 if the remaining ligament is also assumed to be cracked 50%throughwall from the ID of the tube.The model employed assumed that no friction force, e.g., due to magnetite packing or corrosion product buildup within the tube-to-tube support plate crevices, would add to the resistance to axial motion of the tube or to reduce the applied load transmitted to the tube-to-sleeve joint.Reference 11 noted that in addition to a postulated SLB event or spurious opening of a safety valve, the following moderate frequency accidents:

1)uncontrolled rod withdrawal from full power, 2)loss of reactor coolant fiow, 3)loss of load, and 4)loss of normal feedwater would result in higher than normal primary to secondary pressure differentials across the steam generator tubes.The maximum pressure differential across the tubes that may be DAP~MEPQKJPNDXA.SEC A-4 10/03/95 Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class 3 experienced for steam generator loss of secondary side pressure events is 2560 psid.For items 1)through 4), the maximum pressure differential across the tubes would be expected to be less than 1800 psid.All of these events lead to closure of the steam line isolation valves and to a relatively rapid decrease of the differential pressure.Thus, the postulated SLB event presents the most severe loading to an HEJ sleeved tube with PTIs.2.3 Leak Rate Tests and Analyses References 8 and 9 documented the results of elevated temperature leak tests that were performed using prototypic HEJ specimens which had the tube portion machined away at the midpoint and that the bottom of the HRLT.The specimens with the tube removed at the bottom of the HRLT exhibited leak rates on the order of 0.0012 gpm, with maximum of 0.008 gpm, at SLB conditions.

The specimens with the tube removed at the midpoint of the HRLT'xhibited a maximum leak rate of 0.016 gpm at SLB conditions, thus, also demonstrating a significant resistance to primary-to-secondary leakage.These tests suggest that the presence of a"lip" of tube material below the top of the HRLT provides sufficient leakage restriction.

The proposed amendment would establish that any indications of tube degradation greater than 1.1" below the bottom of the HRUT would be acceptable for continued service, providing a"lip" of approximately 0.1", and would also provide the geometric configuration such that neither significant tube axial displacement nor significant tube leakage would be expected during a postulated SLB event.Leak rate tests were also conducted using HEJ sleeved tube specimens with throughwall slits extending about 240 around the circumference of the tube.The slits were located at the top of the HRLT, i.e., approximately 1.0 to 1.03" below the bottom of the HRUT.The maximum leak rate at 600 F was found to be 0.015 gpm at a differential pressure of 2450 psi.Based on the observation that one of the specimens may have exhibited leakage from one of the test fittings, a bounding SLB leak rate of 0.033 gpm per indication was established for 240 throughwall slits in the hardroH lower transition.

References 8 and 9 also documented the xesults of elevated temperature leak tests that were performed using specimens fabricated by sectioning and removing the tube section at the top of the HRLT.Since the acceptance of PTIs at the top of the HRLT is not a subject of this report, the results are not applicable and no discussion is necessary.

2.4 Crack Growth Rate Evaluations An assessment of the potential growth of the PIXs in both the circumferential and radial directions was provided in References 8, 11, and 12.The distribution of PTIs initially reported at Kewaunee was analyzed to determine if there was any apparent difference between the SGs.The average, miiiiinum, and maximum circumferential extents were similar, as were the standard deviations, and it was concluded that the distributions in each SG represented samples from the same parent population.

Since the phenomena had not been previously Approximately 1.12 to 1.13 inch below the bottom of the HRUT.DAPLANTSVEEPQKJPNDXA.SEC A-5 Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class 3 reposed, there was no historical database that could be used to estimate growth rates.For growth in the circumferential direction, an assumption was made regarding initiation and the average growth rate was estimated to be-35 per year.For analysis purposes, a rate of 45 per year was assumed.This was noted to be greater than a 95%confidence bound for ODSCC for observed growth at another plant that was operating at 614 F.In addition, the published data on crack growth rates of Alloy 600, of References 21, 22, 23 and 24, and Belgian data, were quoted to support the rate assumed of 45'er year as being conservatively bounding.It was also noted that the estimated rate was about three standard deviations above the mean of observed TI'S data.There also was, and still is, no directly measured data for the radial growth rate of circum-ferential PTIs in HEI sleeved tubes.Reference 12 presented information radial growth information for tubes based on field observations at McGuire, Doel 4, Arkansas Nuclear One, and Maine Yankee in support of a bounding rate of 21%per year in 7/8" nominal diameter tubes.Information from PWSCC of mechanical plugs was evaluated which indicated radial growth rates on the order of-17%to-23%per year in 7/8" diameter tubes depending on the material activation energy.Using the tube developed rate, it was concluded that 360 PTIs with depths of 53%(Kewaunee) to 58%(Point Beach 2)at the BOC would not exceed the RG 1.121 32ZNO, structural limit at the end of a one year cycle.Using the mechanical plug growth rates, 360'TIs with depths of 51%(Kewaunee) to 56%(Point Beach 2)would not be expected to exceed the RG 1.121 limits at EOC.Although it has been demonstrated by field experience that the occurrence of a PTl at the HRLT or HELT does not imply the presence of another PTI at either the HRUT or the HEUT, undetected PTIs at such'ocations would not be likely to violate the RG 1.121 requirements at the EOC.3.0 Summary Prior submittals for license amendments requested approval for the implementation of multiple criteria to deal with the occurrence of PTls as a function of the location of the PIIs in the HEJ.These are summarized in the following paragraphs.

1.For indications below the bottom of the HRLT, it was demonstrated that PTls of any extent did not result in degradation of the joint such that the requirements of RG 1~121 would not be met at the end of an, or any, operating cycle.This was also demonstrated for indication up to the middle of the HRLT.It was further demon-strated by test that the total leak rate from all such indications would not lead to a violation of the radiological release limits during a postulated SLB event.2.For indications at the top of the HRLT it was demonstrated that indications on the order of 2/3 of the circumference of the tube, with the remaining ligament degraded to the detection level of the NDE, could be tolerated without exceeding the require-ments of RG 1.121 at the end of the operating cycle.The acceptance criteria for the beginning of the cycle length and depth of such indications were based on assumed conservative growth rates in the circumferential and radial directions.

It was demon-strated by test and analysis that a significant number of throughwall PTIs could be DAPLANTSQ.EPQiE/PNDXA.SEC A-6 10/03/9S

Westinghouse non-Proprietary Class 3 allowed to remain in service without expecting leak rate limits to be exceeded.The information presented in the main section of this report resulting from the destructive examination of the Kewaunee tubes continues to support the application of a criterion based on item 1.The results from the destructive examination of the Kewaunee tubes do not support the implementation of criteria based on item 2, even though the indications were not thxough wall and had a residual strength in excess of RG 1.121 requirements.

Since the indications extended 360'round the tube, effective circumferential growth rates of at least 50'er year were experienced as a result of the presence multiple initiation sites.However, the informa-tion obtained does not contradict the radial growth rate developed in support of item 2.Finally, the information obtained does support the detection thresholds previously considered for both the+Point and CECCO 3 probes.D LPLANTSQ.EPQKlPNDXA.SEC A-7

Westinghouse non-Proprietaxy Class 3 Table A-1: Operating Parameters for V.S.Plants with Installed HEJs Plant SG Loops PP (psia)Ps (psia)(psi)Thot ('6 Tcotd ('8 Point Beach 2 44 2000 775 1225 596.7 541.7 Cook 1 Kewaunee Zion 1 51 51 51 2100 2250 2250 715 725 1453 1535 1525 582.0 518.0 591.2 531.8 592.2 532.2 DM'LANYSlAEPalEJPNDXA.SEC A-8

End Cap Plug or Tensile Gripper.Tube cut at elevations from the top of the transition to below the bottom of the transition, and at various arc lengths.~Tube~Hardroll Hydraulic Expansion Sleeve End Cap Plug or Tensile Gripper.Figure A-I: HEJ specimen used for tensile testing.D:EPLhRKEAEPKHEJPNDXhSlG A-9 7/29/95 Circumferential Crack Structural Model.;Assumed: depth I////I I I I I I I I I I I I I Neutral Axis Throu ghwall Circumferential Crack Figure A-2: Structural model for a tube with a circumferential throughwall crack.D:K PLANTSKAEP 4 EKJPNDXAPIG A-10 7/29(95

4.5 Critical Axial Load vs.Through-Wall Crack Angle 7/8" x 0.050", Alloy 600 MA SG Tubes w/LTL Material Properties 4.0 3.5-Critical Angle for LTL Material---40%Through-Walt Ligament-.-RG 1.121 NOp Limit-~.-RG 1.121 SLB Limit Note: Hardroll capacity of 300 l&assumed based on lower bound of test data.P)3.0'0 o 2.5~2.0~1.5'1.0 79 KLS 1.8 27 KLEk 1.4 0.5 0.0 0 224'50 200 Crack Angular Extant (Degrees)256'50 Figure A-3 D:EPLARIS'tAEPtHEJPNDXJLZIG A-11 7/2%95

'60'W Circumferential cracking degrades the axial strength of the joint , to less than the require-!ments of RG1.121..,'Leak resistance is'ignificantly reduced.tW Axial cracking does not degrade the axial strength of the tube/joint.

The leak resistance is degraded.HEJ Joint Critical Tube Crack Locations 360'W Circumferential cracking at this location, or below, does not degrade the axial strength of the joint to less than the require-ments of RG 1.121.Leak resistance is slightly reduced.Figure A-4: Critical tube crack locations in a HEJ.D:REPLANTS hhEPKHEJPNDXhSIG A-12 7/29/95 4

ATTACHMENT 2 TO AEP:NRC:10820 Donald C.Cook Nuclear Plant Individual Plant Examination Human Reliability Analysis Summary of Methodology Changes and Example Calculations ThIs attachment includes a summary of the changes made in the human reliability analysis methodology and example calculatIons.

SUMMARY

OF METHODOLOGY CHANGES After a complete comparison of the original (Revision 0)AEPSC human reliability methods to the THERP[Reference 1]methods was performed, the AEPSC methods were updated to be more consistent with the THERP method and to reflect newer information.

Below is a summary of the major inconsistencIes identified and their resolution in the revised (Revision 1)human reliability analysis: Human reliabilit action s eciflc to se uences: Revision 0: A simplifying assumption was utilized that an operator action, such as establishing primary feed and bleed, was independent of the accident sequence.Revision 1: Sequence specific human error probabilities were calculated based on differences in timing, stress, dependence, and possible recoveries, using THERP.De endence Modelin: Revision 0: Dependence modeling was used infrequently.

Revision 1: Prior human action failures were assessed for modeling of dependent failures of subsequent actions, both within a modeled action and between different modeled actions.Performance sha in factors in dia nosis: Revision 0: Training and stress performance shaping factors were utilized for the diagnosis error frequencies.

Revision 1: The EPRI methodology

[Reference 2]was used for diagnosis, which is consistent with THERP.Ex licit consideration of timin: Revision 0: For most cases, timing was only considered in a qualitative manner, with the diagnosis error rate being frequently based on the time needed to complete the action.Revision I: Timing was used to check if there was adequate time available to perform the action and any recovery actions.Workload was also considered as influencing the stress level.Consistent use of second erson checkin: Revision 0: Credit was generally taken for checking, to the extent needed to determine an acceptably accurate final result (i,e., once a human error failure path was found to be not the dominant path, further credits were not taken).Thus, known actions such as second person checking were inconsistently used.Revision 1: These credits were only used when the checking actions were clearly proceduralized (e.g., checker initials required), or on a case by case basis when it could be shown that the person actually makes a habit of reviewing what the operator was doing.

Trainin erformance sha in factors: Revision 0: Training performance shaping factors were included for execution type errors to address the impact of improved training and procedures.

Revision 1: These generic training shaping factors were not used.Training was only considered on a case by case basis.Section 3.3 (attached) is an example of how operator training and practices were credited.References"Handbook of Human Reliability Analysis with Emphasis on Nuclear Power Plant Applications," A.D.Swain and H.E.Guttmann, NUREG/CR-1278, 1983.2."An Approach to the Analysis of Operator Actions in Probabillstlc Risk Assessment," EPRI TR-100259, EPRI Project 2847%1, Final Report, June, 1992.II.EXAMPLE CALCULATIONS The following portions from the Donald C.Cook Nuclear Plant's Human Reliability Analysis, Revision 1, are included with this attachment:

Section 3,3 High Pressure Cold Leg Recirculation'HPR)

Event Tree Level HEP Calculation Section 3.5 Depressurizatlon to Allow Low Pressure Iqjectlon (OLI)Event Tree Level HEP Calculation Attachment HPR Marked up procedure pages for Section 3.3 Attachment OLI Marked up procedure pages for Section 3.5 Figures E-8 through F 11 HPR fault trees HPR1, HPR2, HPR3 and HPR4 (only more complex fault trees, i.e,, those with AND gates, are included)Both HPR and OLI are good examples of how dependencies were treated in the analysis.The different types considered were dependencies between personnel, steps within a human failure event, and steps in different human failure events.Both cognitive and execution error dependence were considered.

The HPR fault trees are much more detailed than the majority of the HRA fault trees due to dependence with switchover to containment spray recirculation (CSR), which is performed at the same time.These switchover actions had common cognitive errors (i.e., totally dependent), and some common execution errors.These common cognitive and execution errors were quantified as totally dependent by using the same identiTiers in the corresponding fault trees.As described in Section 3.5.6, for a Medium LOCA event, OLI is required about the same time as switchover to recirculation.

As many factors influence which comes first, it was conservatively assumed that OLI precedes switchover and switchover was considered totally dependent on OLI.For more information on the assumptions used in the analysis, see Section 3.3.3 of Attachment 1 of this submittal.

Results are summarized in Tables 3.3-2 and 3.3-3 of Attachment 1 of this submittal.

33 HPR-HIGH PRESSURE COLD LEG RECIRCULATION 3.3.1~Atication Small LOCA (SLO)with success of auxiliary feedwater (AF4)-HPRA (JMR)SLO with failure of auxiliary feedwater (AF4)-HPRB (JMR)Medium LOCA (MLO)with success of auxiliary feedwater (AF4)-HPRC (JMR)Transient with Steam Conversion Systems Available (TRA)-HPRD (JAJ)Transient without Steam Conversion Systems Available (TRS)-HPRE (JAJ)Large Steam Line/Feedline Break (SLB)-HPRF (JAJ)Loss of Offsite Power (LSP)-HPRG (JAJ)Steam Generator Tube Rupture (SGR)-HPRH (JAJ)Station Blackout (SBO)with success of AFT, success or failure of RCC, success of AFC, XHR, CNU, RRI, and AF1, and success or failure of CSI-HPRS (JMR)SBO with success of AFT, success or failure of RCC, success of AFC, XHR, CNU, and RRI, failure of AF1, success of PBB, and success or failure of CSI-HPRT (JMR)SBO with success of AFT, success or failure of RCC, failure of AFC, success of XHR, CNU and PBB, and success or failure of CSI-HPRU (JMR)SBO with failure of AFT, success of XHR, CNU, and PBB, and success or failure of CSI-HPRV (JMR)Loss of CCW or ESW with success of RCP and RR2-HPRW (JMR)3.3.2~Dcacrt tion High pressure cold leg recirculation is required for several top events following successful ECCS high pressure injection when RWST reaches the low level setpoint of 32%.The transfer to recirculation is required to ensure a continued source of flow is available to the RCS so that core cooling is maintained following depletion of the RWST inventory.

In the HPR phase, the water that is spilled from the break collects in the lower containment, flows through course and fine mesh strainers into the recirculation sump.The CCPs and SI pumps then take suction from the recirculation sump via the residual heat removal system.During the manual switchover from the injection phase to the recirculation phase, both the RHR and SI pumps discharge line cross-tie valves are shut.This provides two separate trains of injection during the recirculation phase.3.3.3 Success Criteria and Timin Anal sis Success of this event requires one of two SI pumps and one of two CCPs to inject to one of three intact cold legs with the pump suction supplied by one of two RHR trains operating in the recirculation mode.If this top event fails, late core damage with the RCS at high pressure is postulated to occur.3.3-1

The Event Tree Notebook provides justification for the time to switchover from accident initiation and the amount of time the operator has to complete the switchover based on useable volume of the RWST for each application of this top event.A summary of these success criteria times is presented below.Refer to the Event Tree Notebook for additional information.

For medium LOCA (MLO)and small LOCA (SLO), the time from accident initiation until switchover is required would be approximately 30 minutes, assuming all safeguards pumps initially operating.

This assumes containment spray is actuated early in the accident.The time to switchover would be longer if there are equipment failures or if spray actuation is delayed.Once RWST level reaches 32%and switchover is initiated, the operators will have 17 minutes to complete the switchover to high pressure recirculation before any of the safeguards pumps cavitate due to air entrainment (Reference 1).For steam generator tube rupture (SGR)events, containment spray actuation would be expected about 30 minutes following initiation of primary bleed (See Success Criteria Notebook, Table 28).Switchover to high pressure cold leg recirculation would then be required about 30 minutes after.this.This relative timing would also be expected for transient events in which bleed and feed recovery is used due to unavailability of feedwater for decay heat removal.Once RWST level reaches 32%and switchover is initiated, the operators will have 17 minutes to complete the switchover to high pressure recirculation before any of the safeguards pumps cavitate due to air entrainment.

This time is the same as that for MLO and SLO since containment spray actuation is expected following initiation of bleed and feed.This timing analysis is also applicable to TRA, TRS and LSP events in which bleed and feed recovery is used due to the unavailability of feedwater for decay heat removal.For SLB events, the time from accident initiation for a large secondary break inside containment until switchover is conservatively assumed to be approximately 30 minutes.This assumes containment spray is actuated early in the accident if the break is located inside containment.

Similar to MLO and SLO, once RWST level reaches 32%and switchover is initiated, the operators will have 17 minutes to complete the switchover to high pressure recirculation before any of the safeguards pumps cavitate due to air entrainment.

For SBO events, depending on the amount of RCP seal leakage and the resulting need for containment spray injection, the time at which switchover to cold leg recirculation would be required could be as short as 30 minutes after spray and high pressure injection are actuated to several hours if spray actuation is not required.The timing requirements for completing the switchover to cold leg recirculation is 17 minutes, similar to MLO and SLO, since high pressure injection may also be actuated.For SSW and CCW events, the timing analysis is the same as that of SBO, recirculation may be required within 30 minutes of event initiation and completion of the switchover actions within 17 minutes.Procedures Upon a small LOCA causing a reactor trip and SI actuation, the operators will enter E-0.At step 25, they will transfer to E-1, and at step 14 of E-1, they will transfer to ES-1.2.The Emergency Operating Procedure used to perform switchover to cold leg recirculation is 3.3-2

~4 ES-1.3, TRANSFER TO COLD LEG RECIRCULATION, Rev.2 ES-1.3 is entered from: a)E-1, LOSS OF REACTOR OR SECONDARY COOLANT, Rev.5, Step 15, on low RWST level.b)ECA-2.1, UNCONTROLLED DEPRESSURIZATION OF ALL STEAM GENERATORS, Rev.4, Step 9, on low RWST level.c)Other procedures whenever RWST level reaches the switchover setpoint.For a small LOCA with success of AFW, entry into ES-1.3 will occur from the caution statement at the beginning of ES-1.2, and the RWST low level alarm provides cognitive recovery.This transition could also be from the foldout page for E-1 and ES-1.2, but this is conservatively not credited.Although the check for RWST level is performed in different procedures, depending on the initiating event, the action is the same for all cases.The Cue Table is applicable to all listed applications.

3.3.5 Critical and Recove Actions The following are the primary tasks which must be completed for satisfying the success criteria of the HPR actions: 1.Monitor for low RWST level and the need for establishing cold leg recirculation (Caution statement before ES-1.2)(cognitive) 2.Reset SI (Step 1 of ES-1.3)3.Align West RHR for recirculation (Step 4 of ES-1.3)4.Align CCPs and SI pumps for recirculation (Step 5 of ES-1.3)5.Align east RHR pump for recirculation (Step 6 of ES-1.3)See Table 3.3-1, Cue Table for HPR for identification of symptoms for establishing high pressure cold leg recirculation.

See Table 3.3-2, Subtask Analysis for HPR for identification of critical or relevant recovery actions associated with cold leg recirculation.

3.3.6~Assum tiuus See sections 3.3.8, 3.3.9 and 3.3.10.3.3.7 Si nificant 0 erator Interview Findin s 1.Switchover to recirculation takes top priority above all other actions.Whenever the RWST level reaches 32%, they will stop what they are doing and immediately go to ES-1.3.The unit supervisor and RxO will not be interrupted with other tasks, and 3.3-3 others in the control room know to not get in the way.2.The unit supervisor, who is reading the procedure, will watch each step performed by the RxO, and wait until completion of the step (i.e., until valves have transferred to correct position)before going on to the next step.3.There will be at least two others in the control room who will be going through the procedure and ensuring that the steps are carried out completely (i.e., the extra US and the STA).The SS, ASS and BOPO may also be watching.4.Whenever the operators start a pump or close a suction valve, they will watch the pump amps and discharge flow.This is second nature to the operators.

Most unit supervisors will actually start switchover before the RWST has reached 32%, so they have do not have to hurry, and will not have to deal with the confusion of the RHR pumps tripping on low-low RWST level.They are encouraged to start early.3.3.8 Calculation of Co nitive Error A cognitive model was used to address diagnosis type errors (Reference 21).Tables 3.3-3 and 3.3-4 contain the calculation of the cognitive human error probability, pc, that the operators fail to recognize the need for switchover to high pressure recirculation.

Pc was calculated in Table 3.3-3 to be 3.1E-03, without recovery.The recovered value of pc was calculated in Table 3.34 to be 1.5E-04.3.3.9 Calculation of Execution Error For the calculation of execution errors, the tables from Chapter 20 of Reference 2 were used.(T20-x refers to Table 20-x of Reference 2.)The critical actions identified in Table 3.3-2 were reviewed to determine the dominant critical actions to be quantified.

Critical actions are not dominant if they are recovered by other procedure steps or if they follow a mechanical failure because the human error probability would be multiplied by another human error probability or a mechanical failure probability.

Attachment HPR is a copy of the relevant portion of ES-1.3, with dominant critical steps circled.The reasons why the other critical steps (identified in Table 3.3-2)are not dominant are also included.3.3.9.1 Ste 4 Ali n West RHR Pum for Recirculation:

4a Sto 8c lockout W RHR PP Errors of Omission: Omit step/page:

1.3E-03 (T20-7 03, Assumption G)Step 4 of procedure Errors of Commission:

3.3-4 Select wrong control when it is dissimilar to adjacent controls: negligible (Table 20-12,¹1A gtem 1A has been added by Swain since NUREG/CR-1278))

The RHR trains are delineated, the ammeter is directly above the control, and no similar ammeters are on the West RHR panel.4c o en recirc sum to W RHR/CTS um valve Errors of Omission: Omit step/page:

1.3E-03 (T20-7¹3, Assumption G)Step 4 of procedure Errors of Commission:

Select wrong control when it is dissimilar to adjacent controls: negligible (Table 20-12,¹1A/tern 1A has been added by Swain since NUREG/CR-1278))

This control is different from adjacent controls because it is metal and has a key in it.Total error robabilit for Ste s 4a&c: 1.3E-03+1.3E-03=2.6E-03 4d Start W RHR PP Errors of Omission: Omit step: 1.3E-03 (T20-7¹3, Assumption G)Step 4 of procedure Errors of Commission:

negligible, see Errors of Commission for Step 4a 3.3-5 Ste 5 Ali n SI Pum s and CCPs for Recirculation Si o en SI um suction from west RHR HX valve and~5'en SI um suction crosstie to CCP valves These two steps were considered as one perceptual unit.These are adjacent procedure steps and the valve controls are all right next to each other (i.e., these actions are not separated by time or location).

Errors of Omission: Omit step/page:

1.3E-03 (T20-7¹3, Assumption G)Step 5 of procedure Errors of Commission:

Select wrong control on panel from array of similar appearing controls: 1.3E-03 (T20-12¹3)All safety injection suction and discharge valves are in one area on SI control panel.Total error robabilit for Ste 5: 2.6E-03 Ste 6 Ali n East RHR Pum for Recirculation:

6b Sto&lockout East RHR PP Errors of Omission: Omit step/page:

1.3E-03 (T20-7¹3, Assumption G)Step 6 of procedure Errors of Commission:

Select wrong control when it is dissimilar to adjacent controls: negligible (Table 20-12,¹1A (item 1A has been added by Swain since NUREG/CR-1278))

The RHR trains are delineated, the ammeter is directly above the control, and no similar ammeters are on the East RHR panel.3.3-6 6d o en recirc sum to East RHR/CTS um valve Errors of Omission: Omit step: 1.3E-03 (T20-7¹3, Assumption G)Step 6 of procedure Errors of Commission:

Select wrong control when it is dissimilar to adjacent controls: negligible (Table 20-12,¹1A (1tem 1A has been added by Swain since NUREG/CR-1278))

This control is different from adjacent controls because it is metal and has a key in it.Total error robabilit for Ste s 6b&d: 1.3E-03+1.3E-03=2.6E-03 6e Start East RHR PP Errors of Omission: Omit step: 1.3E-03 (T20-7¹3, Assumption G)Step 6 of procedure Errors of Commission:

negligible, see Errors of Commission for Step 6b 6f 0 en CCP suction from East RHR HX valve Errors of Omission: Omit step: 1.3E-03 (T20-7¹3, Assumption G)Step 6 of procedure Errors of Commission:

Select wrong control on panel from array of similar appearing controls: 3.3-7 ll'II 1.3E-03 (T20-12 P3)It is clearly labeled on the boric acid charging and letdown panel.It is at the bottom left of the panel.3.3.10 Calculation of Total Human Error Probabilit for Failure to Switchover to HPR The cognitive and execution error probabilities were calculated in sections 3.3.8 and 3.3.9 to be: pc'(HPRA)=1.5E-04 pe(steps 4a&c)=2.6E-03 pe(step 4d)=1.3E-03 pe(step 5)=2.6E-03 pe(steps 6b&d)=2.6E-03 pe(step 6e)=1.3E-03 pe(step 6f)=2.6E-03 (without stress, dependence or recovery)(without stress, dependence or recovery)(without stress, dependence or recovery)(without stress, dependence or recovery)(without stress, dependence or recovery)(without stress, dependence or recovery)In order for alignment of the east RHR train (step 6)to recover for an error in aligning the west train (step 4), the operators must recognize that there is not adequate flow from the west RHR pump train before aligning the high head pumps (step 5).The high head pumps are expected to fail quickly without a suction source (per operator interviews).

A high level of dependence is assumed, therefore, for the operators recognizing that there is a problem with the east RHR train before they align the high head pumps in step 5.This was modelled by a high dependence failure of noticing failed step 4, so performing step 6 before step 5 (i.e., human error probability

=0.5).A high level of dependence is conservative, however, as the operator and unit supervisor will be watching pump amperes when suction sources are closed (e.g., for the high head pumps)and when the RHR pumps are started (per operator interviews).

The ammeters are right above the pump controls in the control room.Also, the unit supervisor watches what the operator is doing, and waits for completion of one step before moving on to another (which can be significant, as it takes about 30 seconds for the RWST suction valves to close).A moderate level of dependence was assumed between failure of step 4 and the initial tasks in step 6.Although steps 4 and 6 are similar, they are different procedure steps, on different pages, and unless the operators realize they failed step 4, step 5 will be performed between them.An extremely high level of stress is assigned to all step 6 actions, though, as these actions are only critical if the operators failed in step 4.Per operator interviews, a minimum of two people will be watching the unit supervisor and operator go through the switchover using a copy of the procedure.

Whenever switchover is occurring, it is top priority, and almost everything else has come to a stop.The STA does not want to get in the way, so he will be going through the procedure and watching what is going on, as well as the extra unit supervisor.

The unit supervisor is not interrupted during switchover, therefore, the extra unit supervisor will be free to watch the switchover.

Several more people may also be watching, but this is conservatively not credited.If it is under an hour after event initiation, the shift supervisor may still be busy with his E-plan duties.The assistant shift supervisor may be busy in his role as contingency director, and the BOPO may not be paying close enough attention to catch a mistake.3.3-8 Only one recovery was given to the extra unit supervisor and STA.A low level of dependence was assumed between them and the unit supervisor and RxO because they are not interacting at all with the US and RxO;they are standing back and fulfilling a supervisory type role.This combined effort was equated to that of the shift supervisor in Table 204, Reference 2.Per table 20-16, HEPs should be multiplied by two for moderately high stress for step-by-step tasks, and by 5 for extremely high stress for step-by-step tasks.Per Table 20-17, if the basic'uman error probability (BHEP)is greater than.01, the equations to use for low, moderate, and high dependence are: (1+19N)/20, (1+6N)/7, and (1+N)/2, respectively.

Per Table 20-21, if the BHEP is less than or equal to.01, HEPs of.05,.15 and.5 should be used for low, moderate, and high dependence, respectively.

Recovery due to extra unit supervisor and STA following procedure and actions=0.05 These parameters and assumptions are used below to determine the total human error probability for failure to switchover for high pressure recirculation under different conditions.

HPRA: Switchover to hi h ressure recirculation u on a small LOCA and successful AFW~AF4 (CSI status is not addressed.

If CSI failed, operators would have even more time to perform HPR, and it would not be required until much later into the event.The corresponding decrease in stress would be negated by the added stress the operators experience if they notice CSI has failed.)A moderately high level of stress was assumed for steps 4 and 5.This is a procedure that is well known and practiced by the operators, and they are not concentrating on doing anything else during this procedure, as it takes top priority.pc'(HPRA)=1.5E-04 pe'(steps 4a&c)=2.6E-03*2=5.2E-03 pe'(step 4d)=1.3E-03*2=2.6E-03 pe'(step 5)=2.6E-03*2=5.2E-03 pe'(steps 6b&d)=2.6E-03*5 with MD=(1+6*1.3E-02)/7

=1.5E-01 pe'(step 6e)=1.3E-03~5=6.5E-03 pe'(step 6f)=2.6E-03*5=1.3E-02 pe'(recognize to do step 6 before step 5)=HD=0.5 Recovery, execution errors (extra US and STA)=0.05 (HPRA-LPR-CSRHE)(REC-4A&C-MHHE)(REC--4D-MH HE)(REC---5-MHHE)(REC-6B&D-EHHE-M)(REC--6E-EHHE)(REC-6F-EHHE)(REC-6TH EN5-HE-H)(REC-US-STA

-HE-L)The total human error probability (THEP)for failing to switchover to high pressure recirculation upon a small LOCA and successful AFW (AFW)is calculated as shown in fault tree HPR1: THEP(HPRA)

=pc'fpe'(step 4)*pe'(step 6)+pe'(step 5)]*recovery(extra US or STA)3.3-9 THEP(HPRA)

=1.5E-04+[(5.2E-03+2.6E-03)*(0.5+1.4E-01+6.5E-03+1.3E-02)+5.2E-03]*5.0E-02 THEP(HPRA)

=6.7E-04 HPRB: Switchover to hi h ressure recirculation u on a small LOCA failure of AFW AF4 and success of rima bleed and feed BF1 (CSI status is not addressed.

If CSI failed, operators would have even more time to perform HPR, and it would not be required until much later into the event.The corresponding decrease in stress would be negated by the added stress the operators experience if they notice CSI has failed.)For this scenario, the operators will transition from Step 18 of E-0 to FR-H.1 to complete PBF.Due to adverse containment conditions, the operators will immediately go to step 18 of FR-H.1.They should still be in FR-H.l when RWST level reaches 32%.The caution statement after step 25 of FR-H.1 will be their cue to monitor the RWST level, with cognitive recovery provided by the alarm.It is assumed that the RxO monitoring the RWST level will have a high work load, as they will be busy with PBF and subsequent actions in FR-H.1.The only change in pc'rom pc'(HPRA)will be to tree b.The new end path will be 1 due to the high work load, which is not recovered.

pc'(HPRB)=7.5E-04+3.0E-07 pc'(HPRB)=7.5E-04 (HPRB-LPR-CSRHE)

The extremely high level of stress from primary bleed and feed is conservatively assumed to still exist.Otherwise, the actions have the same failure probabilities as HPRA.pe'(steps 4a&c)=2.6E-03~5=1.3E-02 pe'(step 4d)=1.3E-03*5=6.5E-03 pe'(step 5)=2.6E-03*5=1.3E-02 pe'(steps 6b&d)=2.6E-03*5 with MD=(1+6~1.3E-02)/7

=1.5E-01 pe'(step 6e)=1.3E-03~5=6.5E-03 pe'(step 6f)=2.6E-03*5=1.3E-02 pe'(recognize to do step 6 before step 5)=HD=0.5 Recovery, execution errors (extra US and STA)=0.05 (REC-4A&C-EHHE)(REC--4D-EH HE)(REC---5-EH HE)(REC-6B&D-EHHE-M)(REC-6E-EHHE)(REC-6F-EHHE)(REC-6TH ENS-HE-H)(REC-US-STA-HE-L)

The total human error probability (THEP)for failing to switchover to high pressure recirculation upon a small LOCA, failure of AFW (AF4), and success of PBF is calculated as shown in fault tree HPR2: THEP(HPRB)

=pc'[pe'(step 4)~pe'(step 6)+pe'(step 5)]*recovery(extra US or STA)THEP(HPRB)

=7.5E-04+[(1.3E-02+6.5E-03)*(0.5+1.4E-01+6.5E-03+1.3E-02)+1.3E-02]*5.0E-02 THEP(HPRB)

=2.0E-03 3.3-10 S 8't HPRC: Switchover to hi h ressure recirculation u on a medium LOCA and successful

~AFW AF4 (CSI status is not addressed.

If CSI failed, operators would have even more time to perform HPR, and it would not be required until much later into the event.The corresponding decrease in stress would be negated by the added stress the operators experience if they notice CSI has failed.)This is the exact same scenario as HPRA, except for the size of the LOCA.For this event, however, this difference in LOCA size is irrelevant, as the timing and flow through the procedures should be the same.The total human error probability (THEP)for failing to switchover to high pressure recirculation upon a medium LOCA and successful AFW (AFW)is the same as HPRA: THEP(HPRC)

=THEP(HPRA)

=6.7E-04 HPRD: Switchover to high pressure recirculation after a transient with steam conversion systems available (TRA), followed by loss of auxiliary feedwater (AF1), a loss of alternate secondary cooling sources (AFW from the other Unit and main feedwater-MF1, and SG depressurization combined with condensate-OA5), and success of primary feed and bleed (PBT).In this scenario, the operator initiates a LOCA when primary feed and bleed is started.Because of this, switchover to recirculation will occur approximately 30 minutes after Containment Spray Injection actuates.Containment Spray Injection actuates a short time after the rupture disk on the primary pressure relief tank blows out.This timing is similar to the development in the small LOCA event tree (SLO)on the path where high pressure injection (HP2)succeeds and auxiliary feedwater (AF4)succeeds, leading to high pressure recirculation about a half hour later.Thus, equation HPRD equals HPRA, and fault tree HPR1 is used.For the branch where primary bleed and feed succeeds, but containment spray injection fails, HPRD is also assigned because the development is similar to that described above, only the containment spray injection fails to actuate extending the timing.HPRE: Switchover to high pressure recirculation after a transient with failure of steam conversion systems (TRS), followed by loss of auxiliary feedwater (AF1), and success of primary feed and bleed (PBT).In this scenario, the operator initiates a LOCA when primary feed and bleed is started.Because of this, switchover to recirculation will occur approximately 30 minutes after Containment Spray Injection actuates.Containment Spray Injection actuates a short time after the rupture disk on the primary pressure relief tank blows out.This timing is similar to the development in the small LOCA event tree (SLO)on the path where high pressure injection (HP2)succeeds and auxiliary feedwater (AF4)succeeds, leading to high pressure recirculation about a half hour later.Thus, equation HPRE equals HPRA, and fault tree HPR1 is used.For the branch where primary bleed and feed succeeds, but containment spray injection fails, HPRE is also assigned because the development is similar to that described above, only the containment spray injection fails to actuate extending the timing.3.3-11 HPRF: Switchover to high pressure recirculation after a large steam/feedwater line break (SLB), followed by successful high pressure injection (HP3)and successful isolation of the faulted SG (MS1)but loss of auxiliary feedwater (AFS), countered by success of primary feed and bleed (PBS).In this scenario, the operator initiates a LOCA when primary feed and bleed is started.Because of this, switchover to recirculation will occur approximately 30 minutes after Containment Spray Injection actuates.Containment Spray Injection actuates a short time after the rupture disk on the primary pressure relief tank blows out.This timing is similar to the development in the small LOCA event tree (SLO)on the path where high pressure injection (HP2)succeeds and auxiliary feedwater (AF4)succeeds, leading to high pressure recirculation about a half hour later.Thus, equation HPRF equals HPRA, and fault tree HPR1 is used.For the branch where primary bleed and feed succeeds, but containment spray injection fails, HPRF is also assigned because the development is similar to that described above, only the containment spray injection fails to actuate extending the timing.HPRG: Switchover to high pressure recirculation after a transient loss of offsite power (LSP), followed by loss of auxiliary feedwater (AF1), and success of primary feed and bleed (PBL).In this scenario, the operator initiates a LOCA when primary feed and bleed is started.Because of this, switchover to recirculation will occur approximately 30 minutes after Containment Spray Injection actuates.Containment Spray Injection actuates a short time after the rupture disk on the primary pressure relief tank blows out.This timing is similar to the development in the small LOCA event tree (SLO)on the path where high pressure injection (HP2)succeeds and auxiliary feedwater (AF4)succeeds, leading to high pressure recirculation about a half hour later.However, there may be one train equipment unavailable depending on the diesel generator (DG)response.If two diesel generators succeed, then HPR equals HPRA.If only one diesel generator succeeds, then HPR equals HPRA (in timing)but with only one train available.

Although the case for the two DG success is more likely (-95%), the case of success of only one DG (-5%)leads to more restrictive modeling and has conservatively been applied.Thus, equation HPRG equals HPRA Steps 4 and 5, as calculated in fault tree HPR4.For the branch where primary bleed and feed succeeds, but containment spray injection fails, HPRG is also assigned because the development is similar to that described above, only the containment spray injection fails to actuate extending the timing.HPRH: Switchover to high pressure recirculation after a steam generator tube rupture (SGR), followed by loss of all auxiliary feedwater (AF2 and AF3), and success of primary feed and bleed (PBG).In this scenario, the operator initiates a LOCA inside of containment when primary feed and bleed is started.Because of this, switchover to recirculation will occur approximately 30 minutes after Containment Spray Injection actuates.Containment Spray Injection actuates a short time after the rupture disk on the primary pressure relief tank blows out.This timing is similar to the development in the small LOCA event tree (SLO)on the path where high pressure injection (HP2)succeeds and auxiliary feedwater (AF4)succeeds, leading to high pressure recirculation about a half hour later.Thus, HPRH equals HPRA, and fault tree HPR1 is used.3.3-12

HPRS: Switchover to hi h ressure recirculation u on a SBO and success of AFT success or failure of RCC success of AFC XHR CNU RRI and AF1 and success or failure of CSI Dependency upon CSI failure is not evaluated, because THEP for CSI is mostly due to errors of omission, which are independent for steps on different pages, with the remainder due to cognitive failures.If the operators failed to actuate CSI, switchover to recirculation is not necessary for 1.5 hours5.787037e-5 days <br />0.00139 hours <br />8.267196e-6 weeks <br />1.9025e-6 months <br /> after this CSI failure.In this time, there are no other system failures.This amount of time, with no other major operator tasks, negates any cognitive dependency.

Early failure of RCS cooldown (RCC)is not addressed separately, as this action was performed several hours earlier (long before power restoration), errors of commission were due to the AEO (who will not be involved in HPR), and there have been numerous successes since this time.This early failure should not cause'a higher level of stress at this time.RCC failure just mandated earlier power restoration, which was successful.

Per the Event Tree Notebook (Reference 1), with the containment spray and high head ECCS pumps injecting, there is 17 minutes available for switchover, and switchover will not be required until at least 30 minutes following completion RRI and CSI.For this scenario, everything has been successful following power restoration, and at least 30 minutes have elapsed since operators finished RRI and CSI.Power has been back for an hour, and things are under control.The operators will transfer to E-1 (LOSS OF REACTOR OR SECONDARY COOLANT)at the end of ECA-0.2 (i.e., step 14).The cue for the operators to monitor RWST level will be Step 15 of E-1.A low work load can be assumed at this time and recovery with the alarm can also be credited.This results in a value for pc'qual to that for HPRA.(The end state for tree e is all that changes (from b to c), but the value remains the same (3.0E-03).)

pc'(HPRS)=pc'(HPRA)As things are under control, recovery due to the extra US/STA can be credited.Therefore, the total human error probability for failing to switchover to high pressure recirculation upon a SBO and success of AFT, success or failure of RCC, success of AFC, XHR, CNU, RRI, and AF1, and success or failure of CSI is the same as that from HPRA.THEP(HPRS)

=THEP(HPRA)

Fault tree HPR1 is used.HPRT: Switchover to hi h ressure recirculation u on a SBO and success of AFT success or failure of RCC success of AFC XHR CNU and RRI failure of AF1 success of PBB and success or failure of CSI Although the event tree displays PBB occurring before CSI, the operators must complete CSI before they transfer to any FRPs (i.e., PBF).Therefore, as these paths include success of PBF, there is no dependence to consider.3.3-13 Failure of the containment spray system is not addressed separately.

If CTS failed, operators would have even more time to perform HPR, and it would not be required until much later into the event (i.e., 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br /> following power recovery).

The corresponding decrease in stress would be negated by the added stress the operators experience if they notice CTS has failed.Early failure of RCS cooldown (RCC)is not addressed separately, as this action was performed several hours earlier (long before power restoration), errors of commission were due to the AEO (who will not be involved in HPR), and there have been numerous successes since this time.This early failure should not cause a higher level of stress at this time.RCC failure just mandated earlier power restoration, which was successful.

For this scenario, the operators will transition to FR-H.1 following completion of Step 10 of ECA-0.2.For hydrogen control, the operators may transfer to FR-Z.1 (per caution statement before step 27 of FR-H.1)and then return to FR-H.1.Eventually, the operators will leave FR-H.1 to transfer E-1 or to switchover to recirculation (ES-1.3).The caution statement in FR-H.1 (before step 26)should be their cue to monitor RWST level, with cognitive recovery provided by the alarm.It is assumed that the operator monitoring RWST level will have a high work load, as they will be busy with FR-H.1 and FR-Z.1.This results in a pc'qual to that for HPRB: pc'(HPRT)=pc'(HPRB)The extremely high level of stress from primary bleed and feed is conservatively assumed to still exist.Therefore, the THEP for failing to switchover to high pressure recirculation upon a SBO and success of AFT, success or failure of RCC, success of AFC, XHR, CNU, and RRI, and failure of AF1, success of PBB, and success or failure of CSI is the same as HPRB.THEP(HPRT)

=THEP(HPRB)

Fault tree HPR2 is used.HPRU: Switchover to hi h ressure recirculation u on a'SBO success'of AFT success or failure of RCC failure of AFC success of XHR and CNU success of PBB and success or failure of CSI See writeup for HPRT.Fault tree HPR2 is used.This is the same scenario as described in HPRT.AFW has been lost (worse case scenario)for a couple hours before power recovery, and PBB must be initiated right after completion of CSI (i.e., step 10 of ECA-0.2).Early failure of RCS cooldown (RCC)is not addressed separately, as this action was performed several hours earlier (long before power restoration), errors of commission were due to the AEO (who will not be involved in HPR), and there have been numerous successes since this time.This early failure should not cause a higher level of stress at this time.RCC failure just mandated earlier power restoration, which was successful.

3.3-14 HPRV: Switchover to hi h ressure recirculation u on a SBO failure of AFT success of XHR and CNU success of PBB and success or failure of CSI Although the event tree displays PBB occurring before CSI, the operators must complete CSI before they transfer to any FRPs (i.e., PBF).Therefore, as this path includes success of PBF, there is no dependence to consider.Failure of the containment spray system is not addressed separately.

If CTS failed, operators would have even more time to perform HPR, and it would not be required until much later into the event (i.e., 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br /> following power recovery).

The corresponding decrease in stress would be negated by the added stress the operators experience if they notice CTS has failed.An extemely high level of stress is assumed, as a blackout with failure of the TDAFP is a severe incident for the operators, and switchover is required fairly early in the accident (about 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br /> from loss of power).(This level of stress is also assumed because it follows PBB.)As described in HPRT, a high work load is assumed for the RxO for calculation of pc'.Therefore, the THEP for failing to switchover to high pressure recirculation upon a SBO, failure of AFT, success of XHR and CNU, success of PBB, and success or failure of CSI is the same as HPRT.THEP(HPRV)

=THEP(HPRT)

=THEP(HPRB)

Fault tree HPR2 is used.HPRW: Switchover to hi h ressure recirculation u on a loss of CCW or ESW and success of RCP and RR2 (CSI status is not addressed.

If CSI failed, operators would have even more time to perform HPR, and it would not be required until much later into the event.The corresponding decrease in stress would be negated by the added stress the operators experience if they notice CSI has failed.)HPR will not be required until very late into the event.Since the RCPs were tripped, seal failure is not actually expected until an hour or two into the event (see RCP, Section 3.25.2), at which time the containment sprays will be actuated.With both containment spray pumps operating, it takes at least 35 more minutes to reach the RWST low level.A charging pump is started (i.e., RR2A)within 30 minutes of the restoration of CCW/ESW.As a result, HPR is expected after a charging pump has been started in RR2A.At this point, things are well under control.The small LOCA through the seals is under control and CCW/ESW has been restored.A low work load is considered for the operators by the time HPR is needed.The operators will probably still be in OHP 4022.016.004 when HPR is required, since they will not leave it until after the RCS is cooled and depressurized enough to start RHR.There is not a procedure step to warn the operators to monitor RWST level, but the operators know to monitor this.Only cognitive tree b applies (data not attended to)to this situation.

End path I from tree b results in a cognitive value of 7.5E-04.No recovery is applied to this value.(Note: the path for high work load was conservatively followed, so this cognitive failure probability can be used for other scenarios.)

3.3-15

pc(HPRW)=7.5E-04 (HPRW-CSR-COGHE)

It is assumed that only one train of CCW/ESW has been restored, so HPR recovery with the second train is not credible.The operators will go to Attachment A or B of ES-1.3 via step 2 or 3, since both trains of RHR/CCW are not available.

The steps in these attachments are similar to the main procedure, except they will align the high head pumps to the one available train of RHR.The critical actions are still the same, with only the step numbers being different.

Therefore, for simplicity, the same identifiers are used as before.(Steps 2 and 3 do not need to be evaluated because the operators would be well aware that both trains are not available, and an EOM of step 2 would be recovered by step 3 (as they are on different pages).)Due to the low work load and since things are under control, recovery with the extra US or STA is warranted.(HPRW-CSR-COGHE)(REC-4A&C-MHHE)(REC-4D-MHHE)(REC---5-MH HE)(REC-US-STA-HE-L) pc(HPRW)=7.5E-04 pe'(steps 4a&c)=2.6E-03*2=5.2E-03 pe'(step 4d)=1.3E-03*2=2.6E-03 pe'(step 5)=2.6E-03*2=5.2E-03 Recovery, execution errors (extra US and STA)=0.05 The total human error probability for failing to switchover to high pressure recirculation upon a loss of CCW or ESW and success of RCP and RR2 is calculated as shown in fault tree HPR3: THEP(HPRW)

=pc'fpe'(step 4)+pe'(step 5)]~recovery(extra US or STA)THEP(HPRW)

=7.5E-04+[(5.2E-03+2.6E-03)+5.2E-03]~5.0E-02 THEP(HPRW)

=1.4E-03 3.3.11 HPR Fault Trees Summa The basic events and cutsets (with support system failures (i.e., SUBs)set equal to 1.0E-03)for the HPR fault trees are listed below.3.3-16

Fault tree HPR1 (used for HPRA, HPRC, HPRD, HPRE, HPRF, HPRH, HPRS)VER 1.6 hprl.cut 10 11 1.670E-03 O.OOOE+00 HPRA-LPR-CSRHE 2 REC-US-STA.-HE.L 3 REC--4A&C.MHHE 4 REC--.-4D.MHHE 5 REC-----5.MHHE 6 REC-6THENS--HE-H 7 REC--6B&D-EHHE-M 8 REC----6E-EHHE 9 REC----6F-EHHE 10 SUB-HPR 1~1.00E-03 1 2.2.60E-04 2 3.1~50E-04 1 4.1.30E-04 3 5.6.50E-OS 3 6.3.90E-05 3 7.1.95E.05 3 8.3.38E-06 3 9.'1.69E-06 3 10.1.69E-06 3'l1.8.45E-07 3 1.000E-09 0.0000E+00 0'000E+00 0~0000E+00 0'000E+00 0.0000E+00 0.0000E+00 0.0000E+00 0.0000E+00 0.0000E+00 0~OOOOE+00 1'000E-04 5~0000E.02 5'000E-03 2.6000E-03 5.2000E-03 5.0000E-01 1.5000E-01 6.5000E-03 1.3000E-02 1.0000E-03 SUB-HPR REC-US-STA--HE-L HPRA-LPR-CSRHE REC-US-STA--HE-L REC-US-STA--HE-L REC-US-STA--HE-L REC-US-STA--HE-L REC-US-STA--HE-L REC-US-STA--HE-L REC-US-STA--HE-L REC-US-STA--HE-L REC-----5-MHHE REC--4A&C-MHHE REC----4D-MHHE REC--4A&C-MHHE REC----4D-MHHE REC--4A&C-MHHE REC--"40 MHHE REC--4A&C-MHHE REC----4D-MHHE REC-6THEN5--HE-H REC-6THEN5--HE-H REC--6B&D-EHHE-M REC--6B&D.EHHE-M REC----6F-EHHE REC--"6F.EHHE REC----6E-EHHE REC----6E-EHHE Ver.1.71 7/25/95 9:07:40 Fault tree HPR2 used for HPRB, HPRT, HPRU, HPRV VER 1.6 hpr2.cut Ver.1.71 7/25/95 9:07:41 10 3.04 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1.2~3~4.5.6.7.8.9.10.11.9E-03 O.OBOE+00 HPRB-LPR-CSRHE REC-US-STA--HE-L REC--4A&C-EHHE REC----4D-EHHE REC-----5-EHHE REC-6THEN5--HE-H REC--6B&D-EHHE-M REC----6E-EHHE REC----6F-EHHE SUB-HPR 1~OOE-03 1 7.50E-04 1 6.50E-04 2 3.25E-04 3 1.63E-04 3 9.75E-05 3 4.88E-05 3 8.45E-06 3 4'3E-06 3 4.23E-06 3 2'1E-06 3 1.000E-09 0.0000E+00 0.0000E+00 0.0000E+00 0.0000E+00 0.0000E+00 0.0000E+00 0.0000E+00 0.0000E+00 0.0000E+00 0.0000E+00 REC-----5-EHHE REC--4A&C-EHHE REC----4D-EHHE REC--4A&C-EHHE REC----4D-EHHE REC--4A&C-EHHE REC----40-EHHE REC--4A&C-EHHE REC----4D-EHHE 7.5000E-04 5.0000E-02 1.3000E-02 6.5000E-03

'1.3000E-02 5.0000E-01 1.5000E-01 6.5000E-03 1.3000E-02 1.0000E-03 SUB-HPR HPRB-LPR-CSRHE REC-US-STA--HE-L REC-US-STA--HE-L REC-US-STA--HE-L REC-US-STA--HE-L REC-US-STA--HE-L REC-US-STA--HE-L REC-US-STA--HE-L REC-US-STA--HE-L REC-US-STA--HE-L REC-6THEN5--HE-H REC-6THENS--HE-H REC--6B&D-EHHE-M REC--6B&D-EHHE-M REC----6F-EHHE REC----6F-EHHE REC----6E-EHHE REC----6E-EHHE 3.3-17 Fault tree HPR3 used for HPRW VER 1.6 hpr3.cut 6 5 2.39BE-03 O.OOOE+00 1 SUB-HPR 2 HPRM-CSR-CDGHE 3 REC-US-STA--HE-L 4 REC--4ASC-MHHE 5 REC----4D-MHHE 6 REC-----5-MHHE 1.1'OE-03 1 2.7.50E-04 3.2.60E.04 2 4.2.60E-04 2 5.1.30E-04 2 1.000E-09 1.0000E-03 7.5000E-04 5.0000E-02 5.2000E-03 2.6000E-03 5.2000E-03 SUB-HPR HPRW-CSR-COGHE REC-US-STA--HE-L REC-US-STA--HE-L REC-US-STA--HE-L 0.0000E+00 0.0000E+00 0.0000E+00 0.0000E+00 0.0000E+00 0.0000E+00 REC-----5-MHHE REC--4AKC.MHHE REC----4D-MHHE Ver.1.71 7/25/95 9:07:41 Fault tree HPR4 used for HPRG VER 1.6 hpr4.cut 6 5 1.799E-03 O.OOOE+00 1 SUB-HPR 2 HPRA-LPR-CSRHE 3 REC-US-STA--HE-L 4 REC--4A&C.MHHE 5 REC----4D.MHHE 6 REC-----5-MHHE 1~1.00E-03 1 2.2.60E-04 2 3~2.60E-04 2 4~1.50E-04 1 5~1.30E-04 2 1.000E-09 1~OOOOE-03 1.5000E-04 5.0000E-02 5'000E-03 2.6000E-03 5.2000E-03 SUB-HPR REC.US-STA--HE-L REC-US-STA--HE-L HPRA-LPR-CSRHE REC-US-STA--HE-L 0.0000E+00 0.0000E+00 0.0000E+00 0.0000E+00 0.0000E+00 0.0000E+00 REC-----5-MHHE REC--4ASC-MHHE REC----4D-MHHE Ver.1'1 7/25/95 9:07:42 3.3-18 Respond to RWST low level alarm Alarm annunciator light Respond to 1 of 1 alarm*Control room-SPY panel Monitor RWST level RWST level<32%Recognize symptoms requiring transfer to cold Control room-SPY panel and BA panel 3.3-19 EOP ES-13, Rev.2 Reset SI SI status Control room Omit action Select wrong control for SI reset button EOP ES-19, Rev.2 4a Stop 1 of 1 west RHR pump Pump status Control room Omit action Select wrong controls for west RHR pump EOP ES-13, Rev.2 4b Close 1 of 1 west RHR pump suction valve (1-IMO-320)

Close 1 of 1 west RHR pump discharge crosstie valve (1-IMO-324)

Valve position Control room Omit actions Select wrong valve controls EOP ES-12, Rev.2 4c Open 1 of 1 recirc sump valve to west RHR pump Valve position Control room Omit action Select wrong controls for recirc sump valve 3.3-20

EOP ES-13, Rev.2 4d Start 1 of 1 west RHR pump Pump status Control room Omit action Select wrong controls for west RHR pump EOP ES-19, Rev.2 5a, c Reset and close 2 of 2 CCP miniflow valves Valve switches Control room Omit actions Select wrong controls for CCP miniflow valves EOP ES-13, Rev.2 5d Verify 2 of 2 North SI pump isolation valves open (1-ICM-260, 1-IM(h316)

Valve switches Control room Omit actions Check wrong status lights EOP ES-13, Rev.2 5e Verify 2 of 2 south SI pump isolation valves open (1-ICM-265, 1-IMO-326)

Valve switches Control room Omit actions Check wrong status lights EOP ES-13, Rev.2 5f Close 2 of 2 SI pump discharge crosstie valves (1-IMO-270, I-IMO-275)

Pump status Control room Omit action Select wrong controls for crosstie valves 3.3-21 I'

EOP ES-1.3, Rev.2 5h Close 2 of 2 SI pump recirculation valves to RWST (1-1MO-262, 1-IMO-263)

Valve switches Control room Omit actions Select wrong controls for SI pump recirc valves EOP ES-1.3, Rev.2 5i Open 1 of 1 SI pump suction valve from west RHR Hx (I-IMO-350)

Valve switches Control room Omit actions Select wrong controls for SI pump suction valve EOP ES-19, Rev.2 5j Open 2 of 2 SI pump suction crosstie valves to CCP (1-IMO-361, 1-IMO-362)

Valve switches Control room Omit actions Select wrong controls for SI pump suction valves EOP ES-13, Rev.2 51 Close 1 of 1 SI pump suction valve from RWST (1-IMO-261)

Valve switch Control room Omit action Select wrong controls for SI pump suction valve 3.3-22

EOP ES-19, Rev.2-5m Close 2 of 2 CCP suction valves from RWST (1-IMO-910, I-IMO-911)

Valve switches Control room Omit 1 of 2 actions Select wrong controls for CCP suction valves EOP ES-13, Rev.2 5n Verify 1 of 2 CCPs running in recirc mode Pump status Control room Omit 2 of 2 actions Select wrong controls for CCPs EOP ES-13, Rev.2 5o Verify 1 of 2 SI pumps running in recirc mode Pump status Control room Omit 2 of 2 actions Select wrong controls for SI pump EOP ES-19, Rev.2 6b Stop 1 of 1 east RHR pump Pump status Control room Omit action Select wrong controls for east RHR pump 3.3-23

,"-;:NUMBER'.,':, EOP ES-13, Rev.2 6c Close 1 of 1 east RHR pump suction valve (1-IM0-310)

Close 1 of 1 east RHR pump discharge crosstie valve (1-IMO-314)

Valve position Control room Omit actions Select wrong valve controls EOP ES-13, Rev.2 6d Open 1 of 1 recirc sump valve to east RHB/CTS pump (1-ICM-305)

Valve position Control room Omit action Select wrong controls for recirc sump valve EOP ES-13, Rev.2 6e Start 1 of 1 east RHR pump Pump status Control room Omit action Select wrong controls for east RHR pump EOP ES-19, Rev.2 6f Open 1 of 1 CCP suction valve from east RHR Hx (1-IMO-340)

Valve position Control room Omit action Select wrong controls for CCP suction valve 3.3-24 TABLE 3.3-3 VORKSHEET FOR CALCULATION OF pc Scenario: Small LOCA with success of ECCS hi h ressure in'ection HP2 success of RCS cooldown usin AFW AF4 and success of containment s ra in ection CSI HI: HPR-Switchover to hi h ressure cold le recirculation Cue(s): RWST at low level alarm Duration of time window available for action (TW): 340 Seconds.17 min-680 sec 340 sec (per Reference 26, actions take 680 sec)Approximate start time for TW 30 Procedure and step governing HI: Caution statement at be innin of ES-1 2 A.Initial Estimate of pc pc Failure Mechanism Branch HEP pca: Availability of information

~a~ne pcb: Failure of attention d 1 5E-4 The ExO should not have much distracting him ac this point following a small LOCA (per operator interviews).

pcc'isread/miscommunicate data~na no data communicated

-just instruction to watch level~na pcd: Information misleading

~ne pce: Skip a step in procedure Caution statement is italicized and in all CAPS.3 OE-3 pcf: Misinterpret instruction pcg: Misinterpret decision logic pch: Deliberate violation~ne n~e n~e um of pca through pch I i i l pc Total reduction in TW Effective TW 3 1E-3 min.min.Check here if recovery credit claimed on page 2: xx Notes: There are two RWST level indicators for the o erators to use a chart recorder and an indicator that is ver eas to read 3.3-25

'

TABLE 3.3-4 WORKSHEET FOR CALCULATION OF pc RECOVERY FACTORS Scenario: Small LOCA with success of ECCS hi h ressure in ection HP2 success of RCS cooldown usin AFW AF4 and success of containment s ra in ection CSI HI: HPR-Switchover to hi h ressure cold le recirculation B.Recover Facto s Identif ed Alarm at low RWST level did not credit this for b because credit for alarm alread in tree C.Recovery Factors Applied to pc pc Failure Mechanism Initial HEP Recover Factor Multiply Final~b Value pca pcb 1 5E-4 1 5E-4 pcc pce 3.0E-03 alarm T20-23 1 0001 3 OE-7 This is probably the only alarm going off, and at time much later than the initial alarms, so it will get more attention.

Also, this red dot alarm is trained on as a high priority alarm.pcf pcg pch Eum of recovered pca through pch-Recovered pc 1 5E-4 Time at which all recovery factors effective~t 30 mi 3.3-26

OLI-DEPRESSURIZATION TO ALLOW LOW PRESSURE INJECTION~Attention Medium LOCA (MLO)with failure of high pressure injection (HP2)-OLIA (JMR)~Desert tion Following the occurrence of a medium LOCA, if the high head pumps fail to start or fail to provide adequate cooling (HP2), the operators, by following emergency operating procedures, would be directed to depressurize the primary system to below the shutoff head of the RHR pumps to allow the RHR pumps to inject water to the core.The most effective means to perform this action is a rapid secondary depressurization (Reference 4a).If the RCPs are not all running, other actions include starting RCPs to provide forced two-phase flow through the core and/or opening the pressurizer PORVs to depressurize the RCS.Success Criteria and Timin Anal sis Success of this event requires 450 gpm (240x10'PH per EOPs)of AFW flow for the duration of the accident.Success criteria of improved core cooling and increasing vessel inventory is achieved by actions of dumping steam from at least two of four steam generators and/or at least two of three pressurizer PORVs.These actions will allow for the start (or verify running)of at least one of two RHR pumps.The MLO Event Tree description in the Event Tree Notebook provides a detailed description of the timing analysis assumed for meeting the success criteria of this event.The success criteria is based on the identification of inadequate core cooling (ICC)symptoms (high core exit TC indication) at around 30 minutes following MLO event initiation (Reference 25, MLO-35 example).Upon identification of ICC symptoms, the operators should be ready to perform the rapid cooldown with little time delay and then perform the remaining actions.Operator actions are provided in EOP FR-C.1.Procedures The Emergency Operating Procedure used to perform this task is FR-C.1, RESPONSE TO INADEQUATE CORE COOLING, Rev.4.FR-C.1 is entered from F-0.2, Core COOLING Critical Safety Function Status Tree on a RED condition.

For this event, entry into FR-C.1 will occur from the STA recognizing the red path from F-0.2.Operators will review the red path summary from the foldout pages when they transfer to E-1 from step 25 of E-0 and when they transfer to ES-1.2 from step 14 of E-1, but this is conservatively not credited.Critical And Recove Actions The following are the primary tasks which must be completed for success of the MLO event tree OLI top event: 1.Recognize core exit TC indications greater than 1200'F on the F-0.2, CORE 3.5-1

~, I J I COOLING Critical Safety Function Status Tree or on the red path summary (item 2b on foldout)(cognitive) 2.Start RHR pumps (Step 5 of FR-C.1)(Per operator interviews, the RHR pumps will probably still be running, but starting them is conservatively modelled.)

3.Initiate RCS cooldown at maximum rate using SG steam relief valves (conservatively not taking credit for condenser steam dump)(Step 13 of FR-C.1)See Table 3.5-1, Cue Table for OLI for identification of symptoms for OLI actions, See Table 3.5-2, Subtask Analysis For OLI for identification of critical or relevant recovery actions for OLI.3.5.6~Assum tions This action will be required at about the same time that switchover to recirculation will be required.Many factors influence which will come first, therefore, it is conservatively assumed that OLI precedes LPR and CSR.(This is conservative because OLI has a much higher THEP than LPR or CSR.)3.5.7 Si nificant 0 erator Interview Findin s 1.The STA will monitor the core exit thermocouple temperatures using the plant process computer, unless conditions are abnormal, upon which they will also monitor indication on the control room back panels.The RCPs would be running when the operators reach step 12 of FR-C.1.(They will only stop the RCPs upon a medium LOCA if RCS pressure is less than 1250 psig and high head injection is available.)

Since the pumps are already running when they reach this step (" Check if RCPs Should Be Started"), they will go on to step 13.Therefore, they will not open the pressurizer PORVs (RNO column for step 12).3.The RHR pumps will probably still be running when the operators enter FR-C.1.3.5.8 Calculation of Co nitive Error A cognitive model was used to address diagnosis type errors (Reference 21).Table 3.5-3 contains the calculation of the cognitive human error probability, pc, that the STA fails to recognize the red path core cooling conditions.

Pc was calculated in Table 3.5-3 to be 6.0E-03.Recovery was not applied to this value.3.5.9 Calculation of Execution Error For the calculation of execution errors, the tables from Chapter 20 of Reference 2 were used.(T20-x refers to Table 20-x of Reference 2.)The critical actions identified in Table 3.5-2 were reviewed to determine the dominant critical actions to be quantified.

Critical actions are not dominant if they are recovered by other procedure steps or if they follow a mechanical failure because the human error probability would be multiplied by another human error probability or a mechanical failure probability.

Attachment OLI is a copy of the relevant portion of FR-H.1, with dominant critical steps circled.The reasons why the other critical steps (identified in Table 3.5-2)are not dominant are also included.3.5-2 I: 1'\

Ste 13 Initiate RCS Cooldown to 200'F: 13b Manuall dum steam from intact SG s usin steam relief valves Errors of Omission: Omit step/page:

4.2E-03 (T20-7¹4, Assumption G)Step 13 of procedure Errors of Commission:

Select wrong control when it is dissimilar to adjacent controls: 1.3E-03 (Table 20-12,¹3)The level and relief valve controls for the steam generators are well marked and different from adjacent controls on the steam generator panels.The only truly credible failure would be selecting the level control rather than the relief control.3.5.10 Calculation of Total Human Error Probabilit for Failure to De ressurize OLI The cognitive and execution error probabilities were calculated in sections 3.5.8 and 3.5.9 to be: pc'(OLIA)=6.0E-03 pe(OLI)=5.5E-03 (without stress or dependence)

OLIA: De ressurize and Start RHR followin a medium LOCA An extremely high level of stress is assumed for red path recoveries.

Per table 20-16, HEPs should be multiplied by two for moderately high stress for step-by-step tasks, and by 5 for extremely high stress for step-by-step tasks.pc'(OLIA)=6.0E-03 pe'(OLIA)=5.5E-03~5=2.8E-02 (OLI-COG-HE)(OLI--13B-EHHE)

The total human error probability (THEP)for failing to depressurize following a medium LOCA and failure of high pressure injection is: THEP(OLIA)

=pc'pe'HEP(OLIA)

=6.0E-03+2.8E-02=3.4E-02'he corresponding fault tree is OLI1.3.5-3

3.5.11 OLI Fault Trees Summa 0 The basic events and cutsets (with support system failures (i.e., SUBs)set equal to 1.0E-03)for the OLI fault tree are listed below.Fault Tree OLI1 used for OLIA VER 1.6 ot11.cut 2 2 3.383E-02 0~OOOE+00 1 OLI-----COG-HE 2 OLI---13B-EHHE 1.2.80E-02 1 2.6.00E-03 1 1.000E-08 6.0000E-03 0.0000E+00 2.8000E-02 0.0000E+00 OLI---138-EHHE OLI-----COG-HE Ver.1.71 7/25/95 9:07:00 3.5-4 Identify symptoms of inadequate core cooling on foldout page or on F-0.2, Core Cooling Status Tree Core exit temperature

>1200'F-RED path Recognize red path for core exit temperature

>1200'F, and transfer to FR-C.1 Control room 3.5-5

~c~

I;.:;~NUMBER:.'::

EOP FR-C.1, Rev.4 EOP FR-C.1, Rev.4 sa (RNO)13b (RNO)Start RHR pumps Dump steam at maximum rate using SG steam relief valves pump status steam relief valve position indication Control room Control room Omit action Select wrong controls for RHR pumps Omit actions Select wrong controls for steam relief valves 3.5-6

TABLE 3.5-3 WORKSHEET FOR CALCULATION OF pc Scenario: Medium LOCA with success of accumulators and failure of hi h ressure in'ection HI: OLI-De ressurization to allow low ressure in ection Cue(s): Red ath conditions

-foldout a e or status tree Duration of time window available for action (TW): Seconds'pproximate start time for TW.Procedure and step governing HI: F-0.2 Status Tree Red Path i.e.STA A.Initial Estimate of pc pc Failure Mechanism Branch HEP pca: Availability of information

~na~na pcb: 3 OE-3 Failure of attention e (assume low workload for STA)(per interview, STA will be watching computer screen for core exit thermocouple temperatures until things look abnormal, then they will check indicator on back panel--per G.Parry, use front panel path for this tree)pcc: Misread/miscommunicate data~na~na pcd: Information misleading

~na~na pce Skip a step in procedure b 3.0E-3 (Status trees are monitored in particular order, and paths are graphically distinct using different colors and line types.)pcf: Misinterpret instruction pcg: Misinterpret decision logic pch: Deliberate violation n~e n~e n~e Sum of pca through pc I i i l pc 6.0E-03 Total reduction in TW Effective TW Check here if recovery credit claimed on page 2: min.min.Notes: Due to inconsistent usea e of the foldout a es er o erator interviews credit is conservativel not iven to the US reco nizin the red ath from the foldout a es 3.5-7

I I~~I I'~I I'I J I I I:~I~I~I q I I~~~I I~~~~~'I I I~~I II I~~I>I~I I I I I I I I~~I I~I I I~p I~~~~~~~~~I I I~~I I'I I I I I I I'I~I~~I I~~~~~I'~~~~I~'~~t~.~~I I'If'~~I I'g~~~~E~~~y~~~~I I II~'~I~~~~,~~~~~~~~I I~~

Title TRANSFER TO COLD LEG RECIRCULATION Number 01-OHP 4023.ES-1.3 STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE 3.Check CCW Pumps-BOTH OPERABLE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED IF East CCW pump is INOPERABLE, THEN: a.Stop the East RHR pump and place in PULL-TO-LOCK.

b.Go to Attachment A.IF Mest CCW pump is INOPERABLE, THEN'.Stop the West RHR pump and place in PULL-TO-LOCK.

b.Go to Attachment B.CAUTION: VHEN CONTROL POh'ER IS RESTORED FOR VALVE OPERATION, THE CONTROL POWER HUST BE LEFT ON SO ASSOCIATED INTERLOCKS 4'ILL BE OPERABLE.4.Align West RHR And CTS Pumps For Recirculation:

Qa.Stop the following pumps and place in PULL-TO-LOCKOUT position: QWest RHR pump~,Mest CTS pump b.Close the following valves concurrently:

g,.1-1H0-320, West RHR pump~Q IC.-~W tat~CL!C.suction valve~I-IH0-225, West CTS pump suction valve from RWST~I-IM0-324, West RHR pump C.discharge crosstie valve This Step continued on the next page.Page 3 of 35 Rev.2

Title TRANSFER TO COLQ LEG RECIRCULATION Humber 01-OHP 4023.ES-1.3 STEP ACTION/EXPECTEQ RESPONSE o c.Restore control power and open 1-ICM-306, Recirc sump to West RHR/CTS pump valve e.Check West CTS pump status-PREVIOUSLY RUNNING 1)Restart the West CTS pump 2)Verify ESW to/from West CTS heat exchanger valves-OPEN:~I-WMO-715~1-WMO-717 RESPONSE NOT OBTAINEQ c.Perform the following:

1)Open 1-IM0-225, West CTS pump suction valve from RWST.2)IF West CTS pump was previously running, THEN restart the West CTS pump.IF NOT, THEN place the West CTS pump in NEUTRAL.3)Go to Attachment B.d.IF the West RHR pump.can NOT be started, THEN: 1)IF West CTS pump was previously running, restart the West CTS pump.IF NOT,~TH N place West CTS pump in NEUTRAL.2)Go to Attachment B.e.Place West CTS pump in NEUTRAL Page 4 of 35 Rev.2

Title TRANSFER TO COLD LEG RECIRCULATION 01-OHP 4023.ES-1.3 STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED CAUTION:~IF THE SI PUHP HINIFLOh'ALVES ARE CLOSED, THEN THE SI PUHPS SHOULD BE STOPPED WHENEVER RCS PRESSURE APPROACHES THEIR SHUTOFF HEAD.~IF RCS PRESSURE INCREASES TO 2000 PSIG, THEN A PR2 PORV SHOULD BE OPENED, AS NECESSARY, TO REDUCE RCS PRESSURE AND HAINTAIN HINIHUH CCP FLOP.NOTE: Hinimum total BIT flow for CCP cooling is:~for I CCP-150 gpm (160 gpm for adverse containment)

~for 2 CCPs-275 gpm (2SO gpm for adverse containment)

'..Align SI Pumps And CCPs For Recirculation:

a.Reset both CCP minif low valves:~1-QMO-225~1-QMO-226 b.Check total BIT flow-GREATER THAN MINIMUM NEEDED FOR CCP COOLING b.Perform the following:

1)Stop all but one CCP.2)IF total BIT flow is greater than 150 gpm (160 gpm for adverse containment), THEN go to step Sc.IF NOT, THEN, open the associated CCP miniflow valve and go to step 5d.WHEN RCS pressure is less than 1700 psig, THEN close all CCP miniflow valves.c.Close both CCP miniflow valves:~i-q~o-225 C~'-gMQ-226~J~~~ilCS cI8 z,(~-~~~wwd This Step continued on the next page.,Page 5 of 35 Rev.2 Title TRANSFER TO COLD LEG RECIRCULATION Number 01-OHP 4023.ES-1.3 STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED d.e.Check the following valves for d.Manually open valves.the North SI pump-OPEN~1-ICM-260~l-ICM-260, North SI pump'1-IMO-316 discharge to old le s 1 8, 4 I VQk~IF either valve remains-AND-closed, THEN stop the North SI pump.~1-IM0-316, RHR and SI to RCS cold 1 valve~Go to step Sg.Check the follow ng valves for e.Manually open valves.CP4 the South SI pump-OPEN~1-ICM-265~1-ICM-265, South SI pump~1-IMO-326 discharge t cold legs 2 3 IF either valve remains-AND-closed, THEN stop the South SI pump.~1-IM0-326, RHR and SI to RCS cold le valv~Go to step 5g.Close SI dischar e crosstie@~~~$y a valves:~ykLv80~1-IMO-270~dlpVLA.P'-IMO-275 Check each SI pump flow-g.Stop affected SI pump(s).GREATER THAN 70 GPM:~1-IFI-260 WHEN RCS pressure is less than~1-I F I-266 1425 psig (1150 psig for adverse containment), THEN start SI pump(s).Restore control power and close SI pumps recirc to RWST~+c valves:~1-IMO-262~1-IMO-263 i Open l-IM0-350, SI pump suction from West RHR HX valve i.Locally open 1-IM0-350.

DO NOT PROCEED UNTIL 1-IMO-350 IS OPEN.This Step continued on the next page.Page 6 of 35 Rev.2 l'

TRANSFER TO COLD LEG RECIRCULATION Number 01-OHP 4023.ES-1.3 STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE 0 j.Open Sl pump suction crosstie to CCP valves:/~1-IMO-361~1-IMO-362 RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED k.Verify I-IM0-360, SI pump suction crosst'e CCPs-OP l.Restore control power and~~~Qkk/QQL'lose 1-IM0-261, SI pump e suction from RWST t m.Close CCP suction from.RWST~~~l~4 V~~valves: I~1-IMO-910 quxb~~1-IMO-911/n.Check CCP's-BOTH RUNNING n.IF CCPs were stopped because of RWST low-low level, THEN perform the following:

1)Start one CCP.2)Check total BIT flow-greater than 150 gpm (160 gpm for adverse containment)

IF NOT, THEN open associated mini.flow valve and go to step 5o.')Check RCS pressure-less than 1700 psig IF NOT, THEN go to step 5o.WHEN RCS pressure is less than 1700 psig, THEN restart all CCPs.4)Start second CCP.This Step continued on the next page.Page 7 of 35.Rev.2 TRANSFER TO COLD LEG RECIRCULATION Hurrher Ol-OHP 4023.ES-1.3 STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED o.Check SI pumps-BOTH RUNNING o.IF SI pumps were stopped because of, RWST low-low level, THEN perform the following:

1)Check RCS pressure-less than 1425 psig (1150 psig for adverse containment).IF NOT,~TH N go to step 6.WHEN RCS pressure is less than 1425 psig (1150 psig for adverse containment, THEN do step 5o.2)Check SI pump discharge crosstie valves-closed:~I-IHO-270-OR-~I-IMO-275 3)IF SI pump discharge crosstie is isolated, THEN start both SI pumps.IF NOT, THEN start only one SI pump.Page 8 of 35 Rev.2 TRANSFER TO COLD LEG RECIRCULATION Humber 01-.0HP 4023.ES-1.3 STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE 6 Align fast RHR And CTS Pumps For Reer rcul ati on: a.Check RWST Level-LESS THAN 101m RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED a.Continue with step 7..WHEN RWST level drops to IOX, TKH do steps 6b through 6h.b Stop the following pumps and place in PULL-TO-LOCKOUT position:@East RHR pump~East CTS pump c.'lose the following valves concurrently:

~1-IM0-310, East RHR pump suction valve~l-IM0-215, East CTS pump suction from RWST valve~l-IM0-314, East RHR pump discharge crosstie valve.Restore control power and open d.1-ICM-305, Recirc sump to East RHR/CTS pump valve'~Imr Restore control power and close 1-IMQ-390 RHR pumps suction from RW5T.Qe./Start the East RHR pump f.Open 1-IMO-340 CCP suction from East RHR (IX valve g.Check East CTS pump-PREVIOUSLY RUNNING 1)Restart the East CTS pump 2)Verify ESW to/from East CTS heat exchanger valves-OPEN~1-WMO-711~1-WMO-713 h.Restore control power and close 1-IMO-390 RHR pumps suction from RW)T Go to step 7.e.Go to step 6g.g.Place East CTS pump in NEUTRAL Page 9 of 35 Rev.2

~~~I I i I~I I'I I I: i I~~I~~~~I~~~I I~I~~s I~E 1 I I I I I~I~~~~I~~~I 4 I~I~I~~I~I~~~s.~

'I~~i RESPONSE Tp INAOEqUATE CpRE CppLING ituvber 01-OHP 4023.FR-C.1 STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESppNSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINEO 12.NOTE: Normal conditions are desired but not requir d for starting the RCns.is&.~Check if RCPs Should Be Started:~~a.Core exit TCs-GREATER THAN a.C6 to Step 13.1200'F.b.Check if an idle RCS cooling loop is available:

~Narrow range SG level-GREATER THAN 6X (22X FOR AOVERSE CONTAINMENT)

~RCP in associated loop-AVAILABLE AND NOT OPERATING c.Start RCP in one idle RCS cooling loop.d.Return to Step 12a.h.Perform the following:

1)Open all PR2 PORVs and block valves.2)+F core exit TCs remain greater than 1200'F,~TH N open other RCS vent paths to containment:

a)PRZ vent path valves:~1-NSO-61 and 1-NSO-62-OR-~1-NSO-63 and 1-NSO-64 b)Reactor head vent path valves:~1-NSO-21 and 1-NSO-22-OR-~1-NSO-23 and 1-NSO-24 3)Go to Step 13.Page 9 of 16 Rev.4;CS-1

Title RESPONSE TO INADEQUATE CORE COOLING Hurber 01-OHP 4023.FR-C.1 STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED CAUTION: DURING COOLDOVN, STEAN FLOP OF GREATER THAN 1.42x106 PPH ON TMO OR NORE SGs VILL RESULT IN A STEAPILINE ISOLATION.

NOTE:~Partial uncovering of SG tubes is acceptable in the following steps.~Both steam dump control selector switches should be momentarily placed in BYPASS INTERLOCK when Tavg decreases to 541'F.~~13.Initiate RCS Cooldown To 200'F:~~a.Transfer condenser steam dump to steam pressure mode b.ump steam to condenser from intact SG(s)at maximum rate b.Hanually or locally dump steam from intact SG(s)at maximum rate using steam relief valves.c.Check RCS hot leg temperatures c.Cooldown using faulted or-DECREASING ruptured SG(s).Page 10 of 16 Rev.4, CS-1

~~I ii I i i'l)i')~~~~i iL I i I I I~I'~~~~I~'~~~I~I~~~.~.~I I~~I I~~~4/~~~~

16166 11012%45.516.4K-l 666--.S-MIE K--6S MIE REC 611M 4E

}R favell 1rcc Rll CO 8%2MI2 STA-fE-l R--.S.Bff 45.5TA.+4 FIGURE E-10 HPR3 FAULT TREE HPA3 Fault Tree HPR30OOI HPR30004 SU9-HPA HPRW-CSR-COGHE HPR30005 AEC.US-STA--HE-L REC--(ALC-LONE AEC--~~ID-ISE REC-----5-INHE FIGURE E-11 HPR4 FAVLT TREE HPA(Fault Tree HPA(0001 HPR40004 SUB-HPA HPRA.LPA.CSRHE HPR40005 REC-US-STA--%-L REC----<D.NHE REC-----54fSE ATTACHMENT 1 TO AEP'NRC'10820 Donald C.Cook Nuclear Plant Individual Plant Examination Individual Plant Examination Revision 1

)I CQOK NUCLEAR PLANT Bridgman, Michigan f,'..>~~i4~*Jl'PlQe'.M.An+*w"+f,,'+gty+pj I~1~~~0 W RSL~a.INDIVIDUAL PLANT: EXAIMZNATION

=:-.: REVISION!=1"-'=";.-."':='."-',-';-"-;,.'.,',.

K~a.~c-5 I d